Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 8, 2015

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   2834   27-4825712

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

400 East Jamie Court, Suite 101

South San Francisco, California 94080

(650) 741-7700

(Address, including zip code and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Ted W. Love, M.D.

President and Chief Executive Officer

Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc.

400 East Jamie Court, Suite 101

South San Francisco, California 94080

(650) 741-7700

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Mitchell S. Bloom, Esq.

Maggie L. Wong, Esq.

Goodwin Procter LLP

Three Embarcadero Center, 24 th Floor

San Francisco, California 94111

(415) 733-6000

 

Ted W. Love, M.D.

President and Chief Executive Officer

Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc.

400 East Jamie Court, Suite 101

South San Francisco, California 94080

(650) 741-7700

 

Bruce K. Dallas, Esq.

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

1600 El Camino Real

Menlo Park, California 94025

(650) 752-2000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box:   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering:   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering:   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering:   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large Accelerated Filer   ¨    Accelerated Filer   ¨
Non-Accelerated Filer   x   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller Reporting Company   ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

 

Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate

Offering Price (1)

 

Amount of

Registration Fee (2)

Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share

  $115,000,000   $13,363

 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act. Includes the offering price of any additional shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase.
(2) Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act based on an estimate of the proposed maximum aggregate offering price.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)

Dated                     , 2015

                Shares

 

LOGO

COMMON STOCK

Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. is offering             shares of common stock. This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our shares. We anticipate that the initial public offering price of our common stock will be between $         and $         per share.

We have applied to list our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “GBT.”

 

 

We are an “emerging growth company” as that term is used in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, as amended, and, as such, have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and future filings.

 

 

Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 10.

 

 

PRICE $         A SHARE

 

 

 

  Price to
Public
  Underwriting
Discounts and
Commissions (1)
  Proceeds to
Global Blood

Therapeutics, Inc.
 

Per Share

$                 $                 $                

Total

$                 $                 $                

 

(1) The underwriters will receive compensation in addition to underwriting discounts and commissions. See “Underwriting”.

We have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to                     additional shares of our common stock. The underwriters can exercise this option at any time within 30 days after the date of this prospectus.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to purchasers on                     , 2015.

 

Morgan Stanley Goldman, Sachs & Co.
Cowen and Company Wedbush PacGrow

                    , 2015


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1   

Risk Factors

     10   

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     46   

Use of Proceeds

     48   

Dividend Policy

     49   

Capitalization

     50   

Dilution

     52   

Selected Financial Data

     54   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     56   

Business

     68   

Management

     99   

Executive and Director Compensation

     106   

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     114   

Principal Stockholders

     117   

Description of Capital Stock

     120   

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     125   

Material U.S. Federal Income and Estate Tax Considerations for Non-U.S. Holders

     127   

Underwriting

     131   

Legal Matters

     136   

Experts

     136   

Where You Can Find More Information

     136   

Index to Financial Statements

     F-1   

We and the underwriters have not authorized anyone to provide any information other than that contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We and the underwriters are not making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

Until                     , 2015 (the 25 th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

For investors outside of the United States: We have not, and the underwriters have not, done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than the United States. Persons outside of the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making your investment decision. Before investing in our common stock, you should carefully read this entire prospectus, including our financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should also consider, among other things, the matters described under “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” in each case appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Unless otherwise stated, all references to “us,” “our,” “GBT,” “we,” the “Company” and similar designations refer to Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc.

Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc.

Our Company

We are a biopharmaceutical company dedicated to discovering, developing and commercializing novel therapeutics to treat grievous blood-based disorders. We are developing our initial product candidate, GBT440, as a once-daily, oral prophylactic therapy for sickle cell disease, or SCD, and are currently evaluating GBT440 in both healthy subjects and SCD patients in a randomized, placebo-controlled, double-blind Phase 1/2 clinical trial. SCD is a disease marked by severe pain “crises,” recurrent hospitalizations, multi-organ damage, and early mortality. GBT440 targets the underlying mechanism of red blood cell sickling, which we believe provides the potential to treat SCD rather than only its associated symptoms. In addition to GBT440 for the treatment of SCD, we are leveraging our deep scientific expertise in the chemical and biological mechanisms of blood-based disorders to target hypoxemic pulmonary disorders and hereditary angioedema, or HAE. We own rights to our product candidate portfolio in the United States, Europe and other major markets.

Overview of Sickle Cell Disease

SCD is a chronic, inherited blood disorder caused by a genetic mutation in the beta-chain of hemoglobin, which results in the formation of abnormal hemoglobin known as sickle hemoglobin, or HbS. Hemoglobin is contained within red blood cells, or RBCs. In its deoxygenated state, HbS has a propensity to polymerize, or bind together into long, rigid rods within an RBC, much like a “sword within a balloon.” Once HbS polymerizes, the RBC assumes a sickled shape and becomes inflexible, which can cause blockage in small blood vessels. Beginning in childhood, SCD patients suffer unpredictable and recurrent episodes or crises of severe pain due to blocked blood flow to organs, which often lead to psychosocial and physical disabilities. This blocked blood flow, combined with hemolytic anemia (the destruction of RBCs), can lead to multi-organ damage and early death.

We believe there is a significant unmet need in the treatment of SCD. Current treatment options for SCD are limited to hydroxyurea, or HU, blood transfusions and bone marrow transplantation. The utilization of these treatments is significantly limited due to their suboptimal efficacy and significant toxicity. As a result, patients with SCD continue to suffer serious morbidity and premature mortality. A 2014 publication noted that in the United States, SCD results in a decrease of approximately 25 to 30 years in life expectancy.

Our Product Candidate

GBT440 is a novel hemoglobin modifier that binds to hemoglobin molecules, which we have shown in preclinical models results in an increased affinity of hemoglobin for oxygen. In various studies of SCD, scientists have demonstrated that oxyhemoglobin, or hemoglobin in the oxygenated state, is a potent inhibitor of HbS polymerization. We therefore believe that increasing the proportion of oxyhemoglobin in blood could potentially delay the polymerization of HbS and prevent the sickling of RBCs, which may be able to ameliorate many, if not all, of the clinical manifestations of this disease.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

We believe that the natural activity of fetal hemoglobin, or HbF, as well as prior observations of the activity of other hemoglobin-modifying compounds, provide support for our approach to treating SCD with GBT440. By binding to and modifying hemoglobin, we believe GBT440 can delay the polymerization of HbS, thereby halting the progression of SCD. The results of our preclinical studies support our hypothesis that an appropriate modification of HbS is likely to prevent RBC sickling and could halt the progression of SCD without compromising oxygen delivery to the tissues.

In December 2014, we initiated our randomized, placebo-controlled, double-blind, single and multiple ascending dose Phase 1/2 clinical trial of GBT440 in healthy subjects and patients with SCD. In this trial, which is designed to enroll between 96 and 128 subjects across 12 cohorts, we are evaluating safety, tolerability, pharmacokinetics, or PK, and pharmacodynamics, or PD, of GBT440, as well as exploratory markers of SCD activity, including anti-hemolytic effects and SCD-related clinical effects. As of July 6, 2015, we have dosed 48 subjects in six single dose cohorts, comprised of 40 healthy volunteers (30 of whom received GBT440 and ten of whom received placebo) and eight SCD patients (six of whom received GBT440 and two of whom received placebo). In the multiple dose arm of our trial, 16 of the 24 healthy volunteers have completed 15-day dosing, and an additional cohort of eight healthy volunteers is currently completing their 15-day dosing schedule, while the eight SCD patients are completing their 28-day dosing schedule. To date, there have been no deaths or serious adverse events in our Phase 1/2 clinical trial. Among the SCD patients who received multiple doses of GBT440, from baseline (Day -1) to Day 15, we have observed improvements in anemia as evidenced by an increase in hemoglobin levels, and improvement in hemolysis markers as evidenced by declines in reticulocyte counts and unconjugated bilirubin. Proof of concept was demonstrated within 15 days of once daily dosing with a rapid decline in hemolysis markers and improvement in anemia. We believe these initial data demonstrate the potential for GBT440 to serve as a disease-modifying therapy for SCD. Subject to data from one or more of the multiple dose cohorts of our Phase 1/2 clinical trial in SCD patients, we intend to engage in discussions with U.S. and European regulatory authorities to define the future development plan for GBT440.

Because available therapies in SCD are limited, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or the FDA, has suggested that the development of new therapies for SCD is an agency priority. As a result, we believe there may be an opportunity to accelerate the development of GBT440 through one or more of the FDA’s expedited designation or approval programs. We believe that the data from SCD patients in our ongoing clinical trial, if positive, may provide an opportunity to demonstrate the beneficial effect of GBT440 on clinical parameters of hemolysis and resolution of anemia, which could potentially form the basis for qualification for expedited programs.

Market Opportunity in SCD

We believe there is a significant market opportunity in SCD. The U.S. Centers for Disease Control, or CDC, estimates the prevalence of SCD at 90,000 to 100,000 individuals in the United States, where newborn screening is mandatory. It is estimated that the prevalence of SCD in Europe is approximately 60,000. The global incidence of SCD is estimated to be 250,000 to 300,000 births annually. One study estimated that in the United States, the average annual cost for the care of an adult patient with the most common genotype of SCD exceeds $200,000, and the cumulative lifetime cost exceeds $8.0 million over an assumed 50-year lifespan, driven primarily by hospital admissions, physician fees, clinic and emergency department visits, and the costs of diagnostic procedures and outpatient consultations.

Given a concentrated prescriber base for SCD and the small number of key opinion leaders who significantly influence the treatments for this patient population, we intend to promote GBT440 with a specialty sales force in the United States and Europe. We are also evaluating options for commercializing GBT440 in other significant markets due to the concentration of SCD in populations of African, Middle Eastern and South Asian descent.

 

 

2


Table of Contents

We own one issued U.S. patent that covers the composition of matter for GBT440, which is due to expire in 2032 (without taking into account any potential regulatory delay-based patent term extensions), and we own or co-own additional pending patent applications in the United States and selected foreign countries.

Additional Opportunities

Beyond SCD, we plan to develop GBT440 or one or more of its analogs as a potential therapeutic for acute and chronic hypoxemic pulmonary disorders, including acute respiratory distress syndrome, or ARDS, and idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, or IPF, where hypoxia is believed to play a key role in disease pathogenesis and adverse patient outcomes. These are conditions in which the lungs cannot supply adequate oxygen to the blood. Our pursuit of these indications is based on data from a mouse model of hypoxia, in which we observed that oral dosing with a hemoglobin-modifying analog of GBT440 increased survival during extreme hypoxia.

Additionally, we have identified several proprietary, small molecule kallikrein inhibitors in an effort to produce an orally administered therapy for the prevention of angioedema attacks, or episodes of severe swelling associated with HAE that may affect the face, airways, extremities or gastrointestinal tract. Kallikrein is an enzyme in blood that generates bradykinin, which in turn directly stimulates blood vessel swelling, leakage and tissue inflammation. All currently marketed therapeutics for HAE must be administered intravenously or by subcutaneous injection. As a result, we believe that a safe and effective oral prophylactic agent would have the potential to transform the treatment paradigm for this disease.

Management

We have assembled a team of employees, directors and scientific founders rich in scientific experience and capabilities in drug discovery, development and commercialization. Our management has a successful track record in developing and commercializing drug candidates. In aggregate, our team has contributed to 18 drug approvals, including Avastin, CellCept, Herceptin, INTEGRILIN, Kaletra, Kyprolis and Rituxan. We intend to leverage this expertise and experience to rapidly pursue the development of GBT440 and any other product candidates we may identify.

Our Strategy

Our strategy is to use our expertise in blood biology to build a multi-product company leading in the discovery, development and commercialization of novel medicines for grievous blood-based disorders. Key elements of our strategy include to:

 

    rapidly advance GBT440 for the treatment of SCD;

 

    explore the development of GBT440 and other hemoglobin modifiers in hypoxemic pulmonary disorders with significant unmet medical need;

 

    submit an Investigational New Drug application, or IND, and initiate clinical development for an oral kallikrein inhibitor in HAE;

 

    retain global development and commercialization rights to product candidates in our core disease areas in major markets; and

 

    evaluate opportunities to expand the scope of our product offerings.

 

 

3


Table of Contents

Our Development Pipeline

The following table summarizes our development programs, target indications and current stages of development:

 

LOGO

 

(1) We intend to initiate clinical development of GBT440 in pediatric populations and in other genotypes of SCD following the demonstration of proof-of-concept in our ongoing Phase 1/2 clinical trial.

Risks Associated with Our Business

Our ability to implement our business strategy is subject to numerous risks that you should be aware of before making an investment decision. These risks are described more fully in the section entitled “Risk Factors” in this prospectus. These risks include, among others:

 

    We are a clinical development-stage company with a limited operating history, have incurred significant losses since our inception, and anticipate that we will continue to incur significant losses for the foreseeable future;

 

    Even if this offering is successful, we will need to raise additional funding before we can expect to generate any revenues from product sales;

 

    If we are unable to obtain regulatory approval for GBT440 or any other product candidates that we may identify or develop, our business will be substantially harmed;

 

    We are heavily dependent upon the success of GBT440, which is in the early stages of clinical development, and we have not identified any other clinical development candidates;

 

    Results of earlier studies may not be predictive of future clinical trial results, and we may fail to establish an adequate safety or efficacy profile to conduct advanced clinical trials or obtain regulatory approval for GBT440 or any other product candidates that we may pursue;

 

    If we are unable to obtain and maintain sufficient intellectual property protection for GBT440, our technologies, or any future product candidates, we may not be able to compete effectively in our markets;

 

    Our future success depends in part upon our ability to retain our key employees, consultants and advisors and to attract, retain and motivate other qualified personnel; and

 

    In connection with the audit of our financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, we identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

4


Table of Contents

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

We qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, as amended, or the JOBS Act. As an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of specified reduced disclosure and other requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include:

 

    two years of audited financial statements in addition to any required unaudited interim financial statements with correspondingly reduced “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” disclosure;

 

    reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements;

 

    no non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements; and

 

    exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting.

We may take advantage of these exemptions for up to five years or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would cease to be an emerging growth company on the date that is the earliest of (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenues of $1.0 billion or more; (ii) the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the completion of this offering; (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in nonconvertible debt during the previous three years; or (iv) the last day of the fiscal year in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer under the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, which means the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th. We may choose to take advantage of some but not all of these exemptions. We have taken advantage of reduced reporting requirements in this prospectus. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different from the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold stock. Also, we have irrevocably elected to “opt out” of the exemption for the delayed adoption of certain accounting standards and, therefore, will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

Corporate History and Information

We were incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware in February 2011. Our principal executive office is located at 400 East Jamie Court, Suite 101, South San Francisco, California, and our telephone number is (650) 741-7700. Our website address is www.globalbloodtx.com . We do not incorporate the information on or accessible through our website into this prospectus, and you should not consider any information on, or that can be accessed through, our website as part of this prospectus.

We use various trademarks and trade names in our business, including without limitation our corporate name and logo. All other trademarks or trade names referred to in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, the trademarks and trade names in this prospectus may be referred to without the ® and symbols, but such references should not be construed as any indicator that their respective owners will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, their rights thereto.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock offered by us

            shares

 

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

            shares

 

Underwriters’ option

We have granted the underwriters an option to purchase a maximum of             additional shares of common stock from us. The underwriters can exercise this option at any time within 30 days from the date of this prospectus.

 

Use of Proceeds

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock in this offering of approximately $         million, or $         million if the underwriters fully exercise their option to purchase additional shares, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering and our existing cash and cash equivalents to fund our clinical development of GBT440 for the treatment of SCD, including the completion of our ongoing Phase 1/2 clinical trial, planned clinical pharmacology studies and through the initiation of a pivotal clinical trial, our conducting of clinical trials of GBT440 or its analogs for the treatment of hypoxemic pulmonary disorders, our completion and filing of an IND and beginning a Phase 1/2 clinical trial of an oral kallikrein inhibitor for the treatment of HAE, our other research and development activities, and for working capital and general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds” for additional information.

 

Risk Factors

You should read carefully “Risk Factors” beginning on page 10 and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors that you should consider before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.

 

NASDAQ Global Market symbol

“GBT”

The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 76,329,856 shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2015 and excludes:

 

    4,165,225 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options as of March 31, 2015 at a weighted average exercise price of $0.23 per share;

 

    3,448,500 shares of restricted common stock which were subject to our right of repurchase as of March 31, 2015;

 

    2,232,500 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options granted subsequent to March 31, 2015 at an exercise price of $0.97 per share and 2,127,500 shares of restricted common stock issued subsequent to March 31, 2015 at a purchase price of $0.97 per share;

 

    1,559,587 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2012 Stock Option and Grant Plan, or the 2012 Plan, as of March 31, 2015;

 

 

6


Table of Contents
                 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, or the 2015 Plan, which will become available for issuance immediately prior to the completion of this offering; and

 

                shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the 2015 ESPP, which will become available for issuance immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes or gives effect to:

 

    the conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 69,113,168 shares of our common stock upon the completion of this offering;

 

    no exercise of the outstanding options described above;

 

    no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to an additional             shares of our common stock in this offering;

 

    A one-for-             reverse split of our common stock, which will become effective prior to the completion of this offering; and

 

    the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the adoption of our amended and restated bylaws, which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables present summary financial data for our business. We derived the following statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 from our audited financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 and the balance sheet data as of March 31, 2015 from our unaudited interim financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited interim financial statements on the same basis as our audited financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that are necessary for the fair statement of our unaudited interim financial statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future, and our interim results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year or any other period. You should read this data together with our financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the information under the captions “Selected Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended March 31,  
     2013     2014     2014     2015  
           (unaudited)  
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Summary of Operations Data:

        

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

   $ 12,855      $ 16,324      $ 3,877      $ 6,069   

General and administrative

     2,309        3,855        821        1,298   

Related party expenses

     499        332        171        53   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

  15,663      20,511      4,869      7,420   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

  (15,663   (20,511   (4,869   (7,420

Change in fair value of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock liability

  (2,455   (297   (238

 

—  

  

Interest income

  2      1      —        3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

$ (18,116 $ (20,807 $ (5,107 $ (7,417
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

$ (19,851 $ (23,772 $ (5,695 $ (8,657
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (1)

$ (4.61 $ (4.06 $ (1.09 $ (1.20
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of shares used in computing net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (1)

  4,305,834      5,858,712      5,238,125      7,185,069   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited) (1)

$ (0.43 $ (0.10
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited) (1)

  48,166,401      76,298,237   
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

(1) See Notes 2 and 10 to our audited financial statements and Notes 2 and 7 to our unaudited interim condensed financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculations of our basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, pro forma net loss per share and the weighted-average number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.

 

 

8


Table of Contents
     As of March 31, 2015  
     Actual      Pro
Forma  (1)
     Pro Forma
As
Adjusted  (2) (3)
 
     (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Balance Sheet Data:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 45,800       $ 45,800       $                

Working capital

     43,634         43,634      

Total assets

     50,477         50,477      

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     103,396         —        

Accumulated deficit

     (57,657      (57,657   

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (57,650      45,746      

 

(1) The pro forma column reflects the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into 69,113,168 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering.
(2) The pro forma as adjusted column reflects the pro forma adjustments set forth above and the receipt of $         million in net proceeds from our sale of shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
(3) Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase or decrease, respectively, the amount of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity by $         million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase or decrease of 1,000,000 in the number of shares we are offering would increase or decrease, respectively, the amount of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and stockholders’ equity by approximately $         million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price per share, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. The pro forma as adjusted information is illustrative only, and we will adjust this information based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

 

9


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the following risks, together with all the other information in this prospectus, including our financial statements and notes thereto, before you invest in our common stock. If any of the following risks actually materializes, our operating results, financial condition and liquidity could be materially adversely affected. As a result, the trading price of our common stock could decline and you could lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Financial Position and Need for Additional Capital

We are a clinical development-stage biopharmaceutical company with a limited operating history. We have incurred significant losses since our inception and anticipate that we will continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future. We have only one product candidate in clinical development and have not generated any revenue since our inception, which, together with our limited operating history, may make it difficult for you to assess our future viability.

We are a clinical development-stage biopharmaceutical company with a limited operating history upon which you can evaluate our business and prospects. Biopharmaceutical product development is a highly speculative undertaking and involves a substantial degree of risk. To date, we have focused principally on developing our lead product candidate, GBT440, which is our only product candidate in clinical development.

We are not profitable and have incurred losses in each year since our inception in February 2011 and the commencement of our principal operations in May 2012. Our net losses for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 were $20.8 million and $18.1 million, respectively and $7.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015. As of March 31, 2015, we had an accumulated deficit of $57.7 million. We have not generated any revenue since our inception, and have financed our operations solely through the sale of equity securities and convertible debt. We continue to incur significant research and development and other expenses related to our ongoing operations and expect to incur losses for the foreseeable future. We anticipate these losses will increase as we:

 

    continue to advance GBT440 in clinical development;

 

    establish and maintain manufacturing and supply relationships with third parties that can provide adequate (in amount and quality) supplies of GBT440 to support further clinical development and, if approved, commercialization;

 

    seek and obtain regulatory and marketing approvals for GBT440;

 

    build a sales and marketing organization or enter into selected collaborations to commercialize GBT440, if approved;

 

    advance our other programs through preclinical development and commence clinical development activities for any additional product candidates we may identify; and

 

    expand our organization to support our research, development and commercialization activities and our operations as a public company.

We have never generated any revenues from product sales and may never be able to develop or commercialize a marketable drug or achieve profitability. Even if we achieve profitability in the future, we may not be able to sustain profitability in subsequent periods. Our failure to achieve sustained profitability would depress the value of our company and could impair our ability to raise capital, expand our business, diversify our research and development pipeline, market GBT440 or any other product candidates we may identify and pursue, if approved, or continue our operations. Our prior losses, combined with expected future losses, have had and will continue to have an adverse effect on our stockholders’ equity and working capital.

 

10


Table of Contents

We will require substantial additional funding to achieve our business goals. If we are unable to obtain this funding when needed and on acceptable terms, we could be forced to delay, limit or terminate our product development efforts or other operations. Raising additional capital may subject us to unfavorable terms, cause dilution to our existing stockholders, restrict our operations or require us to relinquish rights to our product candidates and technologies.

We are currently advancing GBT440 through clinical development and conducting preclinical research activities in our other programs. Developing biopharmaceutical products is expensive and time-consuming, and we expect our research and development expenses to increase substantially in connection with our ongoing activities, particularly as we advance GBT440 and other product candidates that we may identify and pursue in clinical trials. As of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, we had working capital of $51.1 million and $43.6 million, respectively and capital resources consisting of cash and cash equivalents of $52.1 million and $45.8 million, respectively. Because the outcome of any clinical development and regulatory approval process is highly uncertain, we cannot reasonably estimate the actual amounts necessary to successfully complete the development, regulatory approval process and commercialization of GBT440 and any future product candidates.

We estimate that the net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $         million, based on the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We expect that the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, will be sufficient to fund our operations for            . However, our operating plan may change as a result of many factors currently unknown to us, and we may need to seek additional funds sooner than planned, through public or private equity or debt financings or other sources, such as strategic collaborations or license and development agreements. Any additional fundraising efforts may divert our management from their day-to-day activities, which may adversely affect our ability to develop and commercialize GBT440 and other product candidates that we may identify and pursue. Moreover, such financing may result in dilution to stockholders, imposition of debt covenants and repayment obligations, or other restrictions that may affect our business. In addition, we may seek additional capital due to favorable market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans.

Our future funding requirements will depend on many factors, including, but not limited to:

 

    the time and cost necessary to complete our ongoing clinical trial that we characterize as a Phase 1/2 trial of GBT440, to initiate and complete any pivotal clinical trials of GBT440 and to pursue regulatory approvals for GBT440, and the costs of post-marketing studies that could be required by regulatory authorities;

 

    the progress and results of our Phase 1/2 clinical trial of GBT440;

 

    the progress, timing, scope and costs of our nonclinical studies, clinical trials and other related activities, including the ability to enroll patients in a timely manner for our Phase 1/2 clinical trial of GBT440 and potential future clinical trials;

 

    the costs of obtaining clinical and commercial supplies of GBT440 and any other product candidates we may identify and develop;

 

    our ability to successfully commercialize GBT440 and any other product candidates we may identify and develop;

 

    the manufacturing, selling and marketing costs associated with GBT440 and any other product candidates we may identify and develop, including the cost and timing of expanding our sales and marketing capabilities;

 

    the amount and timing of sales and other revenues from GBT440 and any other product candidates we may identify and develop, including the sales price and the availability of adequate third-party reimbursement;

 

11


Table of Contents
    the cash requirements of any future acquisitions or discovery of product candidates;

 

    the time and cost necessary to respond to technological and market developments;

 

    the extent to which we may acquire or in-license other product candidates and technologies;

 

    our ability to attract, hire and retain qualified personnel; and

 

    the costs of maintaining, expanding and protecting our intellectual property portfolio.

Additional funds may not be available when we need them, on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all. If adequate funds are not available to us on a timely basis, we may be required to delay, limit or terminate one or more of our research or development programs or the commercialization of any product candidates or be unable to expand our operations or otherwise capitalize on our business opportunities, as desired, which could materially affect our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Related to Our Business and the Clinical Development, Regulatory Review and Approval of Our Product Candidates

If we are unable to obtain regulatory approval in one or more jurisdictions for GBT440 or any other product candidates that we may identify and develop, our business will be substantially harmed.

We cannot commercialize a product until the appropriate regulatory authorities have reviewed and approved the product candidate. Approval by the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities is lengthy and unpredictable, and depends upon numerous factors. Approval policies, regulations, or the type and amount of clinical data necessary to gain approval may change during the course of a product candidate’s clinical development and may vary among jurisdictions, which may cause delays in the approval or the decision not to approve an application. We have not obtained regulatory approval for any product candidate, including GBT440, and it is possible that neither GBT440 nor any other product candidates we may seek to develop in the future will ever obtain regulatory approval.

Applications for GBT440 or any other product candidates we may develop could fail to receive regulatory approval for many reasons, including but not limited to:

 

    our inability to demonstrate to the satisfaction of the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities that GB440 or any other product candidate we may develop is safe and effective;

 

    the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may disagree with the design or implementation of our clinical trials;

 

    the population studied in the clinical program may not be sufficiently broad or representative to assure safety in the full population for which we seek approval;

 

    the FDA’s or comparable foreign regulatory authorities’ requirement for additional preclinical studies or clinical trials;

 

    the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may disagree with our interpretation of data from nonclinical studies or clinical trials;

 

    the data collected from clinical trials of GBT440 and other product candidates that we may identify and pursue may not be sufficient to support the submission of a new drug application, or NDA, or other submission for regulatory approval in the United States or elsewhere;

 

    we may be unable to demonstrate to the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities that a product candidate’s risk-benefit ratio for its proposed indication is acceptable;

 

    the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may fail to approve the manufacturing processes, test procedures and specifications, or facilities of third-party manufacturers with which we contract for clinical and commercial supplies; and

 

12


Table of Contents
    the approval policies or regulations of the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may change in a manner that renders our clinical trial design or data insufficient for approval.

The lengthy approval process, as well as the unpredictability of the results of clinical trials, may result in our failing to obtain regulatory approval to market GBT440 and other product candidates that we may pursue in the United States or elsewhere, which would significantly harm our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

We are heavily dependent on the success of our lead product candidate, GBT440, and we have not identified other clinical development candidates within our other research programs, all of which are still in the preclinical development stage. If we are unable to successfully complete clinical development, obtain regulatory approval for, or commercialize GBT440, or experience delays in doing so, our business will be materially harmed.

To date, we have invested a majority of our efforts and financial resources to the preclinical and clinical development of GBT440, including conducting preclinical studies and clinical trials and providing general and administrative support for these operations. Our future success is dependent on our ability to successfully develop, obtain regulatory approval for, and commercialize GBT440. Before we can generate any revenues from sales of GBT440, we will be required to conduct additional clinical development, including, among other things, additional toxicology studies that may be required before we can conduct longer-term clinical trials and a larger pivotal clinical trial if our ongoing clinical trial of GBT440 is successful, seek and obtain regulatory approval, secure adequate manufacturing supply to support larger clinical trials and commercial sales and build a commercial organization. Further, the success of GBT440 will depend on patent and trade secret protection, acceptance of GBT440 by patients, the medical community and third-party payors, its ability to compete with other therapies, healthcare coverage and reimbursement, and maintenance of an acceptable safety profile following approval, among other factors. If we do not achieve one or more of these factors in a timely manner or at all, we could experience significant delays or an inability to successfully commercialize GBT440, which would materially harm our business.

GBT440 is currently our only product candidate to have advanced into what we characterize as a Phase 1/2 clinical trial, and it may be years before GBT can advance into a pivotal study, if at all. All of our other programs are in an early stage of research and development, and we have not yet selected any other product candidates for studies that would enable the filing of an Investigational New Drug application or for clinical evaluation. We cannot be certain that GBT440 will be successful in clinical trials or receive regulatory approval. If we do not receive regulatory approval for, or otherwise fail to successfully commercialize, GBT440, we may need to spend significant additional time and resources to identify other product candidates, advance them through preclinical and clinical development and apply for regulatory approvals, which would adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

The development of GBT440 as a potential disease-modifying anti-sickling agent represents a novel therapeutic approach to SCD treatment, and there is a risk that the outcome of our clinical trials will not be favorable.

We have concentrated our therapeutic product research and development efforts on developing novel, mechanism-based therapeutics for the treatment of grievous blood-based disorders, including SCD, and our future success depends on the successful development of this therapeutic approach. The clinical trial requirements of the FDA and other regulatory agencies and the criteria these regulators use to determine the safety and efficacy of a product candidate vary substantially according to the type, complexity, novelty and intended use and market of the potential product. At the moment, there is only one approved therapy for SCD, hydroxyurea, and there are no approved therapeutics directed toward preventing the polymerization of hemoglobin molecules within RBCs as a mechanism to reduce RBC sickling in SCD patients. As a result, the design and conduct of clinical trials for a therapeutic that targets this mechanism in SCD are subject to unknown risks, and we may experience setbacks with our ongoing or planned clinical trials of GBT440 because of the limited clinical experience with its mechanism of action in SCD patients. In particular, regulatory authorities in

 

13


Table of Contents

the United States have not issued definitive guidance as to how to measure and achieve efficacy in SCD. Although we intend to evaluate exploratory endpoints, including anti-sickling and anti-hemolytic effects, changes in hemoglobin levels, and reticulocyte counts, for GBT440 in our Phase 1/2 clinical trial, regulators have not determined that such data signifies a clinically meaningful result in SCD patients or can support advancement into pivotal trials or regulatory approval. We may not achieve our pre-specified endpoints in our Phase 1/2 clinical trial or in other clinical trials where there is limited or no regulatory guidance regarding appropriate clinical endpoints, which would decrease the probability of obtaining marketing approval for GBT440 or any other product candidate we may develop. Any inability to design clinical trials with protocols and endpoints acceptable to applicable regulatory authorities, and to obtain regulatory approvals for GBT440 and other product candidates that we may pursue, would have an adverse impact on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

Results of earlier studies may not be predictive of future clinical trial results, and initial studies may not establish an adequate safety or efficacy profile for GBT440 and other product candidates that we may pursue to justify proceeding to advanced clinical trials or an application for regulatory approval.

The results of nonclinical and preclinical studies and clinical trials of GBT440 and other product candidates that we may pursue may not be predictive of the results of later-stage clinical trials, and interim results of a clinical trial do not necessarily predict final results. For example, our preclinical studies of GBT440 to date have involved only one genotype of SCD, HbSS, and the results of these studies may not be replicated in other genotypes of SCD or in human clinical trials. Additionally, any positive results generated in our Phase 1/2 clinical trial of GBT440 in adults would not ensure that we will achieve similar results in larger, pivotal clinical trials or in clinical trials of GBT440 in pediatric populations. In addition, preclinical and clinical data are often susceptible to various interpretations and analyses, and many companies that have believed their product candidates performed satisfactorily in preclinical studies and clinical trials have nonetheless failed to obtain marketing approval. Product candidates in later stages of clinical trials may fail to show the desired safety and efficacy despite having progressed through nonclinical studies and initial clinical trials. A number of companies in the biopharmaceutical industry have suffered significant setbacks in advanced clinical trials due to lack of efficacy or adverse safety profiles, notwithstanding promising results in earlier studies, and we cannot be certain that we will not face similar setbacks. Even if early stage clinical trials are successful, we may need to conduct additional clinical trials for product candidates in additional patient populations or under different treatment conditions before we are able to seek approvals from the FDA and regulatory authorities outside the United States to market and sell these product candidates. Our failure to demonstrate the required characteristics to support marketing approval for GBT440 or any other product candidate we may choose to develop in any ongoing or future clinical trials would substantially harm our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

Before we are able to submit GBT440 for marketing approval, the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities will require that we conduct additional clinical trials and may impose additional requirements, the scope of which are not known at this time.

Before we can submit an NDA to the FDA for GBT440, we must successfully complete our ongoing clinical trial and one or more additional larger clinical trials. The FDA typically requires at least two pivotal, well-controlled clinical trials and does not consider a single clinical trial to be adequate to serve as a pivotal trial. The FDA will typically only consider relying on one pivotal trial if, in addition, other well-controlled studies of the drug exist (for example, for other dosage forms or in other populations) or if the pivotal trial is a multi-center trial that provides highly reliable and statistically strong evidence of an important clinical benefit, such as effect on survival, organ function or patient reported outcomes and a confirmatory study would have been difficult to conduct on ethical grounds. Although we characterize our current clinical trial of GBT440 as a Phase 1/2 clinical trial because it is designed to evaluate exploratory endpoints that we believe may be clinically relevant to SCD patients, it is possible that, even if we achieve favorable results in our first clinical trial of GBT440, the FDA may require us to conduct an additional clinical trial, possibly involving a larger sample size or a different

 

14


Table of Contents

clinical trial design, before we can initiate a pivotal trial. The FDA may also require that we conduct additional toxicology studies before evaluating GBT440 in longer term clinical trials or a longer follow-up period of subjects treated with GBT440 prior to accepting an NDA submission.

It is possible that the FDA or the comparable foreign authorities may not consider the results of our ongoing and planned clinical trials to be sufficient for approval of GBT440 for SCD. If the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities require additional clinical trials or data beyond that which we currently anticipate, we would incur increased costs and delays in the clinical development and marketing approval process, which may require us to expend more resources than are available to us. In addition, it is possible that the FDA and the comparable foreign authorities may have divergent opinions on the elements necessary for a successful NDA and Marketing Authorization Application, or MAA, respectively, which may cause us to alter our development, regulatory and/or commercialization strategies.

We may encounter substantial delays in completing our clinical trials, which in turn will result in additional costs and may ultimately prevent successful or timely completion of the clinical development and commercialization of our product candidates.

Before obtaining marketing approval from regulatory authorities for the sale of our product candidates, we must conduct extensive clinical trials to demonstrate the safety and efficacy of the product candidates in humans. Clinical testing is expensive, time-consuming and uncertain as to outcome. We cannot guarantee that any clinical trials will be conducted as planned or completed on schedule, if at all. A failure of one or more clinical trials can occur at any stage of testing. Events that may prevent successful or timely completion of clinical development include:

 

  delays in reaching, or any failure to reach, a consensus with regulatory agencies on study design;

 

  delays in reaching, or failing to reach, agreement on acceptable terms with a sufficient number of prospective contract research organizations, or CROs, and clinical trial sites, the terms of which can be subject to extensive negotiation and may vary significantly among different CROs and trial sites;

 

  delays in obtaining required Institutional Review Board, or IRB, approval at each clinical trial site;

 

  delays in recruiting a sufficient number of suitable patients to participate in our clinical trials;

 

  imposition of a clinical hold by regulatory agencies, after an inspection of our clinical trial operations or study sites;

 

  failure by our CROs, other third parties or us to adhere to clinical trial, regulatory or legal requirements;

 

  failure to perform in accordance with the FDA’s good clinical practices, or GCP, or applicable regulatory guidelines in other countries;

 

  delays in the testing, validation, manufacturing and delivery of sufficient quantities of our product candidates to the clinical sites;

 

  delays in having patients complete participation in a study or return for post-treatment follow-up;

 

  clinical trial sites or patients dropping out of a trial;

 

  delay or failure to address any patient safety concerns that arise during the course of a trial;

 

  unanticipated costs or increases in costs of clinical trials of our product candidates;

 

  occurrence of serious adverse events associated with the product candidate that are viewed to outweigh its potential benefits; or

 

  changes in regulatory requirements and guidance that require amending or submitting new clinical protocols.

We could also encounter delays if a clinical trial is suspended or terminated by us, by the IRBs of the institutions in which such trials are being conducted, by an independent Safety Review Board for such trial or by

 

15


Table of Contents

the FDA or other regulatory authorities. Such authorities may suspend or terminate a clinical trial due to a number of factors, including failure to conduct the clinical trial in accordance with regulatory requirements or our clinical protocols, inspection of the clinical trial operations or trial site by the FDA or other regulatory authorities resulting in the imposition of a clinical hold, unforeseen safety issues or adverse side effects, and failure to demonstrate a benefit from using a drug. In addition, if we make manufacturing or formulation changes to our product candidates, we may need to conduct additional studies to bridge our modified product candidates to earlier versions.

Clinical trial delays could shorten any periods during which we may have the exclusive right to commercialize our product candidates or allow our competitors to bring products to market before we do, which could impair our ability to successfully commercialize our product candidates. In addition, any delays in completing our clinical trials will increase our costs, slow down our product candidate development and approval process and jeopardize our ability to obtain regulatory approvals, commence product sales and generate revenues. Any of these occurrences may significantly harm our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

Difficulty in enrolling patients or maintaining patient compliance with dosing requirements in our clinical trials could delay or prevent clinical trials of our product candidates, which in turn could delay or prevent our ability to obtain the regulatory approvals necessary to commercialize our product candidates.

Identifying and qualifying patients to participate in our ongoing and planned clinical trials of GBT440 and any other product candidates that we may develop are critical to our success. Our clinical development efforts are initially focused on rare chronic blood diseases. Accordingly, there are limited patient pools from which to draw for clinical trials. For example, according to CDC estimates, the prevalence of SCD, for which GBT440 is being studied, is 90,000 to 100,000 individuals in the United States. Although genetic screening for SCD is mandatory for newborns in the United States, we may not be able to identify, recruit, and enroll a sufficient number of patients to complete our clinical trials of GBT440 because of the perceived risks and benefits of GBT440, the availability of competing therapies and clinical trials, the proximity and availability of clinical trial sites for prospective patients and the patient referral practices of physicians. Further, if subjects in our clinical trials fail to comply with our dosing regimens, including the requirement that subjects in the multiple ascending dose cohorts of our Phase 1/2 clinical trial administer GBT440 orally on an outpatient basis, we may not be able to generate clinical data acceptable to the FDA in our trials. If patients are unwilling to participate in our studies for any reason, the timeline for recruiting patients, conducting studies and obtaining regulatory approval of potential products may be delayed.

If we experience difficulties or delays in enrollment or are otherwise unable to successfully complete any clinical trial of GBT440 or our other product candidates, our costs may increase, and our ability to obtain regulatory approval and generate product revenue from any of these product candidates will be impaired. Any of these occurrences would harm our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

If serious adverse events or unacceptable side effects are identified during the development of our product candidates, we may need to delay, limit or terminate our clinical development activities.

Clinical trials by their nature utilize a sample of the potential patient population. Our Phase 1/2 clinical trial of GBT440 is designed to enroll between 96 and 128 subjects, and to date, we have only begun to evaluate GBT440 in a limited number of subjects at a limited duration of exposure. Accordingly, any rare and severe side effects of GBT440 may be uncovered only in later stages of our Phase 1/2 trial or only in any larger, subsequent trials that we may conduct. Many product candidates that initially showed promise in early stage testing have later been found to cause side effects that prevented their further development. In particular, the development of tucaresol, a hemoglobin-modifying compound that was observed to have anti-hemolytic and anti-sickling effects in SCD patients, was discontinued by Burroughs Wellcome & Co. due to immune-related side effects. It is possible that GBT440, which also binds to hemoglobin molecules, may result in similar or additional side effects. Moreover, a preclinical toxicology study with GBT440 in non-humans and clinical trials involving other hemoglobin modifiers have shown a decrease in oxygen delivery to tissue when the percentage of modified

 

16


Table of Contents

hemoglobin is significant. Hemoglobin modifiers, by increasing HbS’s affinity for oxygen, can cause a shift in oxygen levels, potentially resulting in tissue hypoxia. If GBT440 or any product candidates that we may develop are associated with tissue hypoxia or undesirable side effects in clinical trials or have characteristics that are unexpected, we may need to abandon their development or limit their development to more narrow uses or subpopulations in which the undesirable side effects or other characteristics are less prevalent, less severe or more acceptable from a risk-benefit perspective, which could adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

Although we intend to pursue expedited regulatory approval pathways for GBT440, it may not qualify for expedited development or, if it does qualify for expedited development, it may not actually lead to a faster development or regulatory review or approval process.

Although we believe there may be an opportunity to accelerate the development of GBT440 through one or more of the FDA’s expedited programs, such as fast track, breakthrough therapy, accelerated approval or priority review, and we intend to pursue one or more of these expedited programs, we cannot be assured that GBT440 or any other product candidates that we may develop will qualify for such programs.

For example, a drug may be eligible for designation as a breakthrough therapy if the drug is intended, alone or in combination with one or more other drugs, to treat a serious or life-threatening condition and preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the drug may demonstrate substantial improvement over existing therapies on one or more clinically significant endpoints. Although breakthrough designation or access to any other expedited program may expedite the development or approval process, it does not change the standards for approval. If we apply for breakthrough therapy designation or any other expedited program for GBT440, the FDA may determine that GBT440, our proposed target indication or other aspects of our clinical development plans do not qualify for such expedited program. Even if we are successful in obtaining a breakthrough therapy designation or access to any other expedited program, we may not experience faster development timelines or achieve faster review or approval compared to conventional FDA procedures. Access to an expedited program may also be withdrawn by the FDA if it believes that the designation is no longer supported by data from our clinical development program. Additionally, qualification for any expedited review procedure does not ensure that we will ultimately obtain regulatory approval for GBT440 or any other product candidate that we may develop.

Even though we may apply for orphan drug designation for GBT440, we may not be able to obtain orphan drug marketing exclusivity for this product candidate or any of our other product candidates.

Our business strategy focuses on the development of product candidates for the treatment of rare, chronic blood disorders that may be eligible for FDA or European Union, or EU, orphan drug designation. Regulatory authorities in some jurisdictions, including the United States and the EU, may designate drugs for relatively small patient populations as orphan drugs. Under the Orphan Drug Act, the FDA may designate a drug as an orphan drug if it is intended to treat a rare disease or condition, which is generally defined as a patient population of fewer than 200,000 individuals annually in the United States. In the EU, the Committee for Orphan Medicinal Products of the European Medicines Agency, or EMA, grants orphan drug designation to promote the development of products that are intended for the diagnosis, prevention or treatment of a life-threatening or chronically debilitating condition affecting not more than five in 10,000 persons in the EU (or where it is unlikely that the development of the medicine would generate sufficient return to justify the investment) and for which no satisfactory method of diagnosis, prevention, or treatment is authorized or, if a method exists, the product would be of significant benefit to those affected by the condition.

Generally, if a drug with an orphan drug designation subsequently receives the first marketing approval for the indication for which it has such designation, the drug is entitled to a period of marketing exclusivity, which precludes the FDA or the EMA from approving another marketing application for the same drug for that time period. The applicable period is seven years in the United States and 10 years in the EU. The EU exclusivity period can be reduced to six years if a drug no longer meets the criteria for orphan drug designation or if the drug is sufficiently profitable so that market exclusivity is no longer justified. Orphan drug exclusivity may be lost if

 

17


Table of Contents

the FDA or EMA determines that the request for designation was materially defective or if the manufacturer is unable to assure sufficient quantity of the drug to meet the needs of patients with the rare disease or condition.

Although we may apply for orphan drug designation for GBT440 or other product candidates we may develop, applicable regulatory authorities may not grant us this designation. In addition, even if we obtain orphan drug exclusivity for GBT440 or any other product candidate that we may develop, that exclusivity may not effectively protect the candidate from competition because different drugs can be approved for the same condition. Even after an orphan drug is approved, the FDA can subsequently approve another drug for the same condition if the FDA concludes that the later drug is clinically superior, in that it is shown to be safer, more effective or makes a major contribution to patient care. Any inability to secure orphan drug designation or the exclusivity benefits of this designation would have an adverse impact on our ability to develop and commercialize our product candidates.

Even if we receive regulatory approval for GBT440 or any other product candidate that we may develop, we will be subject to ongoing regulatory obligations and scrutiny and may be subject to product labeling and other post-marketing restrictions.

Even if a product candidate is approved, regulatory authorities may still impose significant restrictions on its indicated uses or marketing or impose ongoing requirements for potentially costly post-marketing studies. Furthermore, any new legislation addressing drug safety issues could result in delays or increased costs to assure compliance. If GBT440 or any other product candidates that we may develop are approved, they will each be subject to ongoing regulatory requirements for labeling, packaging, storage, advertising, promotion, sampling, record-keeping and submission of safety and other post-market information, including both federal and state requirements in the United States. In addition, regulatory agencies may not approve the labeling claims that are necessary or desirable for the successful commercialization of our product candidates. For example, the development of GBT440 for the prophylactic treatment of SCD in pediatric patients is an important part of our current business strategy, and if we are unable to obtain regulatory approval for the desired age ranges, our business may suffer.

In addition, manufacturers and manufacturers’ facilities are required to comply with extensive FDA requirements, including ensuring that quality control and manufacturing procedures conform to current Good Manufacturing Practices, or cGMP. As such, we and our contract manufacturers are subject to continual review and periodic inspections to assess compliance with cGMP and must continue to expend time, money, and effort in all areas of regulatory compliance, including manufacturing, production, and quality control. We will also be required to report certain adverse reactions and production problems, if any, to the FDA, and to comply with requirements concerning advertising and promotion for our products. The timing of our obligation to report adverse events would be triggered by the date we become aware of the adverse event as well as the nature of the event. We may fail to report adverse events we become aware of within the prescribed timeframe. We may also fail to appreciate that we have become aware of a reportable adverse event, especially if it is not reported to us as an adverse event or if it is an adverse event that is unexpected or removed in time from the use of our products. Promotional communications with respect to prescription drugs are subject to a variety of legal and regulatory restrictions and must be consistent with the information in the product’s approved label. As such, we may not promote our products for indications or uses for which they do not have FDA approval.

If a regulatory agency discovers previously unknown problems with a product, such as adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or problems with the facility where the product is manufactured, or disagrees with the promotion, marketing, or labeling of a product, a regulatory agency may impose restrictions or sanctions on that product or us, including requiring withdrawal of the product from the market. If we fail to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, a regulatory agency or enforcement authority may:

 

  issue warning letters;

 

  impose civil or criminal penalties;

 

  impose injunctions;

 

18


Table of Contents
  suspend regulatory approval;

 

  suspend any of our ongoing clinical trials;

 

  impose product recalls and publicity requirements;

 

  refuse to approve pending applications or supplements to approved applications submitted by us;

 

  impose restrictions on our operations, including closing our contract manufacturers’ facilities; or

 

  seize or detain products or require a product recall.

Any government investigation of alleged violations of law could require us to expend significant time and resources in response, and could generate negative publicity. Any failure to comply with ongoing regulatory requirements may significantly and adversely affect our ability to commercialize and generate revenues from GBT440 or any future product candidates. If we are subject to regulatory sanctions or if regulatory approval for our product candidates is withdrawn or limited, our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations would be harmed.

Risks Related to Our Reliance on Third Parties

We rely, and will continue to rely, on third parties to conduct some of our nonclinical studies and all of our clinical trials and also to perform other tasks for us. If these third parties perform in an unsatisfactory manner, it may harm our business.

We have relied upon and plan to continue to rely upon third-party CROs, including our CRO who monitors our Phase 1/2 clinical trial of GBT440 in London, UK, to monitor and manage data for some of our ongoing nonclinical and all of our clinical programs. We rely on these parties for execution of our nonclinical studies and clinical trials, and control only certain aspects of their activities. Nevertheless, we are responsible for ensuring that each of our studies and trials are conducted in accordance with the applicable protocol, legal, regulatory, and scientific standards and our reliance on the CROs does not relieve us of our regulatory responsibilities. We and our CROs and other vendors are required to comply with cGMP or GCP, and Good Laboratory Practices, or GLP, which are regulations and guidelines enforced by the FDA, the Competent Authorities of the Member States of the European Economic Area, or EEA, and comparable foreign regulatory authorities. Regulatory authorities enforce these regulations through periodic inspections of study sponsors, principal investigators, study sites, and other contractors. If we or any of our CROs or vendors fail to comply with applicable regulations, the data generated in our nonclinical studies and clinical trials may be deemed unreliable and the applicable regulatory authorities may require us to repeat or to perform additional nonclinical and clinical studies before approving our marketing applications, which would delay the regulatory approval process.

In addition, the execution of preclinical studies and clinical trials, and the subsequent compilation and analysis of the data produced, requires coordination among various parties. In order for these functions to be carried out effectively and efficiently, it is imperative that these parties communicate and coordinate with one another. These third parties may terminate their agreements with us upon as little as 30 days prior written notice of a material breach by us that is not cured within 30 days. Many of these agreements may also be terminated by such third parties under certain other circumstances, including our failure to comply with applicable laws. If any of our relationships with our third-party CROs terminates, we may not be able to enter into arrangements with alternative CROs or do so on commercially reasonable terms. In addition, our CROs are not our employees, and except for remedies available to us under our agreements with such CROs, we cannot control whether they devote sufficient time and resources to our programs. Furthermore, these third party CROs may also have relationships with other entities, some of which may be our competitors. If CROs do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or obligations or meet expected deadlines, if they need to be replaced or if the quality or accuracy of the data they obtain is compromised due to the failure to adhere to our protocols, regulatory requirements, or for other reasons, our development activities may be extended, delayed, or terminated and we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval for or successfully commercialize our product candidates.

 

19


Table of Contents

Switching or adding CROs involves additional cost, time and management resources and focus. CROs may also generate higher costs than anticipated.

Accordingly, our dependence on third-party CROs and other vendors may subject us to challenges, delays and costs that have a material adverse impact on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

We rely entirely on third parties for the manufacturing of our product candidates for preclinical studies and clinical trials and expect to continue to do so for commercialization. Our business could be harmed if those third parties fail to provide us with sufficient quantities of drug product, or fail to do so at acceptable quality levels or prices.

We do not currently have, nor do we plan to acquire, the infrastructure or capability internally to manufacture drug supplies for our ongoing Phase 1/2 clinical trial of GBT440 or any future clinical trials that we may conduct, and we lack the resources to manufacture any of our product candidates on a commercial scale. We rely, and expect to continue to rely, on third-party manufacturers to produce our product candidates for our clinical trials, as well as for commercial manufacture if any of our product candidates receives marketing approval. Although we generally do not begin a clinical trial unless we believe we have a sufficient supply of a product candidate to complete the trial, any significant delay or discontinuity in the supply of a product candidate, or the raw material components thereof, for an ongoing clinical trial due to the need to replace a third-party manufacturer could considerably delay the clinical development and potential regulatory approval of our product candidates, which could harm our business and results of operations. We also expect to rely on third parties for the manufacturing of commercial supply of GBT440 or any other product candidates, if approved.

We may be unable to establish any agreements with third-party manufacturers or to do so on acceptable terms. Even if we are able to establish agreements with third-party manufacturers, reliance on third-party manufacturers entails additional risks, including:

 

  reliance on the third party for regulatory compliance and quality assurance;

 

  the possible breach of the manufacturing agreement by the third party;

 

  the possible misappropriation of our proprietary information, including our trade secrets and know-how; and

 

  the possible termination or non-renewal of the agreement by the third party at a time that is costly or inconvenient for us.

Furthermore, all of our contract manufacturers are engaged with other companies to supply and/or manufacture materials or products for such companies, which exposes our manufacturers to regulatory risks for the production of such materials and products. As a result, failure to meet the regulatory requirements for the production of those materials and products may affect the regulatory clearance of our contract manufacturers’ facilities generally. If the FDA or a comparable foreign regulatory agency does not approve these facilities for the manufacture of our product candidates or if any agency withdraws its approval in the future, we may need to find alternative manufacturing facilities, which would negatively impact our ability to develop, obtain regulatory approval for or market our product candidates, if approved.

GBT440 and any future product candidates that we may develop may compete with other product candidates and marketed drugs for access to manufacturing facilities. Any performance failure on the part of our existing or future manufacturers could delay clinical development or marketing approval. We are currently manufacturing GBT440 through a third party and have adequate supplies to conduct our ongoing Phase 1/2 clinical trial, but we have not yet begun to produce the clinical supply of GBT440 for any larger pivotal trials that we may conduct. We do not currently have arrangements in place for redundant supply or a second source for bulk drug substance. If we are unable to enter into relationships with additional contract manufacturers, or our current or future contract manufacturers cannot perform as agreed, we may experience delays and incur additional costs in our clinical development and commercialization activities. Our current and anticipated future

 

20


Table of Contents

dependence upon others for the manufacturing of our product candidates or marketed drugs may adversely affect our future profit margins and our ability to commercialize any product candidates that receive marketing approval on a timely and competitive basis.

If the contract manufacturing facilities on which we rely do not continue to meet regulatory requirements or are unable to meet our supply demands, our business will be harmed.

All entities involved in the preparation of therapeutics for clinical trials or commercial sale, including our existing contract manufacturers for our product candidates, are subject to extensive regulation. Components of a finished therapeutic product approved for commercial sale or used in late-stage clinical trials must be manufactured in accordance with cGMP, or similar regulatory requirements outside the United States. These regulations govern manufacturing processes and procedures, including recordkeeping, and the implementation and operation of quality systems to control and assure the quality of investigational products and products approved for sale. Poor control of production processes can lead to the introduction of contaminants or to inadvertent changes in the properties or stability of our product candidates. Our failure, or the failure of our third-party manufacturers, to comply with applicable regulations could result in sanctions being imposed on us, including clinical holds, fines, injunctions, civil penalties, delays, suspension or withdrawal of approvals, license revocation, suspension of production, seizures or recalls of product candidates or marketed drugs, operating restrictions and criminal prosecutions, any of which could significantly and adversely affect clinical or commercial supplies of our product candidates.

We or our contract manufacturers must supply all necessary documentation in support of an NDA or MAA on a timely basis and must adhere to GLP and cGMP regulations enforced by the FDA and other regulatory agencies through their facilities inspection program. Some of our contract manufacturers have never produced a commercially approved pharmaceutical product and therefore have not obtained the requisite regulatory authority approvals to do so. The facilities and quality systems of some or all of our third-party contractors must pass a pre-approval inspection for compliance with the applicable regulations as a condition of regulatory approval of our product candidates or any of our other potential products. In addition, the regulatory authorities may, at any time, audit or inspect a manufacturing facility involved with the preparation of our product candidates or our other potential products or the associated quality systems for compliance with the regulations applicable to the activities being conducted. Although we oversee the contract manufacturers, we cannot control the manufacturing process of, and are completely dependent on, our contract manufacturing partners for compliance with the regulatory requirements. If these facilities do not pass a pre-approval plant inspection, regulatory approval of the products may not be granted or may be substantially delayed until any violations are corrected to the satisfaction of the regulatory authority, if ever.

The regulatory authorities also may, at any time following approval of a product for sale, audit the manufacturing facilities of our third-party contractors. If any such inspection or audit identifies a failure to comply with applicable regulations or if a violation of our product specifications or applicable regulations occurs independent of such an inspection or audit, we or the relevant regulatory authority may require remedial measures that may be costly and/or time consuming for us or a third party to implement, and that may include the temporary or permanent suspension of a clinical study or commercial sales or the temporary or permanent closure of a facility. Any such remedial measures imposed upon us or third parties with whom we contract could materially harm our business.

Additionally, if supply from one approved manufacturer is interrupted, an alternative manufacturer would need to be qualified through an NDA supplement or MAA variation, or equivalent foreign regulatory filing, which could result in further delay. The regulatory agencies may also require additional studies if a new manufacturer is relied upon for commercial production. Switching manufacturers may involve substantial costs and is likely to result in a delay in our desired clinical and commercial timelines.

These factors could cause us to incur higher costs and could cause the delay or termination of clinical trials, regulatory submissions, required approvals, or commercialization of our product candidates. Furthermore, if our

 

21


Table of Contents

suppliers fail to meet contractual requirements and we are unable to secure one or more replacement suppliers capable of production at a substantially equivalent cost, our clinical trials may be delayed or we could lose potential revenue.

Our reliance on third parties requires us to share our trade secrets, which increases the possibility that a competitor will discover them or that our trade secrets will be misappropriated or disclosed.

Because we rely on third parties to manufacture GBT440 and conduct other aspects of our clinical development activities, we must, at times, share trade secrets with them. We seek to protect our proprietary technology in part by entering into confidentiality agreements and, if applicable, material transfer agreements, collaborative research agreements, consulting agreements or other similar agreements with any collaborators, CROs, manufacturers and consultants prior to beginning research or disclosing proprietary information. These agreements typically limit the rights of the third parties to use or disclose our confidential information, such as trade secrets. Despite the contractual provisions employed when working with third parties, the need to share trade secrets and other confidential information increases the risk that such trade secrets become known by our competitors, are inadvertently incorporated into the technology of others, or are disclosed or used in violation of these agreements. Given that our proprietary position is based, in part, on our know-how and trade secrets, a competitor’s discovery of our trade secrets or other unauthorized use or disclosure would impair our competitive position and may have a material adverse effect on our business.

In addition, these agreements typically restrict the ability of certain collaborators, CROs, manufacturers and consultants to publish data potentially relating to our trade secrets. Our academic collaborators typically have rights to publish data, provided that we are notified in advance and may delay publication for a specified time in order to secure our intellectual property rights arising from the collaboration. In other cases, publication rights are controlled exclusively by us, although in some cases we may share these rights with other parties. We also conduct joint research and development programs that may require us to share trade secrets under the terms of our research and development partnerships or similar agreements. Despite our efforts to protect our trade secrets, our competitors may discover our trade secrets, either through breach of these agreements, independent development or publication of information including our trade secrets in cases where we do not have proprietary or otherwise protected rights at the time of publication. A competitor’s discovery of our trade secrets would impair our competitive position and have an adverse impact on our business.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

If we are unable to obtain and maintain sufficient intellectual property protection for our product candidates, or if the scope of the intellectual property protection obtained is not sufficiently broad, our competitors could develop and commercialize product candidates similar or identical to ours, and our ability to successfully commercialize GBT440 and other product candidates that we may pursue may be impaired. Changes in patent policy and rules could impair our ability to protect our products and increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents.

As is the case with other biopharmaceutical companies, our success depends in large part on our ability to obtain and maintain protection of the intellectual property we may own solely and jointly with others, particularly patents, in the United States and other countries with respect to our product candidates and technology. We seek to protect our proprietary position by filing patent applications in the United States and abroad related to our product candidates.

Obtaining and enforcing biopharmaceutical patents is costly, time consuming and complex, and we may not be able to file and prosecute all necessary or desirable patent applications, or maintain, enforce and license any patents that may issue from such patent applications, at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner. It is also possible that we will fail to identify patentable aspects of our research and development output before it is too late to obtain patent protection. We may not have the right to control the preparation, filing and prosecution of patent applications, or to maintain the rights to patents licensed to third parties. Therefore, these patents and applications may not be prosecuted and enforced in a manner consistent with the best interests of our business.

 

22


Table of Contents

The patent position of biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies generally is highly uncertain, involves complex legal, technological and factual questions and has in recent years been the subject of much litigation. In addition, the laws of foreign countries may not protect our rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States, or vice versa. Further, we may not be aware of all third-party intellectual property rights potentially relating to our product candidates. Publications of discoveries in the scientific literature often lag behind the actual discoveries, and patent applications in the United States and other jurisdictions are typically not published until 18 months after filing or, in some cases, not at all. Therefore, we cannot know with certainty whether we were the first to make the inventions claimed in our patents or pending patent applications, or that we were the first to file for patent protection of such inventions. As a result, the issuance, scope, validity, enforceability and commercial value of our patent rights are highly uncertain. Our pending and future patent applications may not result in patents being issued that protect our product candidates, in whole or in part, or which effectively prevent others from commercializing competitive product candidates. Even if our patent applications issue as patents, they may not issue in a form that will provide us with any meaningful protection, prevent competitors from competing with us or otherwise provide us with any competitive advantage. Our competitors may be able to circumvent our patents by developing similar or alternative product candidates in a non-infringing manner.

Moreover, we may be subject to a third-party preissuance submission of prior art to the United States Patent and Trademark Office, or the USPTO, or become involved in opposition, derivation, reexamination, inter partes review, post-grant review or interference proceedings challenging our patent rights or the patent rights of others. An adverse determination in any such submission, proceeding or litigation could reduce the scope of, or invalidate, our patent rights, allow third parties to commercialize our product candidates and compete directly with us, without payment to us, or result in our inability to manufacture or commercialize drugs without infringing third-party patent rights. In addition, if the breadth or strength of protection provided by our patents and patent applications is threatened, it could dissuade companies from collaborating with us to license, develop or commercialize current or future product candidates.

In addition, the issuance of a patent is not conclusive as to its inventorship, scope, validity or enforceability, and our patents may be challenged in the courts or patent offices in the United States and abroad. Such challenges may result in loss of exclusivity or freedom to operate or in patent claims being narrowed, invalidated or held unenforceable, in whole or in part, which could limit our ability to stop others from using or commercializing similar or identical product candidates, or limit the duration of the patent protection of our product candidates. Given the amount of time required for the development, testing and regulatory review of new product candidates, patents protecting such candidates might expire before or shortly after such candidates are commercialized. As a result, our patent portfolio may not provide us with sufficient rights to exclude others from commercializing drugs similar or identical to ours.

The United States has recently enacted and is currently implementing wide-ranging patent reform legislation. The United States Supreme Court has ruled on several patent cases in recent years, either narrowing the scope of patent protection available in certain circumstances or weakening the rights of patent owners in certain situations. In addition to increasing uncertainty with regard to our ability to obtain patents in the future, this combination of events has created uncertainty with respect to the value of patents once obtained. Depending on future actions by the U.S. Congress, the federal courts, and the USPTO, the laws and regulations governing patents could change in unpredictable ways that would diminish the value of our patents and patent applications or narrow the scope of our patent protection, or weaken our ability to obtain new patents or to enforce our existing patents and patents that we might obtain in the future.

Assuming the other requirements for patentability are met, in the United States prior to March 15, 2013, the first to make the claimed invention is entitled to the patent, while outside the United States, the first to file a patent application is entitled to the patent. After March 15, 2013, under the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, or the Leahy-Smith Act, enacted on September 16, 2011, the United States has moved to a first to file system. The Leahy-Smith Act also includes a number of significant changes that affect the way patent applications will be prosecuted and may also affect patent litigation. The effects of these changes are currently unclear as the USPTO

 

23


Table of Contents

must still implement various regulations, the courts have yet to address certain of these provisions and the applicability of the act and new regulations on specific patents discussed herein have not been determined and would need to be reviewed. Accordingly, it is not clear what, if any, impact the Leahy-Smith Act will have on the operation of our business. However, the Leahy-Smith Act and its implementation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of patents that may issue from such patent applications, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition. Any further changes in either the patent laws or interpretation of the patent laws in the United States and other countries may diminish the value of our patents and patent applications or narrow the scope of our potential patent protection.

We may become subject to claims alleging infringement of third parties’ patents or proprietary rights and/or claims seeking to invalidate our patents, which would be costly, time consuming and, if successfully asserted against us, delay or prevent the development and commercialization of GBT440 or any future product candidates that we may develop.

We cannot assure you that GBT440 or any future product candidates that we may develop will not infringe existing or future third-party patents. Because patent applications can take many years to issue and may be confidential for 18 months or more after filing, there may be applications now pending of which we are unaware and which may later result in issued patents that we may infringe by commercializing GBT440 or any future product candidates that we may develop. We may additionally be unaware of one or more issued patents that would be infringed by the manufacture, sale or use of GBT440 or any of our other product candidates.

We may in the future become party to, or be threatened with, adversarial proceedings or litigation against us regarding intellectual property rights with respect to our product candidates, that would cause us to incur substantial expenses and, if successful against us, could cause us to pay substantial damages, including treble damages and attorneys’ fees if we are found to be willfully infringing a third party’s patents. We may also be required to indemnify parties with whom we have contractual relationships against such claims. If a patent infringement suit were brought against us, we could be forced to stop or delay research, development, manufacturing or sales of the product or product candidate that is the subject of the suit. As a result of patent infringement claims, or in order to avoid potential claims, we may choose to seek, or be required to seek, a license from the third party to continue developing, manufacturing and marketing our product candidates and would most likely be required to pay license fees or royalties or both, that could be significant. These licenses may not be available on acceptable terms, or at all. Even if we were able to obtain a license, the rights may be nonexclusive, which would give our competitors access to the same intellectual property licensed to us. Ultimately, we could be prevented from commercializing a product, or forced to redesign it, or to cease some aspect of our business operations if, as a result of actual or threatened patent infringement claims, we are unable to enter into licenses on acceptable terms. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, such litigation can be expensive and time consuming to litigate and would divert management’s attention from our core business. Any of these events could harm our business significantly.

In addition to infringement claims against us, if third parties prepare and file patent applications in the United States that also claim technology similar or identical to ours, we may have to participate in interference or derivation proceedings in the USPTO, to determine which party is entitled to a patent on the disputed invention. We may also become involved in similar opposition proceedings in the European Patent Office or similar offices in other jurisdictions regarding our intellectual property rights with respect to our products and technology.

Although we are not currently involved in any litigation, we may become involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our patents or other intellectual property, which could be expensive, time consuming and unsuccessful.

Competitors may infringe our patents or other intellectual property. Although we are not currently involved in any litigation, if we were to initiate legal proceedings against a third party to enforce a patent covering one of our product candidates, the defendant could counterclaim that the patent covering our product candidate is

 

24


Table of Contents

invalid and/or unenforceable. In patent litigation in the United States, defendant counterclaims alleging invalidity and/or unenforceability are commonplace. Grounds for a validity challenge could be an alleged failure to meet any of several statutory requirements, including lack of novelty, obviousness, written description or non-enablement. Grounds for an unenforceability assertion could be an allegation that someone connected with prosecution of the patent withheld relevant information from the USPTO, or made a misleading statement, during prosecution. The outcome following legal assertions of invalidity and unenforceability is unpredictable.

Interference or derivation proceedings provoked by third parties or brought by us or declared by the USPTO may be necessary to determine the priority of inventions with respect to our patents or patent applications. An unfavorable outcome could require us to cease using the related technology or to attempt to license rights to it from the prevailing party. Our business could be harmed if the prevailing party does not offer us a license on commercially reasonable terms. Our defense of litigation or interference or derivation proceedings may fail and, even if successful, may result in substantial costs and distract our management and other employees. In addition, the uncertainties associated with litigation could have a material adverse effect on our ability to raise the funds necessary to continue our clinical trials, continue our research programs, license necessary technology from third parties, or enter into development partnerships that would help us bring our product candidates to market.

Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation. There could also be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions, or other interim proceedings or developments. If securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a material adverse effect on the price of our common stock.

We may become subject to claims challenging the inventorship or ownership of our patents and other intellectual property.

We may be subject to claims that former employees, collaborators or other third parties have an interest in our patents or other intellectual property as an inventor or co-inventor. For example, inventorship disputes may arise from conflicting obligations of third parties involved in developing our product candidates or as a result of questions regarding co-ownership of potential joint inventions. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these and other claims challenging inventorship or ownership or we may enter into agreements to clarify the scope of our rights in such intellectual property. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights, such as exclusive ownership of, or right to use, valuable intellectual property. Such an outcome could have a material adverse effect on our business. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management and other employees.

We jointly own patents and patent applications with third parties. Our ability to exploit or enforce these patent rights, or to prevent the third party from granting licenses to others with respect to these patent rights, may be limited in some circumstances.

We jointly own certain patents and patent applications with third parties. In particular, the Regents of the University of California, or the Regents, have indicated that certain of our patents and patent applications relating to GBT440 and GBT440 analogs may have been jointly invented by us and employees of the university and, accordingly, may be jointly owned by us and the Regents. In the absence of an agreement with each co-owner of jointly owned patent rights, we will be subject to default rules pertaining to joint ownership. Some countries require the consent of all joint owners to exploit, license or assign jointly owned patents, and if we are unable to obtain that consent from the joint owner, we may be unable to exploit the invention or to license or assign our rights under these patents and patent applications in those countries. In other countries, such as the United States, the joint owner could license or assign its rights under these patents and patent applications to another party without our consent and without any duty of accounting to us. Additionally, in the United States, the Regents may be required to be joined as a party to any claim or action we may wish to bring to enforce these patent rights, which may limit our ability to pursue third party infringement claims. We are currently in active discussions with

 

25


Table of Contents

the Regents to obtain an exclusive license on commercially reasonable terms to the Regents’ interest in any GBT440 and GBT440 analog patent rights that we may jointly own with the Regents and anticipate that potential payments for the licensed rights may be scaled based on an independent third-party determination of inventorship. Based on these discussions to date, we believe the consideration for such licensed rights will not have a significant effect on our financial results or financial position. There is no assurance, however, that we will be able to obtain such a license on terms that we deem to be acceptable, or at all. If the Regents are deemed to be a joint owner of any patent rights relating to GBT440 or GBT440 analogs and we are unable to obtain an exclusive license to these rights, we may be required to seek and obtain the consent of the Regents to exploit these rights in connection with the commercialization of GBT440 or GBT440 analogs in certain foreign jurisdictions or to license or assign them to a third party, and we may not be able to prevent the Regents from granting licenses to these rights or assigning them to a third party in the United States.

We may be subject to claims that our employees, consultants or independent contractors have wrongfully used or disclosed confidential information of third parties or that our employees have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of their former employers.

We employ individuals who were previously employed at universities or other biotechnology or pharmaceutical companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. Although we try to ensure that our employees, consultants and independent contractors do not use the proprietary information or know-how of others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that we or our employees, consultants or independent contractors have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed intellectual property, including trade secrets or other proprietary information, of any of our employees’ former employers or other third parties. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel, which could adversely impact our business. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management and other employees.

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets, the value of our technology could be materially adversely affected and our business would be harmed.

We seek to protect our confidential proprietary information, in part, by confidentiality agreements and invention assignment agreements with our employees, consultants, scientific advisors, contractors and collaborators. These agreements are designed to protect our proprietary information. However, we cannot be certain that such agreements have been entered into with all relevant parties, and we cannot be certain that our trade secrets and other confidential proprietary information will not be disclosed or that competitors will not otherwise gain access to our trade secrets or independently develop substantially equivalent information and techniques. For example, any of these parties may breach the agreements and disclose our proprietary information, including our trade secrets, and we may not be able to obtain adequate remedies for such breaches. We also seek to preserve the integrity and confidentiality of our confidential proprietary information by maintaining physical security of our premises and physical and electronic security of our information technology systems, but it is possible that these security measures could be breached. If any of our confidential proprietary information were to be lawfully obtained or independently developed by a competitor, we would have no right to prevent such competitor from using that technology or information to compete with us, which could harm our competitive position.

Obtaining and maintaining our patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, document submission, fee payment and other requirements imposed by governmental patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements.

Periodic maintenance fees, renewal fees, annuity fees and various other governmental fees on patents and/or applications will be due to be paid to the USPTO and various governmental patent agencies outside of the United States in several stages over the lifetime of the patents and/or applications. We have systems in place to remind us to pay these fees, and we employ an outside firm and rely on our outside counsel to pay these fees due to non-

 

26


Table of Contents

U.S. patent agencies. The USPTO and various non-U.S. governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other similar provisions during the patent application process. We employ reputable law firms and other professionals to help us comply, and in many cases, an inadvertent lapse can be cured by payment of a late fee or by other means in accordance with the applicable rules. However, there are situations in which non-compliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. In such an event, our competitors might be able to enter the market and this circumstance would have a material adverse effect on our business.

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property rights throughout the world.

Filing, prosecuting and defending patents on our product candidates in all countries throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive, and our intellectual property rights in some countries outside the United States can be less extensive than those in the United States. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as federal and state laws in the United States. Consequently, we may not be able to prevent third parties from practicing our inventions in all countries outside the United States, or from selling or importing products made using our inventions in and into the United States or other jurisdictions. Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own products and may also export infringing products to territories where we have patent protection, but enforcement is not as strong as that in the United States. These products may compete with our products and our patents or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from competing.

Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of certain countries, particularly certain developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents, trade secrets, and other intellectual property protection, particularly those relating to biotechnology products, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our patents or marketing of competing products in violation of our proprietary rights generally. Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions, whether or not successful, could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business, could put our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and our patent applications at risk of not issuing and could provoke third parties to assert claims against us. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful. Accordingly, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights around the world may be inadequate to obtain a significant commercial advantage from the intellectual property that we develop or license.

Risks Related to Commercialization

Even if GBT440 or any other product candidate that we may develop receives marketing approval, their commercial success will depend upon the degree of market acceptance by physicians, patients, third-party payors and others in the medical community.

If GBT440 or other product candidates that we may pursue receives marketing approval, they may nonetheless fail to gain sufficient market acceptance by physicians, patients, third-party payors and others in the medical community. If our product candidates do not achieve an adequate level of acceptance, we may not generate significant revenue from drug sales and we may not become profitable. Before granting reimbursement approval, healthcare payors may require us to demonstrate that our product candidates, in addition to treating these target indications, also provide incremental health benefits to patients. Our efforts to educate the medical community and third-party payors about the benefits of our product candidates may require significant resources and may never be successful. The degree of market acceptance of our product candidates, if approved for commercial sale, will depend on a number of factors, including:

 

  the efficacy and potential advantages compared to alternative treatments, such as, in the case of GBT440, hydroxyurea;

 

27


Table of Contents
  our ability to offer our drugs for sale at competitive prices;

 

  the convenience and ease of administration compared to alternative treatments, including future alternative treatments;

 

  the willingness of the target patient population to try new therapies and of physicians to prescribe these therapies;

 

  the availability of products and their ability to meet market demand, including a reliable supply for long-term daily treatment;

 

  the strength of marketing and distribution support;

 

  the availability of third-party coverage and adequate reimbursement;

 

  the clinical indications for which the product is approved;

 

  the prevalence and severity of any side effects and overall safety profile; and

 

  any restrictions on the use of our drugs together with other medications.

If we are unable to establish sales and marketing capabilities or enter into agreements with third parties to market and sell our product candidates, we may be unsuccessful in commercializing our product candidates when approved by health authorities.

Although some of our employees have experience with commercializing products while employed at other companies, we as a company have no experience selling and marketing our product candidates and we currently have no marketing or sales organization. To successfully commercialize any products that may result from our development programs, we will need to develop these capabilities, either on our own or with others. If our product candidates receive regulatory approval, we intend to establish a sales and marketing organization with technical expertise and supporting distribution capabilities to commercialize our product candidates in major markets, which will be expensive, difficult and time consuming. Any failure or delay in the development of our internal sales, marketing, and distribution capabilities would adversely impact the commercialization of our products.

Further, given our lack of prior experience in marketing and selling biopharmaceutical products, our initial estimate of the size of the required sales force may be materially more or less than the size of the sales force actually required to effectively commercialize our product candidates. As such, we may be required to hire substantially more sales representatives to adequately support the commercialization of our product candidates or we may incur excess costs as a result of hiring more sales representatives than necessary. With respect to certain geographical markets, we may enter into collaborations with other entities to utilize their local marketing and distribution capabilities, but we may be unable to enter into such agreements on favorable terms, if at all. If our future collaborators do not commit sufficient resources to commercialize our future products, if any, and we are unable to develop the necessary marketing capabilities on our own, we will be unable to generate sufficient product revenue to sustain our business. We may be competing with companies that currently have extensive and well-funded marketing and sales operations. Without an internal team or the support of a third party to perform marketing and sales functions, we may be unable to compete successfully against these more established companies.

The insurance coverage and reimbursement status of newly-approved products is uncertain. Failure to obtain or maintain adequate coverage and reimbursement for new or current products could limit our ability to market those products and decrease our ability to generate revenue.

Our target patient populations are small, and accordingly the pricing, coverage and reimbursement of our product candidates, if approved, must be adequate to support our commercial infrastructure. Our per-patient prices must be sufficient to recover our development and manufacturing costs and potentially achieve

 

28


Table of Contents

profitability. Accordingly, the availability and extent of reimbursement by governmental and private payors is essential for most patients to be able to afford expensive treatments, such as ours, assuming approval. Sales of our product candidates will depend substantially, both domestically and abroad, on the extent to which the costs of our product candidates will be paid by health maintenance, managed care, pharmacy benefit and similar healthcare management organizations, or reimbursed by government health administration authorities, private health coverage insurers and other third-party payors. If reimbursement is not available, or is available only to limited levels, we may not be able to successfully commercialize our product candidates. Even if coverage is provided, the approved reimbursement amount may not be high enough to allow us to establish or maintain pricing sufficient to realize a sufficient return on our investment.

There is significant uncertainty related to the insurance coverage and reimbursement of newly approved products. In the United States, the principal decisions about reimbursement for new medicines are typically made by the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, an agency within the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, as CMS decides whether and to what extent a new medicine will be covered and reimbursed under Medicaid or Medicare. However, the practices and requirements relating to the payment of rebates by drug manufacturers for Medicaid purchases are determined by each state, and in some cases, if a company does not enter into a rebate agreement, its Medicaid sales will be subjected to a “prior authorization” procedure that requires state agency approval to qualify a doctor’s prescription for reimbursement.

Outside the United States, international operations are generally subject to extensive governmental price controls and other market regulations, and we believe the increasing emphasis on cost-containment initiatives in Europe, Canada, and other countries has and will continue to put pressure on the pricing and usage of our product candidates. In many countries, the prices of medical products are subject to varying price control mechanisms as part of national health systems. In general, the prices of medicines under such systems are substantially lower than in the United States. Other countries allow companies to fix their own prices for medicines, but monitor and control company profits. Additional foreign price controls or other changes in pricing regulation could restrict the amount that we are able to charge for our product candidates. Accordingly, in markets outside the United States, the reimbursement for our products may be reduced compared with the United States and may be insufficient to generate commercially reasonable revenues and profits.

Moreover, increasing efforts by governmental and third-party payors, in the United States and abroad, to cap or reduce healthcare costs may cause such organizations to limit both coverage and level of reimbursement for new products approved and, as a result, they may not cover or provide adequate payment for our product candidates. We expect to experience pricing pressures in connection with the sale of any of our product candidates, due to the trend toward managed healthcare, the increasing influence of health maintenance organizations and additional legislative changes. The downward pressure on healthcare costs in general, particularly prescription drugs and surgical procedures and other treatments, has become very intense. As a result, increasingly high barriers are being erected to the entry of new products.

In light of the large population of patients with SCD who reside in foreign countries, our ability to generate meaningful revenues in those jurisdictions may be limited due to the strict price controls and reimbursement limitations imposed by governments outside of the United States.

In some countries, particularly in the EU, the pricing of prescription pharmaceuticals is subject to governmental control. In these countries, pricing negotiations with governmental authorities can take considerable time after the receipt of marketing approval for a drug. To obtain coverage and reimbursement or pricing approval in some countries, we may be required to conduct a clinical trial that compares the cost-effectiveness of our product candidate to other available therapies. If reimbursement of our product candidates is unavailable or limited in scope or amount, or if pricing is set at unsatisfactory levels, our business could be harmed, possibly materially, based on the large population of patients with SCD who reside in foreign countries.

 

29


Table of Contents

Healthcare legislative reform measures may have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

In the United States, there have been and continue to be a number of legislative initiatives to contain healthcare costs. For example, in March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act, or the Health Care Reform Law, was passed, which substantially changes the way health care is financed by both governmental and private insurers, and significantly impacts the U.S. pharmaceutical industry. The Health Care Reform Law, among other things, increased the minimum Medicaid rebates owed by manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program and extended the rebate program to individuals enrolled in Medicaid managed care organizations, established annual fees and taxes on manufacturers of certain branded prescription drugs, and promoted a new Medicare Part D coverage gap discount program.

In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted in the United States since the Health Care Reform Law was enacted. On August 2, 2011, the Budget Control Act of 2011, among other things, created measures for spending reductions by Congress. A Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction, tasked with recommending a targeted deficit reduction of at least $1.2 trillion for the years 2013 through 2021, was unable to reach required goals, thereby triggering the legislation’s automatic reduction to several government programs. This includes aggregate reductions of Medicare payments to providers up to 2% per fiscal year. On January 2, 2013, President Obama signed into law the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, which, among other things, delayed for another two months the budget cuts mandated by these sequestration provisions of the Budget Control Act of 2011. On March 1, 2013, the President signed an executive order implementing sequestration, and on April 1, 2013, the 2% Medicare payment reductions went into effect. We expect that additional state and federal healthcare reform measures will be adopted in the future, any of which could limit the amounts that federal and state governments will pay for healthcare products and services, which could result in reduced demand for our product candidates or additional pricing pressures.

We face intense competition and rapid technological change and the possibility that our competitors may develop therapies that are similar, more advanced, or more effective than ours, which may adversely affect our financial condition and our ability to successfully commercialize our product candidates.

The biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries are intensely competitive and subject to rapid and significant technological change. We are currently aware of various existing therapies and development candidates that may compete with our product candidates, including those described in this prospectus under “Business—Competition.” We have competitors both in the United States and internationally, including major multinational pharmaceutical companies, specialty pharmaceutical companies, and biotechnology companies. Many of our competitors have substantially greater financial, technical, and other resources, such as larger research and development staff and experienced marketing and manufacturing organizations. Additional mergers and acquisitions in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries may result in even more resources being concentrated in our competitors. As a result, these companies may obtain regulatory approval more rapidly than we are able to and may be more effective in selling and marketing their products as well. Smaller or early-stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large, established companies. Competition may increase further as a result of advances in the commercial applicability of technologies and greater availability of capital for investment in these industries. Our competitors may succeed in developing, acquiring or licensing on an exclusive basis, products that are more effective or less costly than any product candidate that we may develop, or achieve earlier patent protection, regulatory approval, product commercialization and market penetration than we do. Additionally, technologies developed by our competitors may render our potential product candidates uneconomical or obsolete, and we may not be successful in marketing our product candidates against competitors.

 

30


Table of Contents

If the market opportunities for our product candidates are smaller than we believe they are, our revenue may be adversely affected, and our business may suffer. Our ability to successfully identify patients and acquire a significant market share will be necessary for us to achieve profitability and growth.

We focus our research and product development on treatments for chronic blood diseases, with an initial focus on SCD. Our projections of both the number of people who have these diseases, as well as the subset of people with these diseases who have the potential to benefit from treatment with our product candidates, are based on our beliefs and estimates. These estimates have been derived from a variety of sources, including the scientific literature, and may prove to be incorrect. Further, new studies may change the estimated incidence or prevalence of these diseases. The number of patients may turn out to be lower than expected. The effort to identify patients with diseases we seek to treat is in early stages, and we cannot accurately predict the number of patients for whom treatment might be possible. Additionally, the potentially addressable patient population for each of our product candidates may be limited or may not be amenable to treatment with our product candidates, and new patients may become increasingly difficult to identify or gain access to, which would adversely affect our results of operations and our business. Further, even if we obtain significant market share for our product candidates, because the potential target populations are small, we may never achieve profitability despite obtaining such significant market share.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

Our future success depends on our ability to retain key employees, consultants and advisors and to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel.

We are highly dependent on the management, research and development, clinical, financial and business development expertise of our executive officers, as well as the other members of our scientific and clinical teams. Although we have employment offer letters with each of our executive officers, each of them may terminate their employment with us at any time. We do not maintain “key person” insurance for any of our executives or employees.

Recruiting and retaining qualified scientific and clinical personnel and, if we progress the development of our drug pipeline toward scaling up for commercialization, sales and marketing personnel, will also be critical to our success. The loss of the services of our executive officers or other key employees could impede the achievement of our research, development and commercialization objectives and seriously harm our ability to successfully implement our business strategy. Furthermore, replacing executive officers and key employees may be difficult and may take an extended period of time because of the limited number of individuals in our industry with the breadth of skills and experience required to successfully develop, gain regulatory approval for and commercialize our product candidates. Competition to hire qualified personnel in our industry is intense, and we may be unable to hire, train, retain or motivate these key personnel on acceptable terms given the competition among numerous pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies for similar personnel. Furthermore, to the extent we hire personnel from competitors, we may be subject to allegations that they have been improperly solicited or that they have divulged proprietary or other confidential information, or that their former employers own their research output. We also experience competition for the hiring of scientific and clinical personnel from universities and research institutions. In addition, we rely on consultants and advisors, including scientific and clinical advisors, to assist us in formulating our research and development and commercialization strategy. Our consultants and advisors may be employed by employers other than us and may have commitments under consulting or advisory contracts with other entities that may limit their availability to us. If we are unable to continue to attract and retain high quality personnel, our ability to pursue our growth strategy will be limited.

We expect to expand our product development capabilities and potentially implement sales, marketing and distribution capabilities, and as a result, we may encounter difficulties in managing our growth, which could disrupt our operations.

As our development progresses, we expect to experience significant growth in the number of our employees and the scope of our operations, particularly in the areas of research, drug development, regulatory affairs and, if

 

31


Table of Contents

any of our product candidates receives marketing approval, sales, marketing and distribution. To manage our anticipated future growth, we must continue to implement and improve our managerial, operational and financial systems, expand our facilities and continue to recruit and train additional qualified personnel. Due to our limited financial resources, we may not be able to effectively manage the expansion of our operations or recruit and train additional qualified personnel. The expansion of our operations may lead to significant costs and may divert our management and business development resources. Any inability to manage growth could delay the execution of our business plans or disrupt our operations.

If we are not successful in discovering, developing, acquiring or commercializing additional product candidates, our ability to expand our business and achieve our strategic objectives would be impaired.

Although a substantial amount of our effort will focus on the continued clinical testing, potential approval and commercialization of GBT440, a key element of our strategy is to pursue, develop and commercialize a portfolio of products utilizing proprietary discovery and development technology. We are seeking to do so through our internal research programs and may also selectively pursue commercially synergistic in-licensing or acquisition of additional assets. With the exception of GBT440, all of our other potential product candidates remain in the preclinical development stage. Research programs to identify product candidates require substantial technical, financial and human resources, whether or not any product candidates are ultimately identified. Our research programs may initially show promise in identifying potential product candidates, yet fail to yield product candidates for clinical development for many reasons, including the following:

 

  the research methodology used may not be successful in identifying potential product candidates;

 

  competitors may develop alternatives that render our product candidates obsolete or less attractive;

 

  product candidates we develop may nevertheless be covered by third parties’ patents or other exclusive rights;

 

  the market for a product candidate may change during our program so that such a product may become unreasonable to continue to develop;

 

  a product candidate may on further study be shown to have harmful side effects or other characteristics that indicate it is unlikely to be effective or otherwise does not meet applicable regulatory criteria;

 

  a product candidate may not be capable of being produced in commercial quantities at an acceptable cost, or at all; and

 

  a product candidate may not be accepted as safe and effective by patients, the medical community or third-party payors, if applicable.

If we fail to develop and successfully commercialize other product candidates, our business and future prospects may be harmed and our business will be more vulnerable to any problems that we encounter in developing and commercializing GBT440.

If successful product liability claims are brought against us, we may incur substantial liability and costs. If the use of our product candidates harms patients, or is perceived to harm patients even when such harm is unrelated to our product candidates, our regulatory approvals could be revoked or otherwise negatively impacted and we could be subject to costly and damaging product liability claims.

The use of our product candidates in clinical trials and the sale of any products for which we obtain marketing approval exposes us to the risk of product liability claims. Product liability claims might be brought against us by consumers, healthcare providers, pharmaceutical companies or others selling or otherwise coming into contact with our products. There is a risk that our product candidates may induce adverse events. If we cannot successfully defend against product liability claims, we could incur substantial liability and costs. In addition, regardless of merit or eventual outcome, product liability claims may result in:

 

  impairment of our business reputation;

 

32


Table of Contents
  withdrawal of clinical trial participants;

 

  costs due to related litigation;

 

  distraction of management’s attention from our primary business;

 

  substantial monetary awards to patients or other claimants;

 

  increased FDA warnings on product labels;

 

  the inability to commercialize our product candidates; and

 

  decreased demand for our product candidates, if approved for commercial sale.

We carry product liability insurance in amounts that we believe are sufficient in light of our current clinical programs; however, we may not be able to maintain insurance coverage at a reasonable cost or in sufficient amounts to protect us against losses due to liability. If and when we obtain marketing approval for product candidates, we intend to expand our insurance coverage to include the sale of commercial products; however, we may be unable to obtain product liability insurance on commercially reasonable terms or in adequate amounts. On occasion, large judgments have been awarded in class action lawsuits based on drugs or medical treatments that had unanticipated adverse effects. A successful product liability claim or series of claims brought against us could cause our stock price to decline and, if judgments exceed our insurance coverage, could adversely affect our results of operations and business.

During the course of treatment, patients may suffer adverse events, including death, for reasons that may or may not be related to our product candidates. Such events could subject us to costly litigation, require us to pay substantial amounts of money to injured patients, delay, negatively impact or end our opportunity to receive or maintain regulatory approval to market our product candidates, if approved, or require us to suspend or abandon our commercialization efforts of any approved product candidates. Even in a circumstance in which we do not believe that an adverse event is related to our products, the investigation into the circumstance may be time-consuming or inconclusive. These investigations may interrupt our sales efforts, delay our regulatory approval process in other countries, or impact and limit the type of regulatory approvals our product candidates receive or maintain. As a result of these factors, a product liability claim, even if successfully defended, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

If we fail to comply with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, we could become subject to fines or penalties or incur costs that could harm our business.

We are subject to numerous environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including those governing laboratory procedures and the handling, use, storage, treatment and disposal of hazardous materials and wastes. Our operations involve the use of hazardous and flammable materials, including chemicals and biological materials. Our operations also produce hazardous waste products. We generally contract with third parties for the disposal of these materials and wastes. We cannot eliminate the risk of contamination or injury from these materials. In the event of contamination or injury resulting from our use of hazardous materials, we could be held liable for any resulting damages, and any liability could exceed our resources. We also could incur significant costs associated with civil or criminal fines and penalties for failure to comply with such laws and regulations.

Although we maintain workers’ compensation insurance to cover us for costs and expenses we may incur due to injuries to our employees resulting from the use of hazardous materials, this insurance may not provide adequate coverage against potential liabilities. We do not maintain insurance for environmental liability or toxic tort claims that may be asserted against us in connection with our storage or disposal of biological, hazardous or radioactive materials.

In addition, we may incur substantial costs in order to comply with current or future environmental, health and safety laws and regulations. These current or future laws and regulations may impair our research, development or production efforts. Our failure to comply with these laws and regulations also may result in substantial fines, penalties or other sanctions.

 

33


Table of Contents

We may choose to use our financial and human resources to pursue a particular research program or product candidate and fail to capitalize on other programs or product candidates that may ultimately be more profitable or for which there is a greater likelihood of success.

Because we have limited resources, we may forego or delay the pursuit of opportunities with certain programs or product candidates or for indications that later prove to have greater commercial potential. Our resource allocation decisions may cause us to fail to capitalize on viable commercial products or profitable market opportunities. Our spending on current and future research and development programs for product candidates, including GBT440, may not yield any commercially viable products. If we do not accurately evaluate the commercial potential or target market for a particular product candidate, we may relinquish valuable rights to that product candidate through strategic collaboration, licensing or other royalty arrangements in cases in which it would have been more advantageous for us to retain sole development and commercialization rights to such product candidate, or we may allocate internal resources to a product candidate in a therapeutic area in which it would have been more advantageous to enter into a partnering arrangement.

Any collaboration arrangements that we might enter into in the future may not be successful, which could adversely affect our operations and financial condition.

We may seek collaboration arrangements with pharmaceutical or biotechnology companies for the development or commercialization of GBT440 and potential future product candidates. We may enter into these arrangements on a selective basis depending on the merits of retaining commercialization rights for ourselves as compared to entering into selective collaboration arrangements with leading pharmaceutical or biotechnology companies for our product candidates, both in the United States and internationally. We will face, to the extent that we decide to enter into collaboration agreements, significant competition in seeking appropriate collaborators. Whether we reach a definitive agreement for a collaboration will depend, among other things, upon our assessment of the collaborator’s resources and expertise, the terms and conditions of the proposed collaboration and the proposed collaborator’s evaluation of a number of factors. Those factors may include the design or results of clinical trials, the likelihood of approval by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities, the potential market for a product candidate, the costs and complexities of manufacturing and delivering a product candidate to patients, the potential of competing products, any uncertainty with respect to our ownership of technology, which can occur if there is a challenge to our ownership without regard to the merits of the challenge and industry and market conditions generally. Moreover, collaboration arrangements are complex and time consuming to negotiate, document and implement, and we have not previously established our ability to do so successfully. We may not be successful in our efforts to establish and implement collaborations or other alternative arrangements should we so chose to enter into such arrangements. The terms of any collaborations or other arrangements that we may establish may not be favorable to us.

Any future collaborations that we enter into may not be successful. The success of our collaboration arrangements will depend heavily on the efforts and activities of our collaborators. Collaborators generally have significant discretion in determining the efforts and resources that they will apply to these collaborations. Disagreements between parties to a collaboration arrangement regarding clinical development and commercialization matters can lead to delays in the development process or commercializing the applicable product candidate and, in some cases, termination of the collaboration arrangement. These disagreements can be difficult to resolve if neither of the parties has final decision-making authority under the collaboration agreement. Collaborations with pharmaceutical or biotechnology companies and other third parties often are terminated or allowed to expire by the other party. Any such termination or expiration would adversely affect us financially and could harm our business reputation.

Our anticipated international operations may expose us to business, regulatory, political, operational, financial, pricing and reimbursement and economic risks associated with doing business outside of the United States.

We currently have no international operations, but our business strategy incorporates potential international expansion as we seek to obtain regulatory approval for, and commercialize, GBT440 in patient populations

 

34


Table of Contents

outside the United States. If GBT440 is approved, we may hire sales representatives and conduct physician and patient association outreach activities outside of the United States. Doing business internationally involves a number of risks, including but not limited to:

 

  multiple, conflicting, and changing laws and regulations such as privacy regulations, tax laws, export and import restrictions, employment laws, regulatory requirements, and other governmental approvals, permits, and licenses;

 

  failure by us to obtain and maintain regulatory approvals for the use of our products in various countries;

 

  additional potentially relevant third-party patent rights;

 

  complexities and difficulties in obtaining protection and enforcing our intellectual property;

 

  difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations;

 

  complexities associated with managing multiple payor reimbursement regimes, government payors, or patient self-pay systems;

 

  limits in our ability to penetrate international markets;

 

  financial risks, such as longer payment cycles, difficulty collecting accounts receivable, the impact of local and regional financial crises on demand and payment for our products, and exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations;

 

  natural disasters, political and economic instability, including wars, terrorism, and political unrest, outbreak of disease, boycotts, curtailment of trade, and other business restrictions;

 

  certain expenses including, among others, expenses for travel, translation, and insurance; and

 

  regulatory and compliance risks that relate to maintaining accurate information and control over sales and activities that may fall within the purview of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, its books and records provisions, or its anti-bribery provisions.

Any of these factors could significantly harm our future international expansion and operations and, consequently, our results of operations.

Unfavorable global economic conditions could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our results of operations could be adversely affected by general conditions in the global economy and in the global financial markets. The recent global financial crisis caused extreme volatility and disruptions in the capital and credit markets. A severe or prolonged economic downturn, such as the recent global financial crisis, could result in a variety of risks to our business, including reduced ability to raise additional capital when needed on acceptable terms, if at all. A weak or declining economy could also strain our suppliers, possibly resulting in supply disruption. Any of the foregoing could harm our business and we cannot anticipate all of the ways in which the current economic climate and financial market conditions could adversely impact our business.

We or the third parties upon whom we depend may be adversely affected by earthquakes or other natural disasters and our business continuity and disaster recovery plans may not adequately protect us from a serious disaster.

Earthquakes or other natural disasters could severely disrupt our operations, and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects. If a natural disaster, power outage or other event occurred that prevented us from using all or a significant portion of our headquarters, that damaged critical infrastructure, such as the manufacturing facilities of our third-party contract manufacturers, or that otherwise disrupted operations, it may be difficult or, in certain cases, impossible for us to continue our business for a substantial period of time. The disaster recovery and business continuity plans we have in place

 

35


Table of Contents

currently are limited and are unlikely to prove adequate in the event of a serious disaster or similar event. We may incur substantial expenses as a result of the limited nature of our disaster recovery and business continuity plans, which, particularly when taken together with our lack of earthquake insurance, could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our internal computer systems, or those of our third-party CROs or other contractors or consultants, may fail or suffer security breaches, which could result in a material disruption of our product candidates’ development programs.

Despite the implementation of security measures, our internal computer systems and those of our third-party CROs and other contractors and consultants are vulnerable to damage from computer viruses, unauthorized access, natural disasters, terrorism, war and telecommunication and electrical failures. While we have not experienced any such system failure, accident or security breach to date, if such an event were to occur and cause interruptions in our operations, it could result in a material disruption of our programs. For example, the loss of clinical trial data for our product candidates could result in delays in our regulatory approval efforts and significantly increase our costs to recover or reproduce the data. To the extent that any disruption or security breach results in a loss of or damage to our data or applications or other data or applications relating to our technology or product candidates, or inappropriate disclosure of confidential or proprietary information, we could incur liabilities and the further development of our product candidates could be delayed.

Risks Related to Our Equity Securities and This Offering

We have identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. If our remediation of this material weakness is not effective, or if we experience additional material weaknesses in the future or otherwise fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls in the future, we may not be able to accurately or timely report our financial condition or results of operations, which may adversely affect investor confidence in us and, as a result, the value of our common stock.

Prior to the completion of this offering, we have been a private company with limited accounting personnel to adequately execute our accounting processes and other supervisory resources with which to address our internal control over financial reporting. In connection with the audit of our financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, we identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The material weakness related to a lack of sufficient number of qualified personnel within our accounting function to adequately segregate duties, a lack of sufficient review and approval of manual journal entries posted to the general ledger and a lack of adequate review procedures over general ledger account reconciliations.

We are implementing measures designed to improve our internal control over financial reporting to remediate this material weakness, including the following:

 

    We are formalizing our internal control documentation and strengthening supervisory reviews by our management; and

 

    We are in the process of adding additional accounting personnel and segregating duties amongst accounting personnel.

We cannot assure you that the measures we have taken to date, and are continuing to implement, will be sufficient to remediate the material weakness we have identified or avoid potential future material weaknesses. If the steps we take do not correct the material weakness in a timely manner, we will be unable to conclude that we maintain effective internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, there could continue to be a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our financial statements would not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

 

36


Table of Contents

As a public company, we will be required to maintain internal control over financial reporting and to report any material weaknesses in such internal controls. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we evaluate and determine the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and, beginning with our second annual report following this offering, which will be our year ending December 31, 2016, provide a management report on internal control over financial reporting. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act also requires that our management report on internal control over financial reporting be attested to by our independent registered public accounting firm, to the extent we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act. We do not expect our independent registered public accounting firm to attest to our management report on internal control over financial reporting for so long as we are an emerging growth company.

We are in the process of designing and implementing the internal control over financial reporting required to comply with this obligation, which process will be time consuming, costly and complicated. If we identify any additional material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, if we are unable to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner, if we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or when required in the future, if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock could be adversely affected, and we could become subject to investigations by the stock exchange on which our securities are listed, the SEC, or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.

We are an “emerging growth company,” and we cannot be certain if the reduced reporting requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, as amended, or the JOBS Act, and we intend to take advantage of some of the exemptions from reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including:

 

  being permitted to provide only two years of audited financial statements, in addition to any required unaudited interim financial statements, with correspondingly reduced “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” disclosure;

 

  not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting;

 

  not being required to comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements;

 

  reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation; and

 

  not being required to hold a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation or obtain stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile. We may take advantage of these reporting exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.0 billion or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period.

Under Section 107(b) of the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected

 

37


Table of Contents

not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

The market price of our common stock may be highly volatile, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. An active trading market for our common stock may not develop following this offering. You may not be able to sell your shares quickly or at the market price if trading in our common stock is not active. The initial public offering price for the shares was determined by negotiations between us and the representative of the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the trading market.

The market price of our common stock is likely to be volatile. Our stock price could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to a variety of factors, including the following:

 

  adverse results or delays in preclinical studies or clinical trials;

 

  reports of adverse events in other SCD treatments or clinical trials of such products;

 

  inability to obtain additional funding;

 

  any delay in filing an IND or NDA for any of our product candidates that we may develop and any adverse development or perceived adverse development with respect to the FDA’s review of that IND or NDA;

 

  failure to develop successfully and commercialize GBT440 or any other product candidates that we may develop;

 

  our failure to prosecute, maintain or enforce our intellectual property rights;

 

  changes in laws or regulations applicable to future products;

 

  inability to obtain adequate product supply for our product candidates or the inability to do so at acceptable prices;

 

  adverse regulatory decisions;

 

  introduction of new products, services or technologies by our competitors;

 

  failure to enter into strategic collaborations;

 

  failure to meet or exceed any financial projections that we or the investment community may provide;

 

  the perception of the pharmaceutical industry by the public, legislatures, regulators and the investment community;

 

  announcements of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments by us or our competitors;

 

  disputes or other developments relating to proprietary rights, including patents, litigation matters and our ability to obtain patent protection for our technologies;

 

  additions or departures of key scientific or management personnel;

 

  significant lawsuits, including patent or stockholder litigation;

 

  changes in the market valuations of similar companies;

 

  sales of our common stock by us or our stockholders in the future;

 

  trading volume of our common stock; and

 

  the other risks described in this “Risk Factors” section.

 

38


Table of Contents

In addition, companies trading in the stock market in general, and The Nasdaq Global Market in particular, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of these companies. Broad market and industry factors may negatively affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market, securities class-action litigation has often been instituted against companies. Such litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs and diversion of management’s attention and resources, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

Our operating results may fluctuate significantly, which makes our future operating results difficult to predict and could cause our operating results to fall below expectations or our guidance.

Our quarterly and annual operating results may fluctuate significantly in the future, which makes it difficult for us to predict our future operating results. Our operating results may fluctuate due to a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control and may be difficult to predict, including the following:

 

    the timing and cost of, and level of investment in, research and development activities relating to our product candidates, which may change from time to time;

 

    the cost of manufacturing our product candidates, which may vary depending on the quantity of production and the terms of our agreements with manufacturers;

 

    our ability to attract, hire and retain qualified personnel;

 

    the timing and success or failure of clinical trials for our product candidates or competing product candidates, or any other change in the competitive landscape of our industry, including consolidation among our competitors or partners;

 

    our ability to obtain regulatory approval for our product candidates, and the timing and scope of any such approvals we may receive;

 

    expenditures that we will or may incur to acquire or develop additional product candidates and technologies;

 

    the level of demand for our product candidates, should they receive approval, which may vary significantly;

 

    future accounting pronouncements or changes in our accounting policies;

 

    the risk/benefit profile, cost and reimbursement policies with respect to our products candidates, if approved, and existing and potential future drugs that compete with our product candidates; and

 

    the changing and volatile U.S., European and global economic environments.

The cumulative effects of these factors could result in large fluctuations and unpredictability in our quarterly and annual operating results. As a result, comparing our operating results on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful. This variability and unpredictability could also result in our failing to meet the expectations of industry or financial analysts or investors for any period. If our revenue or operating results fall below the expectations of analysts or investors or below any forecasts we may provide to the market, or if the forecasts we provide to the market are below the expectations of analysts or investors, the price of our common stock could decline substantially. Such a stock price decline could occur even when we have met any previously publicly stated revenue and/or earnings guidance we may provide.

If you purchase our common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of your shares.

Investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds the pro forma book value per share of our tangible assets after subtracting our liabilities. As a result,

 

39


Table of Contents

investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering will incur immediate dilution of $         per share, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range on the cover page of this prospectus, and our pro forma net tangible book value as of March 31, 2015.

Further, based on these assumptions, investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering will contribute approximately     % of the total amount invested by stockholders since our inception, but will own only approximately     % of the shares of common stock outstanding. For information on how the foregoing amounts were calculated, see “Dilution.”

This dilution is due to the substantially lower price paid by our investors who purchased shares prior to this offering as compared to the price offered to the public in this offering, and the exercise price of stock options granted to our employees. In addition, as of March 31, 2015, options to purchase 4,165,225 shares of our common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $0.23 per share were outstanding. The exercise of any of these options would result in additional dilution. As a result of the dilution to investors purchasing shares in this offering, investors may receive significantly less than the purchase price paid in this offering, if anything, in the event of our liquidation.

Future sales and issuances of our common stock or rights to purchase common stock, including pursuant to our equity incentive plans, would result in additional dilution of the percentage ownership of our stockholders and could cause our stock price to fall.

We will need additional capital in the future to continue our planned operations. To the extent we raise additional capital by issuing equity securities, our stockholders may experience substantial dilution. We may sell common stock, convertible securities or other equity securities in one or more transactions at prices and in a manner we determine from time to time. If we sell common stock, convertible securities or other equity securities in more than one transaction, investors may be materially diluted by subsequent sales. These sales may also result in material dilution to our existing stockholders, and new investors could gain rights superior to our existing stockholders.

Pursuant to our 2015 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, or the 2015 Plan, which will become effective upon the completion of this offering, we are authorized to grant stock options and other equity-based awards to our employees, directors and consultants. The number of shares available for future grant under the 2015 Plan will automatically increase each year by up to     % of all shares of our capital stock outstanding as of December 31 of the prior calendar year, subject to the ability of our board of directors to take action to reduce the size of the increase in any given year. Currently, we plan to register the increased number of shares available for issuance under the 2015 Plan each year. If our board of directors elects to increase the number of shares available for future grant by the maximum amount each year, our stockholders may experience additional dilution, and our stock price may fall.

A significant portion of our total outstanding shares may be sold into the market in the near future, which could cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could occur at any time. If our stockholders sell, or if the market perceives that our stockholders intend to sell, substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market following this offering, the price of our common stock could decline significantly. Based upon the number of shares of common stock outstanding on an as-converted basis as of June 30, 2015, we will have outstanding a total of                  shares of common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. Of these shares, approximately                  shares of our common stock, plus any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, will be freely tradable, without restriction, in the public market immediately following this offering.

The lock-up agreements pertaining to this offering will expire 180 days from the date of this prospectus (subject to extension upon the occurrence of specified events). Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co., however, may, in their sole discretion, permit stockholders who are subject to these lock-up

 

40


Table of Contents

agreements to sell shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up agreements. After the lock-up agreements expire, based upon the number of shares of common stock outstanding on an as-converted basis as of June 30, 2015, up to an additional                  shares of common stock will be eligible for sale in the public market,                  of which shares are held by directors, executive officers and other affiliates and will be subject to Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act.

In addition, following the completion of this offering, we intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 registering the issuance of approximately                 million shares of common stock subject to options or other equity awards issued or reserved for future issuance under our equity incentive plans. Shares registered under these registration statements on Form S-8 will be available for sale in the public market subject to vesting arrangements and exercise of options, the lock-up agreements described above and the restrictions of Rule 144 in the case of our affiliates.

Additionally, after this offering, the holders of an aggregate of 71,113,168 shares of our common stock, or their transferees, will have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file one or more registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. If we were to register the resale of these shares, they could be freely sold in the public market. If these additional shares are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold, in the public market, the trading price of our common stock could decline.

Our principal stockholders and management own a significant percentage of our stock and will be able to exert significant control over matters subject to stockholder approval.

Our executive officers, directors, five percent stockholders and their affiliates beneficially own approximately 82.8% of our voting stock as of June 30, 2015 and, upon closing of this offering, that same group will beneficially own approximately             % of our outstanding voting stock. Therefore, even after this offering, these stockholders will have the ability to influence us through their ownership positions. These stockholders may be able to determine all matters requiring stockholder approval. For example, these stockholders, acting together, may be able to control elections of directors, amendments of our organizational documents, or approval of any merger, sale of assets, or other major corporate transaction. This may prevent or discourage unsolicited acquisition proposals or offers for our common stock that you may believe are in your best interest as one of our stockholders.

We will have broad discretion in the use of proceeds from this offering and may invest or spend the proceeds in ways with which you do not agree or in ways that ultimately may not increase the value of your investment.

We will have broad discretion over the use of proceeds from this offering. You may not agree with our decisions, and our use of the proceeds may not yield any return on your investment. We expect to use the net proceeds to us from this offering to continue the clinical development of GBT440, to fund the research and development of our other programs, and for working capital and general corporate purposes. Our failure to apply the net proceeds from this offering effectively could compromise our ability to pursue our growth strategy and we might not be able to yield a significant return, if any, on our investment of these net proceeds. In addition, the net proceeds from this offering may not be sufficient for our anticipated uses, and we may need additional resources to progress our product candidates to the stage we expect. You will not have the opportunity to influence our decisions on how to use our net proceeds from this offering.

 

41


Table of Contents

Provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, as well as provisions of Delaware law, could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us or increase the cost of acquiring us, even if doing so would benefit our stockholders or remove our current management.

Our restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and Delaware law contain provisions that may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of us or changes in our management. Our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, include provisions that:

 

  authorize “blank check” preferred stock, which could be issued by our board of directors without stockholder approval and may contain voting, liquidation, dividend and other rights superior to our common stock;

 

  create a classified board of directors whose members serve staggered three-year terms;

 

  specify that special meetings of our stockholders can be called only by our board of directors, the chairperson of our board of directors, our chief executive officer or our president;

 

  prohibit stockholder action by written consent;

 

  establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder approvals to be brought before an annual meeting of our stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to our board of directors;

 

  provide that our directors may be removed only for cause;

 

  provide that vacancies on our board of directors may be filled only by a majority of directors then in office, even though less than a quorum;

 

  specify that no stockholder is permitted to cumulate votes at any election of directors;

 

  expressly authorize our board of directors to modify, alter or repeal our amended and restated bylaws; and

 

  require supermajority votes of the holders of our common stock to amend specified provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws.

These provisions, alone or together, could delay or prevent hostile takeovers and changes in control or changes in our management.

In addition, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which limits the ability of stockholders owning in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock to merge or combine with us.

Any provision of our restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws or Delaware law that has the effect of delaying or deterring a change in control could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our common stock, and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our common stock.

Our future ability to utilize our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes may be limited.

We have incurred substantial losses during our history and do not expect to become profitable in the near future and we may never achieve profitability. To the extent that we continue to generate taxable losses, unused losses will carry forward to offset future taxable income, if any, until such unused losses expire. Under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change,” generally defined as a greater than 50% change (by value) in its equity ownership over a three-year period, the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change net operating loss carryforwards, or NOLs, and other pre-change tax attributes (such as research tax credits) to offset its post-change income or taxes may be limited. Our prior equity offerings and other changes in our stock ownership may have resulted in ownership changes. In

 

42


Table of Contents

addition, we may experience ownership changes in the future as a result of this offering or subsequent shifts in our stock ownership, some of which are outside of our control. As a result, if we earn net taxable income, our ability to use our pre-change net operating loss carryforwards to offset U.S. federal taxable income may be subject to limitations, which could potentially result in increased future tax liability to us. In addition, at the state level, there may be periods during which the use of NOLs is suspended or otherwise limited, which could accelerate or permanently increase state taxes owed.

We do not currently intend to pay dividends on our common stock, and, consequently, our stockholders’ ability to achieve a return on their investment will depend on appreciation in the price of our common stock.

We do not currently intend to pay any cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. We currently intend to invest our future earnings, if any, to fund our growth. Therefore, you are not likely to receive any dividends on your common stock for the foreseeable future. Since we do not intend to pay dividends, your ability to receive a return on your investment will depend on any future appreciation in the market value of our common stock. There is no guarantee that our common stock will appreciate or even maintain the price at which our holders have purchased it.

If we fail to maintain proper and effective internal controls, our ability to produce accurate and timely financial statements could be impaired, which could result in sanctions or other penalties that would harm our business.

After the completion of this offering, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the rules and regulations of The NASDAQ Global Market. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting. Commencing with our fiscal year ending December 31, 2016, we must perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal controls over financial reporting to allow management to report on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting in our Form 10-K filing for that year, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. This will require that we incur substantial additional professional fees and internal costs to expand our accounting and finance functions and that we expend significant management efforts. Prior to this offering, we have never been required to test our internal controls within a specified period and, as a result, we may experience difficulty in meeting these reporting requirements in a timely manner.

We may discover weaknesses in our system of internal financial and accounting controls and procedures that could result in a material misstatement of our financial statements. Our internal control over financial reporting will not prevent or detect all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system’s objectives will be met. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that misstatements due to error or fraud will not occur or that all control issues and instances of fraud will be detected.

If we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner, or if we are unable to maintain proper and effective internal controls, we may not be able to produce timely and accurate financial statements. If that were to happen, the market price of our stock could decline and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by NASDAQ, the SEC or other regulatory authorities.

An active trading market for our common stock may not develop and you may not be able to resell your shares of our common stock at or above the initial offering price, if at all.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price for our common stock was determined through negotiations with the underwriters and may not be indicative of the price at which our common stock will trade upon the completion of this offering. Although we

 

43


Table of Contents

have applied to list our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Market, an active trading market for our shares may never develop or be sustained following this offering. If an active market for our common stock does not develop or is not sustained, it may be difficult for you to sell shares you purchased in this offering at an attractive price, if at all.

We will incur significant costs as a result of operating as a new public company, and our management will devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives.

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting, and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as rules subsequently implemented by the SEC and The NASDAQ Global Market have imposed various requirements on public companies. In July 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or the Dodd-Frank Act, was enacted. There are significant corporate governance and executive compensation related provisions in the Dodd-Frank Act that require the SEC to adopt additional rules and regulations in these areas such as “say on pay” and pay parity. Recent legislation permits smaller “emerging growth companies” to implement many of these requirements over a longer period and up to five years from the pricing of this offering. We intend to take advantage of this new legislation but cannot guarantee that we will not be required to implement these requirements sooner than budgeted or planned and thereby incur unexpected expenses. Stockholder activism, the current political environment, and the current high level of government intervention and regulatory reform may lead to substantial new regulations and disclosure obligations, which may lead to additional compliance costs and impact the manner in which we operate our business in ways we cannot currently anticipate. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives. Moreover, these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time consuming and costly. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance and we may be required to incur substantial costs to maintain our current levels of such coverage.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective internal controls for financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures. In particular, we will be required to perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal controls over financial reporting to allow management to report, commencing in our annual report on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2015, on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting, if then required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Our testing may reveal deficiencies in our internal controls over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses. Our compliance with Section 404 will require that we incur substantial accounting expense and expend significant management efforts. We currently do not have an internal audit group, and we will need to hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting knowledge. Moreover, if we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner or if we identify or our independent registered public accounting firm identifies deficiencies in our internal controls over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses, the market price of our stock could decline and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by NASDAQ, the SEC, or other regulatory authorities, which would require additional financial and management resources.

Our ability to successfully implement our business plan and comply with Section 404 requires us to be able to prepare timely and accurate financial statements. We expect that we will need to continue to improve existing, and implement new operational and financial systems, procedures and controls to manage our business effectively. Any delay in the implementation of, or disruption in the transition to, new or enhanced systems, procedures or controls, may cause our operations to suffer and we may be unable to conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is effective and, when we are no longer an emerging growth company, to obtain an unqualified report on internal controls from our auditors as required under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. This, in turn, could have an adverse impact on trading prices for our common stock, and could adversely affect our ability to access the capital markets.

 

44


Table of Contents

New laws and regulations as well as changes to existing laws and regulations affecting public companies, including the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and rules adopted by the SEC and by NASDAQ, would likely result in increased costs to us as we respond to their requirements.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research, or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research, about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will depend, in part, on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. Securities and industry analysts do not currently, and may never, publish research on our company. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of our company, the trading price for our stock would likely be negatively impacted. In the event that securities or industry analysts initiate coverage, if one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our stock or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price would likely decline. In addition, if our operating results fail to meet the forecast of analysts, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which might cause our stock price and trading volume to decline.

 

45


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus, including the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business,” contains forward-looking statements that are based on our management’s belief and assumptions and on information currently available to our management. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in these forward-looking statements are reasonable, these statements relate to our strategy, future operations, future financial position, future revenue, projected costs, prospects, plans, objectives of management and expected market growth, and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements in this prospectus include, but are not limited to, statements about:

 

    our expected uses of the net proceeds to us from this offering;

 

    the timing and the success of our ongoing Phase 1/2 clinical trial of GBT440 in adult subjects and SCD patients;

 

    the timing and success of our planned additional clinical trials of GBT440 in pediatric patients and of any other product candidates we may develop;

 

    our ability to enroll patients in our clinical trials at the pace that we project;

 

    whether the results of our trials will be sufficient to support domestic or foreign regulatory approvals for GBT440 or any other product candidates we may develop;

 

    our ability to obtain, including on an expedited basis, and maintain regulatory approval of GBT440 or any other product candidates we may develop;

 

    our expectation that our existing capital resources and the net proceeds from this offering will be sufficient to enable us to fund our planned development of GBT440 and any other product candidates we may identify and pursue;

 

    the benefits of the use of GBT440;

 

    our ability to successfully commercialize GBT440 or any other product candidates we may identify and pursue, if approved;

 

    the rate and degree of market acceptance of GBT440 or any other product candidates we may identify and pursue;

 

    our ability to obtain orphan drug designation for GBT440 or any other product candidates we may identify and pursue in the United States, Europe or any other jurisdiction;

 

    our expectations regarding government and third-party payor coverage and reimbursement;

 

    our ability to manufacture GBT440 in conformity with the FDA’s requirements and to scale up manufacturing of GBT440 to commercial scale;

 

    our ability to successfully build a specialty sales force and commercial infrastructure;

 

    our ability to compete with companies currently producing or engaged in the clinical development of treatments for the disease indications that we pursue;

 

    our reliance on third parties to conduct our clinical trials;

 

    our reliance on third-party contract manufacturers to manufacture and supply our product candidates for us;

 

    our ability to retain and recruit key personnel;

 

    our ability to obtain and maintain intellectual property protection for GBT440 or any other product candidates we may identify and pursue;

 

46


Table of Contents
    our estimates of our expenses, ongoing losses, future revenue, capital requirements and our needs for or ability to obtain additional financing;

 

    our expectations regarding the time during which we will be an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act;

 

    our financial performance; and

 

    developments and projections relating to our competitors or our industry.

In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “intends,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential,” “continue” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. These statements are only predictions. You should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements because they involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, which are, in some cases, beyond our control and which could materially affect results. Factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from current expectations include, among other things, those listed under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. If one or more of these risks or uncertainties occur, or if our underlying assumptions prove to be incorrect, actual events or results may vary significantly from those implied or projected by the forward-looking statements. No forward-looking statement is a guarantee of future performance. You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from any future results expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements.

The forward-looking statements in this prospectus represent our views as of the date of this prospectus. We anticipate that subsequent events and developments will cause our views to change. However, while we may elect to update these forward-looking statements at some point in the future, we assume no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements except to the extent required by applicable law. You should, therefore, not rely on these forward-looking statements as representing our views as of any date subsequent to the date of this prospectus.

This prospectus also contains estimates, projections and other information concerning our industry, our business, and the markets for certain diseases, including data regarding the estimated size of those markets, and the incidence and prevalence of certain medical conditions. Information that is based on estimates, forecasts, projections, market research or similar methodologies is inherently subject to uncertainties and actual events or circumstances may differ materially from events and circumstances reflected in this information. Unless otherwise expressly stated, we obtained this industry, business, market and other data from reports, research surveys, studies and similar data prepared by market research firms and other third parties, industry, medical and general publications, government data and similar sources.

 

47


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that our net proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $         million, or $         million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by $         million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our net proceeds from this offering by $         million, assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price per share and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering and our cash and cash equivalents on hand as follows:

 

    approximately $         million to $         million to fund our development of GBT440 for the treatment of SCD, including the completion of our ongoing Phase 1/2 clinical trial, planned clinical pharmacology studies and through the initiation of a pivotal clinical trial;

 

    approximately $         million to $         million to conduct clinical trials of GBT440 or its analogs for the treatment of hypoxemic pulmonary disorders;

 

    approximately $         million to $         million to complete and file an IND and begin a Phase 1/2 clinical trial of an oral kallikrein inhibitor for the treatment of HAE; and

 

    the remaining proceeds, if any, to fund new and ongoing research and development activities, working capital and other general corporate purposes, which may include funding for the hiring of additional personnel, capital expenditures and the costs of operating as a public company.

Based on our current plans, we believe our cash and cash equivalents, together with the net proceeds to us from this offering, will be sufficient to fund our operations through early 2017.

We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to in-license, acquire or invest in new businesses, technology or assets. Although we have no specific agreements, commitments or understandings with respect to any in-license or acquisition, we evaluate such opportunities and engage in related discussions with other companies from time to time.

This expected use of the net proceeds from this offering represents our intentions based upon our current plans and business conditions. As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot predict with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to be received upon the completion of this offering or the amounts that we will actually spend on the uses set forth above. The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures and the extent of our preclinical and clinical development activities may vary significantly depending on numerous factors, including the progress of our development efforts, the status of and results from non-clinical studies and our ongoing clinical trial or any clinical trials we may commence in the future, our ability to take advantage of expedited programs or to obtain regulatory approval for GBT440 and any other product candidates we may identify and pursue, the timing and costs associated with the manufacture and supply of GBT440 and any other product candidates we may identify and pursue for clinical development or commercialization, and any unforeseen cash needs. As a result, our management will retain broad discretion over the allocation of the net proceeds from this offering.

Pending our use of the net proceeds from this offering, we intend to invest the net proceeds in a variety of capital preservation investments, including short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing instruments and U.S. government securities.

 

48


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid dividends on our capital stock. We do not anticipate paying any dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to fund the development and growth of our business. Any future determination to declare dividends will be subject to the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on various factors, including applicable laws, our results of operations, financial condition, future prospects and any other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors. Investors should not purchase our common stock with the expectation of receiving cash dividends.

 

49


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of March 31, 2015:

 

    on an actual basis;

 

    on a pro forma basis to reflect (i) the conversion of all of the outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 69,113,168 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering and (ii) the filing and effectiveness of our restated certificate of incorporation following the conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock; and

 

    on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give further effect to the sale of shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and commissions, and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

You should read this information together with our audited financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the information set forth under the heading “Selected Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

     As of March 31, 2015  
     Actual     Pro Forma     Pro Forma As
Adjusted (1)
 
     (unaudited)  
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 45,800      $ 45,800      $                
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share—69,363,168 shares authorized; 69,113,168 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

$ 103,396      —     

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; 5,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

  —        —     

Common stock, $0.001 par value per share—94,000,000 shares authorized; 7,216,688 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 150,000,000 shares authorized, 76,329,856 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and                 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

  7      76   

Additional paid-in capital

  —        103,327   

Accumulated deficit

  (57,657   (57,657
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

  (57,650   45,746   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

$ 45,746    $ 45,746    $                
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, respectively, the amount of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholder’s equity and total capitalization by $         million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and commissions, and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase or decrease of 1,000,000 in the number of shares we are offering would increase or decrease, respectively, the amount of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $         million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. The pro forma as adjusted information is illustrative only, and we will adjust this information based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

50


Table of Contents

The number of shares of common stock issued and outstanding actual, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted in the table above excludes the following:

 

    4,165,225 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options to purchase common stock that were outstanding as of March 31, 2015, with a weighted average exercise price of $0.23 per share;

 

    3,448,500 shares of restricted common stock which were subject to our right of repurchase as of March 31, 2015;

 

    2,232,500 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options granted subsequent to March 31, 2015 at an exercise price of $0.97 per share and 2,127,500 shares of restricted common stock issued subsequent to March 31, 2015 at a purchase price of $0.97 per share;

 

    1,559,587 shares of our common stock issuable reserved for issuance pursuant to future awards under our 2012 Stock Option and Grant Plan, or the 2012 Plan, as of March 31, 2015;

 

                    shares of common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to future awards under our 2015 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, or the 2015 Plan, which will become available for issuance immediately prior to the completion of this offering; and

 

                    shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2015 ESPP, which will become available for issuance immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

 

51


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering.

Net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing our total tangible assets less our total liabilities by the number of shares of common stock outstanding. Our historical net tangible book value as of March 31, 2015 was $         million, or $         per share. Our pro forma net tangible book value as of March 31, 2015 was $         million, or $         per share, based on the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2015, after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock as of March 31, 2015 into an aggregate of 69,113,168 shares of common stock upon completion of this offering.

Net tangible book value dilution per share to new investors represents the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of common stock in this offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of common stock immediately after completion of this offering. After giving effect to our sale of shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of March 31, 2015 would have been $         million, or $         per share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $         per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $         per share to purchasers of common stock in this offering, as illustrated in the following table:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

$                

Historical net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2015

$                

Pro forma increase in net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2015

  

 

 

    

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2015

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors

  

 

 

    

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

     

 

 

 

Dilution per share to investors participating in this offering

$                
     

 

 

 

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease), our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by $         million, or $         per share, and dilution per share to investors in this offering by $         per share, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions, and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 in the number of shares we are offering would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $         million, or approximately $         per share, and would increase (decrease) dilution per share to investors in this offering by approximately $         per share, assuming the assumed initial public offering price per share remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions, and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma as adjusted information is illustrative only, and we will adjust this information based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from us is exercised in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering would be $         per share, the increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to existing stockholders would be $         per share and the dilution to new investors purchasing shares in this offering would be $         per share.

 

52


Table of Contents

The following table shows, as of March 31, 2015, on a pro forma as adjusted basis described above, the differences between the existing stockholders and the purchasers of shares in this offering with respect to the number of shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid, which includes net proceeds received from the issuance of common and redeemable convertible preferred stock and cash received from the exercise of stock options, and the average price paid per share (in thousands, except per share amounts and percentages):

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average Price
per Share
 
     Number    Percent     Amount      Percent    

Existing stockholders

                   $                                 $                

New investors

            
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Totals

  100 $        100
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

The foregoing calculations exclude the following shares as of March 31, 2015:

 

    4,165,225 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options to purchase common stock that were outstanding as of March 31, 2015, with a weighted average exercise price of $0.23 per share;

 

    3,448,500 shares of restricted common stock which are subject to our right of repurchase;

 

    2,232,500 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options granted subsequent to March 31, 2015 at an exercise price of $0.97 per share and 2,127,500 shares of restricted common stock issued subsequent to March 31, 2015 at a purchase price of $0.97 per share;

 

    1,559,587 shares of our common stock issuable reserved for issuance pursuant to future awards under the 2012 Plan as of March 31, 2015;

 

                shares of common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to future awards under the 2015 Plan, which will become available for issuance immediately prior to the completion of this offering; and

 

                shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2015 ESPP, which will become available for issuance immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

To the extent that any outstanding options are exercised, new options are issued under our stock-based compensation plans or we issue additional shares of common stock in the future, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering.

 

53


Table of Contents

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The selected statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and the selected balance sheet data as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 are derived from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 and the selected balance sheet data as of March 31, 2015 are derived from our unaudited interim condensed financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited interim condensed financial statements were prepared on a basis consistent with our audited financial statements and include, in management’s opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those statements.

Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future and our interim results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year or any other period. You should read the selected historical financial data below in conjunction with the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2013     2014     2014     2015  
                 (unaudited)  
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Summary of Operations Data:

    

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

   $ 12,855      $ 16,324      $ 3,877      $ 6,069   

General and administrative

     2,309        3,855        821        1,298   

Related party expenses

     499        332        171        53   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

  15,663      20,511      4,869      7,420   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

  (15,663   (20,511   (4,869   (7,420

Change in fair value of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock liability

  (2,455   (297   (238   —     

Interest income

  2      1      —        3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

$ (18,116 $ (20,807 $ (5,107 $ (7,417
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

$ (19,851 $ (23,772 $ (5,695 $ (8,657
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (1)

$ (4.61 $ (4.06 $ (1.09 $ (1.20
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of shares used in computing net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (1)

  4,305,834      5,858,712      5,238,125      7,185,069   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited) (1)

$ (0.43 $ (0.10
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited) (1)

  48,166,401      76,298,237   
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

54


Table of Contents
     As of
December 31,
    As of
March 31,
2015
 
     2013     2014    
                 (unaudited)  
    

(in thousands)

 

Balance Sheet Data:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 3,278      $ 52,069      $
45,800
  

Working capital (deficit)

     (36     51,056        43,634   

Total assets

     6,172        55,756        50,477   

Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock liability

     1,836        —          —     

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     28,225        102,161        103,396   

Accumulated deficit

     (28,047     (49,333     (57,657

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (25,974     (49,326     (57,650

 

(1) See Notes 2 and 10 to our audited financial statements and Notes 2 and 7 to our unaudited interim condensed financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculations of our basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, pro forma net loss per share and the weighted-average number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.

 

55


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL

CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with the section entitled “Selected Financial Data” and our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion and other parts of this prospectus contain forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties, such as our plans, objectives, expectations, intentions and beliefs. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those identified below and those discussed in the section entitled “Risk Factors” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

We are a biopharmaceutical company dedicated to discovering, developing and commercializing novel therapeutics to treat grievous blood-based disorders. We are developing our initial product candidate, GBT440, as a once-daily, oral prophylactic therapy for sickle cell disease, or SCD, and are currently evaluating GBT440 in both healthy subjects and SCD patients in a randomized, placebo-controlled, double-blind clinical trial that we characterize as a Phase 1/2 clinical trial. GBT440 targets the underlying mechanism of red blood cell sickling, which we believe provides the potential to treat SCD rather than only its associated symptoms. In addition to GBT440 for the treatment of SCD, we are leveraging our deep scientific expertise in the chemical and biological mechanisms of blood-based disorders to target hypoxemic pulmonary disorders and hereditary angioedema, or HAE. We own rights to our product candidate portfolio in the United States, Europe and other major markets.

In December 2014, we initiated our randomized, placebo-controlled, double-blind, single and multiple ascending dose Phase 1/2 clinical trial of GBT440 in healthy subjects and patients with SCD. In this trial, which is designed to enroll between 96 and 128 subjects across 12 cohorts, we are evaluating the safety, tolerability, pharmacokinetics, or PK, and pharmacodynamics, or PD, of GBT440, as well as exploratory markers of SCD activity, including anti-hemolytic effects and SCD-related clinical effects. Beyond SCD, we plan to develop GBT440 or one of its analogs as a potential therapeutic for acute and chronic hypoxemic pulmonary disorders, including acute respiratory distress syndrome, or ARDS, and idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, or IPF, where hypoxia is believed to play a key role in disease pathogenesis and adverse patient outcomes. Additionally, we have identified several proprietary, small molecule kallikrein inhibitors in an effort to produce an orally administered therapy for the prevention of angioedema attacks.

Since our inception in 2011, we have devoted substantially all of our resources to identifying and developing our product candidates, including conducting clinical trials and preclinical studies and providing general and administrative support for these operations. We have funded our operations to date primarily from the issuance and sale of redeemable convertible preferred stock.

We have never been profitable and have incurred net losses in each year since inception. Our net losses were $18.1 million and $20.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively. Our net losses were $5.1 million and $7.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. As of March 31, 2015 we had an accumulated deficit of $57.7 million. To date, we have not generated any revenue. We do not expect to receive any revenue from any product candidates that we develop until we obtain regulatory approval and commercialize our products or enter into collaborative agreements with third parties. Substantially all of our net losses have resulted from costs incurred in connection with our research and development programs and from general and administrative costs associated with our operations.

Financial Operations Overview

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses consist primarily of costs incurred for the development of our product candidates, which include:

 

    employee-related expenses, which include salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation;

 

56


Table of Contents
    expenses incurred under agreements with consultants, third-party contract organizations, and investigative clinical trial sites that conduct research and development activities on our behalf;

 

    laboratory and vendor expenses related to the execution of preclinical studies and clinical trials;

 

    the costs related to production of clinical supplies, including fees paid to contract manufacturers; and

 

    facilities and other allocated expenses, which include expenses for rent and maintenance of facilities, depreciation and amortization expense and other supplies.

We expense all research and development costs in the periods in which they are incurred. Costs for certain development activities are recognized based on an evaluation of the progress to completion of specific tasks using information and data provided to us by our vendors and clinical sites. Nonrefundable advance payments for goods or services to be received in future periods for use in research and development activities are deferred and capitalized. The capitalized amounts are then expensed as the related goods are delivered and the services are performed.

The largest component of our total operating expenses has historically been our investment in research and development activities, including the clinical development of GBT440. We allocate research and development salaries, benefits, stock-based compensation and indirect costs to GBT440 and other product candidates that we may pursue on a program-specific basis, and we include these costs in the program-specific expenses.

The following table summarizes our research and development expenses incurred during the respective periods:

 

         Year Ended December 31,          Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
         2013              2014          2014      2015  
    

(in thousands)

 

Costs incurred by development program:

        

GBT440 for the treatment of SCD

   $ 7,555       $ 8,867       $ 2,042       $ 4,316   

Oral treatment for HAE

     4,261         5,069         1,278         1,481   

Other preclinical programs

     1,039         2,388         557         272   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total research and development expenses

$ 12,855    $ 16,324    $ 3,877    $ 6,069   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

To date, we have not incurred significant expenses for the development of GBT440 or its analogs in hypoxic pulmonary disorders. We expect our research and development expenses will increase in future periods as we continue to invest in research and development activities related to developing our product candidates, and as programs advance into later stages of development and we begin to conduct larger clinical trials. The process of conducting the necessary clinical research to obtain regulatory approval is costly and time-consuming, and the successful development of our product candidates is highly uncertain. As a result, we are unable to determine the duration and completion costs of our research and development projects or when and to what extent we will generate revenue from the commercialization and sale of any of our product candidates.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses consist of personnel costs, allocated facilities costs and other expenses for outside professional services, including legal, patent, human resources, audit and accounting services. Personnel costs consist of salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation. Allocated expenses consist of expenses for rent and maintenance of facilities, depreciation and amortization expense and other supplies. We

 

57


Table of Contents

expect to incur additional expenses as a result of operating as a public company, including expenses related to compliance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, The NASDAQ Global Market, additional insurance expenses, investor relations activities and other administration and professional services.

Related party expenses

Related party expenses represent fees for management and advisory services provided by Third Rock Ventures, LLC, or TRV, a related party due to its significant ownership of our outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock.

Critical Accounting Polices and Estimates

Our management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles, or U.S. GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported expenses incurred during the reporting periods. Our estimates are based on our historical experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. We believe that the accounting policies discussed below are critical to understanding our historical and future performance, as these policies relate to the more significant areas involving management’s judgments and estimates.

Accrued Research and Development Costs

We record accrued expenses for estimated costs of our research and development activities conducted by third-party service providers, which include the conduct of preclinical studies and clinical trials and contract manufacturing activities. We record the estimated costs of research and development activities based upon the estimated amount of services provided but not yet invoiced, and include these costs in accrued liabilities in the balance sheet and within research and development expense in the statement of operations and comprehensive loss. These costs are a significant component of our research and development expenses. We record accrued expenses for these costs based on the estimated amount of work completed and in accordance with agreements established with these third parties.

We estimate the amount of work completed through discussions with internal personnel and external service providers as to the progress or stage of completion of the services and the agreed-upon fee to be paid for such services. We make significant judgments and estimates in determining the accrued balance in each reporting period. As actual costs become known, we adjust our accrued estimates. Although we do not expect our estimates to be materially different from amounts actually incurred, our understanding of the status and timing of services performed, the number of patients enrolled and the rate of patient enrollment may vary from our estimates and could result in us reporting amounts that are too high or too low in any particular period. Our accrued expenses are dependent, in part, upon the receipt of timely and accurate reporting from clinical research organizations and other third-party service providers. To date, there have been no material differences from our accrued expenses to actual expenses.

Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Liability

We recorded the redeemable convertible preferred stock liability incurred in connection with our Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock as a derivative financial instrument liability at the fair value on the date of issuance, and we remeasure it on each subsequent balance sheet date. The Series A preferred stock liability

 

58


Table of Contents

stems from our initial sale of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock, in connection with which we were obligated to sell additional shares in subsequent closings contingent upon the achievement of certain development milestones. The subsequent closings were deemed to be freestanding financial instruments that were outside of our control. The changes in fair value are recognized as a gain or loss in the statements of operations and comprehensive loss. We estimated the fair value of this liability using Black Scholes option pricing models that include assumptions of probability of achievement of the development milestones, stock price per share, expected life, dividend yield and risk-free interest rate. All subsequent closings have occurred so there is no derivative liability as of December 31, 2014, and there will be no remeasurement through the statement of operations in future periods.

Stock-Based Compensation

We recognize compensation costs related to stock options granted to employees based on the estimated fair value of the awards on the date of grant, net of estimated forfeitures. We estimate the grant date fair value, and the resulting stock-based compensation expense, using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The grant date fair value of the stock-based awards is generally recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the respective awards.

We account for stock-based compensation arrangements with non-employees using a fair value approach. The fair value of these options is measured using the Black-Scholes option pricing model reflecting the same assumptions as applied to employee options in each of the reported periods, other than the expected life, which is assumed to be the remaining contractual life of the option. The fair value of the unvested options under these arrangements is subject to remeasurement over the vesting terms as earned.

The Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires the use of highly subjective assumptions which determine the fair value of stock-based awards. These assumptions include:

 

  Expected Term —Our expected term represents the period that our stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding and is determined using the simplified method (based on the mid-point between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term).

 

  Expected Volatility —Since we are privately held and do not have any trading history for our common stock, the expected volatility was estimated based on the average volatility for comparable publicly traded biopharmaceutical companies over a period equal to the expected term of the stock option grants. The comparable companies were chosen based on their similar size, stage in the life cycle, or area of specialty.

 

  Risk-Free Interest Rate —The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury zero coupon issues in effect at the time of grant for periods corresponding with the expected term of option.

 

  Expected Dividend —We have never paid dividends on our common stock and have no plans to pay dividends on our common stock. Therefore, we used an expected dividend yield of zero.

In addition to the Black-Scholes assumptions, we estimate our forfeiture rate based on an analysis of our actual forfeitures and will continue to evaluate the adequacy of the forfeiture rate based on actual forfeiture experience, analysis of employee turnover behavior, and other factors. The impact from any forfeiture rate adjustment would be recognized in full in the period of adjustment and if the actual number of future forfeitures materially differs from our estimates, we will be required to record adjustments to stock-based compensation in future periods.

For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, stock-based compensation expense was $0.1 million and $0.4 million, respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, stock-based compensation expense was $38,000 and $0.3 million, respectively. As of March 31, 2015, we had $1.4 million of total unrecognized stock-based compensation costs, net of estimated forfeitures, which we expect to recognize over a weighted-average period of 3.6 years.

 

59


Table of Contents

Historically, for all periods prior to this initial public offering, the fair values of the shares of common stock underlying our share-based awards were estimated on each grant date by our board of directors. In order to determine the fair value of our common stock underlying option grants, our board of directors considered, among other things, contemporaneous valuations of our common stock prepared by an unrelated third-party valuation firm in accordance with the guidance provide by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation . Given the absence of a public trading market for our common stock, our board of directors exercised their judgment and considered a number of objective and subjective factors to determine the best estimate of the fair value of our common stock, including: our stage of development; progress of our research and development efforts; the rights, preferences and privileges of our preferred stock relative to those of our common stock; equity market conditions affecting comparable public companies and the lack of marketability of our common stock.

In January 2015, we granted options to purchase 418,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price per share of $0.46, and 75,000 shares of restricted stock with a purchase price of $0.46 per share.

In March 2015, we granted options to purchase 418,600 shares of common stock at an exercise price per share of $0.97, and 10,000 shares of restricted stock with a purchase price of $0.97 per share.

In April 2015, we granted options to purchase 2,232,500 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.97 per share, and 2,127,500 shares of restricted stock with a purchase price of $0.97 per share.

In June 2015, we granted options to purchase 856,500 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $1.81 per share.

In determining a fair value for our common stock, we estimated the enterprise value of our business using the option-pricing method backsolve, or OPM backsolve, a form of a market approach and a Probability Weighted Expected Return Method, or PWERM, approach. The OPM backsolve method derives the implied equity value for a company from a recent transaction involving the company’s own securities based on an arms-length transaction. The market approach estimates the fair value of a company by including an estimated value of the business based on estimations surrounding future company values under initial public offering scenarios based on recent biopharmaceutical initial public offerings. The enterprise value is then allocated to the common stock using the Option Pricing Method, or OPM and the PWERM, or the hybrid method. The hybrid method applied the PWERM utilizing four going public scenarios, and the OPM was utilized to capture all scenarios in which we do not complete an initial public offering during 2015, factoring in dissolution.

For valuations after the completion of this offering, our board of directors will determine the fair value of each share of underlying common stock based on the closing price of our common stock as reported on the date of grant.

The intrinsic value of all outstanding options as of March 31, 2015 was $         million based on the estimated fair value of our common stock of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

Income Taxes

We use the liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial reporting and the tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. We assess the likelihood that the resulting deferred tax assets will be realized. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized.

As of December 31, 2014, our total deferred tax assets, less our total deferred tax liabilities, were $19.5 million. Due to our lack of earnings history and uncertainties surrounding our ability to generate future taxable income, the net deferred tax assets have been fully offset by a valuation allowance. The deferred tax assets were primarily comprised of federal and state tax net operating losses and tax credit carryforwards.

 

60


Table of Contents

Utilization of the net operating loss carryforwards may be subject to a substantial annual limitation due to ownership changes that may have occurred or that could occur in the future, as required by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, and similar state provisions. These ownership change limitations may limit the amount of net operating loss carryforwards and other tax attributes that can be utilized annually to offset future taxable income and tax, respectively. In general, an “ownership change” as defined by Section 382 of the Code results from a transaction or series of transactions over a three-year period resulting in an ownership change of more than 50 percentage points (by value) of the outstanding stock of a company by certain stockholders. Since our formation, we have raised capital through the issuance of capital stock on several occasions, which separately or combined with the purchasing stockholders’ subsequent disposition of those shares, may have resulted in such ownership changes, or could result in ownership changes in the future.

We have not completed an analysis to assess whether an ownership change has occurred. If we have experienced an ownership change at any time since our formation, utilization of our net operating loss carryforwards would be subject to an annual limitation under Section 382 of the Code, which is determined by first multiplying the value of our stock at the time of the ownership change by the applicable long-term, tax-exempt rate, and then applying any additional adjustments that are required. Any limitation may result in expiration of a portion of the net operating loss carryforwards before utilization. Further, until a study is completed and any limitation known, no amounts are being considered as an uncertain tax position or disclosed as an unrecognized tax benefit. Due to the existence of the valuation allowance, future changes in our unrecognized tax benefits will not impact our effective tax rate. Any carryforwards that will expire prior to utilization as a result of such limitations will be removed from deferred tax assets, with a corresponding reduction of the valuation allowance.

Results of Operations

Comparison of the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015

 

     Three months ended
March 31,
    Increase/
(Decrease)
 
     2014     2015    
     (in thousands)  

Operating expenses:

      

Research and development

   $ 3,877      $ 6,069      $ 2,192   

General and administrative

     821        1,298        477   

Related party expenses

     171        53        (118
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

  4,869      7,420      2,551   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

  (4,869   (7,420   (2,551

Change in fair value of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock liability

  (238   —        238   

Interest income

  —        3      3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

$ (5,107 $ (7,417 $ (2,310
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Research and development

Research and development expenses increased by $2.2 million or 57%, from $3.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 to $6.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015. The increase was primarily due to $2.3 million related to our SCD program for GBT440 as we initiated our Phase 1/2 clinical trial in early 2015. Expenses related to our HAE program and our other preclinical programs were relatively consistent for the three months ended March 31, 2014 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2015.

 

61


Table of Contents

General and administrative

General and administrative expenses increased by $0.5 million or 58%, from $0.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 to $1.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015. The increase was primarily due to a $0.4 million increase in salaries and benefits and recruiting expenses as we expanded our internal business management team and a $0.1 million net increase in other general and administrative expenses due to the growth of our operations.

Related party expenses

Related party expenses decreased by $0.1 million or 69%, from $0.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 to $0.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015. The decrease was primarily due to a reduction in management services provided from TRV as we expanded our internal business management team.

Change in fair value of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock liability

The change in fair value of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock liability was $0.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 compared to zero for the three months ended March 31, 2015. The change in 2014 is for the increase in fair value of the Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock liability associated with our obligation to issue additional shares of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock. We issued shares under our final obligation in October 2014, and accordingly, we no longer have an obligation to fair value as of that date.

Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Increase/
(Decrease)
 
     2013     2014    
     (in thousands)  

Operating expenses:

      

Research and development

   $ 12,855      $ 16,324      $ 3,469   

General and administrative

     2,309        3,855        1,546   

Related party expenses

     499        332        (167
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

  15,663      20,511      4,848   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

  (15, 663   (20,511   (4,848

Change in fair value of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock liability

  (2,455   (297   2,158   

Interest income

  2      1      (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

$ (18,116 $ (20,807 $ (2,691
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Research and development

Research and development expenses increased by $3.5 million or 27%, from $12.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $16.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase was primarily due to $1.3 million related to our SCD program for GBT440 as we conducted pre-IND testing and prepared to launch our Phase 1/2 clinical trial, $0.8 million related to our HAE program as we expanded our chemistry research efforts in seeking a clinical candidate and $1.4 million as we explored other research programs to add to our potential product candidate pipeline.

General and administrative

General and administrative expenses increased by $1.5 million or 67%, from $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $3.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase was primarily due to a

 

62


Table of Contents

$0.8 million increase in salaries and benefits as we expanded our business management team, a $0.5 million increase in patent and professional services as our business grew in its second full year of operations and a $0.2 million increase in other general and administrative expenses due to the growth of our operations.

Related party expenses

Related party expenses decreased by $0.2 million or 33%, from $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The decrease was primarily due to a reduction in management services provided from TRV as we expanded our internal business management team.

Change in fair value of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock liability

The change in fair value of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock liability was $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to a $2.5 million loss for the year ended December 31, 2013. The change in both periods represents the increase in fair value of the Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock liability associated with our obligation to issue additional shares of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock. We issued the shares under our final obligation in October 2014, and accordingly, we no longer have an obligation as of that date.

Liquidity, Capital Resources and Plan of Operations

Since our inception in 2011 through March 31, 2015, our operations have been financed solely by net proceeds of $97.7 million from the sale of shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock. As of March 31, 2015, we had $45.8 million in cash and cash equivalents and an accumulated deficit of $57.7 million.

Our primary use of cash is to fund operating expenses, which consist primarily of research and development expenditures. Cash used to fund operating expenses is impacted by the timing of when we pay these expenses, as reflected in the change in our outstanding accounts payable and accrued expenses.

We believe that our existing capital resources will be sufficient to meet our projected operating requirements at least through December 31, 2015. We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could utilize our available capital resources sooner than we currently expect. We will continue to require additional financing to advance GBT440 through clinical development, to develop other potential product candidates from our research programs and to fund operations for the foreseeable future. We will continue to seek funds through equity or debt financings, collaborative or other arrangements with corporate sources, or through other sources of financing. Adequate additional funding may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. Our failure to raise capital as and when needed could have a negative impact on our financial condition and our ability to pursue our business strategies. We anticipate that we will need to raise substantial additional capital, the requirements of which will depend on many factors, including:

 

    the time and cost necessary to complete our ongoing Phase 1/2 clinical trial of GBT440, to initiate and complete any pivotal clinical trials of GBT440 and to obtain regulatory approvals for GBT440, and the costs of post-marketing studies that could be required by regulatory authorities;

 

    the progress and results of our Phase 1/2 clinical trial of GBT440;

 

    the progress, timing, scope and costs of our nonclinical studies, clinical trials and other related activities, including the ability to enroll patients in a timely manner for our Phase 1/2 clinical trial of GBT440 and potential future clinical trials;

 

    the costs of obtaining clinical and commercial supplies of GBT440 and any other product candidates we may develop;

 

    our ability to successfully commercialize GBT440 and any other product candidates we may develop;

 

63


Table of Contents
    the manufacturing, selling and marketing costs associated with GBT440 and any other product candidates we may develop, including the cost and timing of expanding our sales and marketing capabilities;

 

    the amount and timing of sales and other revenues from GBT440 and any other product candidates we may develop, including the sales price and the availability of adequate third-party reimbursement;

 

    the cash requirements of any future acquisitions or discovery of product candidates;

 

    the time and cost necessary to respond to technological and market developments;

 

    the extent to which we may acquire or in-license other product candidates and technologies;

 

    our ability to attract, hire and retain qualified personnel; and

 

    the costs of maintaining, expanding and protecting our intellectual property portfolio.

Further, our operating plan may change, and we may need additional funds to meet operational needs and capital requirements for clinical trials and other research and development expenditures. We currently have no credit facility or committed sources of capital. Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with the development and commercialization of our product candidate, we are unable to estimate the amounts of increased capital outlays and operating expenditures associated with our current and anticipated clinical studies.

If we need to raise additional capital to fund our operations, funding may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing when needed, we may have to delay, reduce the scope of or suspend one or more of our clinical trials, research and development programs or commercialization efforts. We may seek to raise any necessary additional capital through a combination of public or private equity offerings, debt financings, and collaborations or licensing arrangements. If we do raise additional capital through public or private equity offerings, the ownership interest of our existing stockholders will be diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect our stockholders’ rights. If we raise additional capital through debt financing, we may be subject to covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures or declaring dividends. If additional funding is required, there can be no assurance that additional funds will be available to us on acceptable terms on a timely basis, if at all. If we are unable to raise capital, we will need to curtail planned activities to reduce costs. Doing so will likely have an unfavorable effect on our ability to execute on our business plan.

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
     2013      2014      2014      2015  
     (in thousands)      (unaudited, in thousands)  

Cash used in operating activities

   $ (14,700    $ (20,121    $ (4,278    $ (6,061

Cash used in investing activities

     (940      (383      (19      (169

Cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     15,279         69,295         5,029         (39
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

$ (361 $ 48,791    $ 732    $ (6,269
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash flows from operating activities

Cash used in operating activities for the three months ended March 31, 2015 was $6.1 million, consisting of a net loss of $7.4 million, which was offset by non-cash charges of $0.2 million for depreciation and amortization expense and $0.3 million for stock-based compensation. The change in our net operating assets and liabilities was due primarily to a reduction of $0.4 million in our prepaid expenses for the advance payments made in connection with our Phase 1/2 clinical trial of GBT440 and deposits for the manufacturing of clinical trial materials, an increase of $0.3 million in accounts payable and an increase of $0.8 million in accrued expenses

 

64


Table of Contents

related to our ongoing Phase 1/2 clinical trial of GBT440, which were partially offset by an increase of $0.4 million in other current assets related to our funding obligations for our Phase 1/2 clinical trial of GBT440 and by a decrease of $0.3 million in accrued compensation.

Cash used in operating activities for the three months ended March 31, 2014 was $4.3 million, consisting of a net loss of $5.1 million, which was offset primarily by non-cash charges of $0.2 million for depreciation and amortization expense and $0.2 million for remeasurement of our Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock liability. The change in our net operating assets and liabilities was due primarily to an increase of $0.5 million in accounts payable related to an increase in our research and development activities offset in part by a decrease of $0.2 million in accrued compensation.

Cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2014 was $20.1 million, consisting of a net loss of $20.8 million, which was offset by non-cash charges of $0.7 million for depreciation and amortization expense, $0.3 million for remeasurement of our Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock liability, and $0.4 million for stock-based compensation. The change in our net operating assets and liabilities was due primarily to an increase of $0.8 million in our prepaid expenses for the advance payments made in connection with our Phase 1/2 clinical trial of GBT440 and deposits for the manufacturing of clinical trial materials, an increase of $0.3 million in other current assets related to our funding obligations for our Phase 1/2 clinical trial and a decrease of $0.3 million in accounts payable due to timing of payments, which was partially offset by an increase of $0.6 million in accrued expenses related to an increase in our research and development activities and $0.3 million in accrued compensation related to an increase in our headcount.

Cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $14.7 million, consisting of a net loss of $18.1 million, which was offset by non-cash charges of $2.5 million for the remeasurement of the Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock liability, $0.5 million for depreciation and amortization expense and $0.1 million for stock-based compensation. The change in our net operating assets and liabilities was due primarily to an increase of $0.5 million in accrued compensation related to an increase in our headcount and an increase of $0.2 million in our accrued expenses related to an increase in our research and development activities, which were partially offset by a decrease of $0.5 million in accounts payable due to timing of payments.

Cash flows from investing activities

Cash used in investing activities for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 was related to our purchase of property and equipment for our office and laboratory facility.

Cash used in investing activities for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 was related to our purchase of property and equipment of $0.9 million and $0.3 million, respectively. Purchases of property and equipment are primarily related to our office and laboratory facility. In addition, for the year ended December 31, 2014, restricted cash increased by $0.1 million related to an increase in collateral for the letter of credit under our facility lease.

Cash flows from financing activities

Cash provided by financing activities for the three months ended March 31, 2014 was primarily related to net proceeds from the issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock of $5.0 million.

Cash used in financing activities for the three months ended March 31, 2015 was primarily related to deferred offering costs offset by proceeds from the issuance of restricted stock awards.

Cash provided by financing activities for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 was primarily related to net proceeds from the issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock of $15.2 million and $68.8 million, respectively. In addition, during the year ended December 31, 2014 we received net proceeds of $0.4 million in connection with the issuance of restricted stock awards.

 

65


Table of Contents

Internal Control over Financial Reporting

In connection with the audit of our financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, we identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. The material weakness related to a lack of sufficient number of qualified personnel within our accounting function to adequately segregate duties, a lack of sufficient review and approval of manual journal entries posted to the general ledger and a lack of adequate review procedures over general ledger account reconciliations.

We are implementing measures designed to improve our internal control over financial reporting to remediate this material weakness, including the following:

 

    We are formalizing our internal control documentation and strengthening supervisory reviews by our management; and

 

    We are in the process of adding additional accounting personnel and segregating duties among accounting personnel.

These additional resources and procedures are designed to enable us to broaden the scope and quality of our internal review of underlying information related to financial reporting and to formalize and enhance our internal control procedures. With the oversight of senior management and our audit committee, we have begun taking steps and plan to take additional measures to remediate the underlying causes of the material weakness.

We, and our independent registered public accounting firm, were not required to perform an evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014 in accordance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that we have identified all, or that we will not in the future have additional, material weaknesses. Material weaknesses may still exist when we report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as required by reporting requirements under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act after the completion of this offering.

Contractual Obligations and Other Commitments

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2014:

 

     Payments Due by Period  

Contractual Obligations:

   Less Than
1 Year
     1 to 3 Years      4 to 5 Years      More Than
5 Years
     Total  
     (in thousands)  

Operating lease obligations

   $ 949       $ 2,128       $ 367       $       $ 3,444   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations

$ 949    $ 2,128    $ 367    $    $ 3,444   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have not entered into any off-balance sheet arrangements and do not have any holdings in variable interest entities.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business. These risks primarily include interest rate sensitivities. We had cash and cash equivalents of $52.1 million and $45.8 million as of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, respectively, which consist of bank deposits and money market funds. Such interest-earning instruments carry a degree of interest rate risk; however, historical fluctuations in interest income have not been significant. We had no outstanding debt as of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015.

 

66


Table of Contents

JOBS Act Accounting Election

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued ASU 2014-10, Development Stage Entities (Topic 915): Elimination of Certain Financial Reporting Requirements, Including an Amendment to Variable Interest Entities Guidance in Topic 810, Consolidation. The ASU simplifies the accounting guidance by removing all incremental financial reporting requirements for development stage entities. The amendments related to the elimination of the inception-to-date information and other disclosure requirement of Topic 915 should be applied retrospectively, and are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2014, and interim periods therein. We early adopted this guidance and accordingly, there is no inception to date information presented in the financial statements included elsewhere is this prospectus.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-15,  Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern. ASU 2014-15 requires management to evaluate relevant conditions, events and certain management plans that are known or reasonably knowable that when, considered in the aggregate, raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued, for both annual and interim periods. ASU 2014-15 also requires certain disclosures around management’s plans and evaluation, as well as the plans, if any, that are intended to mitigate those conditions or events that will alleviate the substantial doubt. ASU 2014-15 is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2016. We are currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of ASU 2014-15 will have on our financial statements and related disclosures.

 

67


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We are a biopharmaceutical company dedicated to discovering, developing and commercializing novel therapeutics to treat grievous blood-based disorders. We are developing our initial product candidate, GBT440, as a once-daily, oral prophylactic therapy for sickle cell disease, or SCD, and are currently evaluating GBT440 in both healthy subjects and SCD patients in a randomized, placebo-controlled, double-blind clinical trial that we characterize as a Phase 1/2 clinical trial. SCD is a disease marked by severe pain “crises,” recurrent hospitalizations, multi-organ damage, and early mortality. GBT440 targets the underlying mechanism of red blood cell sickling, which we believe may provide the potential to treat SCD rather than only its associated symptoms. In addition to GBT440 for the treatment of SCD, we are leveraging our deep scientific expertise in the chemical and biological mechanisms of blood-based disorders to target hypoxemic pulmonary disorders and hereditary angioedema, or HAE. We own rights to our product candidate portfolio in the United States, Europe and other major markets. We own one issued U.S. patent that covers the composition of matter for GBT440, which is due to expire in 2032 (without taking into account any potential regulatory delay-based patent term extensions), and we own or co-own additional pending patent applications in the United States and selected foreign countries. Given the concentrated prescriber bases for our targeted indications, we intend to promote our products with a specialty sales force in the United States and Europe. We are also evaluating options for commercializing GBT440 in other significant markets, given the concentration of SCD in populations of African, Middle Eastern and South Asian descent.

SCD is a chronic, inherited blood disorder caused by a genetic mutation in the beta-chain of hemoglobin, which results in the formation of abnormal hemoglobin known as sickle hemoglobin, or HbS. Hemoglobin is contained within red blood cells, or RBCs. In its deoxygenated state, HbS has a propensity to polymerize, or bind together into long, rigid rods within an RBC, much like a “sword within a balloon.” Once HbS polymerizes, the RBC assumes a sickled shape and becomes inflexible, which can cause blockage in small blood vessels. Beginning in childhood, SCD patients suffer unpredictable and recurrent episodes or crises of severe pain due to blocked blood flow to organs, which often lead to psychosocial and physical disability. This blocked blood flow, combined with hemolytic anemia (the destruction of RBCs), can lead to multi-organ damage and early death. A 2014 publication noted that in the United States, SCD results in a decrease of approximately 25 to 30 years in life expectancy.

Current treatment options for SCD are limited to hydroxyurea, or HU, blood transfusions and bone marrow transplantation. The utilization of these treatments is significantly limited due to their suboptimal efficacy and significant toxicity. As a result, patients with SCD continue to suffer serious morbidity and premature mortality.

We believe there is a significant unmet need for an SCD therapy that:

 

    targets the underlying mechanism of RBC sickling, which has the potential to halt the progression of the disease;

 

    can be administered prophylactically in both children and adults;

 

    prevents or reduces the episodes or crises of severe pain associated with SCD;

 

    prevents long-term complications of the disease;

 

    has a more favorable side effect profile than currently available therapies; and

 

    is available as a convenient, once-daily oral therapy.

GBT440 is a novel hemoglobin modifier that binds to hemoglobin, resulting in an increased affinity of hemoglobin for oxygen. In various studies of SCD, scientists have demonstrated that oxyhemoglobin, or hemoglobin in the oxygenated state, is a potent inhibitor of HbS polymerization. Therefore, we believe that increasing the proportion of oxyhemoglobin in blood could potentially delay the polymerization of HbS and prevent the sickling of RBCs, which may be able to ameliorate many, if not all, of the clinical manifestations of this disease.

 

68


Table of Contents

We believe that the natural activity of fetal hemoglobin, or HbF, as well as prior observations of the activity of other hemoglobin-modifying compounds, provide support for our approach to treating SCD with GBT440. HbF, which is present during fetal development and in early infancy until it is replaced with adult hemoglobin, has an inherently increased oxygen affinity that allows a fetus to extract oxygen from the mother’s blood. Typically, newborns with SCD do not experience RBC sickling until approximately six to nine months of age, after which HbF is usually no longer expressed. Additionally, it has been observed that individuals who have inherited the HbS mutation and a gene deletion that allows them to continue to express 20% or more HbF in their RBCs into adulthood do not exhibit the clinical manifestations of SCD, despite expressing up to 80% HbS in their blood. Similarly, modification of hemoglobin by tucaresol, a drug that was developed in the 1990s, in the range of 10-24% demonstrated rapid anti-hemolytic and anti-sickling effects in SCD patients. However, the development of tucaresol was discontinued due to severe off-target immune-related side effects unrelated to its effects on hemoglobin modification. Based on these observations, we anticipate that to delay polymerization of HbS, GBT440 would need to bind to only approximately 20% of the total hemoglobin in a patient’s blood. The results of our preclinical studies support our hypothesis that a modification of approximately 20% of HbS could prevent RBC sickling and may halt the progression of SCD without compromising oxygen delivery to the tissues.

In December 2014, we initiated our randomized, placebo-controlled, double-blind, single and multiple ascending dose Phase 1/2 clinical trial of GBT440 in healthy subjects and patients with SCD. In this trial, which is designed to enroll between 96 and 128 subjects across 12 cohorts, we are evaluating the safety, tolerability, pharmacokinetics, or PK, and pharmacodynamics, or PD, of GBT440, as well as exploratory markers of SCD activity, including anti-hemolytic effects and SCD-related clinical effects. As of July 6, 2015, we have dosed 48 subjects in six single dose cohorts, comprised of 40 healthy volunteers (30 of whom received GBT440 and ten of whom received placebo) and eight SCD patients (six of whom received GBT440 and two of whom received placebo). In the multiple dose arm of our trial, 16 of the 24 healthy volunteers have completed 15-day dosing, and an additional cohort of eight healthy volunteers is currently completing their 15-day dosing schedule, while the eight SCD patients are completing their 28-day dosing schedule. To date, there have been no deaths or serious adverse events in our Phase 1/2 clinical trial. Among the SCD patients who received multiple doses of GBT440, from baseline (Day -1) to Day 15, we have observed improvements in anemia as evidenced by an increase in hemoglobin levels, and improvement in hemolysis markers as evidenced by declines in reticulocyte counts and unconjugated bilirubin. Proof of concept was demonstrated within 15 days of once daily dosing with a rapid decline in hemolysis markers and improvement in anemia. We believe these initial data demonstrate the potential for GBT440 to serve as a disease-modifying therapy for SCD. Subject to data from one or more of the multiple dose cohorts of our Phase 1/2 clinical trial in SCD patients, we intend to engage in discussions with U.S. and European regulatory authorities to define the future development plan for GBT440.

Because available therapies in SCD are limited, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or the FDA, has suggested that the development of new therapies for SCD is an agency priority. As a result, we believe there may be an opportunity to accelerate the development of GBT440 through one or more of the FDA’s expedited designation or approval programs. We believe that the data from SCD patients in our ongoing clinical trial, if positive, may provide an opportunity to demonstrate the beneficial effect of GBT440 on clinical parameters of hemolysis and resolution of anemia, which could potentially form the basis for qualification for expedited programs.

We believe there is a significant market opportunity in SCD. The U.S. Centers for Disease Control, or CDC, estimates the prevalence of SCD at 90,000 to 100,000 individuals in the United States, where newborn screening is mandatory. It is estimated that the prevalence of SCD in Europe is approximately 60,000. The global incidence of SCD is estimated to be 250,000 to 300,000 births annually. One study estimated that in the United States, the average annual cost for the care of an adult patient with the most common genotype of SCD exceeds $200,000, and the cumulative lifetime costs exceed $8.0 million over an assumed 50-year lifespan, driven primarily by hospital admissions, physician fees, clinic and emergency department visits, and the costs of diagnostic procedures and outpatient consultations.

 

69


Table of Contents

Beyond SCD, we plan to develop GBT440 or one of its analogs as a potential therapeutic for acute and chronic hypoxemic pulmonary disorders, including acute respiratory distress syndrome, or ARDS, and idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, or IPF, where hypoxia is believed to play a key role in disease pathogenesis and adverse patient outcomes. These are conditions in which the lungs cannot supply adequate oxygen to the blood. Additionally, we have identified several proprietary, small molecule kallikrein inhibitors in an effort to produce an orally administered therapy for the prevention of angioedema attacks. All currently marketed therapeutics for HAE must be administered intravenously or by subcutaneous injection. As a result, we believe that the availability of a safe and effective oral prophylactic agent would have the potential to transform the treatment paradigm for this disease.

To execute on this opportunity, we have assembled a team of employees, directors and scientific founders rich in scientific experience and capabilities in drug discovery, development and commercialization. Our management has a successful track record in developing and commercializing drug candidates. In aggregate, our team has contributed to 18 drug approvals, including Avastin, CellCept, Herceptin, INTEGRILIN, Kaletra, Kyprolis and Rituxan. We intend to leverage this expertise and experience to rapidly pursue the development of GBT440 and other product candidates that we may identify and develop.

Our Strategy

Our strategy is to use our expertise in blood biology to build a multi-product company leading in the discovery, development and commercialization of novel medicines for grievous blood-based disorders. Key elements of our strategy include to:

 

    Rapidly advance GBT440 for the treatment of SCD . We have initiated a randomized, placebo-controlled, double-blind, single and multiple ascending dose Phase 1/2 clinical trial of GBT440 in healthy subjects and SCD patients. In this trial, we are evaluating safety as well as potential anti-sickling activity and clinical proof-of-concept. Subject to the successful completion of this clinical trial and the outcome of our discussions with regulatory authorities, we intend to advance GBT440 in clinical development for the treatment of SCD in adults, adolescents, children and infants.

 

    Explore the development of GBT440 and other hemoglobin modifiers in hypoxemic pulmonary disorders with significant unmet medical need . Based on our preclinical and preliminary clinical observations demonstrating that GBT440 increases the oxygen affinity of hemoglobin, we also plan to develop GBT440 or one of its analogs as a potential therapeutic for acute and chronic hypoxemic pulmonary disorders. These are conditions in which the lungs cannot supply adequate oxygen to the blood. We are initially focusing our research and development activities on indications with significant unmet medical need, including ARDS and IPF, where hypoxia is believed to play a key role in disease pathogenesis and adverse patient outcomes.

 

    Submit an Investigational New Drug application, or IND, and initiate clinical development of an oral kallikrein inhibitor in hereditary angioedema, or HAE . We have discovered several proprietary, small molecule kallikrein inhibitors in an effort to produce an orally administered therapy for the prevention of angioedema attacks. Plasma kallikrein’s role in HAE is well established, and several clinical trials have demonstrated that kallikrein inhibition can reverse and/or prevent angioedema attacks. We are conducting research and development efforts directed to the selection of an IND candidate for clinical development of an oral kallikrein inhibitor in HAE.

 

   

Retain development and commercialization rights to product candidates in our core disease areas in major markets . We plan to develop and commercialize our product candidates in major markets. We believe we can devise time and cost efficient strategies to develop and obtain regulatory approvals for new drugs. We have assembled an experienced team with a successful track record in pharmaceutical development, regulatory strategy and execution of global clinical trials. We intend to establish our own commercial organization in major markets and evaluate opportunities to establish distributor networks or strategic partnerships in smaller markets where third parties may have stronger

 

70


Table of Contents
 

local market knowledge. We believe the markets we currently intend to pursue can be served through a targeted commercial effort because the disease indications targeted by our product candidates are generally addressed by specialists.

 

    Evaluate opportunities to expand the scope of our product offerings . We may also selectively form collaborative alliances to expand our capabilities and product offerings into new therapeutic areas and potentially accelerate commercialization in select geographic markets. Additionally, we may pursue acquisition or in-licensing of product candidates, particularly in our core disease area of blood-based disorders.

Our Approach

Our scientific focus and mission is to develop novel medicines that treat grievous blood-based disorders by arresting the underlying chemical and biological mechanisms of the disease. As one of the largest and most accessible organs, blood is a rich source of biologically and clinically validated targets. These targets can involve cellular components in the blood, including RBCs, platelets and white blood cells, as well as proteins, including proteases, circulating in plasma that are critical for homeostatic balance for a number of biological pathways, including the process of blood coagulation. Our current pipeline addresses SCD, a prototypic RBC disorder that results from a mutation in the beta-globin gene of hemoglobin, as well as HAE, a specific dysregulation of the coagulation cascade resulting from hereditary low blood levels of a protease, C1 esterase, that results in excess bradykinin and increased vascular permeability leading to angioedema attacks.

We possess deep scientific expertise in the chemical and biological mechanisms of blood-based disorders. We leverage our proprietary knowledge of protein structure and function, comprehensive biological assays and advanced drug discovery techniques to facilitate novel approaches for treating disorders of the blood. Our expertise includes the following specific capabilities:

 

    conformational modulation, or changing the shape, of specific blood-based proteins;

 

    the binding of molecules to protein targets to activate or inhibit these targets;

 

    computational methods in protein structure, dynamics and ligand docking;

 

    broad access to diverse libraries of compounds; and

 

    comprehensive biological assays ranging from purified protein to whole blood and genetically-based animal models.

Our research efforts focus on blood-based targets that are well characterized and validated. Proteins present in various blood cells and plasma provide targets that are identified as relevant in disease pathology but to date, have not been successfully drugged. We apply our knowledge of structural biology-based drug design and medicinal chemistry to discover and optimize compounds for their activity against these targets, supported by strong clinical hypotheses and a clear path to clinical proof-of-concept. In parallel, we develop novel blood-based functional assays to provide relevance to the target-drug interaction and use the results iteratively to further refine our potential drug candidates. For example, we approached the design of an oral inhibitor of the plasma enzyme kallikrein by first solving the crystal structure of an early inhibitor bound to the target human protein. Subsequently, this structure-based design in concert with plasma thrombin generation functional assays and dosing in rats, allowed us to carry out iterations to optimize highly selective kallikrein inhibitory activity while retaining positive pharmaceutical properties, including oral bioavailability.

Our clinical development strategy includes initial study designs that allow for the evaluation of each of our product candidates in well-defined patient populations. We believe this enables the potential for early proof-of-concept and a higher probability of technical success, as well as accelerated clinical development and regulatory approval. To date, our efforts have produced a pipeline of novel, mechanism-based small molecule therapeutics that we believe have the potential to address the underlying chemical and biological mechanisms of various non-malignant blood-based disorders. Using this approach, we advanced GBT440, our lead product candidate, from molecular modeling into clinical development in less than three years.

 

71


Table of Contents

Our Development Pipeline

The following table summarizes our development programs, target indications and current stages of development:

 

LOGO

 

(1) We intend to initiate clinical development of GBT440 in pediatric populations and in other genotypes of SCD following the demonstration of proof-of-concept in our ongoing Phase 1/2 clinical trial.

GBT440 for the Treatment of Sickle Cell Disease

We are developing GBT440 as a once-daily, oral prophylactic therapy for patients with SCD. We are investigating GBT440’s potential to prevent the abnormal polymerization of hemoglobin molecules in their deoxygenated state, which is the underlying mechanism of red blood cell sickling and leads to the associated complications that characterize SCD. We have designed a clinical program for GBT440 targeted at the treatment of adults, adolescents, children and infants across all SCD genotypes. In December 2014, we initiated our first clinical trial of GBT440, in which we are enrolling both healthy subjects and SCD patients. Because we have designed this trial to assess safety and tolerability, as well as PK, PD and other exploratory endpoints, including anti-sickling and anti-hemolytic effects, changes in hemoglobin levels, and reticulocyte counts, we characterize the trial as a Phase 1/2 clinical trial.

Sickle Cell Disease Overview

SCD is a grievous disease that can lead to hemolytic anemia (the destruction of RBCs within blood vessels), vaso-occlusion (blocked blood flow to tissues), progressive multi-organ damage and early death. Beginning in childhood, patients suffer unpredictable and recurrent episodes or crises of severe pain due to blocked blood flow to organs, which often lead to psychosocial and physical disability. In addition, the constant destruction of RBCs with the release of their contents into the blood often leads to damaged or diseased blood vessels, which further exacerbate blood flow obstruction and multi-organ damage. Consequences of SCD can manifest in early childhood and may include cognitive dysfunction, stroke, increased susceptibility to infections due to spleen failure, heart-lung complications, kidney dysfunction, leg ulcers, priapism (a medical emergency due to refractory penile erection) and premature death. A 2014 publication noted that in the United States SCD results in a decrease of approximately 25 to 30 years in life expectancy.

SCD is an inherited blood disorder caused by a genetic mutation in the beta-chain of hemoglobin, which results in mutant hemoglobin known as sickle hemoglobin, or HbS. Hemoglobin is a protein in RBCs that carries oxygen from the lungs to the body’s tissues and returns carbon dioxide from the tissues back to the lungs. Hemoglobin accomplishes this diametric function by binding and then releasing oxygen through allosterism, a process by which the hemoglobin molecule changes its shape to be high affinity for oxygen in the lungs, where oxygen is abundant, and low affinity for oxygen in the tissues, where oxygen must be released. Oxyhemoglobin, the high oxygen affinity form of hemoglobin, is formed in the lungs during respiration, when oxygen binds to the

 

72


Table of Contents

hemoglobin molecule, while deoxygenated hemoglobin, the low oxygen affinity form of hemoglobin, is formed when oxygen molecules are removed from the binding site as blood flows from the lungs to the body. In patients with SCD, deoxygenated HbS molecules polymerize to form long, rigid rods within an RBC, much like a “sword within a balloon.” As a consequence, the normally round and flexible RBC becomes rigid and elongated into a “sickled” shape. Sickled RBCs do not flow properly in the bloodstream; they clog small blood vessels and reduce blood flow to the organs. This results in inadequate oxygen delivery, or hypoxia, to all body tissues, which can lead to multi-organ failure and premature death.

The following graphic illustrates the process by which sickling occurs in SCD patients as a result of the polymerization of deoxygenated HbS in an RBC, leading to occluded blood flow, in contrast to a normal RBC:

 

LOGO

SCD manifests in individuals who inherit at least one HbS gene from a parent and an additional mutation on the second beta globin gene from the other parent. There are several different genotypes of SCD, including the following major genotypes:

 

    HbSS, or sickle cell anemia, where both genes are HbS;

 

    HbSC, where one gene is HbS, and the other is HbC; and

 

    HbS/ßthal, where one gene is HbS, and the other is Beta thalassemia.

The HbS mutation confers a change in the shape of hemoglobin in its deoxygenated state, which causes deoxygenated hemoglobin molecules to polymerize. This polymerization is the mechanism by which HbS causes RBC sickling in all SCD genotypes, leading to the clinical manifestations of the disease. The spectrum of presentation of these clinical manifestations, however, is heterogeneous among different age groups and SCD genotypes. For example, infancy to adolescence is often marked by failure of the spleen to function correctly (which puts patients at risk for serious infections), painful inflammation of the fingers and toes, and adverse effects on the central nervous system, including strokes. In adulthood, clinical manifestations of the disease include the death of bone tissue due to a lack of blood supply, leg ulcerations and end-organ damage (including kidney, lung, heart and cardiovascular disease). Published observations have also suggested that some patients exhibit a greater degree of hemolysis, or the destruction of RBCs in the blood, which is associated with vasculopathy, or damage to the blood vessels, which can cause pulmonary hypertension, retinopathy, or damage

 

73


Table of Contents

to the retina of the eye, and leg ulcers, while others exhibit less hemolysis and present more predominantly with pain crises. While some patients may present with fewer pain crises or lower hemolysis (thus higher levels of hemoglobin), the consensus remains that treatment is needed to prevent the inevitable negative impact of chronic hemolysis on organ function.

Market Opportunity in SCD

The CDC estimates the prevalence of SCD at 90,000 to 100,000 individuals in the United States. The incidence of SCD is estimated at approximately 1 in 2,000 to 2,500 newborns in the United States. It is estimated that the prevalence of SCD in Europe is approximately 60,000. The global incidence of SCD is estimated to be 250,000 to 300,000 births annually. SCD is concentrated in populations of African, Middle Eastern and South Asian descent.

SCD is a standard part of mandatory newborn screening in the United States. Of SCD patients in the United States, approximately 45% are under the age of 18, and approximately 60% to 65% have the HbSS genotype, which is often referred to as sickle cell anemia, with the remaining 35% to 40% having other genotypes. In all genotypes of SCD, the mechanism that leads to the consequences of the disease involves the polymerization of HbS in its deoxygenated state, which results in RBC sickling. We believe that because of this common mechanism, GBT440 may show activity across all SCD genotypes, although all of the animal models studied to date have involved the HbSS genotype.

SCD is associated with high treatment costs. One study estimated that in the United States, the average annual cost for the care of an adult HbSS SCD patient exceeds $200,000 and the cumulative lifetime cost exceeds $8.0 million over an assumed 50-year lifespan, driven primarily by hospital admissions, physician fees, clinic and emergency department visits and the costs of diagnostic procedures and outpatient consultations. As a result, we believe that a safe and efficacious oral treatment for SCD would be well received by patients, physicians and payors.

Current Treatment Options and Their Limitations

Management strategies for SCD have evolved slowly, and the prophylactic treatment of SCD remains a significant unmet medical need. HU, which was initially approved as a chemotherapy drug, was approved by the FDA in 1998 for the treatment of SCD in adults. HU is the only therapeutic approved for SCD, and there is no approved therapeutic for SCD in pediatric patients in the United States. The use of HU is significantly limited by its side effect profile, variable patient responses and concerns of long-term toxicity. HU’s side effects include impairment of fertility and the suppression of white blood cells (neutropenia) and platelets (thrombocytopenia), which place patients at risk for infection and bleeding.

In addition to HU treatment, transfusions with normal blood are used to alleviate anemia, which is a common symptom of SCD, and reduce sickling of RBCs. Blood transfusions, however, have a number of limitations, including the expense of treatment, lack of uniform accessibility and risks ranging from allergic reactions to serious complications such as blood-borne infection and iron overload, which can cause organ damage. The only potentially curative treatment currently available for SCD patients is bone marrow transplantation, which requires a suitable matching donor and carries significant risks, including an approximately 5% mortality rate. Despite the current standard of care, including HU, blood transfusion and palliative therapy for acute pain attacks, patients with SCD continue to suffer serious morbidity and premature mortality.

In light of the devastating effects of SCD on patients and the high costs of care for these patients, there is a significant unmet need for a treatment that:

 

    targets the underlying mechanism of RBC sickling, which has the potential to halt the progression of the disease;

 

    can be administered prophylactically in both children and adults;

 

74


Table of Contents
    prevents or reduces the episodes or crises of severe pain associated with SCD;

 

    prevents long-term complications of the disease;

 

    has a more favorable side effect profile than currently available therapies; and

 

    is available as a convenient, once-daily oral therapy.

Overview of Hemoglobin Biology and GBT440’s Mechanism of Action

As described above, hemoglobin molecules accomplish their diametric function of transporting oxygen from the lungs to the body’s tissues and returning carbon dioxide from the tissues back to the lungs by changing their shape to be high affinity for oxygen in the lungs, where oxygen is abundant, and low affinity for oxygen in the tissues, where oxygen must be released. An important tool for assessing how readily hemoglobin acquires and binds oxygen in the lungs and releases oxygen into the tissues is the oxygen equilibrium curve, or OEC. The OEC represents the proportion of oxyhemoglobin, measured as the percentage of oxygen saturation (O 2 % saturation) on the vertical axis relative to the amount of oxygen dissolved in blood, indicated as the oxygen tension, or partial pressure of oxygen (pO 2 ) measured in millimeters of mercury (mmHg), on the horizontal axis.

We have demonstrated in preclinical models that our novel hemoglobin modifiers, including GBT440, bind to hemoglobin, resulting in increased oxygen affinity. The effect of these compounds on the measured OEC is a shift of the curve to the left on the horizontal axis. In other words, at a given prevailing oxygen tension in the blood, we have observed a higher percentage of oxygen saturation, or a higher proportion of oxyhemoglobin in the blood, following the administration of GBT440.

In various studies of SCD, scientists have demonstrated that hemoglobin in the oxygenated state is a potent inhibitor of HbS polymerization. Therefore, we believe that increasing the proportion of oxyhemoglobin, or “left-shifting” the OEC, could potentially delay the polymerization of HbS and prevent the sickling of RBCs, which may be able to ameliorate many, if not all, of the clinical manifestations of this disease. Importantly, we are able to measure the proportion of hemoglobin modification (%HbMOD), which is expressed as the percentage of hemoglobin molecules occupied or bound by GBT440.

HbF, which is present during fetal development and persists for up to six to nine months in infants until it is replaced by adult hemoglobin, has an inherent high affinity for oxygen, which is critical for a developing fetus to capture oxygen from the mother’s blood. Newborns with SCD do not experience RBC sickling until approximately six to nine months of age, after which HbF is no longer expressed. Additionally, it has been observed that individuals who have inherited the HbS mutation and a gene deletion that allows them to continue to express 20% or more HbF in their RBCs into adulthood do not exhibit the clinical manifestations of SCD, despite expressing up to 80% HbS in their blood. Similarly, modification of hemoglobin by tucaresol, a drug that was developed by Burroughs Wellcome Co. in the 1990s, in the range of 10-24% demonstrated rapid anti-hemolytic and anti-sickling effects in SCD patients. However, the development of tucaresol was discontinued due to severe off-target immune-related side effects unrelated to its effects on hemoglobin modification.

Based on these observations, we believe that to delay polymerization of HbS, GBT440 would need to bind to only approximately 20% of the total hemoglobin in a patient’s blood. One potential concern with increasing the affinity of hemoglobin for oxygen, however, is that excessive oxygen affinity can prevent hemoglobin from releasing oxygen into the tissues, thus causing hypoxia. We believe based on HbF data and our animal studies that 20% modification would likely not adversely compromise oxygen delivery to the tissues.

Preclinical Data for GBT440 in SCD

We have evaluated the pharmacological, PK and safety profile of GBT440 in in vitro and in vivo PD, safety pharmacology, pharmacokinetic, and single and repeat dose (up to 28 days) toxicology studies. The results of our preclinical studies support our hypothesis that a modification of approximately 20% of HbS is likely to prevent RBC sickling and could halt the progression of SCD without compromising oxygen delivery to the tissues. Based on these results, we decided to advance GBT440 into clinical development.

 

75


Table of Contents

In vitro studies demonstrated that GBT440 potently increases hemoglobin oxygen affinity of both normal and sickle hemoglobin. As shown in the OEC below, we observed that the addition of various concentrations of GBT440 (ranging from 300 micromolar (µM) to 1 millimolar (mM)) to whole blood (20% hematocrit, which is the fraction of RBCs in blood) from SCD patients resulted in a dose-dependent left shift of the OEC, or an increase in hemoglobin oxygen affinity. This implies that in low oxygen environments, as observed in hypoxic tissue capillaries, GBT440 is capable of increasing the concentration of oxyhemoglobin present in RBCs.

GBT440 dose-dependently left-shifts the OEC, indicating an increased hemoglobin oxygen affinity

 

LOGO

We also observed that GBT440 maintains HbS in its oxygenated state and delays the polymerization of deoxygenated HbS. Polymerization delay times predict the probability of RBC sickling within hypoxic tissue capillaries in SCD. An increase in polymerization delay time is expected to prevent sickling of RBCs in hypoxic tissues, which may allow enough time for RBCs to recirculate to oxygen-rich areas in the body, such as the lungs, where hemoglobin polymerization does not occur. The figures below depict polymerization of deoxygenated HbS, as measured in vitro by an increase in turbidity or cloudiness based on optical density, or OD, at a wavelength of 700 nanometers (nm) on the y-axis, over time on the x-axis. As illustrated in the left panel of the graph below, we observed that GBT440 increased the polymerization delay time of deoxygenated HbS. In addition, the increase in polymerization delay time associated with GBT440 was observed to be similar to that of HbF, which is a natural inhibitor of deoxygenated HbS polymerization, as illustrated in the right panel of the graph below.

Inhibition of HbS polymerization by binding GBT440 to HbS (GBT440-HbS) is comparable to that of HbF

 

LOGO

 

76


Table of Contents

We also evaluated the anti-sickling activity of GBT440 by in vitro addition to SCD patient blood and by dosing transgenic mice carrying the human HbS mutation (SS) in their hemoglobin. We evaluated blood samples from both SCD patients and the SS mice at various oxygen tensions (pO 2 = 3-150 mmHg) and measured the percentage of sickled RBCs.

In the SCD patient blood samples, the in vitro addition of GBT440 (300 µM to 1000 µM) prior to deoxygenation was observed to reduce the percentage of sickled RBCs at low oxygen tensions. The table below shows the percentage of sickled RBCs observed in SCD patient blood samples at 20 mmHg (3% O 2 saturation) at various concentrations of GBT440:

 

   No compound 300 µM GBT440 600 µM GBT440 1000 µM GBT440

% Sickled RBC

57 ± 17 38 ± 6 23 ± 4 7 ± 3

In transgenic mice orally dosed with GBT440 (100 mg/kg twice a day for ~10 days), RBC sickling was evaluated ex vivo at various oxygen tensions. The standard reference from many labs that measure pO 2 in arterial and venous blood from healthy individuals report an arterial pO 2 range of 80 to 100 mmHg and a venous pO 2 range of ~17 to 41 mmHg. The left panel of the graph below shows a representative GBT440-treated mouse with a notable decrease in RBC sickling (60%) at low oxygen tensions (pO 2 =10-25 mm Hg), as compared to a vehicle-treated control mouse.

Similar to SCD patients, the half-life of RBCs in SS mice is shorter than in healthy mice. SS mice exhibit increased RBC damage and RBC clearance. We conducted a study in which GBT440 and vehicle-treated SS mice were injected with biotin producing pulse labelled RBCs. The right panel of the graph below shows the levels of biotin-labeled RBCs (y-axis) over seven days (x-axis) for GBT440-treated and vehicle-treated SS mice, indicating a prolongation of RBC half-life (3.8 ± 0.1 days) in GBT440-treated versus vehicle-treated SS mice (2.4 ± 0.1 days).

GBT440 reduces ex vivo sickling and extends RBC half-life in a transgenic mouse model of SCD

 

LOGO

In addition, the PK of GBT440 in four animal species showed preferential partitioning into the RBC compartment relative to blood plasma upon oral dosing, suggesting a high affinity and specificity for hemoglobin. Oral absorption and sustained blood exposure following single and repeat doses suggest that GBT440 may be suitable for daily oral dosing in patients.

Animal safety pharmacology studies of GBT440 have identified no adverse drug related effects and indicate low risk to humans for central nervous system, respiratory or cardiovascular function. Both in vitro and in vivo good laboratory practices, or GLP, studies demonstrate that GBT440 has a low risk of genotoxicity in humans.

 

77


Table of Contents

GLP toxicology studies (28 day repeat dosing) identified expected pharmacologic effects in rats and a no adverse effect level in both rats and dogs that provided adequate safety factors for clinical investigation. Additionally, we observed an increase in hemoglobin levels and formation of new RBCs, consistent with the anticipated pharmacologic activity for a hemoglobin modifier with GBT440’s mechanism of action, at the no adverse effect level in rats. At the highest dose level tested in rats, which was approximately 40-fold higher than the target human dose, we observed gastrointestinal adverse events generally associated with the volume of compound dosed. Based on the results from our nonclinical studies, we elected to advance GBT440 into our first-in-human clinical trial in healthy subjects and SCD patients. In November 2014, the FDA cleared our IND, and the Medicines and Healthcare Products Regulatory Agency in the United Kingdom cleared our clinical trial authorization to proceed with this trial.

Ongoing Phase 1/2 Clinical Trial of GBT440

In December 2014, we initiated our first clinical trial of GBT440, a randomized, placebo-controlled, double-blind, single and multiple ascending dose study in which we are evaluating the safety, tolerability, PK and PD of GBT440 in both healthy subjects and patients with SCD. The trial is currently being conducted at Guy’s Hospital in London, United Kingdom, and is designed to enroll between 96 and 128 subjects, randomized 6:2 (GBT440:placebo) in twelve cohorts. Subjects will receive daily oral dosing of GBT440 or placebo for one day (single dose) and up to 28 days (multiple ascending doses). We also intend to evaluate exploratory markers of SCD activity, including anti-hemolytic effects, and SCD-related clinical effects. We are evaluating GBT440’s ability to prevent the hemolysis or destruction of RBCs in SCD patients by measuring the blood levels of lactic dehydrogenase, or LDH, and bilirubin as well as reticulocyte counts. LDH and bilirubin are released when RBCs undergo hemolysis, and reticulocytes are young RBCs that are released by the bone marrow in response to the ongoing hemolysis; thus we believe that lower levels of LDH and bilirubin and reduced reticulocyte counts represent potential markers for decreased hemolysis. We also plan to gather ex vivo sickling data to evaluate whether GBT440 has the ability to prevent the sickling of RBCs when they are subjected to de-oxygenation in a test tube. We believe that findings of anti-sickling activity may translate into an improvement in anemia, as well as the prevention of the downstream effects such as pain episodes, leg ulcers and organ damage associated with RBC sickling in SCD patients. We anticipate that some of the data generated in this Phase 1/2 clinical trial could be used to support early proof-of-concept regarding the anti-sickling and clinical benefit of GBT440 in SCD patients. Subject to enrollment in accordance with our current plans, we anticipate completing this trial in the second quarter of 2016.

The following graphic illustrates the design of our Phase 1/2 clinical trial:

 

LOGO

 

78


Table of Contents

As of July 6, 2015, we have dosed 48 subjects in six single dose cohorts, comprised of 40 healthy volunteers (30 of whom received GBT440 and ten of whom received placebo) and eight SCD patients (six of whom received GBT440 and two of whom received placebo). Additionally, we have dosed 32 subjects in four multiple dose cohorts, comprised of 24 healthy volunteers (18 of whom received GBT440 and six of whom received placebo) and eight SCD patients (six of whom received GBT440 and two of whom received placebo). In the multiple dose arm of our trial, 16 of the 24 healthy volunteers have completed 15-day dosing, and an additional cohort of eight healthy volunteers is currently completing their 15-day dosing schedule, while the eight SCD patients are completing their 28-day dosing schedule. All of the eight SCD patients who received multiple doses of GBT440 were evaluable for safety and efficacy at the 15-day time point.

To date, there have been no deaths or serious adverse events in our Phase 1/2 clinical trial. Adverse events leading to dose modification in the multiple dose cohorts included a transient and mild generalized rash observed in one healthy volunteer, mild to moderate headache observed in one healthy volunteer, and mild to moderate abdominal pain observed in one SCD patient. We have observed no adverse events related to tissue hypoxia, renal, liver or immune functions.

Among the SCD patients who received multiple doses of GBT440, from baseline (Day -1) to Day 15, we have observed improvements in anemia as evidenced by an increase in hemoglobin levels, and improvement in hemolysis markers as evidenced by declines in reticulocyte counts and unconjugated bilirubin.

As shown in the figure below, we observed a mean increase in hemoglobin levels of 0.8 g/dL by Day 15 in subjects treated with GBT440, compared to minimal or no change in hemoglobin levels among placebo subjects:

 

LOGO

SEM = standard error of the mean

 

79


Table of Contents

Reticulocytes are immature RBCs that leave the bone marrow and generally constitute 1-2% of circulating RBCs in healthy individuals. In SCD patients, reticulocyte counts are typically much increased, indicating that the bone marrow is actively producing new RBCs in response to hemolysis. As shown in the figure below, we observed a greater reduction in reticulocyte counts by Day 15 in GBT440-treated patients compared to placebo, indicating that the production of reticulocytes is likely suppressed by correction of hemolysis due to treatment with GBT440.

 

LOGO

SEM = standard error of the mean

 

80


Table of Contents

When RBCs undergo hemolysis, hemoglobin is released and metabolized to the globin chains and heme molecules. The heme molecules are further metabolized to bilirubin, and as a result, circulating bilirubin is an important marker of hemolysis. Total bilirubin is comprised of two forms of bilirubin, the unconjugated and conjugated forms. The majority of total bilirubin exists in the unconjugated form, and in the absence of liver disease, this form is more indicative of hemolysis. As shown in the figure below, we also observed a marked reduction in unconjugated bilirubin by Day 8 (a mean reduction of approximately 30%) among patients treated with GBT440 and a continued decline through Day 15, as compared to those who received placebo.

 

LOGO

SEM = standard error of the mean

Overall, these data indicate that GBT440 was well tolerated in both healthy subjects and SCD patients. Proof of concept was demonstrated within 15 days of once daily dosing with a rapid decline in hemolysis markers and improvement in anemia. We believe these initial data demonstrate the potential for GBT440 to serve as a disease-modifying therapy for SCD.

Subsequent Clinical and Regulatory Path for GBT440

Subject to data from one or more of the multiple dose cohorts of our Phase 1/2 clinical trial in SCD patients, we intend to engage in discussions with U.S. and European regulatory authorities to define the future development plan for GBT440. The objectives of these regulatory interactions will include discussion of study design for additional clinical trials, trial endpoints and the development of GBT440 in other patient populations, including pediatrics.

We believe GBT440 may hold significant potential for SCD patients and could become the first mechanism-based and disease-modifying therapeutic for this grievous disease. Based on nonclinical data and the size of the SCD patient population in the United States and Europe, we believe GBT440 may meet the FDA’s requirements for an Orphan Drug Designation, or ODD, and could be eligible for the ODD designation in Europe. Subject to the availability of data from SCD patients in our ongoing clinical trial, we intend to submit ODD applications in the United States and Europe for GBT440 in SCD. Additionally, because available therapies in SCD are limited, the FDA has suggested that the development of new therapies for SCD is an agency priority. As a result, we believe there may be an opportunity to accelerate the development of GBT440 through one or more of the FDA’s expedited designation or approval programs, such as Fast Track, Breakthrough Therapy, Accelerated Approval

 

81


Table of Contents

and Priority Review. In particular, we believe that if positive, the data from SCD patients receiving multiple doses in our ongoing clinical trial, such as reduction in LDH, bilirubin, reticulocyte counts and improvement in anemia, may demonstrate the beneficial effect of GBT440 on clinical parameters of hemolysis and resolution of anemia, which could potentially form the basis for qualification for expedited designation or approval programs.

Evaluation of GBT440 and Analogs in Hypoxemic Pulmonary Disorders

In hypoxemic pulmonary disorders, where the lungs cannot supply adequate oxygen to the blood, we believe that hemoglobin modifiers that left-shift the OEC have the potential to enable increased oxygen uptake in the lungs, resulting in improved oxygen delivery to tissues. The primary goal in treating patients affected by these disorders is to increase hemoglobin oxygen affinity in order to transfer more oxygen into the blood to compensate for the reduced oxygen absorption associated with the underlying lung disease. Supplemental oxygen therapy is a well-established lifesaving treatment in acute and chronic hypoxemic conditions, but is associated with a number of risks, including injury or infection as a result of intubation. Accordingly, we believe a drug that improves oxygen uptake and delivery, thereby providing benefits similar to oxygen therapy without the associated risks, could fill a significant unmet medical need.

We are evaluating our proprietary compounds in a variety of disorders in which hypoxia is believed to play a key role in disease progression and adverse patient outcomes, including IPF and ARDS.

IPF is a disease characterized by progressive scarring of the lungs, which leads to their deterioration. The prognosis is poor for patients with IPF, which occurs primarily in people 40 to 70 years old, with a median survival time from diagnosis of two to three years.

ARDS occurs when fluid builds up in the alveoli, or air sacs within the lungs, commonly as a result of diffuse alveolar injury, pulmonary edema and profound hypoxemia caused by sepsis, aspiration, trauma or massive transfusion. Nearly all ARDS patients require endotracheal intubation, mechanical ventilation and high fraction of inspired oxygen, or FiO 2 , to maintain adequate oxygenation. While much of the mortality is caused by the underlying disease, complications associated with the current standard of care, including ventilator-associated pneumonia or tissue damage as a result of unequalized air pressure between the ventilator and the surrounding environment in the case of mechanical ventilation, or exposure to toxic oxygen concentrations (FiO 2  > 50%), are a major cause of morbidity, mortality and healthcare costs. This highlights the need for a therapy that reduces the duration and intensity of mechanical ventilation and the exposure to toxic levels of oxygen concentration in ARDS patients.

We have observed in a mouse model of hypoxia that oral dosing with a hemoglobin-modifying analog of GBT440 may potentially provide protection against extreme hypoxia, as shown by improvements in survival and hypoxemia in treated animals compared to control. We believe this is based upon the compound’s effect on increased hemoglobin oxygen affinity. The results of this study are summarized in the graph below:

 

LOGO

 

82


Table of Contents

Oral Kallikrein Inhibitor in Hereditary Angioedema

We are also engaged in the discovery of small molecules to produce an oral prophylactic therapy for HAE. HAE is a rare, genetic disorder characterized by severe and potentially life-threatening systemic inflammation that is estimated to affect approximately 6,500 people in the United States and approximately one in 50,000 people globally. HAE is caused by a deficiency in a protein called C1-INH, whose role is to prevent the uncontrolled production of kallikrein in blood plasma. Kallikrein is an enzyme in blood that generates bradykinin, which in turn directly stimulates blood vessel swelling, leakage and tissue inflammation. This can lead to excruciating pain, tissue deformation, and in some cases, airway obstruction and death. Plasma kallikrein is a clinically validated target and serves as a key component in the regulation of inflammation and contact activation pathways. Kallikrein’s role in HAE is well established, and previous studies have demonstrated that kallikrein inhibition can reverse and/or prevent angioedema attacks.

All currently marketed therapeutics for HAE must be administered intravenously or by subcutaneous injection. As a result, we believe that the availability of a safe and effective oral prophylactic agent would have the potential to transform the treatment paradigm for this disease. We are currently conducting preclinical research to develop an orally available therapeutic that could potently and selectively inhibit plasma kallikrein for the treatment of HAE. We believe that increased selectivity for the target will result in fewer off-target effects as compared to currently available therapeutics for HAE.

Manufacturing

We do not own or operate, and currently have no plans to establish, any manufacturing facilities. We currently depend on third-party contract manufacturing organizations, or CMOs, for all of our requirements of raw materials, drug substance and drug product for our non-clinical research and our ongoing clinical trial of GBT440. We have not entered into long-term agreements with our current CMOs. We intend to continue to rely on CMOs for later-stage development and commercialization of GBT440, as well as the development and commercialization of any other product candidates that we may identify. Although we rely on CMOs, we have personnel and third-party consultants with extensive manufacturing experience to oversee the relationships with our contract manufacturers.

We believe the synthesis of the drug substance for GBT440 is reliable and reproducible from readily available starting materials, and the synthetic routes are amenable to large-scale production and do not require unusual equipment or handling in the manufacturing process. We have obtained an adequate supply of the drug substance for GBT440 from our first CMO to satisfy our immediate clinical and nonclinical demands. We have engaged a second drug substance CMO to ensure continuity of supply, to increase overall production capacity and to conduct additional research and development work to refine our current manufacturing process. We are implementing improvements to our drug substance manufacturing process to further ensure production capacity adequate to meet future development and commercial demands. We have also contracted with a third drug substance CMO with sufficient production capacity for larger scale production, which we anticipate will be required to support late stage development and commercialization.

Drug product formulation development work for GBT440 is in progress. We have contracted with a third-party manufacturer capable of both formulation development and drug product manufacturing through early commercialization. We may identify a second drug product manufacturer in the future to add further capacity and redundancy to our supply chain. In our ongoing clinical trial of GBT440, we are utilizing a powder in capsule formulation. For future development and commercialization, we intend to develop both tablet and liquid/solution formulations for the adult/adolescent and children/infant SCD populations, respectively.

Intellectual Property

We strive to protect the proprietary technology that we believe is important to our business, including seeking and maintaining patents and patent applications intended to cover our product candidates and compositions, their methods of use and processes for their manufacture, and any other aspects of inventions that

 

83


Table of Contents

are commercially important to the development of our business. We also rely on trade secrets to protect aspects of our business that are not amenable to, or that we do not consider appropriate for, patent protection.

We plan to continue to expand our intellectual property portfolio by filing patent applications directed to compositions and methods of treatment created or identified from our ongoing development of our product candidates. Our success will depend on our ability to obtain and maintain patent and other proprietary rights protecting our commercially important technology, inventions and know-how related to our business, defend and enforce our current and future issued patents, if any, preserve the confidentiality of our trade secrets and operate without infringing the valid and enforceable patents and proprietary rights of third parties. We also rely on know-how, continuing technological innovation and potential in-licensing opportunities to develop and maintain our intellectual property portfolio. We seek to obtain domestic and international patent protection, and endeavor to promptly file patent applications for new commercially valuable inventions.

The patent positions of biopharmaceutical companies like us are generally uncertain and involve complex legal, scientific and factual questions. In addition, the coverage claimed in a patent application can be significantly reduced before the patent is issued, and patent scope can be reinterpreted by the courts after issuance. Moreover, many jurisdictions permit third parties to challenge issued patents in administrative proceedings, which may result in further narrowing or even cancellation of patent claims. We cannot predict whether the patent applications we are currently pursuing will issue as patents in any particular jurisdiction or whether the claims of any patents, if issued, will provide sufficient protection from competitors.

Because patent applications in the United States and certain other jurisdictions are maintained in secrecy for 18 months or potentially even longer, and since publication of discoveries in the scientific or patent literature often lags behind actual discoveries, we cannot be certain of the priority of inventions covered by pending patent applications. Moreover, we may have to participate in interference proceedings or derivation proceedings declared by the United States Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO, to determine priority of invention.

Patents

Our patent portfolio includes three issued U.S. patents, two allowed U.S. patent applications, and several U.S. and foreign patent applications in the early stages of prosecution. The issued patent (U.S. Patent No. 9,018,210) covering the composition of matter for GBT440 and analogs, which we may own jointly with the Regents was granted on April 28, 2015 and is currently expected to expire in 2032 absent any applicable patent term extensions. The issued U.S. patents (U.S. Patent Nos. 8,952,171 and 9,012,450), covering the composition of matter for GBT440 analogs, were granted on February 10, 2015 and April 21, 2015, respectively, and are currently expected to expire in 2033 and 2032, respectively, absent any applicable patent term extensions. We also own U.S. Patent No. 9,012,450 jointly with the Regents. The risks associated with joint ownership of patent rights are more fully discussed under “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property.” The foreign patent applications covering the composition of matter for GBT440 and analogs, if issued, would in each case be expected to expire between 2032 and 2035, absent any applicable patent term extensions. Our patent applications fall into three major categories: (i) GBT440; (ii) GBT440 analogs and (iii) kallikrein modulators.

GBT440 patent portfolio . Our patent portfolio relating to GBT440 is comprised of seven patent families and includes patent applications covering certain compositions of matter, methods of use and certain polymorphs related to GBT440 pending in a variety of jurisdictions, including the United States, jurisdictions under the Patent Cooperation Treaty, or PCT, Argentina, and Taiwan. The issued U.S. patent (U.S. Patent No. 9,018,210) covering the composition of matter for GBT440 was granted on April 28, 2015 and is currently expected to expire in 2032, absent any applicable patent term extensions. Any patents that may issue from our other patent applications relating to GBT440 in the United States, if issued, would be expected to expire between 2032 and 2035, absent any applicable patent term extensions. Any patents that may issue from corresponding PCT and foreign patent applications, if issued, would also be expected to expire between 2032 and 2035, absent any applicable patent term extensions. Some of these pending patent applications are jointly owned by us and the Regents.

 

84


Table of Contents

GBT440 analogs patent portfolio. Our patent portfolio relating to GBT440 analogs is comprised of ten patent families and includes patent applications covering certain compositions of matter and methods of use for GBT440 analogs pending in a variety of jurisdictions, including the United States, jurisdictions under the PCT, Argentina and Taiwan. The two issued U.S. patents (U.S. Patent No. 8,952,171 and U.S. Patent No. 9,012,450, respectively) covering the composition of matter for GBT440 analogs are currently expected to expire in 2033 and 2032, respectively, absent any applicable patent term extensions. Any patents that may issue from the other patent applications relating to GBT440 analogs in the United States, if issued, would be expected to expire between 2032 and 2036, absent any applicable patent term extensions. Any patents that may issue from corresponding PCT and foreign patent applications, if issued, would be expected to expire between 2032 and 2036, absent any applicable patent term extensions. Some of these pending patent applications are jointly owned by us and the Regents.

Kallikrein modulators patent portfolio. Our patent portfolio relating to kallikrein modulators is comprised of two patent families covering certain compositions of matter for kallikrein modulators pending in the United States, with potential foreign rights under the Paris Convention. Any patents that may issue from these applications, if issued, would be expected to expire in 2035 absent any applicable patent term extensions.

Patent term

The base term of a U.S. patent is 20 years from the filing date of the earliest-filed non-provisional patent application from which the patent claims priority assuming that all maintenance fees are paid. The term of a U.S. patent can be lengthened by patent term adjustment, which compensates the owner of the patent for administrative delays at the USPTO the extent of which is offset by delays by the patent owner before the USPTO in obtaining the patent. In some cases, the term of a U.S. patent is shortened by a terminal disclaimer that reduces its term to that of an earlier-expiring patent. The term of a U.S. patent may be eligible for patent term extension under the Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, referred to as the Hatch-Waxman Act, to account for at least some of the time the drug is under development and regulatory review after the patent is granted. With regard to a drug for which FDA approval is the first permitted marketing of the active ingredient, the Hatch-Waxman Act allows for extension of the term of one U.S. patent that includes at least one claim covering the composition of matter of an FDA-approved drug, an FDA-approved method of treatment using the drug and/or a method of manufacturing the FDA-approved drug. The extended patent term cannot exceed the shorter of five years beyond the non-extended expiration of the patent or 14 years from the date of the FDA approval of the drug. Some foreign jurisdictions, including Europe and Japan, have analogous patent term extension provisions, which allow for extension of the term of a patent that covers a drug approved by the applicable foreign regulatory agency. In the future, if our product candidates receive FDA approval, we expect to apply for patent term extension on patents, if issued, covering those products, their methods of use and/or methods of manufacture.

Trade secrets

In addition to patents, we rely on trade secrets and know-how to develop and maintain our competitive position. We typically rely on trade secrets to protect aspects of our business that are not amenable to, or that we do not consider appropriate for, patent protection. We protect trade secrets and know-how by establishing confidentiality agreements and invention assignment agreements with our employees, consultants, scientific advisors and contractors. These agreements generally provide that all confidential information developed or made known during the course of an individual or entities’ relationship with us must be kept confidential during and after the relationship. These agreements also typically provide that all inventions resulting from work performed for us or relating to our business and conceived or completed during the period of employment or assignment, as applicable, shall be our exclusive property. In addition, we take other appropriate precautions, such as physical and technological security measures, to guard against misappropriation of our proprietary information by third parties.

 

85


Table of Contents

Sales and Marketing

We intend to begin building a commercial infrastructure in the United States and Europe necessary to effectively support the commercialization of GBT440 when we believe a regulatory approval in a particular geography is likely. Because SCD is a rare disease in these geographic markets, with a concentrated prescribing audience and a small number of key opinion leaders who significantly influence the treatments prescribed for the relevant patient population, we believe that we can effectively address the market using our own targeted, specialty sales and marketing organization supported by internal sales personnel, an internal marketing group and distribution support . Additional capabilities important to the SCD and hematology marketplace include the management of key accounts such as managed care organizations, specialty pharmacies and government accounts.

Outside of the United States and core European markets, where appropriate, we may utilize strategic partners, distributors or contract sales forces to expand the commercial availability of GBT440. In addition, we believe the other indications that we may pursue with our product candidates can also be addressed with a small, dedicated sales force. We currently do not expect that we will require large pharmaceutical partners for the commercialization of our product candidates, although we may consider partnering in certain territories or indications or for other strategic purposes. We intend to evaluate our commercialization strategy as we advance our preclinical programs in other rare disease indications.

Competition

The biopharmaceutical industry is highly competitive. There are many public and private biopharmaceutical companies, universities, governmental agencies and other research organizations actively engaged in the research and development of products that may be similar to our product candidates or address similar markets. In addition, the number of companies seeking to develop and commercialize products and therapies similar to our product candidates is likely to increase.

In the area of SCD, we expect to face competition from HU (marketed as DROXIA or Hydrea by Bristol-Myers Squibb Company as well as in generic form), which is currently the only approved therapeutic for the treatment of SCD. Several companies are also developing product candidates for chronic treatment in SCD, including Selexys Pharmaceuticals Corporation (in collaboration with Novartis AG), which is engaged in the clinical development of SelG1, an anti-P-selectin monoclonal antibody, and Baxter International Inc., which is conducting a Phase 2 clinical trial of Aes-103, an orally available small molecule compound that is also intended to work by increasing hemoglobin oxygen affinity. We also expect to face competition from one-time therapies for SCD, including hematopoietic stem cell transplantation, gene therapy and gene editing. In particular, Bellicum Pharmaceuticals, Inc. is conducting a Phase 1/2 clinical trial of BPX-501 as an adjunct T-cell therapy administered after allogeneic hematopoietic stem cell transplant in pediatric patients with orphan inherited blood disorders, and bluebird bio, Inc. is currently engaged in the clinical development of LentiGlobin BB305, which aims to treat SCD by inserting a functional human beta-globin gene into the patient’s own hematopoietic stem cells, or HSCs, ex vivo and then transplanting the modified HSCs into the patient’s bloodstream.

In HAE, we expect to face competition from several FDA-approved therapeutics, including Cinryze, marketed by Shire plc in the United States and Europe for the prevention of angioedema attacks in adults and adolescents; Firazyr, marketed by Shire plc in the United States, Europe and certain other geographic territories for the treatment of acute angioedema attacks in adult patients; KALBITOR, marketed by Dyax Corp. for the resolution of acute attacks in adolescent and adult HAE patients; Berinert, marketed by CSL Behring for the treatment of acute abdominal, facial or laryngeal attacks of HAE in adults and adolescents; and Ruconest, marketed by Pharming Group NV in Europe and Salix Pharmaceuticals, Ltd. in the United States for the treatment of acute angioedema attacks in adult patients. We are also aware of companies, including Dyax Corp. and Biocryst Pharmaceuticals, Inc., that are engaged in the clinical development of other product candidates, including a kallikrein monoclonal antibody and oral kallkrein inhibitors, respectively, for the treatment of HAE patients.

 

86


Table of Contents

Many of our potential competitors, alone or with their strategic partners, have substantially greater financial, technical and human resources than we do and significantly greater experience in the discovery and development of product candidates, obtaining FDA and other regulatory approvals of treatments and the commercialization of those treatments. Mergers and acquisitions in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries may result in even more resources being concentrated among a smaller number of our competitors. Our commercial opportunity could be reduced or eliminated if our competitors develop and commercialize products that are safer, more effective, are more convenient or are less expensive than any products that we may develop. Our competitors also may obtain FDA or other regulatory approval for their products more rapidly than we may obtain approval for ours, which could result in our competitors establishing a strong market position before we are able to enter the market.

Government Regulation

Government authorities in the United States at the federal, state and local level and in other countries extensively regulate, among other things, the research, development, testing, manufacture, quality control, approval, labeling, packaging, storage, record-keeping, promotion, advertising, distribution, post-approval monitoring and reporting, marketing and export and import of drug products. Generally, before a new drug can be marketed, considerable data demonstrating its quality, safety and efficacy must be obtained, organized into a format specific to each regulatory authority, submitted for review and approved by the regulatory authority.

U.S. drug development

In the United States, the FDA regulates drugs under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA, and its implementing regulations. Drugs are also subject to other federal, state and local statutes and regulations. The process of obtaining regulatory approvals and the subsequent compliance with appropriate federal, state, local and foreign statutes and regulations require the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources. Failure to comply with the applicable U.S. requirements at any time during the product development process, approval process or after approval, may subject an applicant to administrative or judicial sanctions. These sanctions could include, among other actions, the FDA’s refusal to approve pending applications, withdrawal of an approval, a clinical hold, warning letters, product recalls or withdrawals from the market, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution injunctions, fines, refusals of government contracts, restitution, disgorgement, or civil or criminal penalties. Any agency or judicial enforcement action could have a material adverse effect on us.

Our product candidates must be approved by the FDA through the New Drug Application, or NDA, process before they may be legally marketed in the United States. The process generally involves the following:

 

    completion of extensive non-clinical studies in accordance with applicable regulations, including the FDA’s GLP regulations;

 

    submission to the FDA of an IND application, which must become effective before human clinical trials may begin;

 

    approval by an independent institutional review board, or IRB, or ethics committee at each clinical trial site before each trial may be initiated;

 

    performance of adequate and well-controlled human clinical trials in accordance with applicable IND regulations, good clinical practices, or GCPs, and other clinical-trial related regulations to establish the safety and efficacy of the investigational drug for each proposed indication;

 

    submission to the FDA of an NDA, for a new drug;

 

    a determination by the FDA within 60 days of its receipt of an NDA to accept it for filing;

 

    satisfactory completion of an FDA pre-approval inspection of the manufacturing facility or facilities where the drug is produced to assess compliance with current good manufacturing practices, or cGMPs, to assure that the facilities, methods and controls are adequate to preserve the drug’s identity, strength, quality and purity;

 

87


Table of Contents
    potential FDA audit of the non-clinical and/or clinical trial sites that generated the data in support of the NDA; and

 

    FDA review and approval of the NDA, including consideration of the views of any FDA advisory committee, prior to any commercial marketing or sale of the drug in the United States.

The non-clinical and clinical testing and approval process requires substantial time, effort and financial resources, and we cannot be certain that any approvals for our product candidates will be granted on a timely basis, or at all. The data required to support an NDA is generated in two distinct development stages: non-clinical and clinical. The non-clinical development stage generally involves synthesizing the active component, developing the formulation and determining the manufacturing process, as well as carrying out non-human toxicology, pharmacology and drug metabolism studies in the laboratory, which support subsequent clinical testing in humans. The sponsor must submit the results of the non-clinical studies, together with manufacturing information, analytical data, any available clinical data or literature and a proposed clinical protocol, to the FDA as part of the IND. An IND is a request for authorization from the FDA to administer an investigational drug product to humans, and must become effective before human clinical trials may begin.

The clinical stage of development involves the administration of the drug candidate to healthy volunteers or patients under the supervision of qualified investigators, generally physicians not employed by or under the trial sponsor’s control, in accordance with GCPs, which include the requirement that all research subjects provide their informed consent for their participation in any clinical trial. Clinical trials are conducted under protocols detailing, among other things, the objectives of the clinical trial, dosing procedures, subject selection and exclusion criteria, and the parameters to be used to monitor subject safety and assess efficacy. Each protocol, and any subsequent amendments to the protocol, must be submitted to the FDA as part of the IND. Further, each clinical trial must be reviewed and approved by an independent IRB for each institution at which the clinical trial will be conducted to ensure that the risks to individuals participating in the clinical trials are minimized and are reasonable in relation to anticipated benefits. The IRB also approves the informed consent form that must be provided to each clinical trial subject or his or her legal representative and must monitor the clinical trial until completed. There are also requirements governing the reporting of ongoing clinical trials and completed clinical trial results to public registries.

A sponsor who wishes to conduct a clinical trial outside the United States may, but need not, obtain FDA authorization to conduct the clinical trial under an IND. If a foreign clinical trial is not conducted under an IND, the sponsor may submit data from the clinical trial to the FDA in support of an NDA. The FDA will accept a well-designed and well-conducted foreign clinical study not conducted under an IND if the study was conducted in accordance with good clinical practice, and the FDA is able to validate the data through an onsite inspection if the agency deems necessary.

Clinical trials

Clinical trials are generally conducted in three sequential phases, known as Phase 1, Phase 2 and Phase 3, and may overlap.

 

    Phase 1 clinical trials generally involve a small number of healthy volunteers who are initially exposed to a single dose and then multiple doses of the product candidate. The primary purpose of these clinical trials is to assess the metabolism, pharmacologic action, side effect tolerability and safety of the drug.

 

    Phase 2 clinical trials typically involve studies in disease-affected patients to determine the dose required to produce the desired benefits. At the same time, safety and further pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic information is collected, possible adverse effects and safety risks are identified and a preliminary evaluation of efficacy is conducted.

 

   

Phase 3 clinical trials generally involve large numbers of patients at multiple sites and are designed to provide the data necessary to demonstrate the effectiveness of the product for its intended use, its safety in use, and to establish the overall benefit/risk relationship of the product and provide an

 

88


Table of Contents
 

adequate basis for product approval. Phase 3 clinical trials may include comparisons with placebo and/or other comparator treatments. The duration of treatment is often extended to mimic the actual use of a product during marketing.

Post-approval trials, sometimes referred to as Phase 4 clinical trials, may be conducted after initial marketing approval. These trials are used to gain additional experience from the treatment of patients in the intended therapeutic indication. In certain instances, FDA may mandate the performance of Phase 4 clinical trials as a condition of approval of an NDA.

Progress reports detailing the results of the clinical trials, among other information, must be submitted at least annually to the FDA and written IND safety reports must be submitted to the FDA and the investigators for serious and unexpected suspected adverse events, findings from other studies suggesting a significant risk to humans exposed to the drug, findings from animal or in vitro testing that suggests a significant risk for human subjects, and any clinically important increase in the rate of a serious suspected adverse reaction over that listed in the protocol or investigator brochure. Phase 1, Phase 2 and Phase 3 clinical trials may not be completed successfully within any specified period, if at all. The FDA or the sponsor may suspend or terminate a clinical trial at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the research subjects or patients are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk. Similarly, an IRB can suspend or terminate approval of a clinical trial at its institution if the clinical trial is not being conducted in accordance with the IRB’s requirements or if the drug has been associated with unexpected serious harm to patients. Additionally, some clinical trials are overseen by an independent group of qualified experts organized by the clinical trial sponsor, known as a data safety monitoring board or committee. This group provides authorization for whether or not a trial may move forward at designated check points based on access to certain data from the trial. Concurrent with clinical trials, companies usually complete additional animal studies and must also develop additional information about the chemistry and physical characteristics of the drug as well as finalize a process for manufacturing the product in commercial quantities in accordance with cGMP requirements. The manufacturing process must be capable of consistently producing quality batches of the drug candidate and, among other things, must include methods for testing the identity, strength, quality and purity of the final drug product. Additionally, appropriate packaging must be selected and tested and stability studies must be conducted to demonstrate that the drug candidate does not undergo unacceptable deterioration over its shelf life.

NDA and FDA review process

The results of non-clinical studies and of the clinical trials, together with other detailed information, including extensive manufacturing information and information on the composition of the drug and proposed labeling, are submitted to the FDA in the form of an NDA requesting approval to market the drug for one or more specified indications. The FDA reviews an NDA to determine, among other things, whether a drug is safe and effective for its intended use and whether the product is being manufactured in accordance with cGMP to assure and preserve the product’s identity, strength, quality and purity. FDA approval of an NDA must be obtained before a drug may be legally marketed in the United States.

Under the Prescription Drug User Fee Act, or PDUFA, as amended, each NDA must be accompanied by a user fee. The FDA adjusts the PDUFA user fees on an annual basis. According to the FDA’s fee schedule, effective through September 30, 2015, the user fee for an application requiring clinical data, such as an NDA, is approximately $2.3 million. PDUFA also imposes an annual product fee for human drugs (approximately $0.1 million) and an annual establishment fee (approximately $0.6 million) on facilities used to manufacture prescription drugs. Fee waivers or reductions are available in certain circumstances, including a waiver of the application fee for the first application filed by a small business. Additionally, no user fees are assessed on NDAs for products designated as orphan drugs, unless the product also includes a non-orphan indication.

The FDA reviews all NDAs submitted before it accepts them for filing and may request additional information rather than accepting an NDA for filing. The FDA must make a decision on accepting an NDA for filing within 60 days of receipt. Once the submission is accepted for filing, the FDA begins an in-depth review of

 

89


Table of Contents

the NDA. Under the goals and policies agreed to by the FDA under PDUFA, the FDA has 10 months from the 60-day filing date in which to complete its initial review of a standard NDA and respond to the applicant, and six months from the 60-day filing date for an NDA designated for priority review. The FDA does not always meet its PDUFA goal dates for standard and priority NDAs, and the review process is often significantly extended by FDA requests for additional information or clarification.

Before approving an NDA, the FDA will conduct a pre-approval inspection of the manufacturing facilities for the new product to determine whether they comply with cGMPs. The FDA will not approve the product unless it determines that the manufacturing processes and facilities are in compliance with cGMP requirements and adequate to assure consistent production of the product within required specifications. The FDA may also audit data from clinical trials to ensure compliance with GCP requirements. Additionally, the FDA may refer applications for novel drug products or drug products which present difficult questions of safety or efficacy to an advisory committee, typically a panel that includes clinicians and other experts, for review, evaluation and a recommendation as to whether the application should be approved and under what conditions. The FDA is not bound by the recommendations of an advisory committee, but it considers such recommendations carefully when making decisions. The FDA will likely re-analyze the clinical trial data, which could result in extensive discussions between the FDA and the applicant during the review process. The review and evaluation of an NDA by the FDA is extensive and time consuming and may take longer than originally planned to complete, and we may not receive a timely approval, if at all.

After the FDA evaluates an NDA, it will issue an approval letter or a Complete Response Letter. An approval letter authorizes commercial marketing of the drug with specific prescribing information for specific indications. A Complete Response Letter indicates that the review cycle of the application is complete and the application will not be approved in its present form. A Complete Response Letter usually describes all of the specific deficiencies in the NDA identified by the FDA. The Complete Response Letter may require additional clinical data and/or an additional pivotal Phase 3 clinical trial(s), and/or other significant and time-consuming requirements related to clinical trials, non-clinical studies or manufacturing. If a Complete Response Letter is issued, the applicant may either resubmit the NDA, addressing all of the deficiencies identified in the letter, or withdraw the application. Even if such data and information is submitted, the FDA may ultimately decide that the NDA does not satisfy the criteria for approval. Data obtained from clinical trials are not always conclusive and the FDA may interpret data differently than we interpret the same data.

Orphan drug designation

Under the Orphan Drug Act, the FDA may grant orphan designation to a drug product intended to treat a rare disease or condition, which is generally a disease or condition that affects fewer than 200,000 individuals in the United States, or more than 200,000 individuals in the United States and for which there is no reasonable expectation that the cost of developing and making a drug product available in the United States for this type of disease or condition will be recovered from sales of the product. Orphan product designation must be requested before submitting an NDA. After the FDA grants orphan product designation, the identity of the therapeutic agent and its potential orphan use are disclosed publicly by the FDA. Orphan product designation does not convey any advantage in or shorten the duration of the regulatory review and approval process.

If a product that has orphan designation subsequently receives the first FDA approval for the disease or condition for which it has such designation, the product is entitled to orphan product exclusivity, which means that the FDA may not approve any other applications to market the same drug for the same indication for seven years from the date of such approval, except in limited circumstances, such as a showing of clinical superiority to the product with orphan exclusivity by means of greater effectiveness, greater safety, or by providing a major contribution to patient care. Competitors, however, may receive approval of different products for the indication for which the orphan product has exclusivity or obtain approval for the same product but for a different indication than that for which the orphan product has exclusivity. Orphan product exclusivity also could block the approval of one of our products for seven years if a competitor obtains approval of the same product as

 

90


Table of Contents

defined by the FDA for the same indication we are seeking, or if our product candidate is determined to be contained within the competitor’s product for the same indication or disease. If a drug designated as an orphan product receives marketing approval for an indication broader than what is designated, it may not be entitled to orphan product exclusivity. Orphan drug status in the European Union, or EU, has similar, but not identical, requirements and benefits.

Expedited development and review programs

The FDA has a Fast Track program that is intended to expedite or facilitate the process for reviewing new drugs that meet certain criteria. Specifically, new drugs are eligible for Fast Track designation if they are intended to treat a serious or life threatening condition and non-clinical or clinical data demonstrate the potential to address unmet medical needs for the condition. Fast Track designation applies to both the product and the specific indication for which it is being studied. The sponsor of a new drug may request the FDA to designate the drug as a Fast Track product at any time during the clinical development of the product prior to receiving NDA approval.

Any product submitted to the FDA for marketing, including under a Fast Track program, may be eligible for other types of FDA programs intended to expedite development and review, such as priority review and accelerated approval. Any product is eligible for priority review if it treats a serious or life-threatening condition and, if approved, would provide a significant improvement in safety and effectiveness compared to available therapies.

The FDA will attempt to direct additional resources to the evaluation of an application for a new drug designated for priority review in an effort to facilitate the review. A product may also be eligible for accelerated approval. An investigational drug may obtain accelerated approval if it treats a serious or life-threatening condition and generally provides a meaningful advantage over available therapies and demonstrates an effect on a surrogate endpoint that is reasonably likely to predict clinical benefit or on a clinical endpoint that can be measured earlier than irreversible morbidity or mortality, or IMM, that is reasonably likely to predict an effect on IMM or other clinical benefit. As a condition of approval, the FDA may require that a sponsor of a drug receiving accelerated approval perform adequate and well-controlled post-marketing clinical trials. If the FDA concludes that a drug shown to be effective can be safely used only if distribution or use is restricted, it will require such post-marketing restrictions, as it deems necessary to assure safe use of the drug.

Additionally, a drug may be eligible for designation as a breakthrough therapy if the drug is intended, alone or in combination with one or more other drugs, to treat a serious or life-threatening condition and preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the drug may demonstrate substantial improvement over existing therapies on one or more clinically significant endpoints. The benefits of breakthrough therapy designation include the same benefits as fast track designation, plus intensive guidance from FDA to ensure an efficient drug development program. Fast Track designation, priority review, accelerated approval and breakthrough designation do not change the standards for approval but may expedite the development or approval process.

Pediatric information

Under the Pediatric Research Equity Act, an NDA or supplement to an NDA must contain data to assess the safety and efficacy of the drug for the claimed indications in all relevant pediatric subpopulations and to support dosing and administration for each pediatric subpopulation for which the product is safe and effective. The FDA may grant deferrals for submission of pediatric data or full or partial waivers. The Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act, which was signed into law on July 9, 2012, amended the FDCA to require that a sponsor who is planning to submit a marketing application for a drug that includes a new active ingredient, new indication, new dosage form, new dosing regimen or new route of administration submit an initial Pediatric Study Plan, or PSP, within sixty days of an end-of-Phase 2 meeting or, if there is no end-of-Phase 2 meeting as early as practicable before the initiation of the Phase 3 or Phase 2/3 study. The initial PSP must include an

 

91


Table of Contents

outline of the pediatric study or studies that the sponsor plans to conduct, including study objectives and design, age groups, relevant endpoints and statistical approach, or a justification for not including such detailed information, and any request for a deferral of pediatric assessments or a full or partial waiver of the requirement to provide data from pediatric studies along with supporting information. The FDA and the sponsor must reach agreement on the PSP. A sponsor can submit amendments to an agreed-upon initial PSP at any time if changes to the pediatric plan need to be considered based on data collected from non-clinical studies, early phase clinical trials, and/or other clinical development programs.

Post-marketing requirements

Following approval of a new product, a pharmaceutical company and the approved product are subject to continuing regulation by the FDA, including, monitoring and recordkeeping activities, reporting of adverse experiences and complying with promotion and advertising requirements, which include restrictions on promoting drugs for uses or for patient populations for which the drug was not approved (known as “off-label use”), and limitations on industry-sponsored scientific and educational activities. Although physicians may prescribe legally available drugs for off-label uses, manufacturers may not market or promote such off-label uses. Prescription drug promotional materials must be submitted to the FDA in conjunction with their first use. Further, if there are any modifications to the drug, including changes in indications, labeling, or manufacturing processes or facilities, the applicant may be required to submit and obtain FDA approval of a new NDA or NDA supplement, which may require the applicant to develop additional data or conduct additional non-clinical studies and clinical trials.

The FDA regulations require that products be manufactured in specific approved facilities and in accordance with cGMP. We rely, and expect to continue to rely, on third parties for the production of clinical and commercial quantities of our products in accordance with cGMP regulations. These manufacturers must comply with cGMP regulations that require among other things, quality control and quality assurance, the maintenance of records and documentation, and the obligation to investigate and correct any deviations from cGMP. Drug manufacturers and other entities involved in the manufacture and distribution of approved drugs are required to register their establishments with the FDA and certain state agencies, and are subject to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA and certain state agencies for compliance with cGMP and other laws. Accordingly, manufacturers must continue to expend time, money, and effort in the area of production and quality control to maintain cGMP compliance. The discovery of violative conditions, including failure to conform to cGMP, could result in enforcement actions, and the discovery of problems with a product after approval may result in restrictions on a product, manufacturer or holder of an approved NDA, including recall.

Other regulatory matters

Manufacturing, sales, promotion and other activities following product approval are also subject to regulation by numerous regulatory authorities in addition to the FDA, including, in the United States, the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, other divisions of the Department of Health and Human Services, the United States Department of Justice, the Drug Enforcement Administration, the Consumer Product Safety Commission, the Federal Trade Commission, the Occupational Safety & Health Administration, the Environmental Protection Agency and state and local governments.

For example, in the United States, sales, marketing and scientific/educational programs must also comply with state and federal fraud and abuse laws. These laws include the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which makes it illegal for any person, including a prescription drug manufacturer (or a party acting on its behalf) to knowingly and willfully solicit, receive, offer, or pay any remuneration that is intended to induce or reward referrals, including the purchase, recommendation, order, or prescription of a particular drug, for which payment may be made under a federal healthcare program, such as Medicare or Medicaid. Violations of this law are punishable by up to five years in prison, criminal fines, administrative civil money penalties and exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs. In addition, the Patient Protection and Affordable Health Care Act, as amended by

 

92


Table of Contents

the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, or collectively the ACA, among other things, amends the intent requirement of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute and criminal healthcare fraud statutes created by the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996. A person or entity no longer needs to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it. Moreover, the ACA provides that the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal anti-kickback statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the False Claims Act.

Moreover, although we would not submit claims directly to payors, drug manufacturers can be held liable under the federal False Claims Act, which prohibits anyone from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, for payment to federal programs (including Medicare and Medicaid) claims for items or services, including drugs, that are false or fraudulent, claims for items or services not provided as claimed, or claims for medically unnecessary items or services. The government may deem manufacturers to have “caused” the submission of false or fraudulent claims by, for example, providing inaccurate billing or coding information to customers or promoting a product off-label. In addition, our future activities relating to the reporting of wholesaler or estimated retail prices for our products, the reporting of prices used to calculate Medicaid rebate information and other information affecting federal, state, and third-party reimbursement for our products, and the sale and marketing of our products, are subject to scrutiny under this law. Penalties for a False Claims Act violation include three times the actual damages sustained by the government, plus mandatory civil penalties of between $5,500 and $11,000 for each separate false claim, the potential for exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs, and the potential implication of various federal criminal statutes.

Pricing and rebate programs must comply with the Medicaid rebate requirements of the U.S. Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1990 and more recent requirements in the ACA. If products are made available to authorized users of the Federal Supply Schedule of the General Services Administration, additional laws and requirements apply. The handling of any controlled substances must comply with the U.S. Controlled Substances Act and Controlled Substances Import and Export Act. Products must meet applicable child-resistant packaging requirements under the U.S. Poison Prevention Packaging Act. Manufacturing, sales, promotion and other activities are also potentially subject to federal and state consumer protection and unfair competition laws.

The distribution of pharmaceutical products is subject to additional requirements and regulations, including extensive record-keeping, licensing, storage and security requirements intended to prevent the unauthorized sale of pharmaceutical products.

The failure to comply with any of these laws or regulatory requirements subjects firms to possible legal or regulatory action. Depending on the circumstances, failure to meet applicable regulatory requirements can result in criminal prosecution, fines or other penalties, injunctions, recall or seizure of products, total or partial suspension of production, denial or withdrawal of product approvals, or refusal to allow a firm to enter into supply contracts, including government contracts. Any action against us for violation of these laws, even if we successfully defend against it, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and divert our management’s attention from the operation of our business. Prohibitions or restrictions on sales or withdrawal of future products marketed by us could materially affect our business in an adverse way.

Changes in regulations, statutes or the interpretation of existing regulations could impact our business in the future by requiring, for example: (i) changes to our manufacturing arrangements; (ii) additions or modifications to product labeling; (iii) the recall or discontinuation of our products; or (iv) additional record-keeping requirements. If any such changes were to be imposed, they could adversely affect the operation of our business.

U.S. patent term restoration and marketing exclusivity

Depending upon the timing, duration and specifics of the FDA approval of our drug candidates, some of our U.S. patents may be eligible for limited patent term extension under the Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, commonly referred to as the Hatch-Waxman Amendments. The Hatch-Waxman

 

93


Table of Contents

Amendments permit a patent restoration term of up to five years as compensation for patent term lost during product development and the FDA regulatory review process. However, patent term restoration cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the product’s approval date. The patent term restoration period is generally one-half the time between the effective date of an IND and the submission date of an NDA plus the time between the submission date of an NDA and the approval of that application, except that the review period is reduced by any time during which the applicant failed to exercise due diligence. Only one patent applicable to an approved drug is eligible for the extension and the application for the extension must be submitted prior to the expiration of the patent. The USPTO, in consultation with the FDA, reviews and approves the application for any patent term extension or restoration. In the future, we intend to apply for restoration of patent term for one of our currently owned or licensed patents to add patent life beyond its current expiration date, depending on the expected length of the clinical trials and other factors involved in the filing of the relevant NDA. The request for patent term extension must be filed within a very short time frame after approval of the drug by the FDA. Failure to meet this time frame negates any patent term extension available.

Marketing exclusivity provisions under the FDCA can also delay the submission or the approval of certain marketing applications. The FDCA provides a five-year period of non-patent marketing exclusivity within the United States to the first applicant to obtain approval of an NDA for a new chemical entity. A drug is a new chemical entity if the FDA has not previously approved any other new drug containing the same active moiety, which is the molecule or ion responsible for the action of the drug substance. During the exclusivity period, the FDA may not accept for review an abbreviated new drug application, or ANDA, or a 505(b)(2) NDA submitted by another company for another drug based on the same active moiety, regardless of whether the drug is intended for the same indication as the original innovator drug or for another indication, where the applicant does not own or have a legal right of reference to all the data required for approval. However, an application may be submitted after four years if it contains a certification of patent invalidity or non-infringement to one of the patents listed with the FDA by the innovator NDA holder. The FDCA also provides three years of marketing exclusivity for an NDA, or supplement to an existing NDA for a drug product that contains an active moiety that has been previously approved if new clinical investigations, other than bioavailability studies, that were conducted or sponsored by the applicant are deemed by the FDA to be essential to the approval of the application, for example for new indications, dosages or strengths of an existing drug. This three-year exclusivity covers only the modification for which the drug received approval on the basis of the new clinical investigations and does not prohibit the FDA from approving ANDAs for drugs containing the active agent for the original indication or condition of use. Five-year and three-year exclusivity will not delay the submission or approval of a full NDA. However, an applicant submitting a full NDA would be required to conduct or obtain a right of reference to all of the non-clinical studies and adequate and well-controlled clinical trials necessary to demonstrate safety and efficacy. Orphan drug exclusivity, as described above, may offer a seven-year period of marketing exclusivity, except in certain circumstances. Pediatric exclusivity is another type of regulatory market exclusivity in the United States. Pediatric exclusivity, if granted, adds six months to existing exclusivity periods and patent terms. This six-month exclusivity, which runs from the end of other exclusivity protection or patent term, may be granted based on the voluntary completion of a pediatric trial in accordance with an FDA-issued “Written Request” for such a trial. The FDA issues a written request for pediatric clinical trials prior to approval of a NDA only where it determines that information relating to the use of a drug in a pediatric population, or part of the pediatric population, may produce health benefits in that population.

European Union drug development

In the EU, our future products may also be subject to extensive regulatory requirements. As in the United States, medicinal products can only be marketed if a marketing authorization from the competent regulatory agencies has been obtained.

Similar to the United States, the various phases of non-clinical and clinical research in the EU are subject to significant regulatory controls. Although the EU Clinical Trials Directive 2001/20/EC has sought to harmonize the EU clinical trials regulatory framework, setting out common rules for the control and authorization of clinical

 

94


Table of Contents

trials in the EU, the EU Member States have transposed and applied the provisions of the Directive differently. This has led to significant variations in the member state regimes. Under the current regime, before a clinical trial can be initiated it must be approved in each of the EU countries where the trial is to be conducted by two distinct bodies: the National Competent Authority, or NCA, and one or more Ethics Committees, or ECs. Under the current regime all suspected unexpected serious adverse reactions to the investigated drug that occur during the clinical trial have to be reported to the NCA and ECs of the Member State where they occurred.

The EU clinical trials legislation is currently undergoing a revision process mainly aimed at harmonizing and streamlining the clinical trials authorization process, simplifying adverse event reporting procedures, improving the supervision of clinical trials, and increasing their transparency.

European Union drug review and approval

In the European Economic Area, or EEA, (which is comprised of the 27 Member States of the EU plus Norway, Iceland and Liechtenstein), medicinal products can only be commercialized after obtaining a Marketing Authorization, or MA. There are two types of marketing authorizations:

The Community MA is issued by the European Commission through the Centralized Procedure, based on the opinion of the Committee for Medicinal Products for Human Use, or CHMP, of the European Medicines Agency, or EMA, and is valid throughout the entire territory of the EEA. The Centralized Procedure is mandatory for certain types of products, such as biotechnology medicinal products, orphan medicinal products, advanced-therapy medicines such as gene-therapy, somatic cell-therapy or tissue-engineered medicines, and medicinal products containing a new active substance indicated for the treatment of HIV, AIDS, cancer, neurodegenerative disorders, diabetes, auto-immune and other immune dysfunctions, and viral diseases. The Centralized Procedure is optional for products containing a new active substance not yet authorized in the EEA, or for products that constitute a significant therapeutic, scientific or technical innovation or which are in the interest of public health in the EU.

National MAs, which are issued by the competent authorities of the Member States of the EEA and only cover their respective territory, are available for products not falling within the mandatory scope of the Centralized Procedure. Where a product has already been authorized for marketing in a Member State of the EEA, this National MA can be recognized in another Member States through the Mutual Recognition Procedure. If the product has not received a National MA in any Member State at the time of application, it can be approved simultaneously in various Member States through the Decentralized Procedure. Under the Decentralized Procedure an identical dossier is submitted to the competent authorities of each of the Member States in which the MA is sought, one of which is selected by the applicant as the Reference Member State, or RMS. The competent authority of the RMS prepares a draft assessment report, a draft summary of the product characteristics, or SPC, and a draft of the labeling and package leaflet, which are sent to the other Member States (referred to as the Member States Concerned) for their approval. If the Member States Concerned raise no objections, based on a potential serious risk to public health, to the assessment, SPC, labeling, or packaging proposed by the RMS, the product is subsequently granted a national MA in all the Member States (i.e., in the RMS and the Member States Concerned).

Under the above described procedures, before granting the MA, the EMA or the competent authorities of the Member States of the EEA make an assessment of the risk-benefit balance of the product on the basis of scientific criteria concerning its quality, safety and efficacy.

European Union new chemical entity exclusivity

In the EU, new chemical entities, sometimes referred to as new active substances, qualify for eight years of data exclusivity upon marketing authorization and an additional two years of market exclusivity. The data exclusivity, if granted, prevents regulatory authorities in the EU from referencing the innovator’s data to assess a generic application for eight years, after which generic marketing authorization can be submitted, and the

 

95


Table of Contents

innovator’s data may be referenced, but not approved for two years. The overall ten-year period will be extended to a maximum of 11 years if, during the first eight years of those ten years, the marketing authorization holder obtains an authorization for one or more new therapeutic indications which, during the scientific evaluation prior to their authorization, are determined to bring a significant clinical benefit in comparison with existing therapies.

European Union orphan designation and exclusivity

In the EU, the EMA’s Committee for Orphan Medicinal Products grants orphan drug designation to promote the development of products that are intended for the diagnosis, prevention or treatment of life-threatening or chronically debilitating conditions affecting not more than 5 in 10,000 persons in the EU Community (or where it is unlikely that the development of the medicine would generate sufficient return to justify the investment) and for which no satisfactory method of diagnosis, prevention, or treatment has been authorized (or, if a method exists, the product would be a significant benefit to those affected).

In the EU, orphan drug designation entitles a party to financial incentives such as reduction of fees or fee waivers and ten years of market exclusivity is granted following medicinal product approval. This period may be reduced to six years if the orphan drug designation criteria are no longer met, including where it is shown that the product is sufficiently profitable not to justify maintenance of market exclusivity. Orphan drug designation must be requested before submitting an application for marketing approval. Orphan drug designation does not convey any advantage in, or shorten the duration of, the regulatory review and approval process.

Rest of the world regulation

For other countries outside of the EU and the United States, such as countries in Eastern Europe, Latin America or Asia, the requirements governing the conduct of clinical trials, product licensing, pricing and reimbursement vary from country to country. Additionally, the clinical trials must be conducted in accordance with GCP requirements and the applicable regulatory requirements and the ethical principles that have their origin in the Declaration of Helsinki.

If we fail to comply with applicable foreign regulatory requirements, we may be subject to, among other things, fines, suspension or withdrawal of regulatory approvals, product recalls, seizure of products, operating restrictions and criminal prosecution.

Reimbursement

Sales of our products will depend, in part, on the extent to which our products will be covered by third-party payors, such as government health programs, commercial insurance and managed healthcare organizations. In the United States, no uniform policy of coverage and reimbursement for drug products exists. Accordingly, decisions regarding the extent of coverage and amount of reimbursement to be provided for any of our products will be made on a payor by payor basis. As a result, the coverage determination process is often a time-consuming and costly process that will require us to provide scientific and clinical support for the use of our product candidates to each payor separately, with no assurance that coverage and adequate reimbursement will be obtained.

The United States government, state legislatures and foreign governments have shown significant interest in implementing cost containment programs to limit the growth of government-paid health care costs, including price-controls, restrictions on reimbursement and requirements for substitution of generic products for branded prescription drugs. For example, the ACA contains provisions that may reduce the profitability of drug products through increased rebates for drugs reimbursed by Medicaid programs, extension of Medicaid rebates to Medicaid managed care plans, mandatory discounts for certain Medicare Part D beneficiaries and annual fees based on pharmaceutical companies’ share of sales to federal health care programs. Adoption of general controls and measures, coupled with the tightening of restrictive policies in jurisdictions with existing controls and measures, could limit payments for pharmaceutical drugs.

 

96


Table of Contents

The Medicaid Drug Rebate Program requires pharmaceutical manufacturers to enter into and have in effect a national rebate agreement with the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services as a condition for states to receive federal matching funds for the manufacturer’s outpatient drugs furnished to Medicaid patients. Effective in 2010, the ACA made several changes to the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program, including increasing pharmaceutical manufacturers’ rebate liability by raising the minimum basic Medicaid rebate on most branded prescription drugs from 15.1% of average manufacturer price, or AMP, to 23.1% of average manufacturer price, or AMP, and adding a new rebate calculation for “line extensions” (i.e., new formulations, such as extended release formulations) of solid oral dosage forms of branded products, as well as potentially impacting their rebate liability by modifying the statutory definition of AMP. The ACA also expanded the universe of Medicaid utilization subject to drug rebates by requiring pharmaceutical manufacturers to pay rebates on Medicaid managed care utilization as of 2010 and by expanding the population potentially eligible for Medicaid drug benefits, to be phased-in by 2014. The CMS have proposed to expand Medicaid rebate liability to the territories of the United States as well.

The Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act of 2003, or the MMA, established the Medicare Part D program to provide a voluntary prescription drug benefit to Medicare beneficiaries. Under Part D, Medicare beneficiaries may enroll in prescription drug plans offered by private entities that provide coverage of outpatient prescription drugs. Unlike Medicare Part A and B, Part D coverage is not standardized. While all Medicare drug plans must give at least a standard level of coverage set by Medicare, Part D prescription drug plan sponsors are not required to pay for all covered Part D drugs, and each drug plan can develop its own drug formulary that identifies which drugs it will cover and at what tier or level. However, Part D prescription drug formularies must include drugs within each therapeutic category and class of covered Part D drugs, though not necessarily all the drugs in each category or class. Any formulary used by a Part D prescription drug plan must be developed and reviewed by a pharmacy and therapeutic committee. Government payment for some of the costs of prescription drugs may increase demand for products for which we receive marketing approval. However, any negotiated prices for our products covered by a Part D prescription drug plan will likely be lower than the prices we might otherwise obtain. Moreover, while the MMA applies only to drug benefits for Medicare beneficiaries, private payors often follow Medicare coverage policy and payment limitations in setting their own payment rates. Any reduction in payment that results from the MMA may result in a similar reduction in payments from non-governmental payors.

For a drug product to receive federal reimbursement under the Medicaid or Medicare Part B programs or to be sold directly to U.S. government agencies, the manufacturer must extend discounts to entities eligible to participate in the 340B drug pricing program. The required 340B discount on a given product is calculated based on the AMP and Medicaid rebate amounts reported by the manufacturer. As of 2010, the ACA expanded the types of entities eligible to receive discounted 340B pricing, although, under the current state of the law, with the exception of children’s hospitals, these newly eligible entities will not be eligible to receive discounted 340B pricing on orphan drugs. In addition, as 340B drug pricing is determined based on AMP and Medicaid rebate data, the revisions to the Medicaid rebate formula and AMP definition described above could cause the required 340B discount to increase.

As noted above, the marketability of any products for which we receive regulatory approval for commercial sale may suffer if the government and third-party payors fail to provide adequate coverage and reimbursement. An increasing emphasis on cost containment measures in the United States has increased and we expect will continue to increase the pressure on pharmaceutical pricing. Coverage policies and third-party reimbursement rates may change at any time. Even if favorable coverage and reimbursement status is attained for one or more products for which we receive regulatory approval, less favorable coverage policies and reimbursement rates may be implemented in the future.

In addition, in most foreign countries, the proposed pricing for a drug must be approved before it may be lawfully marketed. The requirements governing drug pricing and reimbursement vary widely from country to country. For example, the EU provides options for its member states to restrict the range of medicinal products

 

97


Table of Contents

for which their national health insurance systems provide reimbursement and to control the prices of medicinal products for human use. A member state may approve a specific price for the medicinal product or it may instead adopt a system of direct or indirect controls on the profitability of the company placing the medicinal product on the market. There can be no assurance that any country that has price controls or reimbursement limitations for pharmaceutical products will allow favorable reimbursement and pricing arrangements for any of our products. Historically, products launched in the EU do not follow price structures of the United States and generally prices tend to be significantly lower.

Employees

As of June 30, 2015, we employed 47 full-time employees, including 37 in research and development and ten general and administrative and no part-time employees, in the United States. We have never had a work stoppage, and none of our employees is represented by a labor organization or under any collective-bargaining arrangements. We consider our employee relations to be good.

Facilities

We lease our office and laboratory space, which consists of 28,000 square feet located in South San Francisco, California. Our leases for this facility expire on April 30, 2018. We believe our current office and laboratory space is sufficient to meet our needs until the expiration of our lease.

Legal Proceedings

As of the date of this prospectus, we were not party to any material legal matters or claims. In the future, we may become party to legal matters and claims arising in the ordinary course of business, the resolution of which we do not anticipate would have a material adverse impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

98


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth certain information about our executive officers and directors, including their ages as of June 30, 2015.

 

Name

   Age     

Position(s)

Executive Officers:

     

Ted W. Love, M.D.

     56       President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Eleanor L. Ramos, M.D.

     59       Chief Medical Officer

Jung Choi

     45       Chief Business and Strategy Officer

Peter Radovich

     37       Vice President, Program Leadership and Business Strategy

John Schembri

     53       Vice President, Finance and Administration

Hing Sham

     63       Senior Vice President, Chemistry

Directors:

     

Willie L. Brown, Jr.

     81       Director

Charles Homcy, M.D.

     66       Director

Deval L. Patrick

     58       Director

Mark L. Perry

     59       Director

Kevin P. Starr

     52       Director

 

(1) Member of the Audit Committee.
(2) Member of the Compensation Committee.
(3) Member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.

The following paragraphs provide information as of the date of this prospectus about our executive officers and directors. The information presented includes information about each of our directors’ specific experience, qualifications, attributes and skills that led our board of directors to the conclusion that he should serve as a director.

Ted W. Love, M.D. Dr. Love has served as our Chief Executive Officer and President since June 2014, and as a member of our board of directors since September 2013. From February 2010 to August 2012, Dr. Love served as executive vice president, research and development and technical operations of Onyx Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Prior to that, from 2001 to January 2009, he served as president, chief executive officer and chairman of Nuvelo, Inc., and previously served as senior vice president, development of Theravance, Inc., from 1998 to 2001. Previously, he spent six years at Genentech, Inc., where he held a number of senior management positions in medical affairs and product development and served as chairman of Genentech’s Product Development Committee. Dr. Love currently serves on the board of directors of Amicus Therapeutics, Inc., Oncothyreon Inc. and KaloBios Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Dr. Love holds a B.A. from Haverford College and an M.D. from Yale Medical School. He completed a residency in internal medicine and fellowship in cardiology at the Massachusetts General Hospital. Dr. Love’s qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his role as our principal executive officer and more than 20 years of broad leadership and management experience in the pharmaceutical industry.

Eleanor L. Ramos, M.D. Dr. Ramos has served as our Chief Medical Officer since May 2014. Prior to joining us, since September 2011, she served as chief medical officer of Theraclone Sciences, Inc., where she led the development of monoclonal antibody therapies for viral diseases. From May 2009 to June 2011, Dr. Ramos served as the senior vice president and chief medical officer at ZymoGenetics Inc. (acquired by Bristol-Myers Squibb Company in 2010), where she was responsible for the oversight of the company’s clinical portfolio in the therapeutic areas of inflammation, oncology, viral hepatitis and hemostasis. Earlier in her career, she also led significant clinical research and development initiatives while at Bristol-Myers Squibb and Roche Global Development in the area of solid organ transplantation, and leading the Clinical Trials Group at the Immune

 

99


Table of Contents

Tolerance Network while at the University of California, San Francisco. Previously, Dr. Ramos held faculty appointments at Harvard Medical School, the University of Florida, Yale University and the University of California, San Francisco. Dr. Ramos holds an M.D. from Tufts University School of Medicine and completed her training in transplant nephrology at the Brigham and Women’s Hospital.

Jung E. Choi . Ms. Choi has served as our Chief Business and Strategy Officer since April 2015. From April 2014 to March 2015, Ms. Choi served as senior vice president, corporate development for InterMune, Inc. (acquired by Roche Holding AG in 2014), and served as an advisor on strategy and business development to InterMune from March 2013 to April 2014. Prior to joining InterMune, from February 2011 to March 2013, Ms. Choi led corporate and business development for Chimerix, Inc. as a consultant and senior vice president, corporate development. Prior to that, from August 2001 to August 2010, Ms. Choi held various management positions at Gilead Sciences, Inc., including leadership of business development, licensing, and mergers and acquisition activities. During her tenure at Gilead Sciences, Ms. Choi built and oversaw the corporate development group, and led the U.S. commercial launch of Hepsera ® for the treatment of the hepatitis B virus. Ms. Choi holds a B.A. in human biology and an M.B.A. from Stanford University.

Peter Radovich . Mr. Radovich has served as our Vice President, Program Leadership and Business Strategy since November 2014. Prior to that, in September 2006, he joined Onyx Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (acquired by Amgen, Inc.) and served as vice president, program leadership from February 2014 to November 2014 and as senior director from August 2011 to February 2014, during which time he led the company’s global, cross-functional product team responsible for the development and commercialization of Kyprolis ® . Prior to joining Onyx, from 2004 to 2006, Mr. Radovich was at Chiron Corporation (now Novartis AG) in product marketing supporting Proleukin ® (interleukin-2) in multiple oncology indications. Mr. Radovich holds a B.A. in biology and chemistry from Texas Christian University and an M.B.A. from Washington University in St. Louis.

John Schembri . Mr. Schembri has served as our Vice President, Finance and Administration since January 2014. Prior to joining us, since June 2011, Mr. Schembri served as vice president and chief financial officer at StemPar Sciences, Inc. From July 2009 to May 2011, he was a consulting chief financial officer to early-stage companies. Prior to that, Mr. Schembri served as chief financial officer of BiPar Sciences, Inc., from January 2007 until it was acquired by sanofi-aventis S.A. in 2009. Prior to joining BiPar Sciences, Mr. Schembri led the finance team at Sirna Therapeutics, Inc., from January 2006 until it was acquired by Merck & Co., Inc. in December 2006. He also served a key role in the $2 billion sale and integration of COR Therapeutics Inc. to Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. in 2001. Mr. Schembri holds a B.S. in business administration from California State Polytechnic University, San Luis Obispo.

Hing Sham, Ph.D. Dr. Sham has served as our Senior Vice President, Chemistry since July 2014. Most recently, from January 2013 to July 2014, Dr. Sham served as head of research and development at iOneWorldHealth/Path.org (PATH), a non-profit pharmaceutical development organization. Prior to that, from September 2006 to November 2012, he served as senior vice president of research and head of chemical sciences at Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc., where he led the chemistry team in the discovery of two clinical candidates for the treatment of Alzheimer’s disease. From July 1983 to August 2006, Dr. Sham worked at Abbott Laboratories Inc., where he and his team discovered and advanced 10 clinical candidates spanning cardiovascular disease, HIV, oncology and diabetes. His 24-year tenure at Abbott Laboratories culminated in his appointment as a distinguished research fellow in global pharmaceutical discovery. Dr. Sham is the co-inventor of Norvir ® and the primary inventor of Kaletra ® , Abbott Laboratories’ first and second-generation HIV protease inhibitors approved for the treatment of HIV. Dr. Sham has published more than 180 scientific articles in peer-reviewed journals and is a named inventor on 81 issued U.S. patents. Dr. Sham was named Hero of Chemistry by the American Chemical Society in 2003. Dr. Sham holds a Ph.D. in synthetic organic chemistry from the University of Hawaii and completed his post-doctoral training in the department of chemistry at Indiana University.

 

100


Table of Contents

Willie L. Brown, Jr . Mr. Brown has served as a member of our board of directors since January 2015. Since January 2004, Mr. Brown has served as an attorney at law representing clients before state and local governments. Prior to that, from January 1996 to January 2004, Mr. Brown served as the 41 st mayor of San Francisco. Mr. Brown is a practicing attorney, community leader and well-respected public official who served over 31 years in the California State Assembly, spending more than 14 years as its Speaker, from 1980 to 1995. He currently serves as chairman and chief executive officer of The Willie L. Brown, Jr. Institute on Politics and Public Service, an independent, non-profit organization providing a forum for non-partisan education, debate and discussion of public policy issues. Mr. Brown holds a degree in political science from San Francisco State University and a J.D. from University of California, Hastings College of the Law. He has received over 17 honorary degrees from prestigious institutions throughout his life. Mr. Brown’s qualifications to serve on our board of directors include more than 50 years of political, business and non-profit experience.

Charles Homcy, M.D. Dr. Homcy has served as a member of our board of directors since February 2011. In 2010, Dr. Homcy joined Third Rock Ventures, a venture capital firm, as a venture partner. He served as president and chief executive officer of Portola Pharmaceuticals, Inc. since co-founding the company in 2003 until 2010. Prior to that, Dr. Homcy served as the president of research and development at Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc., following its acquisition of COR Therapeutics Inc. in 2002. He joined COR in 1995 as executive vice president of research and development, and he served as a director of the company from 1998 to 2002. Dr. Homcy has been a clinical professor of medicine at the University of California, San Francisco Medical School, and attending physician at the San Francisco Veterans Affairs Hospital since 1997. He was previously president of the medical research division of American Cyanamid-Lederle Laboratories, a division of Wyeth-Ayest Laboratories. He currently serves as co-chairman of the board of directors of Portola and on the board of directors of Geron Corporation, Cephalon, Inc., MyoKardia, Inc. and TOPICA Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Dr. Homcy holds a B.A. and an M.D. from Johns Hopkins University. Dr. Homcy’s qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his significant experience building and leading successful biotechnology companies and his scientific expertise.

Deval. L. Patrick . Mr. Patrick has served as a member of our board of directors since April 2015. In April 2015, Mr. Patrick joined Bain Capital, LLC, where he serves as managing director. From January 2007 to January 2015, Mr. Patrick served as the governor of Massachusetts. Prior to his tenure in government, from 2000 to 2004, Mr. Patrick served as the executive vice president and general counsel at The Coca-Cola Company. Prior to that, he served as general counsel at ChevronTexaco Corp. (previously Texaco Inc.), from 1998 to 1999. Mr. Patrick received an A.B. in English and American Literature from Harvard College and a J.D. from Harvard Law School. Mr. Patrick’s qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his significant experience as a business and government leader with a record of success in solving complex problems, making strategic investments, managing crises and building teams locally, nationally and internationally.

Mark L. Perry . Mr. Perry has served as a member of our board of directors since April 2015. From October 2012 to October 2013, Mr. Perry served as an entrepreneur-in-residence at Third Rock Ventures. Since August 2011, he has served on various boards of companies and non-profit organizations. In October 2004, Mr. Perry joined Aerovance, Inc. as a director, and he served as president and chief executive officer of Aerovance from February 2007 to October 2011. Prior to that, Mr. Perry served as the senior business advisor of Gilead Sciences, Inc. from April 2004 to February 2007 and as an executive officer from May 1994 to April 2004, during which time he served in a variety of capacities, including general counsel, chief financial officer and executive vice president of operations. Earlier in his career, from 1981 to 1994, Mr. Perry served as an attorney at Cooley LLP, and was a partner of the firm from 1987 to 1994. Mr. Perry currently serves on the board of directors of Nvidia Corporation and MyoKardia, Inc. Mr. Perry received a B.A. in history from the University of California, Berkeley and a J.D. from the University of California, Davis. Mr. Perry’s qualifications to serve on our board of directors include more than 30 years of experience serving in professional and management positions in the biotechnology industry.

 

101


Table of Contents

Kevin P. Starr . Mr. Starr has served as a member of our board of directors since May 2012. In April 2007, Mr. Starr co-founded Third Rock Ventures, where he remains a partner. From January 2003 to March 2007, Mr. Starr undertook a number of entrepreneurial endeavors in the life science and entertainment industries. From December 2001 to December 2002, Mr. Starr served as chief operating officer of Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. He also served as Millennium’s chief financial officer from December 1998 to December 2002. Mr. Starr currently serves on the board of directors of Sage Therapeutics, Inc., Agios Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc., PanOptica, Inc., MyoKardia, Inc., Afferent Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and Zafgen, Inc. Mr. Starr received an M.S. in corporate finance from Boston College and a B.S./B.A. in mathematics and business from Colby College. Mr. Starr’s qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his executive management roles with responsibility over key financial and business planning functions and experience in the formation, development and business strategy of multiple start-up companies in the life sciences sector.

Composition of our Board of Directors

As of June 30, 2015, our board of directors consisted of six members, each of whom are members pursuant to the board composition provisions of our certificate of incorporation and our stockholders agreement, which agreement is described under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” in this prospectus. These board composition provisions will terminate upon the completion of this offering. Upon the termination of these provisions, there will be no further contractual obligations regarding the election of our directors. Effective upon the completion of this offering, we intend to form a nominating and corporate governance committee. Our nominating and corporate governance committee and our board of directors may consider a broad range of factors relating to the qualifications and background of director nominees, which may include diversity, which is not only limited to race, gender or national origin, although we currently have no formal policy regarding board diversity. Our nominating and corporate governance committee’s and our board of directors’ priority in selecting board members is identification of persons who will further the interests of our stockholders through his or her established record of professional accomplishment, the ability to contribute positively to the collaborative culture among board members, knowledge of our business, understanding of the competitive landscape and professional and personal experiences and expertise relevant to our growth strategy. Our directors hold office until their successors have been elected and qualified or until the earlier of their resignation or removal. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the completion of this offering also provide that our directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the votes that all our stockholders would be entitled to cast in an annual election of directors, and that any vacancy on our board of directors, including a vacancy resulting from an enlargement of our board of directors, may be filled only by vote of a majority of our directors then in office.

Director Independence . Our board of directors has determined that                      are independent directors, including for purposes of the rules of NASDAQ Stock Market and relevant federal securities laws and regulations. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Staggered Board . In accordance with the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes, Class I, Class II and Class III, with each class serving staggered three-year terms. Upon the expiration of the term of a class of directors, directors in that class will be eligible to be elected for a new three-year term at the annual meeting of stockholders in the year in which their term expires.

 

    Our Class I directors will be                     ,                      and                     ;

 

    Our Class II directors will be                      and                      ; and

 

    Our Class III directors will be                      and                     .

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the completion of this offering provide that the number of directors may be changed only by resolution of our board of directors.

 

102


Table of Contents

The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent stockholder efforts to effect a change of our management or a change in control.

Committees of our Board of Directors

Our board of directors plans on establishing an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, each of which will operate pursuant to a charter to be adopted by our board of directors and will be effective upon completion of the offering. Following the completion of this offering, copies of each committee’s charter will be posted on the Corporate Governance section of our website, at www.globalbloodtx.com . The inclusion of our website address in this prospectus does not incorporate by reference the information on or accessible through our website into this prospectus.

Audit Committee.  Effective upon completion of this offering,                 ,                  and                  will serve on the audit committee, which will be chaired by                 . Our board of directors has determined that                 ,                  and                  are “independent” for audit committee purposes as that term is defined in the rules of the SEC and the applicable NASDAQ Stock Market rules, and has sufficient knowledge in financial and auditing matters to serve on the audit committee. Our board of directors has designated                  as an “audit committee financial expert,” as defined under the applicable rules of the SEC. Our board has determined that while                  satisfy the independence requirements under applicable NASDAQ Stock Market rules, they do not satisfy the independence requirements of the SEC applicable to members of audit committees. The transition rules of the SEC provide that two members of the audit committee may be exempt from these more stringent independence requirements for 90 days after the effectiveness of this registration statement, and one member may be exempt for one year after the effectiveness of this registration statement. Our board of directors intends to cause our audit committee to comply with the transition rules within the applicable time periods. The audit committee’s responsibilities include:

 

    appointing, approving the compensation of, and assessing the independence of our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

    pre-approving auditing and permissible non-audit services, and the terms of such services, to be provided by our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

    reviewing the overall audit plan with our independent registered public accounting firm and members of management responsible for preparing our financial statements;

 

    reviewing and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures as well as critical accounting policies and practices used by us;

 

    coordinating the oversight and reviewing the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting;

 

    establishing policies and procedures for the receipt and retention of accounting-related complaints and concerns;

 

    recommending based upon the audit committee’s review and discussions with management and our independent registered public accounting firm whether our audited financial statements shall be included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K;

 

    monitoring the integrity of our financial statements and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements as they relate to our financial statements and accounting matters;

 

    preparing the audit committee report required by SEC rules to be included in our annual proxy statement;

 

    reviewing all related person transactions for potential conflict of interest situations and approving all such transactions; and

 

    reviewing quarterly earnings releases and scripts.

 

103


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee.  Effective upon completion of this offering,                 ,                  and                  will serve on the compensation committee, which will be chaired by                 . Our board of directors has determined that each member of the compensation committee is “independent” as defined in the applicable NASDAQ Stock Market rules. The compensation committee’s responsibilities include:

 

    annually reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer;

 

    evaluating the performance of our Chief Executive Officer in light of such corporate goals and objectives and determining the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer;

 

    reviewing and approving the compensation of our other executive officers;

 

    reviewing and establishing our overall management compensation, philosophy and policy;

 

    overseeing and administering our compensation and similar plans;

 

    evaluating and assessing potential and current compensation advisors in accordance with the independence standards identified in the applicable NASDAQ Stock Market rules;

 

    retaining and approving the compensation of any compensation advisors;

 

    reviewing and approving our policies and procedures for the grant of equity-based awards;

 

    reviewing and making recommendations to the board of directors with respect to director compensation;

 

    reviewing and discussing with management the compensation discussion and analysis to be included in our annual proxy statement or Annual Report on Form 10-K; and

 

    reviewing and discussing with the board of directors the corporate succession plans for the Chief Executive Officer and other key officers.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.  Effective upon completion of this offering,                 ,                  and                  will serve on the nominating and corporate governance committee, which will be chaired by                 . Our board of directors has determined that each member of the nominating and corporate governance committee is “independent” as defined in the applicable NASDAQ Stock Market rules. The nominating and corporate governance committee’s responsibilities include:

 

    developing and recommending to the board of directors criteria for board and committee membership;

 

    establishing procedures for identifying and evaluating board of director candidates, including nominees recommended by stockholders;

 

    reviewing the size and composition of the board of directors to ensure that it is composed of members containing the appropriate skills and expertise to advise us;

 

    identifying individuals qualified to become members of the board of directors;

 

    recommending to the board of directors the persons to be nominated for election as directors and to each of the board’s committees;

 

    developing and recommending to the board of directors a code of business conduct and ethics and a set of corporate governance guidelines;

 

    developing a mechanism by which violations of the code of business conduct and ethics can be reported in a confidential manner; and

 

    overseeing the evaluation of the board of directors and management.

Our board of directors may from time to time establish other committees.

 

104


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the members of our compensation committee has at any time during the prior three years been one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past fiscal year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

Corporate Governance

We plan to adopt a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors, including those officers responsible for financial reporting, which will be effective upon completion of this offering. Upon the completion of this offering, our code of business conduct and ethics will be available on our website at www.globalbloodtx.com . The inclusion of our website address in this prospectus does not incorporate by reference the information on or accessible through our website into this prospectus. We intend to disclose any substantive amendments to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, on our website or in a Current Report on Form 8-K.

Board Leadership Structure and Board’s Role in Risk Oversight

We do not currently have a chairman of the board, but we plan to appoint a lead independent director upon the completion of this offering. We believe that the appointment of a lead independent director allows our Chief Executive Officer to focus on our day-to-day business, while allowing the lead independent director to lead the board of directors in its fundamental role of providing advice to and independent oversight of management. Our board of directors recognizes the time, effort and energy that the Chief Executive Officer is required to devote to his position in the current business environment, as well as the commitment required to serve as our lead independent director, particularly as the board of directors’ oversight responsibilities continue to grow. While our amended and restated bylaws and corporate governance guidelines do not require that we appoint a separate chairman and Chief Executive Officer, our board of directors believes that having separate positions is the appropriate leadership structure for us at this time and demonstrates our commitment to good corporate governance.

Risk is inherent with every business, and how well a business manages risk can ultimately determine its success. We face a number of risks, including risks relating to our operations, strategic direction and intellectual property as more fully discussed under “Risk Factors” in this prospectus. Management is responsible for the day-to-day management of risks we face, while our board of directors, as a whole and through its committees, has responsibility for the oversight of risk management. In its risk oversight role, our board of directors has the responsibility to satisfy itself that the risk management processes designed and implemented by management are adequate and functioning as designed.

The role of the board of directors in overseeing the management of our risks is conducted primarily through committees of the board of directors, as disclosed in the descriptions of each of the committees above and in the charters of each of the committees. The full board of directors (or the appropriate board committee in the case of risks that are under the purview of a particular committee) discusses with management our major risk exposures, their potential impact on us, and the steps we take to manage them. When a board committee is responsible for evaluating and overseeing the management of a particular risk or risks, the chairman of the relevant committee reports on the discussion to the full board of directors during the committee reports portion of the next board meeting. This enables the board of directors and its committees to coordinate the risk oversight role, particularly with respect to risk interrelationships.

 

105


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

Summary Compensation Table

The following table presents information regarding the total compensation earned by each individual who served as our chief executive officer, or CEO, at any time during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 and our two other most highly compensated executive officers who were serving as executive officers as of December 31, 2014. We refer to these officers as our named executive officers.

 

Name and Principal Position

   Year      Salary
($)
    Bonus
($)
    Stock
Awards  (1)
($)
     Option
Awards  (1)
($)
     Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)  (2)
     All Other
Compensation
($)  (3)
    Total
($)
 

Ted W. Love, M.D. (4)

     2014         255,673 (4)       20,000 (5)       350,000         —           56,500         2,207        684,380   

President and CEO

                    

Mark A. Goldsmith, M.D., Ph.D.  (6)

     2014         —          —          —           —           —           —   (6)       —     

Former President and CEO

                    

Uma Sinha, Ph.D. (7)

     2014         321,547          21,000         —           57,500         3,201        403,248   

Former Chief Scientific Officer

                    

Eleanor L. Ramos, M.D. (8)

     2014         224,135        25,000 (9)       —           49,723         47,500         11,653        358,011   

Chief Medical Officer

                    

 

(1) In accordance with SEC rules, these columns reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of the option awards and stock awards granted during 2014 computed in accordance with Financial Accounting Standard Board ASC Topic 718 for stock-based compensation transactions, or ASC 718. Assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts are included in Note 7 to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. These amounts do not reflect the actual economic value that will be realized by the named executive officer upon the vesting of stock options, the exercise of stock options, the lapse of our repurchase option on shares of restricted stock or the sale of shares of our common stock.
(2) The amounts reported reflect the discretionary cash bonus determined by our board of directors based on the achievement of certain performance goals and metrics as specified by our board of directors.
(3) The amounts reported in this column include contributions by us in connection with (i) group term life insurance, (ii) long term disability, (iii) 401(k) plan benefits and (iv) relocation benefits.
(4) Dr. Love was appointed as our President and CEO in June 2014. The amounts reported under the caption “Salary” include fees in the amount of $17,292 paid in cash during 2014 for Dr. Love’s service as a non-employee director prior to his appointment as our President and CEO.
(5) This amount reflects a one-time bonus in recognition of Dr. Love’s individual performance during 2014.
(6) Dr. Goldsmith served as our President and CEO from May 2012 to June 2014. Dr. Goldsmith did not receive any cash compensation from the Company for his services in this capacity, as his consulting services were provided to the Company through Third Rock Ventures LLC, or TRV. As described below under “Narrative to Summary Compensation Table—Consulting Arrangement for Services of Named Executive Officer” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions,” we incurred management fees totaling $332,000 during 2014 for the services TRV provides, which include, among other things, the services of Dr. Goldsmith and Dr. Homcy, one of our directors, as well as other personnel who are not required to be included in the table above. Of the total fees we incurred with TRV in 2014, $216,800 related to the services provided by Dr. Goldsmith.
(7) Dr. Sinha was appointed as our Chief Scientific Officer in July 2014. Prior to that, she served as our Senior Vice President, Research from January 2013. Dr. Sinha’s employment with us ended in June 2015.
(8) Dr. Ramos was appointed as our Chief Medical Officer in May 2014.
(9) This amount reflects a one-time signing bonus of $25,000 in connection with Dr. Ramos’s appointment as our Chief Medical Officer.

Narrative to Summary Compensation Table

Employment Arrangements with Our Named Executive Officers

We have entered into an employment agreement or letter agreement with each of our named executive officers in connection with their employment with us, with the exception of our former President and CEO, Dr. Goldsmith, as described below under “Consulting Arrangement for Services of Named Executive Officer.” Except as noted below, these employment agreements and offer letters provide for “at will” employment.

 

106


Table of Contents

Ted W. Love, M.D.

We entered into an employment offer letter agreement with Dr. Love in May 2014, pursuant to which he began serving as our President and CEO in June 2014. The letter agreement entitles Dr. Love to an initial annual base salary of $425,000, subject to adjustment pursuant to our employee compensation policies in effect from time to time. Pursuant to the terms of his letter agreement, Dr. Love is considered annually for a bonus target of up to 35% of his annual base salary, as determined by our board of directors based on a combination of our achievement of certain performance goals and Dr. Love’s achievement of individual goals. In connection with his appointment as President and CEO, we issued Dr. Love 2,500,000 shares of our common stock pursuant to a restricted stock award agreement dated June 11, 2014.

Pursuant to his employment offer letter agreement, in the event that we terminate Dr. Love’s employment without cause, we will provide certain termination benefits, including (i) continuation of base salary for a period of nine months after the effective date of termination and (ii) continuation of group health plan benefits to the extent authorized by and consistent with COBRA, with the cost of the regular premium for such benefits shared in the same relative proportion by us and Dr. Love as in effect on the effective date of termination until the earlier of (x) the date that is nine months after the effective date of termination and (y) the date Dr. Love becomes eligible for health benefits through another employer or otherwise becomes ineligible for COBRA, in each case, subject to Dr. Love’s execution and non-revocation of a separation agreement and release, resignation from all positions with us and compliance with our instructions regarding Company property.

Under Dr. Love’s letter agreement, the term “cause” is generally defined as follows: (i) dishonest statements or acts with respect to us or any of our affiliates, or any current or prospective customers, suppliers vendors or other third parties with which such entity does business; (ii) commission of (A) a felony or (B) any misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, deceit, dishonesty or fraud; (iii) failure to perform assigned duties and responsibilities to our reasonable satisfaction, which failure continues, in our reasonable judgment, after written notice by us; (iv) gross negligence, willful misconduct or insubordination with respect to us or any of our affiliates; or (v) material violation of any provision of any agreement(s) between Dr. Love and us relating to noncompetition, nonsolicitation, nondisclosure and/or assignment of inventions.

Prior to Dr. Love’s appointment as our President and CEO in June 2014, he served as a member of our board of directors beginning in September 2013 and continues to serve on our board of directors. Dr. Love’s compensation as a director for the period in 2014 prior to his appointment as our President and CEO is described below under “Director Compensation.”

Uma Sinha, Ph.D.

We entered into an employment offer letter agreement with Dr. Sinha in November 2012, pursuant to which she served as Senior Vice President, Research from January 2013 through July 2014. She was appointed as our Chief Scientific Officer in July 2014. In connection with the commencement of Dr. Sinha’s employment in 2012, we paid her a signing bonus of $100,000. The letter agreement entitles Dr. Sinha to an initial annual base salary of $300,000, subject to adjustment pursuant to our employee compensation policies in effect from time to time, which was later increased by our board of directors to $335,000 per year in connection with Dr. Sinha’s promotion to Chief Scientific Officer. Pursuant to the terms of her agreement, Dr. Sinha was issued an option to purchase 300,000 shares of our common stock on March 14, 2013. In connection with her promotion to the position of Chief Scientific Officer, we issued Dr. Sinha 150,000 shares of our common stock pursuant to a restricted stock award agreement dated September 10, 2014. Dr. Sinha’s employment with us ended in June 2015.

Eleanor L. Ramos, M.D.

We entered into an employment offer letter agreement with Dr. Ramos, pursuant to which she assumed the role of Chief Medical Officer in May 2014. The agreement entitles Dr. Ramos to an initial annual base salary of $350,000, subject to adjustment pursuant to our employee compensation policies in effect from time to time. Pursuant to the terms of her agreement, Dr. Ramos is considered annually for a bonus target of 25% of her annual

 

107


Table of Contents

base salary, as determined by the board of directors based on a combination of our achievement of certain performance goals and Dr. Ramos’ achievement of individual performance goals. Pursuant to the terms of her agreement, Dr. Ramos was issued an option to purchase 500,000 shares of our common stock on June 11, 2014 pursuant to an incentive stock option agreement. In connection with commencement of her employment, we granted Dr. Ramos a signing bonus of $25,000 and a relocation assistance payment of $10,000.

Employee Confidentiality and Assignment Agreements

Each of our named executive officers has entered into a standard form agreement with respect to confidential information and assignment of inventions. Among other things, this agreement obligates each named executive officer to refrain from disclosing any of our proprietary information received during the course of employment and to assign to us any inventions conceived or developed during the course of employment.

Consulting Arrangement for Services of Named Executive Officer

Since our inception in 2011, we have received consulting and management services from TRV pursuant to an unwritten agreement with TRV, or the TRV Agreement. Dr. Goldsmith, our former President and CEO, provided consulting services to us through TRV pursuant to the TRV Agreement. Of the $332,000 in total fees we incurred with TRV in 2014, $216,800 related to the services provided by Dr. Goldsmith. In connection with his role as our President and CEO, we issued Dr. Goldsmith 300,000 shares of our common stock pursuant to a restricted stock purchase agreement dated May 7, 2012. There are no other agreements or arrangements between us and Dr. Goldsmith with respect to his services as our former President and CEO.

See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” for additional information regarding our relationship with TRV and the TRV Agreement.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End

The following table presents the outstanding equity awards held by each of our named executive officers as of December 31, 2014:

 

     Option Awards      Stock Awards  

Name

   Number of
Securities

underlying
Unexercised

Options
Exercisable
(#)
    Number of
Securities

underlying
Unexercised

Options
Unexercisable
(#)
    Option
Exercise
Price
($)
     Option
Expiration
Date
     Number of
Shares that
Have Not
Vested (#)
    Market
Value of
Shares that
Have Not
Vested
($)  (1)
 

Ted W. Love, M.D.

     —          —          N/A         N/A         51,562 (2)       23,719   
     —          —          N/A         N/A         2,500,000 (3)       1,150,000   

Mark A. Goldsmith, M.D., Ph.D.

     —          —          N/A         N/A         —   (4)       —     

Uma Sinha, Ph.D.

     56,250 (5)       168,750 (5)     $ 0.09         3/14/2023         —          —     
     —          —          N/A         N/A         140,625 (6)       64,688   

Eleanor L. Ramos, M.D.

     —   (7)       500,000 (7)     $ 0.14         6/10/2024         —          —     

 

(1) There was no public market for our common stock as of December 31, 2014. The fair value of our common stock as of December 31, 2014 was $0.46 per share.
(2) In connection with his service as a director prior to his appointment as our President and CEO, Dr. Love was issued 75,000 shares of common stock under a restricted stock purchase agreement dated December 9, 2013, pursuant to which all of the shares were initially subject to our repurchase option, which lapsed with respect to 18,750 of the shares on September 4, 2014, and which lapses with respect to the remaining 56,250 shares in equal quarterly installments over the following three years through September 4, 2017.
(3)

In connection with his service as our President and CEO, Dr. Love was issued 2,500,000 shares of common stock under a restricted stock purchase agreement dated June 26, 2014, pursuant to which all of the shares

 

108


Table of Contents
  are initially subject to our repurchase option, which lapses with respect to 625,000 of the shares on June 9, 2015, and which lapses with respect to the remaining 1,875,000 shares in equal quarterly installments over the following three years through June 9, 2018.
(4) In September 2014, in connection with Dr. Goldsmith’s resignation from our board of directors, the vesting of all of his shares of common stock, which were subject to our repurchase option, was accelerated such that all shares were vested in full as of December 31, 2014.
(5) Represents shares underlying an option to purchase an aggregate of 300,000 shares of our common stock granted to Dr. Sinha in March 2013. 75,000 of the shares underlying the option vested on January 3, 2014, and the remaining 225,000 shares vest in equal quarterly installments over the following three years through January 3, 2017. On January 22, 2014, Dr. Sinha exercised the option with respect to 75,000 vested shares.
(6) Dr. Sinha was issued 150,000 shares of common stock under a restricted stock purchase agreement dated October 6, 2014, pursuant to which all of the shares were initially subject to our repurchase option, which lapses in 16 equal quarterly installments over a period of four years from July 1, 2014.
(7) Represents shares underlying an option to purchase an aggregate of 500,000 shares of our common stock granted to Dr. Ramos in June 2014. 125,000 of the shares underlying the option will vest on May 12, 2015, and the remaining 375,000 shares vest in equal quarterly installments over the following three years through May 12, 2018.

Director Compensation

The following table provides certain information concerning compensation earned by the directors who were not named executive officers during the year ended December 31, 2014. Compensation earned during 2014 by Dr. Love for his service as a director prior to his appointment as our President and CEO is reported above in the “Summary Compensation Table.”

 

Name

   Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash ($)
     All Other
Compensation ($)
    Total
($)
 

Charles Homcy, M.D. (1)

     —           —   (1)       —     

Kevin P. Starr

     —           —          —     

 

(1) Dr. Homcy provides consulting services to us under our consulting and management services arrangement with TRV. Of the total fees we incurred with TRV in 2014, $39,000 related to the services provided by Dr. Homcy. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” for additional information regarding our consulting relationship with TRV.

Prior to his appointment as our President and CEO in June 2014, Dr. Love served as a non-employee director from September 2013 to June 2014. During the year ended December 31, 2014, we paid Dr. Love an aggregate of $17,292 in cash for his services to us as a non-employee director, which is reported above in the “Summary Compensation Table.” After Dr. Love was appointed as our President and CEO, he did not receive any compensation from us for his services as a director. In connection with his appointment as a non-employee director, we granted Dr. Love a restricted stock award of 75,000 shares of our common stock in September 2013 pursuant to a restricted stock agreement. All of the shares were initially subject to our repurchase right, which lapsed with respect to 25% of the shares on the first anniversary of the commencement of Dr. Love’s service on our board of directors, and which lapses with respect to the remaining 75% of the shares in equal quarterly installments over the next three years.

Pursuant to our current policy on compensation of non-employee directors, each individual who joins our board of directors as a non-employee director is entitled to receive a cash retainer of $25,000 per year, payable quarterly in arrears and pro-rated for any partial year served. In addition, each non-employee director is entitled to be granted, at his or her election, an option to purchase 75,000 shares of our common stock or a restricted stock award of 75,000 shares of our common stock, subject to vesting (or the lapsing of our repurchase right, in the case of restricted stock) of 25% of the shares on the first anniversary of the commencement of the director’s

 

109


Table of Contents

service on our board of directors and of the remaining 75% of the shares in equal quarterly installments over the next three years. Upon the completion of this offering, we expect to adopt an updated non-employee director compensation policy.

Compensation Risk Assessment

We believe that although a portion of the compensation provided to our executive officers and other employees is performance-based, our executive compensation program does not encourage excessive or unnecessary risk taking. This is primarily due to the fact that our compensation programs are designed to encourage our executive officers and other employees to remain focused on both short-term and long-term strategic goals, in particular in connection with our pay-for-performance compensation philosophy. As a result, we do not believe that our compensation programs are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on our company.

Equity Compensation Plans

2012 Stock Option and Grant Plan

The 2012 Stock Option and Grant Plan, or the 2012 Plan, was approved by our board of directors and our stockholders on May 30, 2012. Under the 2012 Plan, 13,250,000 shares of common stock have been reserved for issuance in the form of incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, restricted stock, unrestricted stock or any combination of the foregoing. The shares issuable pursuant to awards granted under the 2012 Plan are authorized but unissued shares.

The 2012 Plan is administered by our board or at the discretion of the board, a committee of the board comprised of not less than two (2) directors, which has full power to select the individuals to whom awards will be granted and to determine the specific terms and conditions of each award, subject to the provisions of the 2012 Plan. Pursuant to the 2012 Plan and subject to applicable law, the committee may, in its discretion, delegate to the CEO the power to designate non-officer employees as recipients of options and to determine the number of options to be granted to such employees; provided, however, the committee must specify the total number of options to be awarded by the CEO and shall not delegate the authority to set the exercise price or vesting terms of such options, other than as specifically authorized by the committee.

The option exercise price of each option granted under the 2012 Plan is determined by our board and may not be less than the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant. The term of each option is fixed by the board and may not exceed 10 years from the date of grant. The board determines at what time or times each option may be exercised when granting the option.

The 2012 Plan provides that, upon the consummation of a sale event, unless provision is made in connection with the sale event for the assumption or continuation of the awards by the successor entity or substitution of the awards with new awards of the successor entity, with appropriate adjustment, the 2012 Plan and all outstanding and unexercised options issued thereunder will terminate upon the effective time of the sale event. We may make or provide for cash payment to holders of options equal to the difference between (i) the per share cash consideration in the sale event multiplied by the number of shares subject to outstanding options being cancelled, and (ii) the aggregate exercise price to the holders of all vested and exercisable options.

Our board may amend the 2012 Plan but no such action may adversely affect the rights of an award holder without such holder’s consent. Approval by our stockholders of amendments to the 2012 Plan must be obtained if required by law.

As of June 30, 2015, options to purchase 6,422,037 shares of common stock were outstanding under the 2012 Plan. Our board has determined not to make any further awards under the 2012 Plan following the completion of this offering.

 

110


Table of Contents

2015 Stock Option and Incentive Plan

Prior to the effectiveness of this offering, our board of directors intends to adopt, and we expect our stockholders will approve, our 2015 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, or the 2015 Plan. Our 2015 Plan will be effective on the business day immediately prior to the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and is not expected to be utilized until after the completion of this offering. Our 2015 Plan will provide for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, to our employees and any of our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, performance units and performance shares to our employees, directors and consultants, and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants.

We have initially reserved             shares of our common stock, or the Initial Limit, for the issuance of awards under the 2015 Plan. The 2015 Plan provides that the number of shares reserved and available for issuance under the plan will automatically increase each January 1, beginning on January 1, 2016, by     % of the outstanding number of shares of our common stock on the immediately preceding December 31 or such lesser number of shares as determined by our compensation committee, or the Annual Increase. This number is subject to adjustment in the event of a stock split, stock dividend or other change in our capitalization.

The shares we issue under the 2015 Plan will be authorized but unissued shares or shares that we reacquire. The shares of common stock underlying any awards that are forfeited, cancelled, held back upon exercise or settlement of an award to satisfy the exercise price or tax withholding, reacquired by us prior to vesting, satisfied without any issuance of stock, expire or are otherwise terminated (other than by exercise) under the 2015 Plan and 2014 Plan will be added back to the shares of common stock available for issuance under the 2015 Plan.

Stock options and stock appreciation rights with respect to no more than             shares of stock may be granted to any one individual in any one calendar year and the maximum “performance-based award” payable to any one individual under the 2015 Plan is             shares of stock or $         in the case of cash-based awards. The maximum aggregate number of shares that may be issued in the form of incentive stock options shall not exceed the Initial Limit cumulatively increased on January 1, 2016 and on each January 1 thereafter by the lesser of the Annual Increase for such year or             shares of common stock.

The 2015 Plan will be administered by our compensation committee. Our compensation committee has full power to select, from among the individuals eligible for awards, the individuals to whom awards will be granted, to make any combination of awards to participants, and to determine the specific terms and conditions of each award, subject to the provisions of the 2015 Plan. Persons eligible to participate in the 2015 Plan will be those full or part-time officers, employees, non-employee directors and other key persons (including consultants) as selected from time to time by our compensation committee in its discretion.

The 2015 Plan permits the granting of both options to purchase common stock intended to qualify as incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code and options that do not so qualify. The option exercise price of each option will be determined by our compensation committee but may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of each option will be fixed by our compensation committee and may not exceed 10 years from the date of grant. Our compensation committee will determine at what time or times each option may be exercised.

Our compensation committee may award stock appreciation rights subject to such conditions and restrictions as we may determine. Stock appreciation rights entitle the recipient to shares of common stock, or cash, equal to the value of the appreciation in our stock price over the exercise price. The exercise price of each stock appreciation right may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant.

Our compensation committee may award shares of restricted common stock and restricted stock units to participants subject to such conditions and restrictions as it may determine. These conditions and restrictions may

 

111


Table of Contents

include the achievement of certain performance goals and continued employment with us through a specified vesting period. Our compensation committee may also grant shares of common stock that are free from any restrictions under the 2015 Plan. Unrestricted stock may be granted to participants in recognition of past services or other valid consideration and may be issued in lieu of cash compensation due to such participant.

Our compensation committee may grant performance share awards to participants that entitle the recipient to receive shares of common stock upon the achievement of certain performance goals and such other conditions as our compensation committee shall determine.

Our compensation committee may grant cash bonuses under the 2015 Plan to participants, subject to the achievement of certain performance goals.

Our compensation committee may grant awards of restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares or cash-based awards under the 2015 Plan that are intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code. Those awards would only vest or become payable upon the attainment of performance goals that are established by our compensation committee and related to one or more performance criteria. The performance criteria that would be used with respect to any such awards include: earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, net income (loss) (either before or after interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization), changes in the market price of our common stock, economic value-added, funds from operations or similar measure, sales or revenue, acquisitions or strategic transactions, operating income (loss), cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow), return on capital, assets, equity, or investment, stockholder returns, return on sales, gross or net profit levels, productivity, expense, margins, operating efficiency, customer satisfaction, working capital, earnings (loss) per share of stock, sales or market shares and number of customers, any of which may be measured either in absolute terms or as compared to any incremental increase or as compared to results of a peer group. From and after the time that we become subject to Section 162(m) of the Code, the maximum award that is intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code that may be made to any one employee during any one calendar year period is shares of common stock with respect to a stock-based award and $         with respect to a cash-based award.

The 2015 Plan provides that in the case of, and subject to, the consummation of a “sale event” as defined in the 2015 Plan, all outstanding awards may be assumed, substituted or otherwise continued by the successor entity. To the extent that the successor entity does not assume, substitute or otherwise continue such awards, then upon the effectiveness of the sale event, all stock options and stock appreciation rights will automatically terminate. In the event of such termination, individuals holding options and stock appreciation rights will be permitted to exercise such options and stock appreciation rights prior to the sale event. In addition, in connection with a sale event, we may make or provide for a cash payment to participants holding options and stock appreciation rights equal to the difference between the per share cash consideration payable to stockholders in the sale event and the exercise price of the options or stock appreciation rights.

Our board of directors may amend or discontinue the 2015 Plan and our compensation committee may amend or cancel outstanding awards for purposes of satisfying changes in law or any other lawful purpose, but no such action may adversely affect rights under an award without the holder’s consent. Certain amendments to the 2015 Plan require the approval of our stockholders.

No awards may be granted under the 2015 Plan after the date that is ten years from the date of stockholder approval. No awards under the 2015 Plan have been made prior to the date of this prospectus.

401(k) Plan and Other Benefits

We maintain a tax-qualified retirement plan, or the 401(k) Plan, that provides eligible U.S. employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax advantaged basis. Eligible employees are able to defer eligible compensation subject to applicable annual Code limits. Employees’ pre-tax or Roth contributions are allocated to

 

112


Table of Contents

each participant’s individual account and are then invested in selected investment alternatives according to the participants’ directions. Employees are immediately and fully vested in their contributions. Our 401(k) Plan is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code with our 401(k) Plan’s related trust intended to be tax exempt under Section 501(a) of the Code. As a tax-qualified retirement plan, contributions to our 401(k) Plan and earnings on those contributions are not taxable to the employees until distributed from our 401(k) Plan. We may, but are not required to, make matching contributions. We also pay, on behalf of our employees, the premiums for health, life and disability insurance.

Pension Benefits, Non-Qualified Contribution Plans and other Non-Qualified Defined Compensation Plans

We do not provide a pension plan or non-qualified defined contribution plans for any of our employees, and none of our named executive officers participated in a non-qualified defined compensation plan during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 and during the three months ended March 31, 2015.

 

113


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Other than compensation arrangements, we describe below the transactions, and series of similar transactions, since January 1, 2012, to which we were a party or will be a party, in which:

 

    the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000; and

 

    any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or any member of the immediate family of the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Prior to this offering, we did not have a formal policy concerning transactions with related persons. In connection with this offering, we plan to adopt a written policy, effective upon completion of this offering, that requires all future transactions between us and any director, executive officer, holder of 5% or more of any class of our capital stock or any member of the immediate family of, or entities affiliated with, any of them, or any other related persons (as defined in Item 404 of Regulation S-K) or their affiliates, in which the amount involved is equal to or greater than $120,000, be approved in advance by our audit committee. Any request for such a transaction must first be presented to our audit committee for review, consideration and approval. In approving or rejecting any such proposal, our audit committee is to consider the relevant facts and circumstances available and deemed relevant to the audit committee, including, but not limited to, the extent of the related party’s interest in the transaction, and whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable to us than terms we could have generally obtained from an unaffiliated third party under the same or similar circumstances.

Private Placements of Securities

Common Stock Issuances

In April 2012, we entered into a restricted stock purchase agreement with Charles Homcy, M.D., a member of our board of directors, pursuant to which we issued to Dr. Homcy an aggregate of 750,000 shares of our common stock at a price of $0.001 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $750.

In May 2012, we entered into a securities purchase agreement with Third Rock Ventures II, L.P., or TRV II, pursuant to which we issued to TRV II an aggregate of 1,990,000 shares of our common stock at a price of $0.001 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $1,990.

Series A Preferred Stock Financing

In May 2012, we entered into a securities purchase agreement with TRV II pursuant to which we issued, in a series of closings, an aggregate of 40,663,168 shares of our Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $1.00 per share. In April 2014, we entered into a joinder agreement and an amendment to the securities purchase agreement, pursuant to which Third Rock Ventures III, L.P., or TRV III, was added as a purchaser under the securities purchase agreement and we increased the aggregate number of shares of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock issuable under such agreement to 50,163,168.

 

114


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the participation in the Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock financing by any of our directors, executive officers, holders of more than 5% of our voting securities, or any member of the immediate family of the foregoing persons:

 

Name

   Shares of Series A
Preferred
     Aggregate
Purchase Price Paid
    Date Purchased  

Third Rock Ventures II, L.P.

     13,663,168       $ 13,663,168 (1)       5/31/2012   

Third Rock Ventures II, L.P.

     5,000,000       $ 5,000,000        2/28/2013   

Third Rock Ventures II, L.P.

     5,000,000       $ 5,000,000        7/12/2013   

Third Rock Ventures II, L.P.

     5,000,000       $ 5,000,000        10/31/2013   

Third Rock Ventures II, L.P.

     5,000,000       $ 5,000,000        1/31/2014   

Third Rock Ventures II, L.P.

     5,000,000       $ 5,000,000        4/29/2014   

Third Rock Ventures III, L.P.

     5,000,000       $ 5,000,000        4/29/2014   

Third Rock Ventures II, L.P.

     3,000,000       $ 3,000,000        10/1/2014   

Third Rock Ventures III, L.P.

     3,000,000       $ 3,000,000        10/1/2014   

 

(1) Includes 3,663,168 shares of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock issued at a price of $1.00 per share upon the conversion of principal and accrued interest under convertible promissory notes previously issued by us to TRV II.

Series B Preferred Stock Financing

In December 2014, we entered into a securities purchase agreement with various investors, pursuant to which we agreed to issue, in a single closing, an aggregate of 19,200,000 shares of our Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock at a price of $2.50 per share.

The following table summarizes the participation in the Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock financing by any of our directors, executive officers, holders of more than 5% of our voting securities, or any member of the immediate family of the foregoing persons:

 

Name

   Shares of Series B
Preferred
     Aggregate
Purchase Price Paid
     Date Purchased  

Fidelity Select Portfolios: Biotechnology Portfolio

     8,985,915       $ 22,464,787.50         12/22/2014   

Fidelity Advisors Series VII: Fidelity Advisor Biotechnology Fund

     1,814,085       $ 4,535,212.50         12/22/2014   

Agreements with Stockholders

In connection with the Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock financing, we entered into the Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of December 22, 2014, with certain of our stockholders, including our principal stockholders and their affiliates and the Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, dated as of December 22, 2014, with certain of our stockholders, including our principal stockholders and their affiliates. All of the material provisions of these agreements will terminate immediately prior to the completion of this offering, other than the provisions relating to registration rights, which will continue in effect following the completion of this offering and entitle the holders of such rights to have us register their shares of our common stock for sale in the United States. See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

Since our inception in 2011, we have received consulting and management services from TRV, pursuant to the TRV Agreement, which through its affiliates, has a controlling interest in us. During the year ended December 31, 2014 and the six months ended June 30, 2015, we incurred expenses from TRV of an aggregate of $332,000 and $65,000, respectively, for these services, which included, among other things, the services of Drs. Goldsmith and Homcy, as well as other personnel who are not required to be included in the disclosure herein.

 

115


Table of Contents

We have incurred expenses from TRV of an aggregate of $1,860,000 for these services from our inception through June 30, 2015 pursuant to the TRV Agreement. As described above under “Executive and Director Compensation,” our former President and CEO provided us with consulting services pursuant to the TRV Agreement, and our director, Dr. Homcy, currently provides us with consulting services pursuant to the TRV Agreement. Dr. Homcy and Mr. Starr, another member of our board of directors, are affiliated with TRV. Drs. Goldsmith and Homcy did not receive any cash compensation from us, as their consulting services were provided to us through TRV.

Executive Officer and Director Compensation

See “Executive and Director Compensation” for information regarding compensation of directors and executive officers.

Employment Agreements

We have entered into offer letters or employment agreements with each of our executive officers. For more information regarding our agreements with our named executive officers for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014, see “Executive and Director Compensation—Narrative to Summary Compensation Table—Employment Arrangements with Our Named Executive Officers.”

Director Agreements

We have entered into a director letter agreement with Willie L. Brown, Jr., who was appointed as one of our directors as of January 1, 2015, pursuant to which Mr. Brown is entitled to an annual cash retainer of $25,000. In addition, Mr. Brown was issued 75,000 shares of common stock under a restricted stock purchase agreement dated February 3, 2015, pursuant to which all of the shares were initially subject to our repurchase option, which lapses with respect to 18,750 of the shares on January 1, 2016, and which lapses with respect to the remaining 56,250 shares in equal quarterly installments over the following three years through January 1, 2019, in connection with his service as a director.

We have entered into a director letter agreement with Deval L. Patrick, who was appointed as one of our directors as of April 8, 2015, pursuant to which Mr. Patrick is entitled to an annual cash retainer of $25,000. In addition, Mr. Patrick was issued an option to purchase 75,000 shares of common stock under a non-qualified stock option agreement dated April 9, 2015. All of the shares underlying the option were initially unvested and unexercisable, and will vest and become exercisable with respect to 18,750 of the shares on April 8, 2016, and with respect to the remaining 56,250 shares in equal quarterly installments over the following three years through April 8, 2019, in connection with his service as a director.

We have entered into a director letter agreement with Mark L. Perry, who was appointed as one of our directors as of April 8, 2015, pursuant to which Mr. Perry is entitled to an annual cash retainer of $25,000. In addition, Mr. Perry was issued 75,000 shares of common stock under a restricted stock purchase agreement dated April 27, 2015, pursuant to which all of the shares were initially subject to our repurchase option, which lapses with respect to 18,750 of the shares on April 8, 2016, and which lapses with respect to the remaining 56,250 shares in equal quarterly installments over the following three years through April 8, 2019, in connection with his service as a director.

Indemnification Agreements

We have entered into or plan to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers, the form of which is attached as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. The indemnification agreements and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws require us to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.

 

116


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table presents information concerning the beneficial ownership of the shares of our common stock as of June 30, 2015, by:

 

    each person we know to be the beneficial owner of 5% or more of our outstanding shares of our capital stock;

 

    each of our directors;

 

    each of our named executive officers; and

 

    all of our executive officers and directors as a group.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with SEC rules. The information does not necessarily indicate beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under these rules, a person is deemed to be a beneficial owner of our common stock if that person has a right to acquire ownership within 60 days by the exercise of options or the conversion of our redeemable convertible preferred stock. A person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of our common stock if that person has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or direct the voting of our common stock, or investment power, which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such capital stock. Except in cases where community property laws apply or as indicated in the footnotes to this table, we believe that each stockholder identified in the table possesses sole voting and investment power over all shares of common stock shown as beneficially owned by the stockholder.

Percentage of beneficial ownership in the table below is based on 82,003,544 shares of common stock deemed to be outstanding as of June 30, 2015, assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into common stock, and             shares of common stock outstanding after the completion of this offering. The table below assumes that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, we will sell an aggregate of             additional shares of common stock. Shares of common stock subject to options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2015 are considered outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding the options for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise indicated below, the address of each individual listed below is c/o Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc., 400 East Jamie Court, Suite 101, South San Francisco, CA 94080.

 

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner

  Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned before
Offering
    Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned after
Offering
  Percentage of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned before
Offering
    Percentage
of Shares
Beneficially
Owned after
Offering

5% or Greater Stockholders:

       

Entities affiliated with Third Rock Ventures (1)

    51,663,168          63.0  

Entities affiliated with Fidelity (2)

    10,800,000          13.2  

Executive Officers and Directors:

       

Ted W. Love, M.D. (3) .

    3,975,000          4.9  

Eleanor L. Ramos, M.D. (4)

    173,125          *  

Willie L. Brown, Jr. (5) .

    75,000          *  

Charles Homcy, M.D. (6)

    750,000          *  

Kevin Starr (7)

    —            *  

Mark Perry (8)

    75,000          *  

Deval Patrick (9)

    —            *  

All executive officers and directors as a group (11 persons)  (10)

    5,780,156          7.0  

 

* Represents beneficial ownership of less than one percent.

 

117


Table of Contents
(1) Consists of: (i) 2,000,000 shares of common stock held by Third Rock Ventures II, L.P. (“TRV II LP”), (ii) 41,663,168 shares of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock held by TRV II and (iii) 8,000,000 shares of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock held by Third Rock Ventures III, L.P. (“TRV III LP”). Each of Third Rock Ventures II GP, LP (“TRV II GP”), the general partner of TRV II LP, and Third Rock Ventures GP II, LLC (“TRV II LLC”), the general partner of TRV II GP, and Mark Levin, Kevin Starr and Robert Tepper, the managers of TRV II LLC, may be deemed to have voting and investment power over the shares held of record by TRV II LP, and each of Third Rock Ventures III GP, LP (“TRV III GP”), the general partner of TRV III LP, and Third Rock Ventures GP III, LLC (“TRV III LLC”), the general partner of TRV III GP, and Mark Levin, Kevin Starr and Robert Tepper, the managers of TRV III LLC, may be deemed to have voting and investment power over the shares held of record by TRV III LP. The address for each of TRV II LP and TRV III LP is 29 Newbury Street, Suite 401, Boston, MA 02116.
(2) Consists of: (i) 8,985,915 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock held by Fidelity Select Portfolios: Biotechnology Portfolio and (ii) 1,814,085 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock held by Fidelity Advisor Series VII: Fidelity Advisor Biotechnology Fund. These accounts are managed by direct or indirect subsidiaries of FMR LLC. Edward C. Johnson 3d is a Director and the Chairman of FMR LLC and Abigail P. Johnson is a Director, the Vice Chairman and the President of FMR LLC. Members of the family of Edward C. Johnson 3d, including Abigail P. Johnson, are the predominant owners, directly or through trusts, of Series B voting common shares of FMR LLC, representing 49% of the voting power of FMR LLC. The Johnson family group and all other Series B shareholders have entered into a shareholders’ voting agreement under which all Series B voting common shares will be voted in accordance with the majority vote of Series B voting common shares. Accordingly, through their ownership of voting common shares and the execution of the shareholders’ voting agreement, members of the Johnson family may be deemed, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, to form a controlling group with respect to FMR LLC. Neither FMR LLC nor Edward C. Johnson 3d nor Abigail P. Johnson has the sole power to vote or direct the voting of the shares owned directly by the various investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act (“Fidelity Funds”) advised by Fidelity Management & Research Company (“FMR Co”), a wholly owned subsidiary of FMR LLC, which power resides with the Fidelity Funds’ Boards of Trustees. Fidelity Management & Research Company carries out the voting of the shares under written guidelines established by the Fidelity Funds’ Boards of Trustees. The address for Fidelity Select Portfolios: Biotechnology Portfolio is Brown Brothers Harriman & Co., 525 Washington Blvd., Jersey City, NJ 07310, Attn: Michael Lerman, 15 th Floor, Corporate Actions, and the address for Fidelity Advisor Series VII: Fidelity Advisor Biotechnology Fund is State Street Bank & Trust, PO Box 5756, Boston, Massachusetts 02206, Attn: Bangle & Co fbo Fidelity Advisor Series VII: Fidelity Advisor Biotechnology Fund.
(3) Consists of: 3,975,000 shares of common stock, of which 2,622,188 shares are subject to our right of repurchase as of June 30, 2015, held by Dr. Love.
(4) Consists of: options to purchase 173,125 shares of common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2015, held by Dr. Ramos.
(5) Consists of: 75,000 shares of common stock, of which 75,000 shares are subject to our right of repurchase as of June 30, 2015, held by Mr. Brown.
(6) Consists of: 750,000 shares of common stock held by Dr. Homcy.
(7) Mr. Starr is affiliated with TRV II LP and TRV III LP. Each of TRV II GP, the general partner of TRV II LP, and TRV II LLC, the general partner of TRV II GP, and Mark Levin, Kevin Starr and Robert Tepper, the managers of TRV II LLC, may be deemed to have voting and investment power over the shares held of record by TRV II LP, and each of TRV III GP, the general partner of TRV III LP, and TRV III LLC, the general partner of TRV III GP, and Mark Levin, Kevin Starr and Robert Tepper, the managers of TRV III LLC, may be deemed to have voting and investment power over the shares held of record by TRV III LP. No stockholder, director, officer, manager, member or employee of TRV II GP, TRV III GP, TRV II LLC or TRV III LLC has beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of any shares held by TRV II LP or TRV III LP.
(8) Consists of 75,000 shares of common stock, all of which are subject to our right of repurchase as of June 30, 2015, held by Mr. Perry.

 

118


Table of Contents
(9) Mr. Patrick does not beneficially own any shares of common stock or hold any options to purchase shares of common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2015.
(10) Includes the number of shares beneficially owned by the named executive officers and directors listed in the above table, as well as (i) options to purchase 102,187 shares of common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2015, held by John Schembri, (ii) options to purchase 8,125 shares of common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2015, held by Peter Radovich, (iii) 32,500 shares of common stock, all of which are subject to our right of repurchase as of June 30, 2015, and options to purchase 89,219 shares of common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2015, held by Hing Sham, and (iv) 500,000 shares of common stock, all of which are subject to our right of repurchase as of June 30, 2015, held by Jung Choi.

 

119


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

Upon the completion of this offering and after giving effect to the conversion into common stock and retirement of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock, our authorized capital stock will consist of 150,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, all of which will be undesignated, and there will be              shares of common stock outstanding and no shares of preferred stock outstanding. As of June 30, 2015, we had approximately 61 record holders of our capital stock. All of our outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock will convert into shares of our common stock upon the completion of this offering. In addition, upon the completion of this offering,              options to purchase shares of our common stock will be outstanding and              shares of our common stock will be reserved for future grants under our equity incentive plans.

The following description of our capital stock and provisions of our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws are summaries of material terms and provisions and are qualified by reference to our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, copies of which have been filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. The descriptions of our common stock and preferred stock reflect amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will become effective upon the completion of this offering.

Common Stock

Upon the completion of this offering, we will be authorized to issue one class of common stock. Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share of common stock held of record for the election of directors and on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends ratably, if any, as may be declared by our board of directors out of legally available funds, subject to any preferential dividend rights of any preferred stock then outstanding. Upon our dissolution, liquidation or winding up, holders of our common stock are entitled to share ratably in our net assets legally available after the payment of all our debts and other liabilities, subject to the preferential rights of any preferred stock then outstanding. Holders of our common stock have no preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights and no sinking fund provisions are applicable to our common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future. Except as described under “Antitakeover Effects of Delaware Law and Provisions of our Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws” below, a majority vote of the holders of common stock is generally required to take action under our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws.

Preferred Stock

Upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors will be authorized, without action by the stockholders, to designate and issue up to an aggregate of 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series. Our board of directors can designate the rights, preferences and privileges of the shares of each series and any of its qualifications, limitations or restrictions. Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible future financings and acquisitions and other corporate purposes could, under certain circumstances, have the effect of restricting dividends on our common stock, diluting the voting power of our common stock, impairing the liquidation rights of our common stock, or delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company, which might harm the market price of our common stock. See also “Antitakeover Effects of Delaware Law and Provisions of our Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws—Provisions of our Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws—Undesignated preferred stock” below.

Our board of directors will make any determination to issue such shares based on its judgment as to our company’s best interests and the best interests of our stockholders. Upon the completion of this offering, we will

 

120


Table of Contents

have no shares of preferred stock outstanding and we have no current plans to issue any shares of preferred stock following completion of this offering.

Registration Rights

Upon the completion of this offering, the holders of 71,113,168 shares of our common stock, including shares issuable upon the conversion of our convertible preferred stock, or their permitted transferees, which we refer to as our registrable securities, are entitled to rights with respect to the registration of these securities under the Securities Act. These rights are provided under the terms of the investor rights agreement. The investor rights agreement includes demand registration rights, short-form registration rights and piggyback registration rights. All fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with registrations under the investor rights agreement will be borne by us, and all selling expenses, including underwriting discounts and selling commissions, will be borne by the holders of the shares being registered.

Demand Registration Rights

Upon the completion of this offering, the holders of our registrable securities are entitled to demand registration rights. Under the terms of the investor rights agreement, we will be required, upon the request of holders of at least 25% of our outstanding registrable securities, to file a registration statement with an anticipated offering amount of at least $3.0 million and use commercially reasonable efforts to effect the registration of these shares for public resale. We are required to effect up to two registrations pursuant to this provision of the investor rights agreement. A demand for registration may not be made until six months after the effective date of the registration statement for this offering.

Short Form Registration Rights

Upon the completion of this offering, the holders of our registrable securities are also entitled to short form registration rights. Pursuant to the investor rights agreement, if we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3, upon the request of holders of at least 25% of our outstanding registrable securities to sell registrable securities with an anticipated aggregate offering amount of at least $1.0 million, we will be required to use our commercially reasonable efforts to effect a registration of such shares. We are required to effect up to two registrations in any twelve month period pursuant to this provision of the investor rights agreement.

Piggyback Registration Rights

The holders of our registrable securities are entitled to piggyback registration rights. If we register any of our securities either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, the holders of our outstanding registrable securities are entitled to include their shares in the registration. Subject to certain exceptions contained in the investor rights agreement, we and the underwriters may limit the number of shares included in the underwritten offering if the underwriters determine that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten.

Indemnification

Our investor rights agreement contains customary cross-indemnification provisions, under which we are obligated to indemnify holders of registrable securities in the event of material misstatements or omissions in the registration statement attributable to us, and they are obligated to indemnify us for material misstatements or omissions attributable to them.

Expiration of Registration Rights

The registration rights granted under the investor rights agreement will terminate upon the earlier of (i) a deemed liquidation event, as defined in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation (as in effect prior to the completion of this offering) or certain other events constituting a sale of the company, (ii) at such time after

 

121


Table of Contents

our initial public offering when all registrable securities could be sold under Rule 144 of the Securities Act or a similar exemption without limitation during a three-month period without registration or (iii) the third anniversary of our initial public offering.

Antitakeover Effects of Delaware Law and Provisions of our Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws

Certain provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law and of our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the completion of this offering could have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another party from acquiring control of us. These provisions, which are summarized below, are expected to discourage certain types of coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids and, as a consequence, they might also inhibit temporary fluctuations in the market price of our common stock that often result from actual or rumored hostile takeover attempts. These provisions are also designed in part to encourage anyone seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors. These provisions might also have the effect of preventing changes in our management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders might otherwise deem to be in their best interests. However, we believe that the advantages gained by protecting our ability to negotiate with any unsolicited and potentially unfriendly acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging such proposals, including those priced above the then-current market value of our common stock, because, among other reasons, the negotiation of such proposals could improve their terms.

Delaware Takeover Statute

Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a three-year period following the time that this stockholder becomes an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. Under Section 203, a business combination between a corporation and an interested stockholder is prohibited unless it satisfies one of the following conditions:

 

    before the stockholder became interested, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

    upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers, and employee stock plans, in some instances, but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder; or

 

    at or after the time the stockholder became interested, the business combination was approved by our board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Section 203 defines a business combination to include:

 

    any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;

 

    any sale, transfer, lease, pledge, exchange, mortgage or other disposition involving the interested stockholder of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation;

 

    subject to exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;

 

    subject to exceptions, any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or

 

122


Table of Contents
    the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation.

In general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by the entity or person.

Provisions of our Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws

Our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to be in effect upon completion of this offering will include a number of provisions that may have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another party from acquiring control of us and encouraging persons considering unsolicited tender offers or other unilateral takeover proposals to negotiate with our board of directors rather than pursue non-negotiated takeover attempts. These provisions include the items described below.

Board composition and filling vacancies . In accordance with our restated certificate of incorporation, our board is divided into three classes serving staggered three-year terms, with one class being elected each year. Our restated certificate of incorporation also provides that directors may be removed only for cause and then only by the affirmative vote of the holders of 75% or more of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors. Furthermore, any vacancy on our board of directors, however occurring, including a vacancy resulting from an increase in the size of our board, may only be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of our directors then in office even if less than a quorum.

No written consent of stockholders . Our restated certificate of incorporation provides that all stockholder actions are required to be taken by a vote of the stockholders at an annual or special meeting, and that stockholders may not take any action by written consent in lieu of a meeting. This limit may lengthen the amount of time required to take stockholder actions and would prevent the amendment of our bylaws or removal of directors by our stockholder without holding a meeting of stockholders.

Meetings of stockholders . Our bylaws provide that only a majority of the members of our board of directors then in office may call special meetings of stockholders and only those matters set forth in the notice of the special meeting may be considered or acted upon at a special meeting of stockholders. Our bylaws limit the business that may be conducted at an annual meeting of stockholders to those matters properly brought before the meeting.

Advance notice requirements . Our bylaws establish advance notice procedures with regard to stockholder proposals relating to the nomination of candidates for election as directors or new business to be brought before meetings of our stockholders. These procedures provide that notice of stockholder proposals must be timely given in writing to our corporate secretary prior to the meeting at which the action is to be taken. Generally, to be timely, notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 90 days or more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary date of the annual meeting for the preceding year. The notice must contain certain information specified in our bylaws.

Amendment to certificate of incorporation and bylaws . As required by the Delaware General Corporation Law, any amendment of our restated certificate of incorporation must first be approved by a majority of our board of directors, and if required by law or our restated certificate of incorporation, must thereafter be approved by a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, and a majority of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class, except that the amendment of the provisions relating to stockholder action, directors, limitation of liability and the amendment of our restated certificate of incorporation must be approved by not less than 75% of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, and not less than 75% of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class. Our bylaws may be amended by the affirmative vote of a majority vote of the directors then in office, subject to any limitations set forth in the

 

123


Table of Contents

bylaws; and may also be amended by the affirmative vote of at least 75% of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, or, if the board of directors recommends that the stockholders approve the amendment, by the affirmative vote of the majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, in each case voting together as a single class.

Undesignated preferred stock . Our restated certificate of incorporation provides for authorized shares of preferred stock. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock may enable our board of directors to render more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise. For example, if in the due exercise of its fiduciary obligations, our board of directors were to determine that a takeover proposal is not in the best interests of us or our stockholders, our board of directors could cause shares of preferred stock to be issued without stockholder approval in one or more private offerings or other transactions that might dilute the voting or other rights of the proposed acquirer or insurgent stockholder or stockholder group. In this regard, our restated certificate of incorporation grants our board of directors broad power to establish the rights and preferences of authorized and unissued shares of preferred stock. The issuance of shares of preferred stock could decrease the amount of earnings and assets available for distribution to holders of shares of common stock. The issuance may also adversely affect the rights and powers, including voting rights, of these holders and may have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change in control of us.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is             . The transfer agent and registrar’s address is             .

Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “GBT.”

 

124


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Future sales of our common stock in the public market, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, sales of our common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price at such time and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Based on the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2015, upon completion of this offering,              shares of common stock will be outstanding, assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares and no exercise of options. All of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable. The remaining shares of common stock outstanding after this offering will be restricted as a result of securities laws or lock-up agreements as described below. Following the expiration of the lock-up period, all shares will be eligible for resale in compliance with Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act. “Restricted securities” as defined under Rule 144 of the Securities Act were issued and sold by us in reliance on exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. These shares may be sold in the public market only if registered or qualified for an exemption from registration, such as under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act.

Rule 144

In general, a person who has beneficially owned restricted stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell their securities provided that (i) such person is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale and (ii) we are subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale. Persons who have beneficially owned restricted shares for at least six months but who are our affiliates at the time of, or any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale, would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of securities that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

 

    1% of the number of shares then outstanding, which will equal approximately              shares immediately after this offering assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, based on the number of shares outstanding as of June 30, 2015; or

 

    the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale;

provided, in each case, that we have been subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale. Such sales both by affiliates and by non-affiliates must also comply with the manner of sale, current public information and notice provisions of Rule 144.

Rule 701

Rule 701 under the Securities Act, or Rule 701, as in effect on the date of this prospectus, permits resales of shares in reliance upon Rule 144 but without compliance with certain restrictions of Rule 144, including the holding period requirement. Most of our employees, executive officers or directors who purchased shares under a written compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to rely on the resale provisions of Rule 701, but all holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling their shares. However, substantially all Rule 701 shares are subject to lock-up agreements as described below and under “Underwriting” included elsewhere in this prospectus and will become eligible for sale upon the expiration of the restrictions set forth in those agreements.

 

125


Table of Contents

Lock-up Agreements

In connection with this offering, we, each of our directors and executive officers, and holders of approximately              shares of our outstanding stock have agreed with the underwriters that for a period of 180 days following the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions, we will not offer, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of or hedge any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our common stock. Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co. may, in their sole discretion, at any time, release all or any portion of the shares from the restrictions in this agreement.

Rule 10b5-1 Trading Plans

Following the completion of this offering, certain of our officers and directors may adopt written plans, known as Rule 10b5-1 trading plans, in which they will contract with a broker to buy or sell shares of our common stock on a periodic basis to diversify their assets and investments. Under these 10b5-1 trading plans, a broker may execute trades pursuant to parameters established by the officer or director when entering into the plan, without further direction from such officer or director. Such sales would not commence until the expiration of the applicable lock-up agreements entered into by such officer or director in connection with this offering.

Registration Rights

We are party to an investor rights agreement which provides that holders holding 71,113,168 shares of our common stock, including shares issuable upon the conversion of our convertible preferred stock, have the right to demand that we file a registration statement or request that their shares of our common stock be covered by a registration statement that we are otherwise filing. See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” in this prospectus. Except for shares purchased by affiliates, registration of their shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon effectiveness of the registration, subject to the expiration of the lock-up period described above and under “Underwriting” in this prospectus, and to the extent such shares have been released from any repurchase option that we may hold.

Equity Incentive Plans

As soon as practicable after the completion of this offering, we intend to file a Form S-8 registration statement under the Securities Act to register shares of our common stock subject to options outstanding or reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans. This registration statement will become effective immediately upon filing, and shares covered by this registration statement will thereupon be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates and any lock-up agreements. For a more complete discussion of our equity incentive plans, see “Executive and Director Compensation—Equity Compensation Plans.”

 

126


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR

NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following is a general discussion of certain material U.S. federal income and estate tax considerations relating to ownership and disposition of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder. For purposes of this discussion, the term “non-U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of our common stock that is not, for U.S. federal income tax purposes a partnership or:

 

    an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

    a corporation, or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or of any political subdivision of the United States;

 

    an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

    a trust, if a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons (as defined in the Code) have authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or if the trust has a valid election in effect to be treated as a U.S. person under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations.

A modified definition of “non-U.S. holder” applies for U.S. federal estate tax purposes (as discussed below).

This discussion is based on current provisions of the Code, existing and proposed U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, current administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as in effect as of the date of this prospectus and all of which are subject to change or to differing interpretation, possibly with retroactive effect. Any change could alter the tax consequences to non-U.S. holders described in this prospectus. In addition, the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, could challenge one or more of the tax consequences described in this prospectus.

We assume in this discussion that each non-U.S. holder holds shares of our common stock as a capital asset (generally, property held for investment) within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code. This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income and estate taxation that may be relevant to a particular non-U.S. holder in light of that non-U.S. holder’s individual circumstances nor does it address any aspects of state, local or non-U.S. taxes, or U.S. federal taxes other than income and estate taxes. This discussion also does not consider any specific facts or circumstances that may apply to a non-U.S. holder and does not address the special tax rules applicable to particular non-U.S. holders, such as:

 

    insurance companies;

 

    tax-exempt organizations;

 

    financial institutions;

 

    brokers or dealers in securities;

 

    pension plans;

 

    controlled foreign corporations;

 

    passive foreign investment companies;

 

    owners that hold our common stock as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction, synthetic security or other integrated investment;

 

    certain U.S. expatriates;

 

    persons who have elected to mark securities to market;

 

    persons subject to the unearned income Medicare contribution tax;

 

    persons subject to the alternative minimum tax; or

 

    persons that acquire our common stock as compensation for services.

 

127


Table of Contents

In addition, this discussion does not address the tax treatment of partnerships (including any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) or other entities that are transparent for U.S. federal income tax purposes or persons who hold their common stock through partnerships or other entities that are transparent for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In the case of a holder that is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the tax treatment of a person treated as a partner in such partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes generally will depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partner and the partnership. A person treated as a partner in a partnership or who holds their stock through another transparent entity should consult his, her or its own tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock through a partnership or other transparent entity, as applicable.

Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. income and other tax considerations of acquiring, holding and disposing of our common stock.

Distributions on our Common Stock

We do not currently expect to pay dividends. See “Dividend Policy” above in this prospectus. However, in the event that we do pay distributions of cash or property on our common stock, those distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. If a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will be treated as a tax-free return of the non-U.S. holder’s investment, up to such holder’s tax basis in the common stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as capital gain, subject to the tax treatment described below under the heading “Gain on Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Common Stock.”

Subject also to the discussions below under the headings “Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Tax” and “Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act,” dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence. If we determine, at a time reasonably close to the date of payment of a distribution on our common stock, that the distribution will not constitute a dividend because we do not anticipate having current or accumulated earnings and profits, we intend not to withhold any U.S. federal income tax on the distribution as permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulations. If we or another withholding agent apply over-withholding, a non-U.S. holder may be entitled to a refund or credit of any excess tax withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim with the IRS.

Dividends that are treated as effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by a non-U.S. holder within the United States, and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides, that are attributable to a permanent establishment or a fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder within the United States, are generally exempt from the 30% withholding tax if the non-U.S. holder satisfies applicable certification and disclosure requirements. To obtain this exemption, a non-U.S. holder must generally provide us with a properly executed original and unexpired IRS Form W-8ECI properly certifying such exemption. However, such U.S. effectively connected income, net of specified deductions and credits, is taxed at the same graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to U.S. persons (as defined in the Code). Any U.S. effectively connected income received by a non-U.S. holder that is a corporation may also, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence.

A non-U.S. holder of our common stock who claims the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence generally will be required to provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or applicable successor form) and satisfy applicable certification and other requirements. Non-U.S. holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty.

 

128


Table of Contents

A non-U.S. holder that is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax under an income tax treaty may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim with the IRS.

Any documentation provided to an applicable withholding agent may need to be updated in certain circumstances. The certification requirements described above also may require a non-U.S. holder to provide its U.S. taxpayer identification number.

Gain on Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Common Stock

Subject to the discussions below under the headings “Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Tax” and “Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act,” a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax on gain recognized on a sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our common stock unless:

 

    the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States, and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States; in these cases, the non-U.S. holder will be taxed on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates and in the manner applicable to U.S. persons, and, if the non-U.S. holder is a foreign corporation, an additional branch profits tax at a rate of 30%, or a lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty, may also apply;

 

    the non-U.S. holder is an individual present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the disposition and certain other conditions are met, in which case the non-U.S. holder will be subject to a 30% tax (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on the amount by which the non-U.S. holder’s capital gains allocable to U.S. sources exceed capital losses allocable to U.S. sources during the taxable year of the disposition ; or

 

    we are or were a “U.S. real property holding corporation” during a certain look-back period, unless our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market and the non-U.S. holder held no more than five percent of our outstanding common stock, directly or indirectly, during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the disposition or the period that the non-U.S. holder held our common stock. Generally, a corporation is a “U.S. real property holding corporation” if the fair market value of its “U.S. real property interests” equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests plus its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. Although there can be no assurance, we believe that we have not been and are not currently, and we do not anticipate becoming, a “U.S. real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Tax

We (or the applicable paying agent) must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the gross amount of the distributions on our common stock paid to such holder and the tax withheld, if any, with respect to such distributions. Non-U.S. holders may have to comply with specific certification procedures to establish that the holder is not a U.S. person (as defined in the Code) in order to avoid backup withholding at the applicable rate with respect to dividends on our common stock. Generally, a holder will comply with such procedures if it provides a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E or otherwise meets documentary evidence requirements for establishing that it is a non-U.S. holder, or otherwise establishes an exemption.

Information reporting and backup withholding generally will apply to the proceeds of a disposition of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder effected by or through the U.S. office of any broker, U.S. or foreign, unless the holder certifies its status as a non-U.S. holder and satisfies certain other requirements, or otherwise establishes an exemption. Generally, information reporting and backup withholding will not apply to a payment of disposition proceeds to a non-U.S. holder where the transaction is effected outside the United States through a

 

129


Table of Contents

non-U.S. office of a broker. However, for information reporting purposes, dispositions effected through a non-U.S. office of a broker with substantial U.S. ownership or operations generally will be treated in a manner similar to dispositions effected through a U.S. office of a broker. Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of the information reporting and backup withholding rules to them.

Copies of information returns may be made available to the tax authorities of the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is incorporated under the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement. Any documentation provided to an applicable withholding agent may need to be updated in certain circumstances.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a non-U.S. holder may be refunded or credited against the non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that an appropriate claim is timely filed with the IRS.

Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act

Legislation commonly referred to as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act and associated guidance, or collectively, FATCA, will generally impose a 30% withholding tax on any “withholdable payment” (as defined below) to a “foreign financial institution,” unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution (which would include certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with United States owners) or another applicable exception applies or such institution is compliant with applicable foreign law enacted in connection with an applicable intergovernmental agreement between the United States and a foreign jurisdiction. FATCA will also generally impose a 30% withholding tax on any “withholdable payment” (as defined below) to a foreign entity that is not a financial institution, unless such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification identifying the substantial U.S. owners of the entity (which generally includes any U.S. person who directly or indirectly owns more than 10% of the entity), if any, or another applicable exception applies or such entity is compliant with applicable foreign law enacted in connection with an applicable intergovernmental agreement between the United States and a foreign jurisdiction. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes.

Under final regulations and other current guidance, “withholdable payments” will generally include dividends on our common stock, as well as the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock on or after January 1, 2017. The FATCA withholding tax will apply regardless of whether a payment would otherwise be exempt from or not subject to U.S. nonresident withholding tax (e.g., as capital gain).

Federal Estate Tax

Common stock owned or treated as owned by an individual who is a non-U.S. holder (as specially defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes) at the time of death will be included in the individual’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes and, therefore, may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax, unless an applicable estate tax or other treaty provides otherwise.

The preceding discussion of material U.S. federal tax considerations is for general information only. It is not tax advice. Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding the particular U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of purchasing, holding and disposing of our common stock, including the consequences of any proposed changes in applicable laws.

 

130


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Under the terms and subject to the conditions in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co. are acting as representatives, have severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to them the number of shares indicated below:

 

Name

   Number of Shares

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

  

Cowen and Company, LLC

  

Wedbush Securities Inc.

  
  

 

Total:

  

 

The underwriters and the representatives are collectively referred to as the “underwriters” and the “representatives,” respectively. The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares described below. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of common stock directly to the public at the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers. After the initial offering of the shares of common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives.

We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to                 additional shares of common stock at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering the option to purchase additional shares, if any, made in connection with the offering of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional shares of common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

The following table shows the per share and total public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions, and proceeds before expenses to us. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional              shares of our common stock.

 

            Total  
     Per
Share
     No
Exercise
     Full
Exercise
 

Public offering price

   $                    $                    $                    

Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by us

        

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $         $         $     

The estimated offering expenses payable by us, exclusive of the underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $        . We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for expenses relating to the clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.

 

131


Table of Contents

The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of shares of common stock offered by them.

We intend to apply for the listing of our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Market under the trading symbol “GBT.”

We and all directors and officers and the holders of substantially all of our outstanding stock and stock options have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co. on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus (the “restricted period”):

 

    offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock;

 

    file any registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission relating to the offering of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock; or

 

    enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock;

whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. In addition, we and each such person agrees that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co. on behalf of the underwriters, we or such other person will not, during the restricted period, make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock.

The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph do not apply to:

 

    the sale of shares to the underwriters;

 

    our issuance common stock upon the exercise of an option or a warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date of this prospectus of which the underwriters have been advised in writing;

 

    transactions by any person other than us relating to shares of common stock or other securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the offering of the shares; provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), is required or voluntarily made in connection with subsequent sales of the common stock or other securities acquired in such open market transactions; or

 

    the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), for the transfer of shares of common stock, provided that (i) such plan does not provide for the transfer of common stock during the restricted period and (ii) to the extent a public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act, if any, is required or voluntarily made regarding the establishment of such plan, such announcement or filing shall include a statement to the effect that no transfer of common stock may be made under such plan during the restricted period.

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co., in their sole discretion, may release our common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time with or without notice.

In order to facilitate the offering of our common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the

 

132


Table of Contents

underwriters under the option to purchase additional shares. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the option to purchase additional shares. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of the option to purchase additional shares, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. As an additional means of facilitating this offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of common stock in the open market to stabilize the price of our common stock. The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the common stock above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of our common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.

We and the several underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares of common stock to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

In addition, in the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities), currencies, commodities, and credit default swaps and other financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such investment and securities activities may involve our securities and instruments. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Pricing of the Offering

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price was determined by negotiations between us and the representatives. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price were our future prospects and those of our industry in general, our sales, earnings and certain other financial and operating information in recent periods, and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of securities, and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

 

133


Table of Contents

Selling Restrictions

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”) an offer to the public of any shares of our common stock may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares of our common stock may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

 

  (a) to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

  (b) to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

  (c) in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of shares of our common stock shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares of our common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares of our common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any shares of our common stock, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State, and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

Japan

No registration pursuant to Article 4, paragraph 1 of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948, as amended) (the “FIEL”) has been made or will be made with respect to the solicitation of the application for the acquisition of the shares of common stock.

Accordingly, the shares of common stock have not been, directly or indirectly, offered or sold and will not be, directly or indirectly, offered or sold in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan) or to others for re-offering or re-sale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements, and otherwise in compliance with, the FIEL and the other applicable laws and regulations of Japan.

For Qualified Institutional Investors (“QII”)

Please note that the solicitation for newly-issued or secondary securities (each as described in Paragraph 2, Article 4 of the FIEL) in relation to the shares of common stock constitutes either a “QII only private placement” or a “QII only secondary distribution” (each as described in Paragraph 1, Article 23-13 of the FIEL). Disclosure regarding any such solicitation, as is otherwise prescribed in Paragraph 1, Article 4 of the FIEL, has not been made in relation to the shares of common stock. The shares of common stock may only be transferred to QIIs.

For Non-QII Investors

Please note that the solicitation for newly-issued or secondary securities (each as described in Paragraph 2, Article 4 of the FIEL) in relation to the shares of common stock constitutes either a “small number private

 

134


Table of Contents

placement” or a “small number private secondary distribution” (each as is described in Paragraph 4, Article 23-13 of the FIEL). Disclosure regarding any such solicitation, as is otherwise prescribed in Paragraph 1, Article 4 of the FIEL, has not been made in relation to the shares of common stock. The shares of common stock may only be transferred en bloc without subdivision to a single investor.

Hong Kong

The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

United Kingdom

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

 

(a) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, as amended (the “FSMA”) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares of our common stock in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and

 

(b) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares of our common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

 

135


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Goodwin Procter LLP, San Francisco, California and for the underwriters by Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, Menlo Park, California.

EXPERTS

The financial statements of Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2014 are included herein in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act that registers the shares of our common stock to be sold in this offering. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed as part of the registration statement. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, we refer you to the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. The reports and other information we file with the SEC can be read and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington D.C. 20549. Copies of these materials can be obtained at prescribed rates from the Public Reference Section of the SEC at the principal offices of the SEC, 100 F Street, NE, Washington D.C. 20549. You may obtain information regarding the operation of the public reference room by calling 1(800) SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains a web site (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers like us that file electronically with the SEC.

Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the reporting and information requirements of the Exchange Act and, as a result, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference room and the web site of the SEC referred to above.

 

136


Table of Contents

GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Years Ended December 31, 2013 and 2014

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Financial Statements:

  

Balance Sheets

     F-3   

Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

     F-4   

Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

     F-5   

Statements of Cash Flows

     F-6   

Notes to Financial Statements

     F-7   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors

Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. (the Company) as of December 31, 2013 and 2014, and the related statements of operations and comprehensive loss, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2014. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. as of December 31, 2013 and 2014, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2014, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ KPMG LLP

San Francisco, California

March 18, 2015

 

F-2


Table of Contents

GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Balance Sheets

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

    

 

 

December 31,

 
     2013     2014  
   

Assets

  

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 3,278      $ 52,069   

Prepaid expenses

     382        1,135   

Other current assets

     66        389   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

  3,726      53,593   

Property and equipment, net

  2,366      2,023   

Restricted cash

  80      140   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

$ 6,172    $ 55,756   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities, Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

Current liabilities:

Accounts payable

$ 845    $ 541   

Payable due to related party

  129      14   

Accrued expenses

  349      948   

Accrued compensation

  576      847   

Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock liability

  1,836      —     

Other current liabilities

  27      187   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

  3,762      2,537   

Other liabilities

  159      384   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

  3,921      2,921   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 9)

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value: 41,163,168 and 69,363,168 shares authorized as of December 31, 2013 and 2014; 28,913,168 and 69,113,168 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and 2014; redemption value of $103,289 as of December 31, 2014

  28,225      102,161   

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):

Common stock, $0.001 par value, 60,000,000 and 94,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2013 and 2014; 4,858,417 and 6,840,924 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and 2014;             shares authorized, 75,954,092 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma (unaudited)

  5      7   

Additional paid-in capital

  2,068      —     

Accumulated deficit

  (28,047   (49,333
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

  (25,974   (49,326
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

$ 6,172    $ 55,756   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2013     2014  

Operating expenses:

    

Research and development

   $ 12,855      $ 16,324   

General and administrative

     2,309        3,855   

Related party expenses

     499        332   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

  15,663      20,511   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

  (15,663   (20,511

Change in fair value of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock liability

  (2,455   (297

Interest income

  2      1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss and comprehensive loss

$ (18,116 $ (20,807
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

$ (19,851 $ (23,772
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

$ (4.61 $ (4.06
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of shares used in computing net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

  4,305,834      5,858,712   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (unaudited)

$ (0.43
    

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (unaudited)

  48,166,401   
    

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes .

 

F-4


Table of Contents

GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

(In thousands, except share amounts)

 

    Redeemable Convertible
Preferred Stock
         Common Stock     Additional
Paid-
In Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
 
    Shares     Amount          Shares     Amount        

Balance at December 31, 2012

    13,663,168      $ 9,451            3,400,000      $ 3      $ 442      $ (9,794   $ (9,349

Issuance of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of $15 in issuance costs

    15,250,000        15,235            —          —          —          —          —     

Remeasurement of fair value and settlement of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock liability

    —          1,804            —          —          3,081        —          3,081   

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value

    —          1,735            —          —          (1,598     (137     (1,735

Vesting of founders shares and restricted stock awards

    —          —              1,443,417        2        4        —          6   

Common stock issued on exercise of stock options

    —          —              15,000        —          1        —          1   

Stock-based compensation expense

    —          —              —          —          138        —          138   

Net loss

    —          —              —          —          —          (18,116     (18,116
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

  28,913,168      28,225        4,858,417      5      2,068      (28,047   (25,974

Issuance of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of $393 derivative liability and $16 in issuance costs

  21,000,000      20,591        —        —        —        —        —     

Issuance of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of $146 in issuance costs

  19,200,000      47,854        —        —        —        —        —     

Settlement of fair value of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock liability

  —        2,526        —        —        —        —        —     

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value

  —        2,965        —        —        (2,486   (479   (2,965

Vesting of founders shares and restricted stock awards

  —        —          1,439,757      1      20      —        21   

Common stock issued on exercise of stock options

  —        —          542,750      1      48      —        49   

Stock-based compensation expense

  —        —          —        —        350      —        350   

Net loss

  —        —          —        —        —        (20,807   (20,807
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

  69,113,168    $ 102,161        6,840,924    $ 7    $ —      $ (49,333 $ (49,326
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Statements of Cash Flows

(In thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2013     2014  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

    

Net loss

   $ (18,116   $ (20,807

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     534        666   

Remeasurement of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock liability

     2,455        297   

Stock-based compensation

     138        350   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Prepaid expenses

     (73     (753

Other current assets

     149        (323

Accounts payable

     (465     (304

Payable due to related party

     (68     (115

Accrued expenses

     183        599   

Accrued compensation

     494        271   

Other current liabilities

     38        17   

Other noncurrent liabilities

     31        (19
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

  (14,700   (20,121
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

Purchase of property and equipment

  (940   (323

Increase in restricted cash

  —        (60
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

  (940   (383
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

Proceeds from issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs

  15,235      68,838   

Proceeds from issuance of restricted stock awards

  43      408   

Proceeds from the exercise of common stock options

  1      49   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

  15,279      69,295   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

  (361   48,791   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

  3,639      3,278   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

$ 3,278    $ 52,069   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF NON-CASH FINANCING INFORMATION:

Remeasurement and settlement of fair value of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock liability

$ 4,885    $ 2,526   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accretion of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock

$ 1,735    $ 2,965   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

1. Organization and Basis of Presentation

Global Blood Therapeutics Inc. (the “Company”) was incorporated in Delaware in February 2011 and commenced operations in May 2012. The Company is a biopharmaceutical company dedicated to discovering, developing and commercializing novel therapeutics to treat grievous blood-based disorders. The Company’s primary activities have been establishing its facilities, recruiting personnel, conducting development of its product candidates, including clinical studies, and raising capital. The Company’s principal operations are based in South San Francisco, California, and it operates in one segment.

Need for Additional Capital

In the course of its development activities, the Company has sustained operating losses and expects such losses to continue over the next several years. The Company’s ultimate success depends on the outcome of its research and development activities. Since inception through December 31, 2014, the Company has incurred cumulative net losses of $49.3 million. Management expects to incur additional losses in the future to conduct product research and development and recognizes the need to raise additional capital to fully implement its business plan. The Company intends to raise such capital through the issuance of additional equity, and potentially through borrowings, and strategic alliances with partner companies. However, if such financing is not available at adequate levels, the Company will need to reevaluate its operating plans. Management believes that its existing cash and cash equivalents will be sufficient to fund the Company’s cash requirements through at least December 31, 2015.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of expenses during the reporting period. On an ongoing basis, management evaluates its estimates, including those related to the valuation of derivatives, accruals for research and development activities, common stock, stock-based compensation; and income taxes. Management bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other market-specific and relevant assumptions that management believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents, which consist primarily of amounts invested in money market accounts, are stated at fair value.

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash consists of money market funds held by the Company’s financial institution as collateral for the Company’s letter of credit under its facility lease.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to a concentration of credit risk consist of cash and cash equivalents. The Company’s cash and cash equivalents are held by a financial institution in the United States. Amounts on deposit may at times exceed federally insured limits. Management believes that the financial institution is financially sound, and accordingly, minimal credit risk exists with respect to the financial institution.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is provided using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, three years for computer equipment and five years for laboratory equipment. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful life of the improvements. Depreciation and amortization begins at the time the asset is placed in service. Maintenance and repairs are charged to operations as incurred. Upon sale or retirement of assets, the cost and related accumulated depreciation and amortization are removed from the balance sheet and the resulting gain or loss is reflected in operations.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company evaluates its long-lived assets, including property and equipment, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of these assets may not be recoverable. Recoverability of these assets is measured by comparison of the carrying amount of each asset to the future undiscounted cash flows the asset is expected to generate over its remaining life. If the asset is considered to be impaired, the amount of any impairment is measured as the difference between the carrying value and the fair value of the impaired asset. There have been no impairments of the Company’s long-lived assets for the periods presented.

Deferred Rent

Rent expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the noncancelable term of the Company’s operating lease and, accordingly, the Company records the difference between cash rent payments and the recognition of rent expense as a deferred rent liability, which is included within other liabilities on the balance sheet.

Research and Development Costs

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Research and development costs consist of expenses associated with clinical trials, outside research consultants, contract manufacturing expenses, salaries, employee benefits and allocated facility costs.

Preclinical study and clinical trial expenditures are a component of research and development expenses and are charged to operations as incurred. The expenses related to preclinical studies and clinical trials are based on estimates of the services received and efforts expended pursuant to contracts with research institutions and clinical research organizations that conduct and manage the studies on behalf of the Company. The financial terms of these agreements are subject to negotiation and vary from contract to contract and may result in uneven payment flows. Payments under the contracts depend on factors such as the achievement of certain events and the completion of portions of the study or similar conditions. Expenses related to preclinical studies and clinical trials are accrued based on the estimated level of activity incurred under each contract. Payments made to third parties under these arrangements in advance of the receipt of the related services are deferred as prepaid assets, depending on the terms of the agreement, until the services are rendered.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company measures and recognizes stock-based compensation expense, including employee and non-employee equity awards, based on fair value at the grant date. The Company uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to calculate fair value. Stock-based compensation expense recognized in the statements of operations is based on options ultimately expected to vest, taking into consideration estimated forfeitures. Stock-based compensation expense is revised in subsequent periods, if necessary, if actual forfeitures differ from these estimates. When estimating forfeitures, the Company considers historic voluntary termination behaviors as well as trends of actual option forfeitures. For options granted to nonemployees, the Company revalues the unearned portion of the stock-based compensation and the resulting change in fair value is recognized in the statements of operations over the period the related services are rendered.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. The Company recognizes the effect of income tax positions only if those positions are more likely than not of being sustained. Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely of being realized. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts more likely than not will be realized. Interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits are recognized as a component of income tax expense.

Net Loss per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

Basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period, without consideration for common stock equivalents. The net loss attributable to common stockholders is calculated by adjusting the net loss of the Company for the accretion on the redeemable convertible preferred stock. Diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is the same as basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, since the effects of potentially dilutive securities are antidilutive given the net loss of the Company.

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders has been computed to give effect to the conversion of the redeemable convertible preferred stock into common stock in connection with the Company’s initial public offering. The unaudited pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders does not include the shares expected to be sold and related proceeds to be received from the initial public offering.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-10,  Development Stage Entities (Topic 915): Elimination of Certain Financial Reporting Requirements, Including an Amendment to Variable Interest Entities Guidance in Topic 810, Consolidation.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

ASU 2014-10 simplifies the accounting guidance by removing all incremental financial reporting requirements for development stage entities. The amendments related to the elimination of the inception-to-date information and other disclosure requirement of Topic 915 should be applied retrospectively, and are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2014, and interim periods therein. The Company early adopted this guidance and accordingly, there is no inception to date information presented in these financial statements.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-15,  Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern . ASU 2014-15 requires management to evaluate relevant conditions, events and certain management plans that are known or reasonably knowable that when, considered in the aggregate, raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued, for both annual and interim periods. ASU 2014-15 also requires certain disclosures around management’s plans and evaluation, as well as the plans, if any, that are intended to mitigate those conditions or events that will alleviate the substantial doubt. ASU 2014-15 is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2016. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of ASU 2014-15 will have on its financial statements and related disclosures.

3. Fair Value Measurements

Fair value accounting is applied for all financial assets and liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis (at least annually). Financial instruments include cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts payable and accrued liabilities that approximate fair value due to their relatively short maturities.

Assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on a recurring basis in the balance sheets are categorized based upon the level of judgment associated with the inputs used to measure their fair values. Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or an exit price that would be paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. The authoritative guidance on fair value measurements establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurements as follows:

Level 1 —Inputs are unadjusted, quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities at the measurement date;

Level 2 —Inputs are observable, unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities, unadjusted quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the related assets or liabilities; and

Level 3 —Unobservable inputs that are significant to the measurement of the fair value of the assets or liabilities that are supported by little or no market data.

The Company’s financial instruments consist of Level 1 assets and Level 3 liabilities. Where quoted prices for identical assets are available in an active market, securities are classified as Level 1. Level 1 assets consist of highly liquid money market funds, which include $80,000 and $140,000 of funds that are collateral for the Company’s facility lease that are included within restricted cash. There were no unrealized gains and losses in the Company’s investments in these money market funds.

In certain cases where there is limited activity or less transparency around inputs to valuation, securities are classified as Level 3. Level 3 liabilities consist of the Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock liability (see Note 6).

 

F-10


Table of Contents

GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

Financial assets and liabilities subject to fair value measurements on a recurring basis and the level of inputs used in such measurements are as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2013  
     Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Financial Assets:

           

Money market funds

   $ 3,358       $ 3,358       $     —       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial assets

$ 3,358    $ 3,358    $    $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financial Liabilities:

Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock liability

$ 1,836    $ —      $    $ 1,836   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities

$ 1,836    $ —      $    $ 1,836   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2014  
     Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Financial Assets:

           

Money market funds

   $ 52,209       $ 52,209       $     —       $     —   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial assets

$ 52,209    $ 52,209    $    $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock liability stems from the initial sale of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock wherein the Company was obligated to sell additional shares in subsequent closings contingent upon the achievement of certain development milestones. The subsequent closings were deemed to be freestanding financial instruments that were outside the control of the Company. The Company estimates the fair value of this liability using Black-Scholes Option Pricing models that include the assumptions of probability of the financing occurring, stock price per share, expected term, and discount rate. The change in fair value is recognized as a gain or loss in the statements of operations and comprehensive loss. See Note 6 for further discussion on the Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock liability and related valuations.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

The following table sets forth a summary of the changes in the fair value of the Company’s Level 3 financial instruments as follows (in thousands):

 

     Series A
Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred Stock
Liability
 

Balance at January 1, 2013

   $ 4,266   

Net increase in fair value upon revaluation

     2,455   

Settlement of liability due to issuance of Series A redeemable convertible preferred shares

     (1,804

Change in fair value due to amendments to the Series A Stock Purchase Agreement

     (3,081
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

  1,836   

Net increase in fair value upon revaluation

  297   

Recognition of fair value of liability due to new obligation for Series A financing in April 2014

  393   

Settlement of tranche liability due to issue of Series A redeemable convertible preferred shares

  (2,526
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

$ —     
  

 

 

 

4. Balance Sheet Components

Property and equipment, net consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2013      2014  

Laboratory equipment

   $ 2,493       $ 2,611   

Computer equipment

     272         472   

Leasehold improvements

     240         245   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total property and equipment

  3,005      3,328   

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

  (639   (1,305
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

$ 2,366    $ 2,023   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 was $534,000 and $666,000, respectively.

Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2013      2014  

Accrued clinical and manufacturing expenses

   $ 293       $ 749   

Accrued professional and consulting services

     6         153   

Other

     49         46   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accrued expenses

$ 349    $ 948   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-12


Table of Contents

GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

5. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

As of December 31, 2013 redeemable convertible preferred stock consisted of the following (in thousands, except share amounts):

 

     Shares
Authorized
     Shares Issued
and
Outstanding
     Net Carrying
Value
     Aggregate
Liquidation
Preference
 

Series A

     41,163,168         28,913,168       $ 28,225       $ 31,321   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

  41,163,168      28,913,168    $ 28,225    $ 31,321   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2014 redeemable convertible preferred stock consisted of the following (in thousands, except share amounts):

 

     Shares
Authorized
     Shares Issued
and
Outstanding
     Net Carrying
Value
     Aggregate
Liquidation
Preference
 

Series A

     50,163,168         49,913,168       $ 54,273       $ 55,254   

Series B

     19,200,000         19,200,000         47,888         48,035   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

  69,363,168      69,113,168    $ 102,161    $ 103,289   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Significant provisions of the redeemable convertible preferred stock are as follows:

Liquidation

Upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company (whether voluntary or involuntary) or Deemed Liquidation Event (as defined below), before any distribution or payment was to be made to the holders of any Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock or common stock, the holders of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock would have been entitled to be paid out of our assets legally available for distribution, an amount equal to the original issue price of the Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock plus any dividends accrued, but unpaid thereon, whether or not declared, together with any other dividends declared but unpaid thereon. The holders of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock would have been entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of our assets legally available for distribution to the holders of common stock, an amount equal to the respective original issue price of Series A of redeemable convertible preferred stock, plus any dividends accrued, but unpaid thereon, whether or not declared, together with any other dividends declared but unpaid thereon. The original issue price is $2.50 for the Series B and $1.00 for the Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock. After payments of the full liquidation preferences of the Series A and B redeemable convertible preferred stock described above, the remaining assets of the Company would have been available for distribution to stockholders.

However if, the aggregate amount which the holders of Series A and Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive under the above-described provisions should exceed $2.50 and $6.25 per share, respectively, (the “Maximum Participation Amount”), each holder of Series A and Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock shall be entitled to receive upon such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company or Deemed Liquidation Event the greater of:

 

  (i) The Maximum Participation Amount and

 

  (ii) The amount such holder would have received if all shares of Series A and Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock had been converted into common stock immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company or Deemed Liquidation Event.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

Each of the following events shall be considered a Deemed Liquidation Event unless the holders of at least majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A and B redeemable convertible preferred stock elect otherwise by written notice sent to the Company:

 

  (i) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is a constituent party or a subsidiary of the Company is a constituent party;

 

  (ii) the sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition, all or substantially all the assets of the Company.

Voting

Each holder of shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock is entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which such shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock could be converted and has voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the common stock, and except as provided by law or by other provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, shall vote together with the common stock as a single class on an as-converted basis on all matters as to which holders of common stock have the right to vote.

The holders of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock, voting separately as a single class, are entitled to elect three members of the Company’s Board of Directors. All remaining members of the Company’s Board of Directors are elected by the holders of the common stock and any other series or class of voting stock, including the Series A and B redeemable convertible preferred stock, exclusively and voting together as a single class.

Conversion

The holders of redeemable convertible preferred stock are subject to certain optional and mandatory conversion rights.

(i) Optional Conversion Rights: Each share of redeemable convertible preferred stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder, into such number of fully paid shares of common stock as is determined by dividing the Original Issue Price by the Conversion Price in effect at the time of conversion.

(ii) Mandatory Conversion Rights: Upon either (a) for each of Series A and Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock the date and time, or the occurrence of an event, specified by vote or written consent of holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock or Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock or (b) the closing of the sale of shares of common stock to the public in a qualified initial public offering, all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock shall automatically be converted into shares of common stock, at the then effective conversion rate. A qualified initial public offering is the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering with aggregate gross proceeds of not less than $35.0 million.

Dividends

Series A and Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock accrues dividends at a rate per annum of $0.08 and $0.20 per share, respectively. Dividends are cumulative and accrue on a day-to-day basis. Dividends are payable only when and if declared by the Board of Directors. No dividends were declared as of December 31, 2014.

Redemption

The Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock is redeemable, at the election of majority of the holders of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock, on or after the later to occur of the redemption in full of all

 

F-14


Table of Contents

GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

outstanding shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock and the seventh anniversary of the Series A preferred stock issue date (or May 2019), in three annual installments at the original issue price of $1.00 per share, plus any unpaid accruing dividends (whether or not declared).

The Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock is redeemable at the election of majority of the holders of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock, on or after the seventh anniversary of the Series B preferred stock issue date (or December 2021), in three annual installments at the original issue price of $2.50 per share, plus any unpaid accruing dividends (whether or not declared). As only the passage of time is required for Series A and Series B to become redeemable, the Company is accreting the carrying value of Series A and Series B to their redemption value over the period from the date of issuance to May 2019 and December 2021, respectively, (the earliest redemption dates). In the event of a change of control of the Company, proceeds will be distributed in accordance with the liquidation preferences set forth in its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation unless the holders of redeemable convertible preferred stock have converted their preferred shares into common shares. Therefore, redeemable convertible preferred stock is classified outside of stockholders’ deficit on the accompanying balance sheets, as Series A and Series B preferred can be redeemed and as events triggering the liquidation preferences are not solely within the Company’s control.

The Company recorded $1.7 million and $3.0 million for the accretion of the redeemable convertible preferred stock during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively. The accretion was recorded as an offset to the additional paid in capital until such balance was depleted and any remaining accretion was recorded to accumulated deficit.

Common Stock

As of December 31, 2014, the Company had reserved the following shares of common stock for issuance as follows:

 

Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding

  49,913,168   

Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding

  19,200,000   

Restricted shares subject to future vesting

  3,926,764   

Options issued and outstanding

  3,341,000   

Options available for future grants

  2,281,312   
  

 

 

 

Total

  78,662,244   
  

 

 

 

Restricted Stock

In May 2012 the Company issued 4,710,000 shares of restricted common stock to founders at $0.001 per share of which 4,372,500 were subject to future vesting. Under the related stock purchase agreements, the Company has the right to repurchase the common stock which right lapses according to individual vesting schedules. In order to vest, the holders are required to provide continued service to the Company. Upon vesting, the appropriate amounts are transferred from liabilities to additional paid-in capital. If the holder of any unvested restricted common stock is terminated for any reason, the Company has the right to repurchase the unvested shares at the stockholder’s original purchase price. As such, the shares subject to future vesting are not deemed outstanding for accounting purposes until the shares vest. As of December 31, 2013 and 2014, 1,907,708 and 609,375 of these shares remained subject to repurchase and $2,000 and $1,000, respectively, were recorded as liabilities pertaining to the restricted common stock.

The Company has issued stock awards to employees under the 2012 Stock Option and Grant Plan. Under the related stock purchase agreements, the Company has the right to repurchase the common stock at the lower of fair value and the stockholders’ original purchase price which right lapses according to individual vesting

 

F-15


Table of Contents

GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

schedules. In order to vest, the holders are required to provide continued service to the Company. Upon vesting, the appropriate amounts are transferred from liabilities to additional paid in capital. If the holder of any unvested restricted common stock is terminated for any reason, the Company has the right to repurchase the unvested shares at the stockholder’s original purchase price. As such, the shares subject to future vesting are not deemed outstanding for accounting purposes until the shares vest. As of December 31, 2013 and 2014, 511,125 and 3,317,389 of these shares remained subject to repurchase and $46,000 and $435,000, respectively, were recorded as liabilities pertaining to the unvested restricted stock awards.

6. Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Liability

The Company recorded the redeemable convertible preferred stock liability incurred in connection with its Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock as a derivative financial instrument liability at the fair value on the date of issuance, and remeasures it on each subsequent balance sheet date. The Series A preferred stock liability stems from the initial sale of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock wherein the Company was obligated to sell additional shares in subsequent closings contingent upon the achievement of certain development milestones. The subsequent closings were deemed to be freestanding financial instruments that were outside the control of the Company. The changes in fair value are recognized as a gain or loss in the statements of operations and comprehensive loss and liability is remeasured at each reporting period and settlement of the related Series A tranche closings. The Company estimated the fair value of this liability using the Black Scholes option pricing model that include assumptions of probability of achievement of the development milestones or funding of the financing, stock price per share, expected term and risk-free interest rate.

In May 2012, the Company entered into a Series A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Agreement”) for the issuance of up to approximately 41,000,000 shares of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock at a price of $1.00 per share, in multiple closings. The initial closing occurred on May 31, 2012 whereby 10,000,000 shares of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock were issued for gross cash proceeds of $10.0 million and 3,663,168 shares were issued upon conversion of outstanding convertible promissory notes payable with a carrying value of $3.7 million. According to the initial terms of the Agreement, the Company would issue 10,000,000 and 17,000,000 shares, respectively, under the same terms as the initial closing, in two subsequent closings (“Tranche 1” and “Tranche 2”) contingent upon the achievement of certain development milestones.

On the date of the initial closing, the Company recorded a Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock liability of $3.8 million as the obligation/right to complete Tranche 1 and Tranche 2 were deemed to be freestanding financial instruments that were outside the control of the Company. The fair value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock liability on the date of the initial closing was determined using the option pricing method based on the following assumptions: 70 – 90% probability of achievement of the development milestones, stock price of $1.00 per share, a term of 0.59 – 1.34 years, and discount rate of 20%.

The terms of the Agreement were amended twice during 2013. In February 2013, the number of shares to be issued in Tranche 1 was changed (“Amendment No. 1”) from one tranche of 10,000,000 shares to two tranches of 5,000,000 shares each (Tranche 1(a) and Tranche 1(b)) and the issuance of the 17,000,000 shares in Tranche 2 was revised to be part of a third closing. In October 2013, Tranche 2 was changed from one closing of 17,000,000 shares into two closings (“Amendment No. 2”), one for 5,000,000 shares and one for the remaining 12,000,000 shares (“Tranche 3”) to be issued in one or more subsequent closings as mutually agreed upon by the Company and 75% of the outstanding Series A redeemable convertible preferred stockholders. Changes in the fair value of the preferred stock liability arising from the amendments that reduce the liability are deemed to be capital contributions as they were initiated and agreed upon by the investor, who is deemed to be a related party and controlling shareholder due to stock ownership.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

In February 2013, the Company completed the closing of Tranche 1(a) and issued 5,000,000 shares of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock for gross cash proceeds of $5.0 million. In addition, the Company issued 250,000 shares to a new investor for gross cash proceeds of $250,000. At this time the redeemable convertible preferred stock liability was remeasured using the option pricing method based on the following assumptions: 70%-90% probability of achievement of the development milestones, stock price of $1.00 per share, a term of 0.33 – 0.59 years, and discount rate of 20%.

In July 2013, the Company completed the closing of Tranche 1(b) and issued 5,000,000 shares of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock for gross cash proceeds of $5.0 million. At this time the redeemable convertible preferred stock liability was remeasured using the option pricing method based on the following assumptions: 90% probability of achievement of the development milestones, stock price of $1.00 per share, a term of 0.22 years, and discount rate of 20%.

In October 2013, the Company completed the closing of Tranche 2 and issued 5,000,000 shares of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock for gross cash proceeds of $5.0 million. In conjunction with Tranche 2 closing, the Company entered into Amendment No. 2 to increase the number of permitted subsequent closings for the remaining 12,000,000 shares with no change in total commitment of funds. At this time the preferred stock liability was remeasured using the option pricing method based on the following assumptions: 90% probability of achievement of the development milestones, stock price of $1.00 per share, a term of 0.25 – 0.49 years, and discount rate of 20%.

At December 31, 2013, the redeemable convertible preferred stock liability, which related solely to Tranche 3, was remeasured at $1.8 million using the option pricing method based on the following assumptions: 90% probability of achievement of the development milestones, stock price of $1.00 per share, a term of 0.08 – 0.33 years, and discount rate of 20%.

In January 2014, the Company completed the first closing of Tranche 3 and issued 5,000,000 shares of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock for gross cash proceeds of $5.0 million (“Tranche 3(a)”). The Company had a remaining obligation to issue up to an aggregate of 7,000,000 shares (“Tranche 3(b)”) of its Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock in one or more subsequent closings. At this time the redeemable convertible preferred stock liability was remeasured using the option pricing method based on the following assumptions: 90% probability of achievement of the development milestones, stock price of $1.00 per share, a term of 0.24 years, and discount rate of 20%.

In April 2014, the Company completed the Tranche 3(b) closing of its Series A Series A redeemable preferred stock. At this time the Company issued 7,000,000 shares of its Series A Series A redeemable preferred stock for $7.0 million in cash. This satisfied the Company’s remaining obligation/right under the Tranche 3 discussed above. At this time the preferred stock liability was remeasured using the option pricing method based on the following assumptions: 100% probability of achievement of the development milestones, stock price of $1.00 per share, a term of 0.42 years, and discount rate of 20%.

In conjunction with Tranche 3(b) above, the Company issued an additional 3,000,000 shares of its Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock for $3.0 million in cash in April 2014. In addition, the Company amended and restated the Agreement (“Amendment No. 3”) to allow for an additional subsequent close of its Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock for up to an aggregate of 6,000,000 shares (“Tranche 4”) in a subsequent closing to occur on or before October 1, 2014, based on the approval of a majority of the Company’s Board of Directors. At this time the preferred stock liability was remeasured using the option pricing method based on the following assumptions: 100% probability of achievement of the development milestones, stock price of $1.00 per share, a term of 0.42 years, and discount rate of 20%.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

In October 2014 the Company completed the Tranche 4 closing and issued 6,000,000 shares of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock for gross cash proceeds of $6.0 million. This satisfied the Company’s tranche obligation that was outstanding under Amendment No. 3.

At December 31, 2014, there was no outstanding obligations related to the Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock liability as all obligations were settled in the Tranche 4 closing of the issuance of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, the Company recorded a total charge of $2.5 million and $297,000, respectively, for the changes in the fair value of the Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock liability in the statement of operations and comprehensive loss. For the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company recorded $3.1 million in additional paid-in capital from the modification of the terms of the Agreement in 2013. There were no such modifications in 2014. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, the Company recorded $1.8 million and $2.5 million as the settlement of the outstanding obligation/right of the Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock liability in redeemable convertible preferred stock.

7. Stock Option and Grant Plan

In 2012, the Company adopted the 2012 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the “2012 Plan”) under which the Company’s board of directors may grant incentive stock options to employees, including officers and members of the Board of Directors who are also employees of the Company, and non-statutory stock options (options that do not qualify as incentive options) and/or restricted stock of the Company to employees, officers, directors, or consultants of the Company. The Company has reserved 9,750,000 shares of common stock for issuance under the 2012 Plan. Awards granted under the 2012 Plan expire no later than 10 years from the date of grant. For incentive stock options and nonstatutory stock options, the option price shall not be less than 100% of the fair market value on the day of grant. If at the time the Company grants an option and the optionee directly or by attribution owns stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, the option price is required to be at least 110% of the of the fair market value on the day of grant. Options granted typically vest over a four-year period but may be granted with different vesting terms.

As of December 31, 2013 and 2014, there were 2,016,500 shares and 2,281,312 shares, respectively, available for the Company to grant under the 2012 Plan.

The following summarizes option activity under the 2012 Plan:

 

     Number
of Options
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted-
Average
remaining
contractual
term (years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic

Value
 
                         (in thousands)  

Balance, January 1, 2013

     806,500      $ 0.09         9.8      

Options granted

     1,394,750        0.09         

Options exercised

     (15,000     0.09         

Options canceled

     (20,000     0.09         
  

 

 

         

Balance, December 31, 2013

  2,166,250      0.09      9.2   

Options granted

  1,905,500      0.12   

Options exercised

  (542,750   0.09   

Options canceled

  (188,000   0.09   
  

 

 

         

Balance Outstanding, December 31, 2014

  3,341,000    $ 0.11      9.0    $ 1,170   
  

 

 

         

 

 

 

Exercisable, December 31, 2014

  308,746    $ 0.09      8.4    $ 113   
  

 

 

         

 

 

 

Vested and expected to vest, December 31, 2014

  3,321,011    $ 0.11      9.0    $ 1,163   
  

 

 

         

 

 

 

 

F-18


Table of Contents

GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

The aggregate intrinsic values of options outstanding, exercisable, vested and expected to vest were calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the options and the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock, as determined by the Board of Directors, as of December 31, 2014. The intrinsic value of options exercised for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 was zero and $35,000, respectively.

During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, the estimated weighted-average grant-date fair value of the options vested was $0.06 and $0.10 per share, respectively and the estimated weighted-average grant-date fair value of common stock underlying options granted was $0.09 and $0.10 per share, respectively.

Employee Stock Options Valuation

The fair value of employee and director stock option awards was estimated at the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2013     2014  

Expected term (in years)

     6.0-6.1        6.0-6.1  

Volatility

     79.8%-86.6     80.7%-93.0

Risk-free interest rate

     1.12%-1.31     1.89%-2.10

Dividend yield

     —          —     

The fair value of the shares of common stock underlying stock options has historically been determined by the Company’s Board of Directors. Because there has been no public market for the Company’s common stock, the Board of Directors has determined fair value of the common stock at the time of grant of the option by considering a number of objective and subjective factors including important developments in the Company’s operations, valuations performed by an independent third party, sales of convertible preferred stock, actual operating results and financial performance, the conditions in the biotechnology industry and the economy in general, the stock price performance and volatility of comparable public companies, and the lack of liquidity of the Company’s common stock, among other factors.

In determining the fair value of the options granted, the Company uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and assumptions discussed below. Each of these inputs is subjective and generally requires significant judgment to determine.

Expected Term —The Company’s expected term represents the period that the Company’s options granted are expected to be outstanding and is determined using the simplified method (based on the mid-point between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term). The Company has very limited historical information to develop reasonable expectations about future exercise patterns and post-vesting employment termination behavior for its stock option grants.

Expected Volatility —Since the Company is privately held and does not have any trading history for its common stock, the expected volatility was estimated based on the average volatility for comparable publicly traded biopharmaceutical companies over a period equal to the expected term of the stock option grants. The comparable companies were chosen based on their similar size, stage in the life cycle or area of specialty.

Risk-Free Interest Rate —The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury zero coupon issues in effect at the time of grant for periods corresponding with the expected term of option.

Expected Dividend —The Company has never paid dividends on its common stock and has no plans to pay dividends on its common stock. Therefore, the Company used an expected dividend yield of zero.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

Stock Options Granted to Non-employees

Stock-based compensation related to stock options granted to non-employees is recognized as the stock options are earned. The fair value of the stock options granted is calculated at each reporting date using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2013     2014  

Expected term (in years)

     5.0-9.4        5.0-9.9   

Volatility

     79.7%-88.1     77.6%-82.3

Risk-free interest rate

     0.88%-2.63     1.49%-2.68

Dividend yield

     —          —     

During the years ended December 31, 2013, and 2014, the Company granted 707,500 and 112,000 shares, respectively, to non-employee consultants and recorded stock-based compensation expense of $2,000 and $17,000, respectively.

Restricted Stock Awards

When Restricted Stock Awards (“RSAs”) are granted, the individual purchases the shares at the grant date fair value of the underlying common stock. The purchase of the stock is subject to forfeiture prior to vesting at the lower of fair value and the original purchase price. The award is treated similarly to an early exercise of stock options for accounting purposes.

A summary of the Company’s non-vested restricted stock for the periods is as follows:

 

     Number
of Shares
 

Balance, January 1, 2013

     3,380,000   

Granted

     482,250   

Vested

     (1,443,417
  

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2013

  2,418,833   

Granted

  3,159,500   

Vested

  (1,439,757

Repurchased by company

  (211,812
  

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2014

  3,926,764   
  

 

 

 

RSAs granted during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 vest over four years, subject to the continued service relationship with the Company. During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, the estimated weighted-average grant date fair value of restricted stock issued was $0.07 and $0.09 per share, respectively. During the year December 31, 2013 and 2014, $112,000 and $289,000, respectively, of stock-based compensation expense was recognized related to these RSAs. The Company recognizes the expense using a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award. As of December 31, 2014, there was $427,000 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested RSAs with service-based vesting conditions. These costs are expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.3 years.

The restricted common stock granted to an employee is valued using the Black-Scholes options pricing model based on the common stock fair value at the time of the grant. For restricted common stock issued to consultants, the Company remeasures the fair value of the restricted shares as they vest at each reporting period using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model reflecting the remaining vesting period.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

Total stock-based compensation recognized for both employees and non-employee was as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2013              2014      

Research and development

   $ 113       $ 248   

General and administrative

     25         102   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

$ 138    $ 350   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2014, unrecognized stock-based compensation cost related to outstanding unvested stock options that are expected to vest was $458,000. This unrecognized stock-based compensation cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.8 years.

8. Income Taxes

No provision for income taxes was recorded for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014. The Company has incurred net operating losses for all the periods presented. The Company has not reflected any benefit of such net operating loss carryforwards in the accompanying financial statements. The Company has established a full valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets due to the uncertainty surrounding the realization of such assets.

The effective tax rate of the provision for income taxes differs from the federal statutory rate as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2013             2014      

Federal statutory income tax rate

     34.0     34.0

Non-deductible changes in fair value

     (4.9     (0.6

Federal and state tax credits

     2.1        2.4   

Change in valuation allowance

     (31.4     (35.8

Other

     0.2        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  0.0   0.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The components of the deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2013      2014  

Deferred tax assets:

     

Net operating loss carryforwards

   $ 9,752       $ 17,651   

Tax credits

     904         1,630   

Accruals and reserves

     271         374   

Stock based compensation

     —           122   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax assets

  10,927      19,777   

Valuation allowance

  (10,577   (19,495
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

  350      282   

Deferred tax liabilities:

Property and equipment

  (350   (282
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax

$ —      $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-21


Table of Contents

GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

Realization of the deferred tax assets is dependent upon future taxable income, if any, the amount and timing of which are uncertain. The Company has established a valuation allowance to offset deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 due to the uncertainty of realizing future tax benefits from its net operating loss carryforwards and other deferred tax assets. The valuation allowance increased by approximately $6.8 million and $8.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively. The increase in the valuation allowance is mainly related to the increase in net operating loss carryforwards incurred during the respective taxable years.

At December 31, 2014, the Company has net operating loss carryforwards for Federal income tax purposes of approximately $44.6 million which are available to offset future taxable income, if any, through 2034 and net operating loss carryforwards for state income tax purposes of approximately $42.4 million which are available to offset future taxable income, if any, through 2034. The net deferred tax asset above does not include any amounts attributable to excess stock option deductions. As of December 31, 2014, the Company had research and development tax credit carryforwards of approximately $1.5 million and $1.1 million available to reduce future taxable income, if any, for federal and state income tax purposes, respectively. If not utilized, the federal credit carryforwards will begin expiring in 2031, and the state credits carry forward indefinitely.

Federal and state laws impose substantial restrictions on the utilization of net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards in the event of an ownership change for tax purposes, as defined in Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. As a result of such ownership changes, the Company’s ability to realize the potential future benefit of tax losses and tax credits that existed at the time of the ownership change may be significantly reduced. The Company’s deferred tax asset and related valuation allowance would be reduced as a result. The Company has not yet performed a Section 382 study to determine the amount of reduction, if any.

No liability related to uncertain tax positions is recorded on the financial statements related to uncertain tax positions. It is the Company’s policy to include penalties and interest expense related to income taxes as a component of other expense and interest expense, respectively, as necessary.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2013      2014  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 122       $ 352   

Additions based on tax positions related to current year

     230         282   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

$ 352    $ 634   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company does not expect that its uncertain tax positions will materially change in the next twelve months. The reversal of the uncertain tax benefits would not impact the Company’s effective tax rate as the Company continues to maintain a full valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets.

The Company files income tax returns in the United States and California. The Company is not currently under examination by income tax authorities in federal, state or other jurisdictions. All tax returns remain open for examination by federal and state authorities for three and four years, respectively, from the date of utilization of any net operating loss or credits.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

9. Commitments and Contingencies

Facilities

In 2012, the Company entered into a noncancelable operating lease for approximately 16,000 square feet of laboratory and office space in South San Francisco, California for an initial term of 66 months. The Company is recognizing minimum rent payments under the facility operating lease on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.

In October 2014, the Company assumed the noncancelable operating lease from a neighboring tenant for approximately 12,000 square feet of adjacent laboratory and office space on substantially the same economic terms as the Company’s primary facility operating lease. The Company anticipates that related lease payments will commence in March 2015 and expire in April 2018.

Future aggregate minimum lease payments under the noncancelable operating leases (in thousands):

 

Year ending December 31,

   Amount  

2015

   $ 949   

2016

     1,050   

2017

     1,078   

2018

     367   
  

 

 

 

Total

$ 3,444   
  

 

 

 

Through February 2015, the Company was a party to a Space Sharing Agreement and a Shared Services Agreement with a biotechnology company that is also majority-owned by Third Rock Ventures. Under these agreements, specified expenses were shared equally between the two companies at cost and not subject to any markup or markdown. For the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, the Company recorded reimbursements of $107,000 and $234,000, respectively, under these agreements. The Company has a receivable of $64,000 and $24,000, respectively, from these reimbursements which are included within other current assets on the balance sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2014.

Rent expense for the facility operating lease consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2013      2014  

Minimum rental

   $ 554       $ 554   

Net reimbursement under Space Sharing Agreement

     (52      (54
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Facility rental expense, net

$ 502    $ 500   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other

Liabilities for loss contingencies arising from claims, assessments, litigation, fines, and penalties and other sources are recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Legal costs incurred in connection with loss contingencies are expensed as incurred. The Company enters into contracts in the normal course of business with contract research organizations for preclinical studies and clinical trials and contract manufacturing organizations for the manufacture of clinical trial materials.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

10. Net Loss and Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

The following table sets forth the computation of the basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2013     2014  

Numerator:

    

Net loss

   $ (18,116   $ (20,807

Accretion and dividends on redeemable convertible preferred stock

     (1,735     (2,965
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

$ (19,851 $ (23,772
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

Weighted average common shares outstanding

  4,305,834      5,858,712   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

$ (4.61 $ (4.06
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Since the Company was in a loss position for all periods presented, basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is the same as diluted net loss per share for all periods as the inclusion of all potential common shares outstanding would have been anti-dilutive. Potentially dilutive securities that were not included in the diluted per share calculations because they would be anti-dilutive were as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2013      2014  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     28,913,168         69,113,168   

Options to purchase common stock

     2,166,250         3,341,000   

Restricted stock subject to future vesting

     2,418,833         3,926,764   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

  33,498,251      76,380,932   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss Per Share

The following table sets forth the computation of the Company’s unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders during the year ended December 31, 2014 (in thousands, except for share and per share amounts):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2014
 
     (Unaudited)  

Net loss, basic and diluted

   $ (20,807
  

 

 

 

Shares used in computing net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

  5,858,712   

Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

  42,307,689   
  

 

 

 

Shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

  48,166,401   
  

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

$ (0.43
  

 

 

 

 

F-24


Table of Contents

GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

11. Related Party Transactions

The majority investor in the Company is an investment fund controlled by Third Rock Ventures, LLC (“TRV”). As of December 31, 2013 and 2014, three and two members of the Company’s Board of Directors were partners in TRV, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, the Company incurred $499,000 and $332,000 for management and advisory services provided by TRV to the Company of which $129,000 and $14,000 was payable as of December 31, 2013 and 2014. The Company is party to a Series A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement with TRV which allowed for the future sale to TRV of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock at stated terms (see Note 6). As of December 31, 2014, all closings of the Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock financing had been completed.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Index to Unaudited Interim Condensed Financial Statements

 

     Page  

Unaudited Interim Condensed Financial Statements:

  

Condensed Balance Sheets

     F-27   

Condensed Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

     F-28   

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

     F-29   

Notes to Unaudited Interim Condensed Financial Statements

     F-30   

 

F-26


Table of Contents

GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Condensed Balance Sheets

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     December 31,
2014
    March 31,
2015
    Pro forma
Stockholders’
Equity as of
March 31,
2015
 
           (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  

Assets

      

Current assets:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 52,069      $ 45,800     

Prepaid expenses

     1,135        757     

Other current assets

     389        1,437     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current assets

  53,593      47,994   

Property and equipment, net

  2,023      2,343   

Restricted cash

  140      140   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total assets

$ 55,756    $ 50,477   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Liabilities, Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

Current liabilities:

Accounts payable

$ 541    $ 1,616   

Payable due to related party

  14      53   

Accrued expenses

  948      1,937   

Accrued compensation

  847      542   

Other current liabilities

  187      212   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current liabilities

  2,537      4,360   

Other liabilities

  384      371   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total liabilities

  2,921      4,731   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Commitments and contingencies

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value: 69,363,168 shares authorized as of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015 (unaudited); 69,113,168 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015 (unaudited); redemption value of $104,529 as of March 31, 2015 (unaudited)

  102,161      103,396    $ —     

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):

Common stock, $0.001 par value, 94,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015 (unaudited); 6,840,924 and 7,216,688 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015 (unaudited), respectively;              shares authorized, 76,329,856 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma (unaudited)

  7      7      76   

Additional paid-in capital

  —        —        103,327   

Accumulated deficit

  (49,333   (57,657   (57,657
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

  (49,326   (57,650 $ 45,746   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

$ 55,756    $ 50,477   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

See accompanying notes to unaudited interim condensed financial statements.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Condensed Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

(Unaudited)

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2014     2015  

Operating expenses:

    

Research and development

   $ 3,877      $ 6,069   

General and administrative

     821        1,298   

Related party expenses

     171        53   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

  4,869      7,420   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

  (4,869   (7,420

Change in fair value of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock liability

  (238   —     

Interest income

  —        3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss and comprehensive loss

$ (5,107 $ (7,417
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

$ (5,695 $ (8,657
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

$ (1.09 $ (1.20
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of shares used in computing net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

  5,238,125      7,185,069   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted

$ (0.10
    

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted

  76,298,237   
    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to unaudited interim condensed financial statements.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

(Unaudited)

(In thousands)

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2014     2015  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

    

Net loss

   $ (5,107   $ (7,417

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     158        183   

Loss on sale of fixed assets

     —          18   

Remeasurement of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock liability

     238        —     

Stock-based compensation

     38        322   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Prepaid expenses

     73        378   

Other current assets

     66        (362

Accounts payable

     493        334   

Payable due to related party

     42        39   

Accrued expenses

     (82     754   

Accrued compensation

     (204     (305

Other current liabilities

     11        —     

Other noncurrent liabilities

     (4     (5
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

  (4,278   (6,061
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

Purchase of property and equipment

  (19   (169
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

  (19   (169
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

Proceeds from issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs

  4,991      (5

Payments of deferred offering costs

  —        (62

Proceeds from issuance of restricted stock awards

  36      45   

Repurchase of unvested restricted stock awards

  (5   (17

Proceeds from the exercise of common stock options

  7      —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

  5,029      (39
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

  732      (6,269

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

  3,278      52,069   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

$ 4,010    $ 45,800   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING INFORMATION:

Remeasurement and settlement of fair value of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock liability

$ 409    $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accretion of Series A and Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock

$ 588    $ 1,240   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accrued purchase of property and equipment

$ 21    $ 356   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accrued deferred offering costs

$ —      $ 620   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to unaudited interim condensed financial statements.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Unaudited Interim Condensed Financial Statements

1. Organization and Basis of Presentation

Global Blood Therapeutics Inc. (the “Company”) was incorporated in Delaware in February 2011 and commenced operations in May 2012. The Company is a biopharmaceutical company dedicated to discovering, developing and commercializing novel therapeutics to treat grievous blood-based disorders. The Company’s primary activities have been establishing its facilities, recruiting personnel, conducting development of its product candidates, including clinical studies, and raising capital. The Company’s principal operations are based in South San Francisco, California, and it operates in one segment.

Need for Additional Capital

In the course of its development activities, the Company has sustained operating losses and expects such losses to continue over the next several years. The Company’s ultimate success depends on the outcome of its research and development activities. Since inception through March 31, 2015, the Company has incurred cumulative net losses of $57.7 million. Management expects to incur additional losses in the future to conduct product research and development and recognizes the need to raise additional capital to fully implement its business plan. The Company intends to raise such capital through the issuance of additional equity, and potentially through borrowings, and strategic alliances with partner companies. However, if such financing is not available at adequate levels, the Company will need to reevaluate its operating plans. Management believes that its existing cash and cash equivalents will be sufficient to fund the Company’s cash requirements through at least December 31, 2015.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Unaudited Interim Financial Statements

The interim condensed balance sheet as of March 31, 2015, and the statements of operations and comprehensive loss, and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 are unaudited. The unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the annual financial statements and reflect, in the opinion of management, all adjustments of a normal and recurring nature that are necessary for the fair presentation of the Company’s financial position as of March 31, 2015 and its results of operations and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015. The financial data and the other financial information disclosed in these notes to the financial statements related to the three-month periods are also unaudited. The results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2015 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2015 or for any other future annual or interim period. The balance sheet as of December 31, 2014 included herein was derived from the audited financial statements as of that date. These financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Unaudited Pro Forma Stockholders’ Equity

The pro forma stockholders’ equity as of March 31, 2015 presents the Company’s stockholders’ equity as though all of the Company’s outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock had automatically converted into shares of common stock upon the completion of an initial public offering (“IPO”) of the Company’s common stock. The shares of common stock issuable and the proceeds expected to be received in the initial public offering are excluded from such pro forma financial information.

Use of Estimates

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires

 

F-30


Table of Contents

GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of expenses during the reporting period. On an ongoing basis, management evaluates its estimates, including those related to the valuation of derivatives, accruals for research and development activities, common stock, stock-based compensation; and income taxes. Management bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other market-specific and relevant assumptions that management believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents, which consist primarily of amounts invested in money market accounts, are stated at fair value.

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash consists of money market funds held by the Company’s financial institution as collateral for the Company’s letter of credit under its facility lease.

Deferred Offering Costs

Deferred offering costs, consisting of legal, accounting, printer and filing fees related to the IPO are capitalized. The deferred offering costs will be offset against proceeds from the IPO upon the effectiveness of the offering. In the event the offering is terminated, all capitalized deferred offering costs will be expensed. As of March 31, 2015, $682,000 of deferred offering costs were capitalized, which are included in other current assets in the accompanying condensed balance sheet. There were no such costs capitalized as of December 31, 2014.

Research and Development Costs

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Research and development costs consist of expenses associated with clinical trials, outside research consultants, contract manufacturing expenses, salaries, employee benefits and allocated facility costs.

Preclinical study and clinical trial expenditures are a component of research and development expenses and are charged to operations as incurred. The expenses related to preclinical studies and clinical trials are based on estimates of the services received and efforts expended pursuant to contracts with research institutions and clinical research organizations that conduct and manage the studies on behalf of the Company. The financial terms of these agreements are subject to negotiation and vary from contract to contract and may result in uneven payment flows. Payments under the contracts depend on factors such as the achievement of certain events and the completion of portions of the study or similar conditions. Expenses related to preclinical studies and clinical trials are accrued based on the estimated level of activity incurred under each contract. Payments made to third parties under these arrangements in advance of the receipt of the related services are deferred as prepaid assets, depending on the terms of the agreement, until the services are rendered.

Net Loss per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

Basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period, without consideration for common stock equivalents. The net loss attributable to common

 

F-31


Table of Contents

GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

stockholders is calculated by adjusting the net loss of the Company for the accretion on the redeemable convertible preferred stock. Diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is the same as basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, since the effects of potentially dilutive securities are antidilutive given the net loss of the Company.

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss per Share

Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share has been computed to give effect to the conversion of the redeemable convertible preferred stock into common stock in connection with the Company’s initial public offering. The unaudited pro forma net loss per share does not include the shares expected to be sold and related proceeds to be received from the initial public offering.

3. Fair Value Measurements

Fair value accounting is applied for all financial assets and liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis (at least annually). Financial instruments include cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts payable and accrued liabilities that approximate fair value due to their relatively short maturities.

Assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on a recurring basis in the balance sheets are categorized based upon the level of judgment associated with the inputs used to measure their fair values. Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or an exit price that would be paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. The authoritative guidance on fair value measurements establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurements as follows:

Level 1 – Inputs are unadjusted, quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities at the measurement date;

Level 2 – Inputs are observable, unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities, unadjusted quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the related assets or liabilities; and

Level 3 – Unobservable inputs that are significant to the measurement of the fair value of the assets or liabilities that are supported by little or no market data.

The Company’s financial instruments consist of Level 1 assets. Where quoted prices for identical assets are available in an active market, securities are classified as Level 1. Level 1 assets consist of highly liquid money market funds, which as of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015 includes $140,000 of funds that are collateral for the Company’s facility lease that are included within restricted cash. There were no unrealized gains and losses in the Company’s investments in these money market funds.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

Financial assets subject to fair value measurements on a recurring basis and the level of inputs used in such measurements are as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2014  
     Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Financial Assets:

           

Money market funds

   $ 52,209       $ 52,209       $  —         $  —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial assets

$ 52,209    $ 52,209    $ —      $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     March 31, 2015  
     Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Financial Assets:

           

Money market funds

   $ 45,940       $ 45,940       $  —         $  —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial assets

$ 45,940    $ 45,940    $ —      $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

4. Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,
2014
     March 31,
2015
 

Accrued clinical and manufacturing expenses

   $ 749       $ 1,505   

Accrued professional and consulting services

     153         430   

Other

     46         2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accrued expenses

$ 948    $ 1,937   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

5. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

As of December 31, 2014 redeemable convertible preferred stock consisted of the following (in thousands, except share amounts):

 

     Shares
Authorized
     Shares Issued
and
Outstanding
     Net Carrying
Value
     Aggregate
Liquidation
Preference
 

Series A

     50,163,168         49,913,168       $ 54,273       $ 55,254   

Series B

     19,200,000         19,200,000         47,888         48,035   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

  69,363,168      69,113,168    $ 102,161    $ 103,289   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-33


Table of Contents

GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

As of March 31, 2015 redeemable convertible preferred stock consisted of the following (in thousands, except share amounts):

 

     Shares
Authorized
     Shares Issued
and
Outstanding
     Net Carrying
Value
     Aggregate
Liquidation
Preference
 

Series A

     50,163,168         49,913,168       $ 55,160       $ 56,142   

Series B

     19,200,000         19,200,000         48,236         48,387   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

  69,363,168      69,113,168    $ 103,396    $ 104,529   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Common Stock

As of March 31, 2015, the Company had reserved the following shares of common stock for issuance as follows:

 

Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding

  49,913,168   

Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding

  19,200,000   

Restricted shares subject to future vesting

  3,448,500   

Options issued and outstanding

  4,165,225   

Options available for future grants

  1,559,587   
  

 

 

 

Total

  78,286,480   
  

 

 

 

Restricted Stock

As of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, 609,375 and 337,500 shares of common stock issued to founders remained subject to repurchase and $1,000 and less than $1,000, respectively, were recorded as liabilities pertaining to the restricted common stock.

As of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, 3,317,389 and 3,111,000 shares of common stock issued to employees remained subject to repurchase and $435,000 and $453,000 respectively, were recorded as liabilities pertaining to the unvested restricted stock awards.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

6. Stock Option and Grant Plan

As of March 31, 2015, there were 1,559,587 shares available for the Company to grant under the 2012 Plan.

The following summarizes option activity under the 2012 Plan:

 

     Number
of Options
     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted-
Average
remaining
contractual
term (years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic

Value
 
                          (in thousands)  

Balance, December 31, 2014

     3,341,000       $ 0.11         9.0      

Options granted

     836,600       $ 0.72         

Options exercised

     —           —           

Options canceled

     (12,375    $ 0.09         
  

 

 

          

Balance Outstanding, March 31, 2015

  4,165,225    $ 0.23      9.0    $ 3,077   
  

 

 

          

 

 

 

Exercisable, March 31, 2015

  521,784    $ 0.09      8.3    $ 457   
  

 

 

          

 

 

 

Vested and expected to vest, March 31, 2015

  4,115,648    $ 0.23      8.9    $ 3,053   
  

 

 

          

 

 

 

The aggregate intrinsic values of options outstanding, exercisable, vested and expected to vest were calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the options and the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock, as determined by the Board of Directors, as of March 31, 2015.

During the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, the estimated weighted-average grant-date fair value of the options vested was $0.07 and $0.10 per share, respectively, and the estimated weighted-average grant-date fair value of common stock underlying options granted was $0.07 and $0.48 per share, respectively.

Employee Stock Options Valuation

The fair value of employee and director stock option awards was estimated at the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions:

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2014     2015  

Expected term (in years)

     6.0-6.1        6.0-6.1   

Volatility

     87.8%-88.1     75.9%-77.0

Risk-free interest rate

     1.9%-2.1     1.5%-1.7

Dividend yield

     —          —     

 

F-35


Table of Contents

GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

Stock Options Granted to Non-employees

Stock-based compensation related to stock options granted to non-employees is recognized as the stock options are earned. The fair value of the stock options granted is calculated at each reporting date using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions:

 

                                   
     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2014             2015          

Expected term (in years)

     5.0-9.9        5.0-9.9   

Volatility

     77.6%-82.3     77.6%-88.1

Risk-free interest rate

     1.5%-2.7     0.9%-2.7

Dividend yield

     —          —     

During the three months ended March 31, 2014 the Company granted 40,000 stock options to non-employee consultants. The Company did not grant any stock options to non-employee consultants during the three months ended March 31, 2015. The Company recorded stock-based compensation expense related to these awards of $3,000 and $29,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

Restricted Stock Awards

When Restricted Stock Awards (“RSAs”) are granted, the individual purchases the shares at the grant date fair value of the underlying common stock. The purchase of the stock is subject to forfeiture prior to vesting at the lower of fair value and the original purchase price. The award is treated similarly to an early exercise of stock options for accounting purposes.

A summary of the Company’s non-vested restricted stock for the periods is as follows:

 

     Number
of Shares
 

Balance, December 31, 2014

     3,926,764   

Granted

     85,000   

Vested

     (375,764

Repurchased by company

     (187,500
  

 

 

 

Balance, March 31, 2015

  3,448,500   
  

 

 

 

RSAs granted during the three months ended March 31, 2015 vest over four years, subject to the continued service relationship with the Company. During the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, the estimated weighted-average grant date fair value of restricted stock issued was $0.07 and $0.29 per share, respectively. During the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, $29,000 and $266,000, respectively, of stock-based compensation expense was recognized related to these RSAs. The Company recognizes the expense using a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award. As of March 31, 2015, there was $287,000 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested RSAs with service-based vesting conditions. These costs are expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.6 years.

The restricted common stock granted to an employee is valued using the Black-Scholes options pricing model based on the common stock fair value at the time of the grant. For restricted common stock issued to consultants, the Company remeasures the fair value of the restricted shares as they vest at each reporting period using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model reflecting the remaining vesting period.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

Total stock-based compensation recognized for both employees and non-employee was as follows (in thousands):

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2014      2015  

Research and development

   $ 30,000       $ 265,000   

General and administrative

     8,000         57,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

$ 38,000    $ 322,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of March 31, 2015 unrecognized stock-based compensation cost related to outstanding unvested stock options that are expected to vest was $1.1 million. This unrecognized stock-based compensation cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.9 years.

7. Net Loss per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders and Pro Forma Net Loss per Share

The following table sets forth the computation of the basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders during the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2014     2015  

Numerator:

  

Net loss

   $ (5,107   $ (7,417

Accretion and dividends on redeemable convertible preferred stock

     (588     (1,240
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

$ (5,695 $ (8,657
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

Weighted average common shares outstanding

  5,238,125      7,185,069   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

$ (1.09 $ (1.20
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Since the Company was in a loss position for all periods presented, basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is the same as diluted net loss per share for all periods as the inclusion of all potential common shares outstanding would have been anti-dilutive. Potentially dilutive securities that were not included in the diluted per share calculations because they would be anti-dilutive were as follows:

 

     March 31,  
     2014      2015  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     33,913,168         69,113,168   

Options to purchase common stock

     2,391,750         4,165,225   

Restricted stock subject to future vesting

     2,355,270         3,448,500   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

  38,660,188      76,726,893   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-37


Table of Contents

GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss Per Share

The following table sets forth the computation of the Company’s unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share during the three months ended March 31, 2015 (in thousands, except for share and per share amounts):

 

     Three Months
Ended

March 31, 2015
 

Net loss, basic and diluted

   $ (7,417
  

 

 

 

Weighted–average shares used in computing net loss per share, basic and diluted

  7,185,069   

Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

  69,113,168   
  

 

 

 

Weighted–average shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted

  76,298,237   
  

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted

$ (0.10
  

 

 

 

8. Related Party Transactions

The majority investor in the Company is an investment fund controlled by Third Rock Ventures, LLC (“TRV”). As of March 31, 2015, two members of the Company’s Board of Directors were also partners in TRV. For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, the Company incurred $171,000 and $53,000, respectively, for management and advisory services provided by TRV to the Company. As of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, the Company had an outstanding payable to TRV of $14,000 and $53,000 respectively.

9. Subsequent Events

On April 9, 2015 the Company increased the number of shares available under the 2012 Stock Option and Grant Plan by 3,500,000 to a total of 13,250,000 shares. On that date the Company also issued 4,360,000 stock awards, including options to purchase 2,232,500 shares of common stock, at an exercise price of $0.97 per share and 2,127,500 shares of restricted common stock with a purchase price of $0.97 per share. 2,870,000 of the awards are subject to quarterly vesting on a ratable basis over four years and 1,490,000 of the awards vest upon the achievement of various scientific, clinical and business milestone objectives.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

 

 

                Shares

 

LOGO

Common Stock

Prospectus

 

Morgan Stanley Goldman, Sachs & Co.
Cowen and Company Wedbush PacGrow

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

The following table sets forth all expenses, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company” or the “Registrant”) in connection with the sale of the common stock being registered. All the amounts shown are estimates except the SEC registration fee and the FINRA filing fee.

 

     Amount  

SEC registration fee

   $ 13,363

FINRA filing fee

     17,750

NASDAQ initial listing fee

         

Blue sky qualification fees and expenses

         

Printing and engraving expenses

         

Legal fees and expenses

         

Accounting fees and expenses

         

Transfer agent and registrar fees

         

Miscellaneous

         
  

 

 

 

Total

$             
  

 

 

 

 

* To be filed by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits a corporation to include in its charter documents, and in agreements between the corporation and its directors and officers, provisions expanding the scope of indemnification beyond that specifically provided by the current law.

Section 145(a) of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides, in general, that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation), because he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

Section 145(b) of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides, in general, that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor because the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which he or she shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or other

 

II-1


Table of Contents

adjudicating court determines that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, he or she is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court shall deem proper.

Section 145(g) of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides, in general, that a corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify the person against such liability under Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

The Company’s restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective upon completion of the offering, provides for the indemnification of directors to the fullest extent permissible under Delaware law.

The Company’s amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective upon completion of the offering, provide for the indemnification of officers, directors and third parties acting on the Company’s behalf if such persons act in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in and not opposed to the Company’s best interest, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, such indemnified party had no reason to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

The Company is entering into indemnification agreements with each of its directors and executive officers, in addition to the indemnification provisions provided for in its charter documents, and the Company intends to enter into indemnification agreements with any new directors and executive officers in the future. These agreements will provide that we will indemnify each of our directors and executive officers, and such entities to the fullest extent permitted by law.

The underwriting agreement (to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 hereto) will provide for indemnification by the underwriters of the Company, and its executive officers and directors, and indemnification of the underwriters by the Company for certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in connection with matters specifically provided in writing by the underwriters for inclusion in the registration statement.

The Company intends to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer against any loss arising from any claim asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in that capacity, subject to certain exclusions and limits of the amount of coverage.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

In the three years preceding the filing of this registration statement, we have issued the following securities that were not registered under the Securities Act:

Issuances of Capital Stock

In February 2012, we issued a convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $600,000 to one investor.

In April 2012, we issued a convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $600,000 to one investor.

In May 2012, we issued an aggregate of 6,700,000 shares of our common stock to 11 stockholders for aggregate consideration of $6,700.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

On May 31, 2012, we issued 13,663,168 shares of our Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock to one investor for an aggregate consideration of $13,663,168, including the conversion of principal and accrued interest under previously issued convertible promissory notes.

On February 28, 2013, we issued 5,250,000 shares of our Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock to two investors for $5,250,000.

On July 12, 2013, we issued 5,000,000 shares of our Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock to one investor for $5,000,000.

On October 31, 2013, we issued 5,000,000 shares of our Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock to one investor for $5,000,000.

On January 31,2014, we issued 5,000,000 shares of our Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock to one investor for $5,000,000.

On April 29, 2014, we issued 10,000,000 shares of our Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock to two investors for $10,000,000.

On October 1, 2014, we issued 6,000,000 shares of our Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock to two investors for $6,000,000.

On December 22, 2014, we issued 19,200,000 shares of our Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock to 13 investors for aggregate consideration of $48,000,000.

No underwriters were used in the foregoing transactions. All sales of securities described above were made in reliance upon the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act (and/or Regulation D promulgated thereunder) for transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering. All of the foregoing securities are deemed restricted securities for the purposes of the Securities Act.

Grants of Stock Options and Restricted Stock under the 2012 Plan.

From January 1, 2012 through June 30, 2015, we have granted stock options to purchase an aggregate of 8,032,350 shares of our common stock, with exercise prices ranging from $0.09 to $1.81 per share, to employees, directors and consultants pursuant to the 2012 Plan. From January 1, 2012 through June 30, 2015, we have granted an aggregate of 5,924,250 shares of restricted stock under the 2012 Plan. The issuances of these securities were exempt either pursuant to Rule 701, as a transaction pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan, or pursuant to Section 4(2), as a transaction by an issuer not involving a public offering.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) Exhibits.

The exhibits to the registration statement are listed in the Exhibit Index to this registration statement and are incorporated herein by reference.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

None.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Item 17. Undertakings

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

(a) The undersigned Registrant will provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

(b) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(c) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Francisco, California, on the 8 th day of July, 2015.

 

GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Ted W. Love

  Ted W. Love, M.D.
  President and Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose individual signature appears below hereby authorizes and appoints Ted W. Love, M.D. and John Schembri and each of them, with full power of substitution and resubstitution and full power to act without the other, as his or her true and lawful attorney in fact and agent to act in his or her name, place and stead and to execute in the name and on behalf of each person, individually and in each capacity stated below, and to file any and all amendments to this Registration Statement, including any and all post effective amendments and amendments thereto, and any registration statement relating to the same offering as this Registration Statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys in fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing, ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys in fact and agents or any of them or their or his substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated below on the 8 th day of July, 2015.

 

Signature

  

Title

  

Date

/s/ Ted W. Love

TED W. LOVE, M.D.

   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)    July 8, 2015

/s/ John Schembri

JOHN SCHEMBRI

   Vice President, Finance and Administration (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)    July 8, 2015

/s/ Willie L. Brown

WILLIE L. BROWN, JR.

   Director    July 8, 2015

/s/ Charles Homcy

CHARLES HOMCY, M.D.

   Director    July 8, 2015

/s/ Deval L. Patrick

DEVAL L. PATRICK

   Director    July 8, 2015

/s/ Mark L. Perry

MARK L. PERRY

   Director    July 8, 2015

/s/ Kevin P. Starr

KEVIN P. STARR

   Director    July 8, 2015

 

II-5


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit No.

 

Description

    1.1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement
    3.1   Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as currently in effect
    3.2*   Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be in effect upon completion of the offering
    3.3   Bylaws of the Registrant and the amendments thereto, as currently in effect
    3.4*   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be in effect upon completion of the offering
    3.5*   Form of Certificate of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (to be effective prior to the effectiveness of this registration statement)
    3.6*   Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (to be effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering)
    3.7*   Form of Certificate of Retirement of Convertible Preferred Stock of the Registrant (to be effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering)
    4.1*   Specimen Common Stock Certificate
    4.2   Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement by and among the Registrant and certain of its stockholders dated December 22, 2014
    5.1*   Opinion of Goodwin Procter LLP
  10.1#   2012 Stock Option and Grant Plan and forms of award agreements thereunder
  10.2*#   2015 Stock Option and Incentive Plan and forms of award agreements thereunder
  10.3#   Employment Offer Letter Agreement by and between the Registrant and Ted W. Love, M.D., dated May 19, 2014
  10.4#   Employment Offer Letter Agreement by and between the Registrant and Eleanor L. Ramos, M.D., dated March 8, 2014
  10.5  

Lease Agreement by and between the Registrant and ARE—East Jamie Court, LLC, dated

June 29, 2012, as amended by letter amendment dated June 29, 2012

  10.6   Assignment and Assumption of Lease by and between the Registrant and Myokardia, Inc., dated as of October 22, 2014
  10.7   Lease Agreement by and between the Registrant (as assignee of Myokardia, Inc.) and ARE—East Jamie Court, LLC, dated June 29, 2012
  10.8*   Form of Indemnification Agreement by and between the Registrant and each of its directors and officers
  10.9#   Director letter agreement by and between the Registrant and Willie L. Brown, Jr. dated December 22, 2014
  10.10#   Director letter agreement by and between the Registrant and Deval L. Patrick dated March 25, 2015
  10.11#   Director letter agreement by and between the Registrant and Mark L. Perry dated March 31, 2015
  23.1   Consent of KPMG LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
  23.2*   Consent of Goodwin Procter LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
  24.1   Power of Attorney (included on signature page)

 

* To be filed by amendment.
# Represents management compensation plan, contract or arrangement.

Exhibit 3.1

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.

(Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the

General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware)

Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ General Corporation Law ”),

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY :

1. That the name of this corporation is Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc., and that this corporation was originally incorporated pursuant to the General Corporation Law on February 4, 2011 under the name Global Blood Targeting, Inc. and that the Certificate of Incorporation was amended on January 3, 2012, was amended and restated on May 31, 2012, was amended on January 30, 2014 and was amended on April 4, 2014.

2. That the Board of Directors duly adopted resolutions proposing to amend and restate the Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation, declaring said amendment and restatement to be advisable and in the best interests of this corporation and its stockholders, and authorizing the appropriate officers of this corporation to solicit the consent of the stockholders therefor, which resolution setting forth the proposed amendment and restatement is as follows:

RESOLVED , that the Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation be amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

FIRST : The name of this corporation is Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).

SECOND: The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

THIRD : The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law.

FOURTH : (i) The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 94,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share (“ Common Stock ”), and 69,363,168 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share (“ Preferred Stock ”).


The following is a statement of the designations and the powers, privileges and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof in respect of each class of capital stock of the Corporation.

 

A. COMMON STOCK

1. General . The voting, dividend and liquidation rights of the holders of the Common Stock are subject to and qualified by the rights, powers and preferences of the holders of the Preferred Stock set forth herein.

2. Voting . The holders of the Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held at all meetings of stockholders (and written actions in lieu of meetings); provided , however , that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation (the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation or pursuant to the General Corporation Law. The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by (in addition to any vote of the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock that may be required by the terms of the Certificate of Incorporation) the affirmative vote of the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation representing a majority of the votes represented by all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law.

 

B. PREFERRED STOCK

Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series, each of such series to consist of such number of shares and to have such terms, rights, powers and preferences, and the qualifications and limitations with respect thereto, as stated or expressed herein.

50,163,168 shares of the authorized and unissued Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “ Series A Preferred Stock ” and 19,200,000 shares of the authorized and unissued Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “ Series B Preferred Stock ” with the following rights, preferences, powers, privileges and restrictions, qualifications and limitations. Unless otherwise indicated, references to “Sections” in this Part B of this Article Fourth refer to sections of Part B of this Article Fourth.

1. Dividends . From and after the date of the issuance of any shares of Series B Preferred Stock, dividends at the rate per annum of $0.20 per share shall accrue on such shares of Series B Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock) (the “ Series B Accruing Dividends ”). From and after the date of the issuance of any shares of Series A Preferred Stock, dividends at the rate per annum of $0.08 per share shall accrue on such shares of Series A Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event

 

2


of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock) (the “ Series A Accruing Dividends ” and together with the Series B Accruing Dividends, the “ Accruing Dividends ”). Accruing Dividends shall accrue from day to day, whether or not declared, and shall be cumulative; provided however , that except as set forth in the following sentence of this Section 1 or in Subsection 2.1 or Subsection 2.3.2(c) , such Accruing Dividends shall be payable only when, as, and if declared by the Corporation’s Board of Directors (the “ Board of Directors ”), and the Corporation shall be under no obligation to pay such Accruing Dividends. The Corporation shall not declare, pay or set aside any dividends on shares of any other class or series of capital stock of the Corporation (other than dividends on shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock) unless (in addition to the obtaining of any consents required elsewhere in the Certificate of Incorporation) the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding shall first receive, or simultaneously receive, a dividend on each outstanding share of Series B Preferred Stock in an amount at least equal to the greater of (i) the amount of the aggregate Accruing Dividends then accrued on such share of Series B Preferred Stock and not previously paid and (ii) (A) in the case of a dividend on Common Stock or any class or series that is convertible into Common Stock, that dividend per share of Series B Preferred Stock as would equal the product of (1) the dividend payable on each share of such class or series determined, if applicable, as if all shares of such class or series had been converted into Common Stock and (2) the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of a share of Series B Preferred Stock, in each case calculated on the record date for determination of holders entitled to receive such dividend or (B) in the case of a dividend on any class or series that is not convertible into Common Stock, at a rate per share of Series B Preferred Stock determined by (1) dividing the amount of the dividend payable on each share of such class or series of capital stock by the original issuance price of such class or series of capital stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to such class or series) and (2) multiplying such fraction by an amount equal to the Series B Original Issue Price (as defined below); provided that, if the Corporation declares, pays or sets aside, on the same date, a dividend on shares of more than one class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, the dividend payable to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 1 shall be calculated based upon the dividend on the class or series of capital stock that would result in the highest Series B Preferred Stock dividend. The Corporation shall not declare, pay or set aside any dividends on shares of any other class or series of capital stock of the Corporation (other than dividends on shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock) unless (in addition to the obtaining of any consents required elsewhere in the Certificate of Incorporation) the Corporation shall have paid in full all dividends payable to the Series B Preferred Stock pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence. Thereafter, the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding shall first receive, or simultaneously receive, a dividend on each outstanding share of Series A Preferred Stock in an amount at least equal to the greater of (i) the amount of the aggregate Accruing Dividends then accrued on such share of Series A Preferred Stock and not previously paid and (ii) (A) in the case of a dividend on Common Stock or any class or series that is convertible into Common Stock, that dividend per share of Series A Preferred Stock as would equal the product of (1) the dividend payable on each share of such class or series determined, if applicable, as if all shares of such class or series had been converted into Common Stock and (2) the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of a share of Series A Preferred Stock, in each case calculated on the record date for determination

 

3


of holders entitled to receive such dividend or (B) in the case of a dividend on any class or series that is not convertible into Common Stock, at a rate per share of Series A Preferred Stock determined by (1) dividing the amount of the dividend payable on each share of such class or series of capital stock by the original issuance price of such class or series of capital stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to such class or series) and (2) multiplying such fraction by an amount equal to the Series A Original Issue Price (as defined below); provided that, if the Corporation declares, pays or sets aside, on the same date, a dividend on shares of more than one class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, the dividend payable to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 1 shall be calculated based upon the dividend on the class or series of capital stock that would result in the highest Series A Preferred Stock dividend. The “ Series A Original Issue Price ” shall mean $1.00 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock. The “ Series B Original Issue Price ” shall mean $2.50 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock. The “ Original Issue Price ” shall mean the Series A Original Issue Price or the Series B Original Issue Price, as applicable.

2. Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up; Certain Mergers, Consolidations and Asset Sales .

2.1 Preferential Payments to Holders of Preferred Stock .

2.1.1 In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event (as defined below), the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders before any payment shall be made to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock and Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the Series B Original Issue Price, plus any Accruing Dividends accrued but unpaid thereon, whether or not declared, together with any other dividends declared but unpaid thereon. If upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event, the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock the full amount to which they shall be entitled under this Subsection 2.1.1, the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

2.1.2 In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event, after the payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 2.1.1, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders before any payment shall be made to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the Series A Original Issue Price, plus any Accruing

 

4


Dividends accrued but unpaid thereon, whether or not declared, together with any other dividends declared but unpaid thereon. If upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event, the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock the full amount to which they shall be entitled under this Subsection 2.1.2, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

2.2 Distribution of Remaining Assets . In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event, after the payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock and Series A Preferred Stock, the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be distributed among the holders of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock and Common Stock, pro rata based on the number of shares held by each such holder, treating for this purpose all such securities as if they had been converted to Common Stock pursuant to the terms of the Certificate of Incorporation immediately prior to such dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event; provided , however , that if the aggregate amount which the holders of Series B Preferred Stock are entitled to receive under Subsections 2.1.1 and 2.2 shall exceed $6.25 per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of a stock split, stock dividend, combination, reclassification, or similar event affecting the Series B Preferred Stock) (the “ Series B Maximum Participation Amount ”), each holder of Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive upon such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event the greater of (i) the Series B Maximum Participation Amount and (ii) the amount such holder would have received if all shares of Series B Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event; provided , further , however , that if the aggregate amount which the holders of Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to receive under Subsections 2.1.2 and 2.2 shall exceed $2.50 per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of a stock split, stock dividend, combination, reclassification, or similar event affecting the Series A Preferred Stock) (the “ Series A Maximum Participation Amount ”), each holder of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive upon such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event the greater of (i) the Series A Maximum Participation Amount and (ii) the amount such holder would have received if all shares of Series A Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event. The aggregate amount which a holder of a share of Series B Preferred Stock is entitled to receive under Subsections 2.1.1 and 2.2 is hereinafter referred to as the “ Series B Liquidation Amount .” The aggregate amount which a holder of a share of Series A Preferred Stock is entitled to receive under Subsections 2.1.2 and 2.2 is hereinafter referred to as the “ Series A Liquidation Amount .”

 

5


2.3 Deemed Liquidation Events .

2.3.1 Definition . Each of the following events shall be considered a “ Deemed Liquidation Event ” unless the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock and at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock elect otherwise by written notice sent to the Corporation at least ten (10) days prior to the effective date of any such event:

(a) a merger or consolidation in which

(i) the Corporation is a constituent party or

(ii) a subsidiary of the Corporation is a constituent party and the Corporation issues shares of its capital stock pursuant to such merger or consolidation,

except (A) any such merger or consolidation effected exclusively to change the domicile of the Corporation or (B) any such merger or consolidation involving the Corporation or a subsidiary in which the shares of capital stock of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continue to represent, or are converted into or exchanged for shares of capital stock that represent, immediately following such merger or consolidation, at least a majority, by voting power, of the capital stock of (1) the surviving or resulting corporation or (2) if the surviving or resulting corporation is a wholly owned subsidiary of another corporation immediately following such merger or consolidation, the parent corporation of such surviving or resulting corporation; or

(b) the sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, by the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation of all or substantially all the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole or the sale or disposition (whether by merger or otherwise) of one or more subsidiaries of the Corporation if substantially all of the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole are held by such subsidiary or subsidiaries, except where such sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition is to a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation.

2.3.2 Effecting a Deemed Liquidation Event; Redemption

(a) The Corporation shall not have the power to effect a Deemed Liquidation Event referred to in Section 2.3.1(a)(i) above unless the agreement or plan of merger or consolidation for such transaction (the “ Merger Agreement ”) provides that the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Sections 2.1 and 2.2 above.

(b) In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event referred to in Section 2.3.1(a)(ii) or 2.3.1(b) above, if the Corporation does not effect a dissolution of the Corporation under the General Corporation Law within ninety (90) days after such Deemed Liquidation Event, then (i) the Corporation shall send a written notice to each holder of Preferred Stock no later than the ninetieth (90 th ) day after the Deemed Liquidation Event advising such holders of their right (and the requirements to be met to secure such right) pursuant to the terms of the following clause (ii)  to require the redemption of such shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, and (ii) if the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding

 

6


shares of Series B Preferred Stock and at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock so request in a written instrument delivered to the Corporation not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after such Deemed Liquidation Event, the Corporation shall use the consideration received by the Corporation for such Deemed Liquidation Event (net of any retained liabilities associated with the assets sold or technology licensed, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors (the “ Net Proceeds ”)), to the extent legally available therefor, on the one hundred fiftieth (150 th ) day after such Deemed Liquidation Event, to redeem all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock and Series A Preferred Stock at a price per share equal to the Series B Liquidation Amount and the Series A Liquidation Amount, respectively. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a redemption pursuant to the preceding sentence, if the Net Proceeds are not sufficient to redeem all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, or if the Corporation does not have sufficient lawfully available funds to effect such redemption, the Corporation shall first redeem all shares of Series B Preferred Stock a price per share equal to the Series B Liquidation Amount. In the event of a redemption pursuant to this Section 2.3.2(b), if the Net Proceeds are not sufficient to redeem all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, or if the Corporation does not have sufficient lawfully available funds to effect such redemption, the Corporation shall redeem a pro rata portion of each holder’s shares of Series B Preferred Stock to the fullest extent of such Net Proceeds or such lawfully available funds, as the case may be, based on the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares to be redeemed if the legally available funds were sufficient to redeem all such shares, and shall redeem the remaining shares to have been redeemed as soon as practicable after the Corporation has funds legally available therefor. If, after the redemption in full of the Series B Preferred Stock, the remaining Net Proceeds are not sufficient to redeem all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, or if the Corporation does not have sufficient lawfully available funds to effect such redemption, the Corporation shall redeem a pro rata portion of each holder’s shares of Series A Preferred Stock to the fullest extent of such Net Proceeds or such lawfully available funds, as the case may be, based on the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares to be redeemed if the legally available funds were sufficient to redeem all such shares, and shall redeem the remaining shares to have been redeemed as soon as practicable after the Corporation has funds legally available therefor. The provisions of Sections 2.3.2(c)(i) through 2.3.2(c)(v) below shall apply, with such necessary changes in the details thereof as are necessitated by the context, to the redemption of the Series B Preferred Stock and/or the Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 2.3.2(b) . Prior to the distribution or redemption provided for in this Section 2.3.2(b) , the Corporation shall not expend or dissipate the consideration received for such Deemed Liquidation Event, except to discharge expenses incurred in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event or in the ordinary course of business.

(c) The holders of the Series B Preferred Stock and the Series A Preferred Stock shall have redemption rights as follows:

(i) Prior to redemption of any Series A Preferred Stock, shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be redeemed by the Corporation at a price equal to the Series B Original Issue Price, plus any Accruing Dividends accrued but unpaid thereon, whether or not declared, together with any other dividends declared but unpaid thereon (the “ Series B Redemption Price ”), in three annual installments commencing not more than 60 days after receipt by the Corporation at any time on or after the date seven (7) years after the Series B

 

7


Original Issue Date (as defined below), from the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, of written notice requesting redemption of all shares of Series B Preferred Stock (the “ Series B Redemption Request ”). Upon receipt of a Series B Redemption Request, the Corporation shall apply all of its assets to any such redemption, and to no other corporate purpose, except to the extent prohibited by Delaware law governing distributions to stockholders. The date of each such installment shall be referred to as a “ Series B Redemption Date ”. On each Series B Redemption Date, the Corporation shall redeem, on a pro rata basis in accordance with the number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock owned by each holder, that number of outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock determined by dividing (x) the total number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock outstanding immediately prior to such Series B Redemption Date by (y) the number of remaining Series B Redemption Dates (including the Series B Redemption Date to which such calculation applies). If on any Series B Redemption Date Delaware law governing distributions to stockholders prevents the Corporation from redeeming all shares of Series B Preferred Stock to be redeemed, the Corporation shall ratably redeem the maximum number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock that it may redeem consistent with such law, and shall redeem the remaining shares of Series B Preferred Stock as soon as it may lawfully do so under such law.

(ii) Shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be redeemed by the Corporation at a price equal to the Series A Original Issue Price, plus any Accruing Dividends accrued but unpaid thereon, whether or not declared, together with any other dividends declared but unpaid thereon (the “ Series A Redemption Price ” and together with the Series B Redemption Price, the “ Redemption Price ”), in three annual installments commencing not more than 60 days after receipt by the Corporation at any time on or after the later to occur of the redemption in full of all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock in accordance with Section 2.3.2(c)(i) above and the date seven (7) years after the Series A Original Issue Date (as defined below), from the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, of written notice requesting redemption of all shares of Series A Preferred Stock (the “ Series A Redemption Request ”). Upon receipt of a Series A Redemption Request, the Corporation shall apply all of its assets to any such redemption, and to no other corporate purpose, except to the extent prohibited by Delaware law governing distributions to stockholders. The date of each such installment shall be referred to as a “ Series A Redemption Date ” and together with each Series B Redemption Date, each a “ Redemption Date ”. On each Series A Redemption Date, the Corporation shall redeem, on a pro rata basis in accordance with the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock owned by each holder, that number of outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock determined by dividing (x) the total number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock outstanding immediately prior to such Series A Redemption Date by (y) the number of remaining Series A Redemption Dates (including the Series A Redemption Date to which such calculation applies). If on any Series A Redemption Date Delaware law governing distributions to stockholders prevents the Corporation from redeeming all shares of Series A Preferred Stock to be redeemed, the Corporation shall ratably redeem the maximum number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock that it may redeem consistent with such law, and shall redeem the remaining shares of Series A Preferred Stock as soon as it may lawfully do so under such law.

 

8


(iii) On or before the Redemption Date, each holder of the applicable shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such Redemption Date, unless such holder has exercised his, her or its right to convert such shares as provided in Section 4, shall surrender the certificate or certificates representing such shares (or, if such registered holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation, and thereupon the redemption price for such shares shall be payable to the order of the person whose name appears on such certificate or certificates as the owner thereof.

(iv) If on the applicable Redemption Date the redemption price payable upon redemption of the applicable shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such Redemption Date is paid or tendered for payment or deposited with an independent payment agent so as to be available therefor, then notwithstanding that the certificates evidencing any of the shares of Preferred Stock so called for redemption shall not have been surrendered, all rights with respect to such shares shall forthwith after the Redemption Date terminate, except only the right of the holders to receive the redemption price without interest upon surrender of their certificate or certificates therefor.

(v) Any shares of Preferred Stock that are redeemed or otherwise acquired by the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries shall be automatically and immediately cancelled and retired and shall not be reissued, sold or transferred. Neither the Corporation nor any of its subsidiaries may exercise any voting or other rights granted to the holders of Preferred Stock following redemption.

2.3.3 Amount Deemed Paid or Distributed . The amount deemed paid or distributed to the holders of capital stock of the Corporation upon any such merger, consolidation, sale, transfer, exclusive license, other disposition or redemption shall be the cash or the value of the property, rights or securities paid or distributed to such holders by the Corporation or the acquiring person, firm or other entity. If the amount deemed paid or distributed under this Section 2.3 is made in property other than in cash, the value of such distribution shall be the fair market value of such property, determined as follows:

(a) For securities not subject to investment letters or other similar restrictions on free marketability,

(i) if traded on a securities exchange, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange or market over the 30-period ending three days prior to the closing of such transaction;

(ii) if actively traded over-the-counter, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid prices over the 30-day period ending three days prior to the closing of such transaction; or

(iii) if there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

9


(b) The method of valuation of securities subject to investment letters or other similar restrictions on free marketability (other than restrictions arising solely by virtue of a stockholder’s status as an affiliate or former affiliate) shall take into account an appropriate discount (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors) from the market value as determined pursuant to clause (a) above so as to reflect the approximate fair market value thereof.

2.3.4 Allocation of Escrow or Contingent Payments . In the case of a Deemed Liquidation Event pursuant to Section 2.3.1(a)(i) above, if any portion of the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation is placed into escrow and/or is payable to the stockholders of the Corporation subject to contingencies, the Merger Agreement shall provide that (a) the portion of such consideration that is not placed in escrow and not subject to any contingencies (the “ Initial Consideration ”) shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Sections 2.1 and 2.2 above as if the Initial Consideration were the only consideration payable in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event and (b) any additional consideration which becomes payable to the stockholders of the Corporation upon release from escrow or satisfaction of contingencies shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Sections 2.1 and 2.2 above after taking into account the previous payment of the Initial Consideration as part of the same transaction.

3. Voting .

3.1 General . On any matter presented to the stockholders of the Corporation for their action or consideration at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation (or by written consent of stockholders in lieu of meeting), each holder of outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to cast the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock held by such holder are convertible as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote on such matter. Except as provided by law or by the other provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, holders of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock shall vote together with the holders of Common Stock as a single class.

3.2 Election of Directors . The holders of record of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect three (3) directors of the Corporation (the “ Series A Directors ”). Any director elected as provided in the preceding sentence may be removed without cause by, and only by, the affirmative vote of the holders of the shares of the class or series of capital stock entitled to elect such director or directors, given either at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of stockholders. The holders of record of the shares of Common Stock and of any other class or series of voting stock (including the Series A Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock), exclusively and voting together as a single class, shall be entitled to elect the balance of the total number of directors of the Corporation. At any meeting held for the purpose of electing a director, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the class or series entitled to elect such director shall constitute a quorum for the purpose of electing such director. A vacancy in any directorship filled by the holders of any class or series shall be filled only by vote or written consent in lieu of a meeting of the holders of such class or series or by any remaining director or directors elected by the holders of such class or series pursuant to this Section 3.2 .

 

10


3.3 Preferred Stock Protective Provisions . At any time when any shares of Series A Preferred Stock and/or Series B Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation) the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of at sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) together as a single class, and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio , and of no force or effect:

(a) liquidate, dissolve or wind-up the business and affairs of the Corporation, effect any merger or consolidation or any other Deemed Liquidation Event, or consent to any of the foregoing;

(b) amend, alter or repeal any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation;

(c) create or authorize the creation of or issue or obligate itself to issue shares of, any other security convertible into or exercisable for any equity security having rights, preferences or privileges senior to or on parity with the Series A Preferred Stock and/or Series B Preferred Stock, or increase the authorized number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or of any additional class or series of capital stock unless it ranks junior to the Series A Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock;

(d) reclassify, alter or amend any existing security that is junior to or on parity with the Series A Preferred Stock and/or the Series B Preferred Stock, if such reclassification, alteration or amendment would render such other security senior to or on parity with the Series A Preferred Stock and/or the Series B Preferred Stock;

(e) purchase or redeem or pay or declare any dividend or make any distribution on, any shares of capital stock prior to the Series A Preferred Stock and/or the Series B Preferred Stock, other than stock repurchased from former employees or consultants in connection with the cessation of their employment/services, at the lower of fair market value or cost;

(f) create or authorize the creation of any debt security other than equipment leases or bank lines of credit unless such debt security has received the prior approval of the Board of Directors, including the approval of at least two (2) Series A Directors (or at least one (1) Series A Director, at any time during which there are fewer than two (2) Series A Directors then in office);

(g) increase or decrease the authorized number of directors constituting the Board of Directors; or

 

11


(h) create or hold capital stock in any subsidiary that is not a wholly-owned subsidiary or dispose of any subsidiary stock or all or substantially all of any subsidiary assets.

3.4 Series B Preferred Stock Protective Provisions . At any time when any shares of Series B Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation) the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) separately as a class, and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio , and of no force or effect:

(a) alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the shares of the Series B Preferred Stock in a manner that is adverse to the Series B Preferred Stock (a “ Series B Diminution ”); provided , that the creation or issuance of a new series of Preferred Stock that is senior to, or pari passu with, the Series B Preferred Stock in connection with a bona fide equity financing shall not, in and of itself, constitute a Series B Diminution;

(b) purchase or redeem any shares of Series B Preferred Stock except as expressly contemplated under, and in accordance with the terms of, this Certificate of Incorporation;

(c) purchase or redeem or pay or declare any dividend or make any distribution on, any shares of Common Stock and/or Series A Preferred Stock, other than (i) stock repurchased from former employees or consultants in connection with the cessation of their employment/services, at the lower of fair market value or cost or (ii) payments of dividends as expressly contemplated under, and in accordance with the terms of, this Certificate of Incorporation; or

(d) increase the authorized number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock.

3.5 Series A Preferred Stock Protective Provisions . At any time when any shares of Series A Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation) the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) separately as a class, and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio , and of no force or effect:

(a) alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the shares of the Series A Preferred Stock in a manner that is adverse to the Series A Preferred Stock (a “ Series A Diminution ”); provided , that the creation or issuance of a new series of Preferred Stock that is senior to, or pari passu with, the Series A Preferred Stock in connection with a bona fide equity financing shall not, in and of itself, constitute a Series A Diminution;

 

12


(b) purchase or redeem any shares of Series A Preferred Stock except as expressly contemplated under, and in accordance with the terms of, this Certificate of Incorporation;

(c) purchase or redeem or pay or declare any dividend or make any distribution on, any shares of Common Stock and/or Series B Preferred Stock, other than (i) stock repurchased from former employees or consultants in connection with the cessation of their employment/services, at the lower of fair market value or cost or (ii) payments of dividends as expressly contemplated under, and in accordance with the terms of, this Certificate of Incorporation; or

(d) increase the authorized number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock.

4. Optional Conversion .

The holders of the Series A Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the “ Conversion Rights ”):

4.1 Right to Convert .

4.1.1 Conversion Ratio . Each share of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Series A Original Issue Price by the Series A Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion or the Series B Original Issue Price by the Series B Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion, respectively. The “ Series A Conversion Price ” shall initially be equal to $1.00. The “ Series B Conversion Price ” shall initially be equal to $2.50. The “ Conversion Price ” means the Series A Conversion Price or the Series B Conversion Price, as applicable. Such initial Series A Conversion Price or Series B Conversion Price, and the rate at which shares of Series A Preferred Stock and/or Series B Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of Common Stock, shall be subject to adjustment as provided below.

4.1.2 Termination of Conversion Rights . In the event of a notice of redemption of any shares of Series A Preferred Stock and/or Series B Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 2.3.2(c) , the Conversion Rights of the shares designated for redemption shall terminate at the close of business on the last full day preceding the date fixed for redemption, unless the redemption price is not fully paid on such redemption date, in which case the Conversion Rights for such shares shall continue until such price is paid in full. In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or a Deemed Liquidation Event, the Conversion Rights shall terminate at the close of business on the last full day preceding the date fixed for the payment of any such amounts distributable on such event to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock and/or Series B Preferred Stock.

 

13


4.2 Fractional Shares . No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock and/or Series B Preferred Stock. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of a share of Common Stock as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors. Whether or not fractional shares would be issuable upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the total number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock and/or Series B Preferred Stock the holder is at the time converting into Common Stock and the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion.

4.3 Mechanics of Conversion.

4.3.1 Notice of Conversion . In order for a holder of Series A Preferred Stock and/or Series B Preferred Stock to voluntarily convert shares of Series A Preferred Stock and/or Series B Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock, such holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates for such shares of Series A Preferred Stock and/or Series B Preferred Stock (or, if such registered holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate), at the office of the transfer agent for the Series A Preferred Stock and/or Series B Preferred Stock (or at the principal office of the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent), together with written notice that such holder elects to convert all or any number of the shares of the Series A Preferred Stock and/or the Series B Preferred Stock represented by such certificate or certificates and, if applicable, any event on which such conversion is contingent. Such notice shall state such holder’s name or the names of the nominees in which such holder wishes the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock to be issued. If required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. The close of business on the date of receipt by the transfer agent (or by the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent) of such certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) and notice shall be the time of conversion (the “ Conversion Time ”), and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the shares represented by such certificate shall be deemed to be outstanding of record as of such date. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable after the Conversion Time, (i) issue and deliver to such holder of Series A Preferred Stock and/or Series B Preferred Stock, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof and, a certificate for the number (if any) of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock and/or Series B Preferred Stock represented by the surrendered certificate that were not converted into Common Stock, (ii) pay in cash such amount as provided in Section 4.2 in lieu of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and (iii) pay all declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Series A Preferred Stock and/or Series B Preferred Stock converted.

4.3.2 Reservation of Shares . The Corporation shall at all times when the Series A Preferred Stock and/or Series B Preferred Stock shall be outstanding, reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued capital stock, for the purpose of effecting the

 

14


conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock and/or Series B Preferred Stock, such number of its duly authorized shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding Series A Preferred Stock and/or Series B Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock and/or Series B Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation. Before taking any action which would cause an adjustment reducing the Conversion Price below the then par value of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the applicable Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take any corporate action which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Corporation may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock at such adjusted Conversion Price.

4.3.3 Effect of Conversion . All shares of Series A Preferred Stock and/or Series B Preferred Stock which shall have been surrendered for conversion as herein provided shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares shall immediately cease and terminate at the Conversion Time, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive shares of Common Stock in exchange therefore, to receive payment in lieu of any fraction of a share otherwise issuable upon such conversion as provided in Section 4.2 and to receive payment of any dividends declared but unpaid thereon. Any shares of Series A Preferred Stock and/or Series B Preferred Stock so converted shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock and/or Series B Preferred Stock accordingly.

4.3.4 No Further Adjustment . Upon any such conversion, no adjustment to the Conversion Price shall be made for any declared but unpaid dividends on the applicable Preferred Stock surrendered for conversion or on the Common Stock delivered upon conversion.

4.3.5 Taxes . The Corporation shall pay any and all issue and other similar taxes that may be payable in respect of any issuance or delivery of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4. The Corporation shall not, however, be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of shares of Common Stock in a name other than that in which the shares of Preferred Stock so converted were registered, and no such issuance or delivery shall be made unless and until the person or entity requesting such issuance has paid to the Corporation the amount of any such tax or has established, to the satisfaction of the Corporation, that such tax has been paid.

4.4 Adjustments to Conversion Price for Diluting Issues .

4.4.1 Special Definitions . For purposes of this Article Fourth, the following definitions shall apply:

 

15


(a) “ Option ” shall mean rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common Stock or Convertible Securities.

(b) “ Series B Original Issue Date ” shall mean the date on which the first share of Series B Preferred Stock was issued.

(c) “ Convertible Securities ” shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, but excluding Options.

(d) “ Additional Shares of Common Stock ” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to Section 4.4.3 below, deemed to be issued) by the Corporation after the Series B Original Issue Date, other than (1) the following shares of Common Stock and (2) shares of Common Stock deemed issued pursuant to the following Options and Convertible Securities (clauses (1) and (2), collectively “ Exempted Securities ”):

(i) shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued as a dividend or distribution on, or upon the conversion of, Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock, and shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options therefor, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities;

(ii) shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued by reason of a dividend, stock split, split-up or other distribution on shares of Common Stock that is covered by Sections 4.5 , 4.6 , 4.7 or 4.8 below, and shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options therefor, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities;

(iii) shares of Common Stock or Options issued to employees or directors of, or consultants or advisors to, the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to a plan, agreement or arrangement approved by the Board of Directors, including at least two (2) Series A Directors (or at least one (1) Series A Director, at any time during which there are fewer than two (2) Series A Directors then in office), and shares of Common Stock actually issued upon the exercise or conversion of such Options; or

(iv) shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued to banks, equipment lessors or other financial institutions, or to real property lessors, pursuant to a debt financing, equipment leasing or real property leasing transaction approved by the Board of Directors, including at least two (2) Series A Directors (or at least one (1) Series A Director, at any time during which there are fewer than two (2) Series A Directors then in office), and shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options therefor, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

4.4.2 No Adjustment of Conversion Price . No adjustment in the Series A Conversion Price shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock if the Corporation receives written notice from the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock agreeing that no such

 

16


adjustment shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock. No adjustment in the Series B Conversion Price shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock if the Corporation receives written notice from the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock agreeing that no such adjustment shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock.

4.4.3 Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock.

(a) If the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Series B Original Issue Date shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities) or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto, assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to exercisability, convertibility or exchangeability but without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options therefor, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, shall be deemed to be Additional Shares of Common Stock issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date.

(b) If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security, the issuance of which resulted in an adjustment to the Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Section 4.4.4 below, are revised as a result of an amendment to such terms or if any other adjustment is made pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (1) any increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, then, effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective, the applicable Conversion Price computed upon the original issue of such Option or Convertible Security (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) shall be readjusted to such Conversion Price as would have obtained had such revised terms been in effect upon the original date of issuance of such Option or Convertible Security. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no readjustment pursuant to this clause (b) shall have the effect of increasing the applicable Conversion Price to an amount which exceeds the lower of (i) the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the original adjustment made as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security, or (ii) the applicable Conversion Price that would have resulted from any issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock (other than deemed issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security) between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date.

(c) If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities), the issuance of which did not result in an adjustment to the applicable Conversion Price pursuant to

 

17


the terms of Section 4.4.4 below (either because the consideration per share (determined pursuant to Section 4.4.5 hereof) of the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto was equal to or greater than the applicable Conversion Price then in effect, or because such Option or Convertible Security was issued before the Series B Original Issue Date), are revised after the Series B Original Issue Date as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (1) any increase in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion or exchange, then such Option or Convertible Security, as so amended or adjusted, and the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto (determined in the manner provided in Section 4.4.3(a) above) shall be deemed to have been issued effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective.

(d) Upon the expiration or termination of any unexercised Option or unconverted or unexchanged Convertible Security (or portion thereof) which resulted (either upon its original issuance or upon a revision of its terms) in an adjustment to the applicable Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Section 4.4.4 below, the applicable Conversion Price shall be readjusted to such Conversion Price as would have obtained had such Option or Convertible Security (or portion thereof) never been issued.

(e) If the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, is calculable at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended but is subject to adjustment based upon subsequent events, any adjustment to the applicable Conversion Price provided for in this Section 4.4.3 shall be effected at the time of such issuance or amendment based on such number of shares or amount of consideration without regard to any provisions for subsequent adjustments (and any subsequent adjustments shall be treated as provided in clauses (b) and (c) of this Section 4.4.3 ). If the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, cannot be calculated at all at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended, any adjustment to the applicable Conversion Price that would result under the terms of this Section 4.4.3 at the time of such issuance or amendment shall instead be effected at the time such number of shares and/or amount of consideration is first calculable (even if subject to subsequent adjustments), assuming for purposes of calculating such adjustment to the applicable Conversion Price that such issuance or amendment took place at the time such calculation can first be made.

4.4.4 Adjustment of Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock . In the event the Corporation shall at any time after the Series B Original Issue Date issue Additional Shares of Common Stock (including Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued pursuant to Section 4.4.3 ), without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue, then such Conversion Price shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of a cent) determined in accordance with the following formula:

 

18


CP 2 = CP 1 * (A + B) ÷ (A + C).

For purposes of the foregoing formula, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) “CP 2 ” shall mean the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately after such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock;

(b) “CP 1 ” shall mean the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock;

(c) “A” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock (treating for this purpose as outstanding all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Options outstanding immediately prior to such issue or upon conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities (including the Series A Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock) outstanding (assuming exercise of any outstanding Options therefor) immediately prior to such issue);

(d) “B” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been issued if such Additional Shares of Common Stock had been issued at a price per share equal to CP 1 (determined by dividing the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation in respect of such issue by CP 1 ); and

(e) “C” shall mean the number of such Additional Shares of Common Stock issued in such transaction.

4.4.5 Determination of Consideration . For purposes of this Section 4.4 , the consideration received by the Corporation for the issue of any Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be computed as follows:

(a) Cash and Property : Such consideration shall:

(i) insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Corporation, excluding amounts paid or payable for accrued interest;

(ii) insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, including at least two (2) Series A Directors (or at least one (1) Series A Director, at any time during which there are fewer than two (2) Series A Directors then in office); and

(iii) in the event Additional Shares of Common Stock are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (i) and (ii)  above, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, including at least two (2) Series A Directors (or at least one (1) Series A Director, at any time during which there are fewer than two (2) Series A Directors then in office).

 

19


(b) Options and Convertible Securities . The consideration per share received by the Corporation for Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued pursuant to Section 4.4.3 , relating to Options and Convertible Securities, shall be determined by dividing

(i) the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, by

(ii) the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

4.4.6 Multiple Closing Dates . In the event the Corporation shall issue on more than one date Additional Shares of Common Stock that are a part of one transaction or a series of related transactions and that would result in an adjustment to the applicable Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Section 4.4.4 above then, upon the final such issuance, such Conversion Price shall be readjusted to give effect to all such issuances as if they occurred on the date of the first such issuance (and without giving effect to any additional adjustments as a result of any such subsequent issuances within such period).

4.5 Adjustment for Stock Splits and Combinations . If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Series B Original Issue Date effect a subdivision of the outstanding Common Stock, the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately before that subdivision shall be proportionately decreased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be increased in proportion to such increase in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Series B Original Issue Date combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately before the combination shall be proportionately increased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. Any adjustment under this subsection shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.

 

20


4.6 Adjustment for Certain Dividends and Distributions . In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Series B Original Issue Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable on the Common Stock in additional shares of Common Stock, then and in each such event the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately before such event shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance or, in the event such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, by multiplying such Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction:

 

  (1) the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date, and

 

  (2) the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) if such record date shall have been fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, such Conversion Price shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter such Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this subsection as of the time of actual payment of such dividends or distributions; and (b) that no such adjustment shall be made if the holders of the applicable class of Preferred Stock simultaneously receive a dividend or other distribution of shares of Common Stock in a number equal to the number of shares of Common Stock as they would have received if all outstanding shares of such Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.

4.7 Adjustments for Other Dividends and Distributions . In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Series B Original Issue Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in securities of the Corporation (other than a distribution of shares of Common Stock in respect of outstanding shares of Common Stock) or in other property and the provisions of Section 1 do not apply to such dividend or distribution, then and in each such event the holders of the applicable class of Preferred Stock shall receive, simultaneously with the distribution to the holders of Common Stock, a dividend or other distribution of such securities or other property in an amount equal to the amount of such securities or other property as they would have received if all outstanding shares of such Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.

4.8 Adjustment for Merger or Reorganization, etc . Subject to the provisions of Section 2.3 , if there shall occur any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger involving the Corporation in which the Common Stock (but not the Series A Preferred Stock and/or Series B Preferred Stock) is converted into or exchanged for

 

21


securities, cash or other property (other than a transaction covered by Sections 4.4 , 4.6 or 4.7 ), then, following any such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger, each share of Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock, as applicable, shall thereafter be convertible in lieu of the Common Stock into which it was convertible prior to such event into the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property which a holder of the number of shares of the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of one share of such Preferred Stock immediately prior to such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger would have been entitled to receive pursuant to such transaction; and, in such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, including at least two (2) Series A Directors (or at least one (1) Series A Director, at any time during which there are fewer than two (2) Series A Directors then in office)) shall be made in the application of the provisions in this Section 4 with respect to the rights and interests thereafter of the holders of such Preferred Stock, to the end that the provisions set forth in this Section 4 (including provisions with respect to changes in and other adjustments of the applicable Conversion Price) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to any securities or other property thereafter deliverable upon the conversion of such Preferred Stock.

4.9 Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 4 , the Corporation at its expense shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable but in any event not later than fifteen (15) days thereafter, compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of the applicable Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment (including the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property into which such Preferred Stock is convertible) and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable after the written request at any time of any holder of Series A Preferred Stock and/or Series B Preferred Stock (but in any event not later than fifteen (15) days thereafter), furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a certificate setting forth (i) the applicable Conversion Price then in effect, and (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other securities, cash or property which then would be received upon the conversion of the applicable Preferred Stock.

4.10 Notice of Record Date . In the event:

(a) the Corporation shall take a record of the holders of its Common Stock (or other capital stock or securities at the time issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock) for the purpose of entitling or enabling them to receive any dividend or other distribution, or to receive any right to subscribe for or purchase any shares of capital stock of any class or any other securities, or to receive any other security; or

(b) of any capital reorganization of the Corporation, any reclassification of the Common Stock, or any Deemed Liquidation Event; or

(c) of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation,

 

22


then, and in each such case, the Corporation will send or cause to be sent to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock a notice specifying, as the case may be, (i) the record date for such dividend, distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right, or (ii) the effective date on which such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up is proposed to take place, and the time, if any is to be fixed, as of which the holders of record of Common Stock (or such other capital stock or securities at the time issuable upon the conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock and/or Series B Preferred Stock) shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock (or such other capital stock or securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, and the amount per share and character of such exchange applicable to the Preferred Stock and the Common Stock. Such notice shall be sent at least 10 days prior to the record date or effective date for the event specified in such notice.

5. Mandatory Conversion .

5.1 Trigger Events . Upon either (a) (i) in the case of the Series A Preferred Stock, the date and time, or the occurrence of an event, specified by vote or written consent of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class, or (ii) in the case of the Series B Preferred Stock, the date and time, or the occurrence of an event, specified by vote or written consent of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, or (b) the closing of the sale of shares of Common Stock to the public in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act” ), provided that such offering results in at least $35 million of gross proceeds to the Corporation and following such offering such shares are listed on a NASDAQ exchange or the New York Stock Exchange (such an event a “ QPO ”) (the time of such closing or the date and time specified or the time of the event specified in such vote or written consent is referred to herein as the “ Mandatory Conversion Time ”), (i) all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock and/or Series B Preferred Stock, as applicable, shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, at the then effective Conversion Price and (ii) such shares may not be reissued by the Corporation.

5.2 Procedural Requirements . All holders of record of shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, as applicable, shall be sent written notice of the Mandatory Conversion Time if applicable to such series of Preferred Stock and the place designated for mandatory conversion of all such shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 5 . Such notice need not be sent in advance of the occurrence of the Mandatory Conversion Time. Upon receipt of such notice, each holder of such shares of Preferred Stock shall surrender his, her or its certificate or certificates for all such shares (or, if such holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation at the place designated in such notice, and shall thereafter receive certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder is entitled pursuant to this Section 5 . At the Mandatory Conversion Time, all outstanding such shares of Preferred Stock shall be deemed to have been converted into shares of Common Stock,

 

23


which shall be deemed to be outstanding of record, and all rights with respect to the Preferred Stock so converted, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote (other than as a holder of Common Stock), will terminate, except only the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of their certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) therefor, to receive the items provided for in the last sentence of this Section 5.2 . If so required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. As soon as practicable after the Mandatory Conversion Time and the surrender of the certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) for such Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall issue and deliver to such holder, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable on such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof, together with cash as provided in Section 4.2 in lieu of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and the payment of any declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of such Preferred Stock converted.

5.3 Effect of Mandatory Conversion . All shares of Series A Preferred Stock and/or Series B Preferred Stock shall, from and after the Mandatory Conversion Time, if applicable to such series of Preferred Stock, no longer be deemed to be outstanding and, notwithstanding the failure of the holder or holders thereof to surrender the certificates for such shares on or prior to such time, all rights with respect to such shares shall immediately cease and terminate at the Mandatory Conversion Time, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive shares of Common Stock in exchange therefor and to receive payment of any dividends accrued and declared but unpaid thereon. Such converted Preferred Stock shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock accordingly.

6. Reserved .

7. Redeemed or Otherwise Acquired Shares . Any shares of Preferred Stock that are redeemed or otherwise acquired by the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries shall be automatically and immediately cancelled and retired and shall not be reissued, sold or transferred. Neither the Corporation nor any of its subsidiaries may exercise any voting or other rights granted to the holders of Preferred Stock following redemption.

8. Waiver . Any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of the Series A Preferred Stock set forth herein may be waived on behalf of all holders of Series A Preferred Stock by the affirmative written consent or vote of the holders of at least a majority of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding. Any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of the Series B Preferred Stock set forth herein may be waived on behalf of all holders of Series B Preferred Stock by the affirmative written consent or vote of the holders of at least a majority of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding.

9. Notices . Any notice required or permitted by the provisions of this Article Fourth to be given to a holder of shares of Preferred Stock shall be mailed, postage prepaid, to the post office address last shown on the records of the Corporation, or given by electronic communication in compliance with the provisions of the General Corporation Law, and shall be deemed sent upon such mailing or electronic transmission.

 

24


FIFTH : Subject to any additional vote required by the Certificate of Incorporation, in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, repeal, alter, amend and rescind any or all of the Bylaws of the Corporation.

SIXTH : Subject to any additional vote required by the Certificate of Incorporation, the number of directors of the Corporation shall be determined in the manner set forth in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

SEVENTH : Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

EIGHTH : Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws of the Corporation may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

NINTH : To the fullest extent permitted by law, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the General Corporation Law or any other law of the State of Delaware is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article Ninth to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law as so amended.

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article Ninth by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director of the Corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to, such repeal or modification.

TENTH : To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) directors, officers and agents of the Corporation (and any other persons to which General Corporation Law permits the Corporation to provide indemnification) through Bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by Section 145 of the General Corporation Law.

Any amendment, repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article Tenth shall not adversely affect any right or protection of any director, officer or other agent of the Corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification.

 

25


ELEVENTH : The Corporation renounces, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any interest or expectancy of the Corporation in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any Excluded Opportunity. An “ Excluded Opportunity ” is any matter, transaction or interest that is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or which otherwise comes into the possession of, (i) any director of the Corporation who is not an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, or (ii) any holder of Series A Preferred Stock and/or Series B Preferred Stock or any partner, member, director, stockholder, employee or agent of any such holder, other than someone who is an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries (collectively, “ Covered Persons ”), unless such matter, transaction or interest is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or otherwise comes into the possession of, a Covered Person expressly and solely in such Covered Person’s capacity as a director of the Corporation.

*    *     *

3: That the foregoing amendment and restatement was approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of this corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law.

4: That this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which restates and integrates and further amends the provisions of this corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, has been duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

26


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been executed by a duly authorized officer of this corporation on this 22nd day of December, 2014.

 

By:

/s/ Ted. W. Love, M.D.            

Name: Ted W. Love, M.D.
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION]

Exhibit 3.3

BY-LAWS OF

GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.

(f/k/a Global Blood Targeting, Inc.)

(the “Corporation”)

Article I - Stockholders

1. Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held for the election of directors each year at such place, date and time as shall be designated by the Board of Directors. Any other proper business may be transacted at the annual meeting. If no date for the annual meeting is established or said meeting is not held on the date established as provided above, a special meeting in lieu thereof may be held or there may be action by written consent of the stockholders on matters to be voted on at the annual meeting, and such special meeting or written consent shall have for the purposes of these By-laws or otherwise all the force and effect of an annual meeting.

2. Special Meetings . Special meetings of stockholders may be called by the Chief Executive Officer, if one is elected, or, if there is no Chief Executive Officer, a President, or by the Board of Directors, but such special meetings may not be called by any other person or persons. The call for the meeting shall state the place, date, hour and purposes of the meeting. Only the purposes specified in the notice of special meeting shall be considered or dealt with at such special meeting.

3. Notice of Meetings . Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a notice stating the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present and vote at such meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes of the meeting, shall be given by the Secretary (or other person authorized by these By-laws or by law) not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat and to each stockholder who, under the Certificate of Incorporation or under these By-laws is entitled to such notice. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, directed to such stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears in the records of the Corporation. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be effectively given to stockholders, any notice to stockholders may be given by electronic transmission in the manner provided in Section 232 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the ‘‘DGCL”).

If a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken, except that if the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.


4. Quorum . The holders of a majority in interest of all stock issued, outstanding and entitled to vote at a meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum. Any meeting may be adjourned from time to time by a majority of the votes properly cast upon the question, whether or not a quorum is present. The stockholders present at a duly constituted meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to reduce the voting shares below a quorum.

5. Voting and Proxies . Except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or by law, each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to one vote for each share of stock held by such stockholder which has voting power upon the matter in question. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by either written proxy or by a transmission permitted by Section 212(c) of the DGCL, but no proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period or is irrevocable and coupled with an interest. Proxies shall be filed with the Secretary of the meeting, or of any adjournment thereof. Except as otherwise limited therein, proxies shall entitle the persons authorized thereby to vote at any adjournment of such meeting.

6. Action at Meeting . When a quorum is present, any matter before the meeting shall be decided by vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of stock voting on such matter except where a larger vote is required by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-laws. Any election of directors by stockholders shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast, except where a larger vote is required by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-laws. The Corporation shall not directly or indirectly vote any share of its own stock; provided, however, that the Corporation may vote shares which it holds in a fiduciary capacity to the extent permitted by law.

7. Presiding Officer . Meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, if one is elected, or in his or her absence, the Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, if one is elected, or if neither is elected or in their absence, a President. The Board of Directors shall have the authority to appoint a temporary presiding officer to serve at any meeting of the stockholders if the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors or a President is unable to do so for any reason.

8. Conduct of Meetings . The Board of Directors may adopt by resolution such rules and regulations for the conduct of the meeting of stockholders as it shall deem appropriate. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board of Directors, the presiding officer of any meeting of stockholders shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the presiding officer of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (i) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (ii) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (iii) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders of record of the Corporation, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the chairman of the meeting shall determine; (iv) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and (v) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the presiding officer of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.

 

2


9. Action without a Meeting . Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required or permitted by law to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office, by hand or by certified mail, return receipt requested, or to the Corporation’s principal place of business or to the officer of the Corporation having custody of the minute book. Every written consent shall bear the date of signature and no written consent shall be effective unless, within sixty (60) days of the earliest dated consent delivered pursuant to these By-laws, written consents signed by a sufficient number of stockholders entitled to take action are delivered to the Corporation in the manner set forth in these By-laws. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

10. Stockholder Lists . The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Nothing contained in this Section 10 shall require the Corporation to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting in the manner provided by law. The list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting as provided by law.

Article II - Directors

1. Powers . The business of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of Directors who may exercise all the powers of the Corporation except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-laws. In the event of a vacancy in the Board of Directors, the remaining directors, except as otherwise provided by law, may exercise the powers of the full Board of Directors until the vacancy is filled.

2. Number and Qualification . Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or in these By-laws, the number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board of Directors shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors. Directors need not be stockholders.

3. Vacancies; Reduction of Board of Directors . A majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or a sole remaining Director, may fill vacancies in the Board of Directors occurring for any reason and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors. In lieu of filling any vacancy, the Board of Directors may reduce the number of directors.

 

3


4. Tenure . Except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-laws, directors shall hold office until their successors are elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal. Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Corporation. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event.

5. Removal . To the extent permitted by law, a director may be removed from office with or without cause by vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of stock entitled to vote in the election of directors.

6. Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time, date and place as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called, orally or in writing, by the Chief Executive Officer, if one is elected, or, if there is no Chief Executive Officer, the President, or by two or more Directors, designating the time, date and place thereof. Directors may participate in meetings of the Board of Directors by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all directors participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting in accordance herewith shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

7. Notice of Meetings . Notice of the time, date and place of all special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be given to each director by the Secretary, or Assistant Secretary, or in case of the death, absence, incapacity or refusal of such persons, by the officer or one of the directors calling the meeting. Notice shall be given to each director in person, by telephone, or by facsimile, electronic mail or other form of electronic communications, sent to such director’s business or home address at least twenty-four (24) hours in advance of the meeting, or by written notice mailed to such director’s business or home address at least forty-eight (48) hours in advance of the meeting.

8. Quorum . At any meeting of the Board of Directors, a majority of the total number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Less than a quorum may adjourn any meeting from time to time and the meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice.

9. Action at Meeting . At any meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, unless otherwise provided in the following sentence, a majority of the directors present may take any action on behalf of the Board of Directors, unless a larger number is required by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-laws. So long as there are two (2) or fewer Directors, any action to be taken by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of all Directors.

 

4


10. Action by Consent . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the records of the meetings of the Board of Directors. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

11. Committees . The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board of Directors, establish one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more directors. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

Any such committee, to the extent permitted by law and to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to the following: (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any provision of these By-laws.

Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise determine, any such committee may make rules for the conduct of its business, but in the absence of such rules its business shall be conducted so far as possible in the same manner as is provided in these By-laws for the Board of Directors. All members of such committees shall hold their committee offices at the pleasure of the Board of Directors, and the Board of Directors may abolish any committee at any time.

Article III - Officers

1. Enumeration . The officers of the Corporation shall consist of one or more Presidents (who, if there is more than one, shall be referred to as Co-Presidents), a Treasurer, a Secretary, and such other officers, including, without limitation, a Chief Executive Officer and one or more Vice Presidents (including Executive Vice Presidents or Senior Vice Presidents), Assistant Vice Presidents, Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries, as the Board of Directors may determine. The Board of Directors may elect from among its members a Chairman of the Board of Directors and a Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors.

2. Election . The Presidents, Treasurer and Secretary shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at their first meeting following the annual meeting of stockholders. Other officers may be chosen by the Board of Directors at such meeting or at any other meeting.

3. Qualification . No officer need be a stockholder or Director. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person. Any officer may be required by the Board of Directors to give bond for the faithful performance of such officer’s duties in such amount and with such sureties as the Board of Directors may determine.

 

5


4. Tenure . Except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-laws, each of the officers of the Corporation shall hold office until the first meeting of the Board of Directors following the next annual meeting of stockholders and until such officer’s successor is elected and qualified or until such officer’s earlier resignation or removal. Any officer may resign by delivering his or her written resignation to the Corporation, and such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event.

5. Removal . The Board of Directors may remove any officer with or without cause by a vote of a majority of the directors then in office.

6. Vacancies . Any vacancy in any office may be filled for the unexpired portion of the term by the Board of Directors.

7. Chairman and Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors . Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, if one is elected, shall preside, when present, at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall have such other powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, if one is elected, shall preside, when present, at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. The Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors shall have such other powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

8. Chief Executive Officer . The Chief Executive Officer, if one is elected, shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

9. Presidents . The Presidents shall, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, each have general supervision and control of the Corporation’s business and any action that would typically be taken by a President may be taken by any Co-President. If there is no Chairman of the Board of Directors or Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, a President shall preside, when present, at all meetings of stockholders and the Board of Directors. The Presidents shall have such other powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

10. Vice Presidents and Assistant Vice Presidents . Any Vice President (including any Executive Vice President or Senior Vice President) and any Assistant Vice President shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

11. Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers . The Treasurer shall, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, have general charge of the financial affairs of the Corporation and shall cause to be kept accurate books of account. The Treasurer shall have custody of all funds, securities, and valuable documents of the Corporation, except as the Board of Directors may otherwise provide. The Treasurer shall have such other powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

 

6


Any Assistant Treasurer shall have such powers and perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

12. Secretary and Assistant Secretaries . The Secretary shall record the proceedings of all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors (including committees of the Board of Directors) in books kept for that purpose. In the absence of the Secretary from any such meeting an Assistant Secretary, or if such person is absent, a temporary secretary chosen at the meeting, shall record the proceedings thereof The Secretary shall have charge of the stock ledger (which may, however, be kept by any transfer or other agent of the Corporation) and shall have such other duties and powers as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors.

Any Assistant Secretary shall have such powers and perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

13. Other Powers and Duties . Subject to these By-laws, each officer of the Corporation shall have in addition to the duties and powers specifically set forth in these By-laws, such duties and powers as are customarily incident to such officer’s office, and such duties and powers as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors.

Article IV - Capital Stock

1. Certificates of Stock . Each stockholder shall be entitled to a certificate of the capital stock of the Corporation in such form as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors. Such certificate shall be signed by a President or a Vice President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary. Such signatures may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed on such certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the time of its issue. Every certificate for shares of stock which are subject to any restriction on transfer and every certificate issued when the Corporation is authorized to issue more than one class or series of stock shall contain such legend with respect thereto as is required by law. The Corporation shall be permitted to issue fractional shares.

2. Transfers . Subject to any restrictions on transfer, shares of stock may be transferred on the books of the Corporation by the surrender to the Corporation or its transfer agent of the certificate therefor properly endorsed or accompanied by a written assignment or power of attorney properly executed, with transfer stamps (if necessary) affixed, and with such proof of the authenticity of signature as the Corporation or its transfer agent may reasonably require.

 

7


3. Record Holders . Except as may otherwise be required by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-laws, the Corporation shall be entitled to treat the record holder of stock as shown on its books as the owner of such stock for all purposes, including the payment of dividends and the right to vote with respect thereto, regardless of any transfer, pledge or other disposition of such stock, until the shares have been transferred on the books of the Corporation in accordance with the requirements of these By-laws.

It shall be the duty of each stockholder to notify the Corporation of such stockholder’s post office address.

4. Record Date . In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not precede the date on which it is established, and which shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, more than ten (10) days after the date on which the record date for stockholder consent without a meeting is established, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action. In such case only stockholders of record on such record date shall be so entitled notwithstanding any transfer of stock on the books of the Corporation after the record date.

If no record date is fixed, (a) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held, (b) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is necessary, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in this state, to its principal place of business, or to an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded, and (c) the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

5. Lost Certificates . The Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or his legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate.

Article V - Indemnification

1. Definitions. For purposes of this Article V:

(a) “Corporate Status” describes the status of a person who is serving or has served (i) as a Director of the Corporation, (ii) as an Officer of the Corporation, or

 

8


(iii) as a director, partner, trustee, officer, employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise which such person is or was serving at the request of the Corporation. For purposes of this Section l(a), an Officer or Director of the Corporation who is serving or has served as a director, partner, trustee, officer, employee or agent of a Subsidiary shall be deemed to be serving at the request of the Corporation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Corporate Status” shall not include the status of a person who is serving or has served as a director, officer, employee or agent of a constituent corporation absorbed in a merger or consolidation transaction with the Corporation with respect to such person’s activities prior to said transaction, unless specifically authorized by the Board of Directors or the stockholders of the Corporation;

(b) “Director” means any person who serves or has served the Corporation as a director on the Board of Directors of the Corporation;

(c) “Disinterested Director” means, with respect to each Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought hereunder, a Director of the Corporation who is not and was not a party to such Proceeding;

(d) “Expenses” means all reasonable attorneys fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of expert witnesses, private investigators and professional advisors (including, without limitation, accountants and investment bankers), travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, costs of preparation of demonstrative evidence and other courtroom presentation aids and devices, costs incurred in connection with document review, organization, imaging and computerization, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements, costs or expenses of the type customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, settling or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding;

(e) ‘‘Non-Officer Employee” means any person who serves or has served as an employee or agent of the Corporation, but who is not or was not a Director or Officer;

(f) “Officer” means any person who serves or has served the Corporation as an officer appointed by the Board of Directors;

(g) ‘‘Proceeding” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, inquiry, investigation, administrative hearing or other proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, arbitrative or investigative; and

(h) “Subsidiary” shall mean any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other entity of which the Corporation owns (either directly or through or together with another Subsidiary of the Corporation) either (i) a general partner, managing member or other similar interest or (ii) (A) 50% or more of the voting power of the voting capital equity interests of such corporation, partnership,

 

9


limited liability company, joint venture or other entity, or (B) 50% or more of the outstanding voting capital stock or other voting equity interests of such corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other entity.

2. Indemnification of Directors and Officers . Subject to the operation of Section 4 of this Article V of these By-laws, each Director and Officer shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment) against any and all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts reasonably paid in settlement that are incurred by such Director or Officer or on such Director’s or Officer’s behalf in connection with any threatened, pending or completed Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, which such Director or Officer is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in by reason of such Director’s or Officer’s Corporate Status, if such Director or Officer acted in good faith and in a manner such Director or Officer reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The rights of indemnification provided by tills Section 2 shall continue as to a Director or Officer after he or she has ceased to be a Director or Officer and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors, administrators and personal representatives. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall indemnify any Director or Officer seeking indemnification in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such Director or Officer only if such Proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors, unless such Proceeding was brought to enforce an Officer or Director’s rights to indemnification or, in the case of Directors, advancement of Expenses under these By-laws in accordance with the provisions set forth herein.

3. Indemnification of Non-Officer Employees . Subject to the operation of Section 4 of this Article V of these By-laws, each Non-Officer Employee may, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, be indemnified by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, against any or all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts reasonably paid in settlement that are incurred by such Non-Officer Employee or on such Non-Officer Employee’s behalf in connection with any threatened, pending or completed Proceeding, or any claim, issue or matter therein, which such Non-Officer Employee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in by reason of such Non- Officer Employee’s Corporate Status, if such Non-Officer Employee acted in good faith and in a manner such Non-Officer Employee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The rights of indemnification provided by this Section 3 shall exist as to a Non-Officer Employee after he or she has ceased to be a Non-Officer Employee and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, personal representatives, executors and administrators. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation may indemnify any Non- Officer Employee seeking indemnification in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such Non-Officer Employee only if such Proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors.

 

10


4. Good Faith . Unless ordered by a court, no indemnification shall be provided pursuant to this Article V to a Director, to an Officer or to a Non-Officer Employee unless a determination shall have been made that such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, such person had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. Such determination shall be made by (a) a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, (b) a committee comprised of Disinterested Directors, such committee having been designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors (even though less than a quorum), (c) if there are no such Disinterested Directors, or if a majority of Disinterested Directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (d) by the stockholders of the Corporation.

5. Advancement of Expenses to Directors Prior to Final Disposition.

(a) The Corporation shall advance all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of any Director in connection with any Proceeding in which such Director is involved by reason of such Director’s Corporate Status within ten (10) days after the receipt by the Corporation of a written statement from such Director requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by such Director and shall be preceded or accompanied by an undertaking by or on behalf of such Director to repay any Expenses so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such Director is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses.

(b) If a claim for advancement of Expenses hereunder by a Director is not paid in full by the Corporation within 10 days after receipt by the Corporation of documentation of Expenses and the required undertaking, such Director may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and if successful in whole or in part, such Director shall also be entitled to be paid the expenses of prosecuting such claim. The failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors or any committee thereof, independent legal counsel, or stockholders) to make a determination concerning the permissibility of such advancement of Expenses under this Article V shall not be a defense to the action and shall not create a presumption that such advancement is not permissible. The burden of proving that a Director is not entitled to an advancement of expenses shall be on the Corporation.

(c) In any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that the Director has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL.

6. Advancement of Expenses to Officers and Non-Officer Employees Prior to Final Disposition.

(a) The Corporation may, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, advance any or all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of any Officer and Non-Officer Employee in connection with any Proceeding in which such is involved by reason of the Corporate Status of such Officer or Non-Officer Employee upon the receipt by the Corporation of a statement or statements from such Officer or Non-Officer Employee

 

11


requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by such Officer and Non-Officer Employee and shall be preceded or accompanied by an undertaking by or on behalf of such to repay any Expenses so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such Officer or Non-Officer Employee is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses.

(b) In any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that the Officer or Non-Officer Employee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL.

7. Contractual Nature of Rights.

(a) The foregoing provisions of this Article V shall be deemed to be a contract between the Corporation and each Director and Officer entitled to the benefits hereof at any time while this Article V is in effect, and any repeal or modification thereof shall not affect any rights or obligations then existing with respect to any state of facts then or theretofore existing or any Proceeding theretofore or thereafter brought based in whole or in part upon any such state of facts.

(b) If a claim for indemnification hereunder by a Director or Officer is not paid in full by the Corporation within 60 days after receipt by the Corporation of a written claim for indemnification, such Director or Officer may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim, and if successful in whole or in part, such Director or Officer shall also be entitled to be paid the expenses of prosecuting such claim. The failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors or any committee thereof, independent legal counsel, or stockholders) to make a determination concerning the permissibility of such indemnification under this Article V shall not be a defense to the action and shall not create a presumption that such indemnification is not permissible. The burden of proving that a Director or Officer is not entitled to indemnification shall be on the Corporation.

(c) In any suit brought by a Director or Officer to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder, it shall be a defense that such Director or Officer has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL.

8. Non-Exclusivity of Rights . The rights to indemnification and advancement of Expenses set forth in this Article V shall not be exclusive of any other right which any Director, Officer, or Non-Officer Employee may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate or these By-laws, agreement, vote of stockholders or Disinterested Directors or otherwise.

9. Insurance . The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any Director, Officer or Non-Officer Employee against any liability of any character asserted against or incurred by the Corporation or any such Director, Officer or Non-Officer Employee, or arising out of any such person’s Corporate Status, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the DGCL or the provisions of this Article V.

 

12


10. Other Indemnification . The Corporation’s obligation, if any, to indemnify any person under this Article V as a result of such person serving, at the request of the Corporation, as a director, partner, trustee, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount such person may collect as indemnification from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or enterprise.

Article VI - Miscellaneous Provisions

1. Fiscal Year . Except as otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, the fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on December 31 of each year.

2. Seal . The Board of Directors shall have power to adopt and alter the seal of the Corporation.

3. Execution of Instruments . Subject to any limitations which may be set forth in a resolution of the Board of Directors, all deeds, leases, transfers, contracts, bonds, notes and other obligations to be entered into by the Corporation in the ordinary course of its business without director action may be executed on behalf of the Corporation by, a President, or by any other officer, employee or agent of the Corporation as the Board of Directors may authorize.

4. Voting of Securities . Unless the Board of Directors otherwise provides, a President, any Vice President or the Treasurer may waive notice of and act on behalf of this Corporation, or appoint another person or persons to act as proxy or attorney in fact for this Corporation with or without discretionary power and/or power of substitution, at any meeting of stockholders or shareholders of any other corporation or organization, any of whose securities are held by this Corporation.

5. Resident Agent . The Board of Directors may appoint a resident agent upon whom legal process may be served in any action or proceeding against the Corporation.

6. Corporate Records . The original or attested copies of the Certificate of Incorporation, By-laws and records of all meetings of the incorporators, stockholders and the Board of Directors and the stock and transfer records, which shall contain the names of all stockholders, their record addresses and the amount of stock held by each, shall be kept at the principal office of the Corporation, at the office of its counsel, or at an office of its transfer agent.

7. Certificate of Incorporation . All references in these By-laws to the Certificate of Incorporation shall be deemed to refer to the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as amended and in effect from time to time.

8. Amendments . These By-laws may be altered, amended or repealed, and new By-laws may be adopted, by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors; provided, that (a) the Board of Directors may not alter, amend or repeal any provision of these By-laws which by law,

 

13


by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-laws requires action by the stockholders and (b) any alteration, amendment or repeal of these By-laws by the Board of Directors and any new By-law adopted by the Board of Directors may be altered, amended or repealed by the stockholders.

9. Waiver of Notice . Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of these By-laws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting needs to be specified in any written waiver or any waiver by electronic transmission.

Approved by the Board of Directors: February 4, 2011

 

14

Exhibit 4.2

Execution Version

GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) is made as of December 22, 2014, by and among Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and each of the investors listed on Schedule A hereto, each of which is referred to in this Agreement as an “ Investor ”.

RECITALS :

WHEREAS, certain of the Investors (the “ Existing Investors ”) hold shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock and possess registration rights, information rights, rights of first offer, and other rights pursuant to an Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of May 31, 2012, by and among the Company and such Investors (as amended, the “ Prior Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, the Existing Investors are holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Registrable Securities (as defined in the Prior Agreement), and desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement in its entirety and to accept the rights created pursuant to this Agreement in lieu of the rights granted to them under the Prior Agreement;

WHEREAS, the Company and certain Investors are parties to the Series B Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement of even date herewith (the “ Purchase Agreement ”) under which certain of the Company’s and such Investors’ obligations are conditioned upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by such Investors, Existing Investors holding at least such amount of the Registrable Securities (as defined in the Prior Agreement) as would be required to amend and restate the Prior Agreement and the Company; and

WHEREAS, in order to induce the Company to enter into the Purchase Agreement and to induce the Investors party to the Purchase Agreement to invest funds in the Company pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the Investors and the Company hereby agree that this Agreement shall govern the rights of the Investors to cause the Company to register shares of Common Stock issuable to the Investors, to receive certain information from the Company, and to participate in future equity offerings by the Company, and shall govern certain other matters as set forth in this Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, the Existing Investors hereby agree that the Prior Agreement shall be amended, restated and superseded by this Agreement, and parties hereby further agree as follows:

1. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:

1.1 “Affiliate ” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person who or which, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such specified Person, including without limitation any general partner, officer, director, or manager of such Person and any venture capital or other fund now or hereafter existing that is controlled by one or more general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company or investment advisor with, such Person.


1.2 “Board of Directors” means the Company’s Board of Directors.

1.3 “Common Stock means shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share.

1.4 “Company’s Certificate of Incorporation” means the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as amended and/or restated from time to time.

1.5 Damages ” means any loss, damage, claim or liability (joint or several) to which a party hereto may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or other federal or state law, insofar as such loss, damage, claim or liability (or any action in respect thereof) arises out of or is based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement of the Company, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto; (ii) an omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the indemnifying party (or any of its agents or Affiliates) of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law, or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or any state securities law.

1.6 Derivative Securities ” means any securities or rights convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for (in each case, directly or indirectly ) , Common Stock, including options and warrants.

1.7 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

1.8 Excluded Registration ” means (i) a registration relating to the sale of securities to employees of the Company or a subsidiary pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase, or similar plan; (ii) a registration relating to an SEC Rule 145 transaction; or (iii) a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities.

1.9 Form S-1 ” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any successor registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC.

1.10 Form S-3 ” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC that permits incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

1.11 GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.

 

2


1.12 “ Holder ” means any holder of Registrable Securities who is a party to this Agreement.

1.13 “ Immediate Family Member ” means a child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, of a natural person referred to herein.

1.14 “ Initiating Holders ” means, collectively, Holders who properly initiate a registration request under this Agreement.

1.15 “ IPO ” means the Company’s first underwritten public offering of its Common Stock under the Securities Act.

1.16 “ Key Employee ” means any executive-level employee (including division director and vice president-level positions).

1.17 “ Major Investor ” means any Investor that, individually or together with such Investor’s Affiliates, holds at least 1,000,000 shares of Registrable Securities (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization effected after the date hereof).

1.18 “ New Securities ” means, collectively, equity securities of the Company, whether or not currently authorized, as well as rights, options, or warrants to purchase such equity securities, or securities of any type whatsoever that are, or may become, convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for such equity securities, other than Exempted Securities (as such term is defined in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation).

1.19 “ Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company, association or other entity.

1.20 “ QPO ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation.

1.21 “ Registrable Securities ” means (i) the Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock; (ii) any Common Stock, or any Common Stock issued or issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise of any other securities of the Company, held by the Investors or acquired by a holder of Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock after the date hereof; (iii) any Common Stock issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right, or other security that is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, the shares referenced in clauses (i)  and (ii)  above; excluding in all cases, however, any Registrable Securities sold by a Person in a transaction in which the applicable rights under this Agreement are not assigned pursuant to Section 6.1 , and excluding for purposes of Section 2 any shares for which registration rights have terminated pursuant to Section 2.13 of this Agreement; and (iv) any other Common Stock subsequently acquired by an Investor, without duplication of any securities referred to in clauses (i) through (iii) hereof.

 

3


1.22 “ Registrable Securities then outstanding ” means the number of shares at a point in time determined by adding the number of shares of outstanding Common Stock that are Registrable Securities at such time and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable (directly or indirectly) at such time pursuant to then exercisable and/or convertible securities that are Registrable Securities.

1.23 “ Restricted Securities ” means the securities of the Company required to bear the legend set forth in Section 2.12(b) hereof.

1.24 “ SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

1.25 “ SEC Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act, or any successor provisions.

1.26 “ SEC Rule 145 ” means Rule 145 promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act, or any successor provisions.

1.27 “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

1.28 “ Selling Expenses ” means all underwriting discounts, selling commissions, and stock transfer taxes applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities, and fees and disbursements of counsel for any Holder, except for the fees and disbursements of the Selling Holder Counsel borne and paid by the Company as provided in Section 2.6.

1.29 “ Selling Holder Counsel ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.6 .

1.30 “ Series A Directors ” means the directors of the Company that have been solely designated by the holders of record of the Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, the Stockholders Agreement or otherwise.

1.31 “ Series A Preferred Stock ” means shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share.

1.32 “ Series B Preferred Stock ” means shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share.

1.33 “ Stockholders Agreement ” means the Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement dated as of the date hereof and as may be amended from time to time, by and among the Company, the Investors, and Key Holders (as defined therein).

 

4


2. Registration Rights . The Company covenants and agrees as follows:

2.1 Demand Registration

(a) Form S-1 Demand . Beginning upon the earlier of (i) five (5) years after the date of this Agreement or (ii) six (6) months after the effective date of the registration statement for the IPO, if the Company receives a request from Holders of at least twenty-five percent (25%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding that the Company file a Form S-1 registration statement with respect to at least twenty-five percent (25%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, having the anticipated aggregate offering amount of at least $3 million, then the Company shall (i) within ten (10) days after the date such request is given, give notice thereof (the “ Demand Notice ”) to all Holders other than the Initiating Holders; and (ii) as soon as practicable, and in any event within sixty (60) days after the date such request is given by the Initiating Holders, file a Form S-1 registration statement under the Securities Act covering all Registrable Securities that the Initiating Holders requested to be registered and any additional Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any other Holders, as specified by notice given by each such Holder to the Company within twenty (20) days after the date the Demand Notice is given, and in each case, subject to the limitations of Section 2.1(c) and Section 2.3 .

(b) Form S-3 Demand . If at any time when it is eligible to use a Form S-3 registration statement, the Company receives a request from Holders of at least twenty-five percent (25%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding that the Company file a Form S-3 registration statement with respect to outstanding Registrable Securities of such Holders having an anticipated aggregate offering amount, net of Selling Expenses, of at least $1 million, then the Company shall (i) within ten (10) days after the date such request is given, give a Demand Notice to all Holders other than the Initiating Holders; and (ii) as soon as practicable, and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the date such request is given by the Initiating Holders, file a Form S-3 registration statement under the Securities Act covering all Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any other Holders, as specified by notice given by each such Holder to the Company within twenty (20) days after the date the Demand Notice is given, and in each case, subject to the limitations of Section 2.1(c) and Section 2.3 .

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing obligations, if the Company furnishes to Holders requesting a registration pursuant to this Section 2.1 a certificate signed by the Company’s chief executive officer or other most senior executive officer then in office stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors it would be materially detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to either become effective or remain effective for as long as such registration statement otherwise would be required to remain effective, because such action would (i) materially interfere with a significant acquisition, corporate reorganization, or other similar transaction involving the Company; (ii) require premature disclosure of material information that the Company has a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential; or (iii) render the Company unable to comply with requirements under the Securities Act or Exchange Act, then the Company shall have the right to defer taking action with respect to such filing, and any time periods with respect to filing or effectiveness thereof shall be tolled correspondingly, for a period of not more than one hundred twenty (120) days after the request of the Initiating Holders is given; provided, however , that the

 

5


Company may not invoke this right more than once in any twelve (12) month period, nor shall the Company invoke this right more than twice in all periods; and provided further that the Company shall not register any securities for its own account or that of any other stockholder during either one hundred twenty (120) day period other than an Excluded Registration.

(d) The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to Section 2.1(a) (i) if it delivers notice to the Holders within thirty (30) days after any registration request of its intent to file a registration statement for a public offering within ninety (90) days; (ii) during the period that is one hundred eighty (180) days after commencing a Company-initiated registration; (iii) after the Company has effected two (2) registrations pursuant to Section 2.1(a) ; or (iv) if the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Section 2.1(b) . The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to Section 2.1(b) if the Company has effected two (2) registrations pursuant to Section 2.1(b) within the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding the date of such request. A registration shall not be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Section 2.1(d) until such time as the applicable registration statement has been declared effective by the SEC, unless the Initiating Holders withdraw their request for such registration (other than as a result of a material adverse change to the Company), elect not to pay the registration expenses therefor, and forfeit their right to one demand registration statement pursuant to Section 2.6 , in which case such withdrawn registration statement shall be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Section 2.1(d) .

2.2 Company Registration . If the Company proposes to register (including, for this purpose, a registration effected by the Company for stockholders other than the Holders) any of its Common Stock under the Securities Act in connection with the public offering of such securities solely for cash (other than in an Excluded Registration), the Company shall, at such time, promptly give each Holder notice of such registration. Upon the request of each Holder given within twenty (20) days after such notice is given by the Company, the Company shall, subject to the provisions of Section 2.3 , cause to be registered all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder has requested to be included in such registration. The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 2.2 before the effective date of such registration, whether or not any Holder has elected to include Registrable Securities in such registration. The expenses (other than Selling Expenses) of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Section 2.6 .

2.3 Underwriting Requirements .

(a) If, pursuant to Section 2.1 , the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to Section 2.1 , and the Company shall include such information in the Demand Notice. The underwriter(s) will be selected by the Company and shall be reasonably acceptable to a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders. In such event, the right of any Holder to include such Holder’s Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the

 

6


extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company as provided in Section 2.4(e) ) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter(s) selected for such underwriting. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.3 , if the managing underwriter(s) advise the Initiating Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten, then the Initiating Holders shall so advise all Holders that otherwise would be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated among such Holders, including the Initiating Holders, in proportion (as nearly as practicable) to the number of Registrable Securities owned by each, or in such other proportion as shall mutually be agreed to by all such selling Holders; provided, however , that the number of Registrable Securities held by the Holders to be included in such underwriting shall not be reduced unless all other securities are first entirely excluded from the underwriting. To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the Company or the underwriters may round the number of shares allocated to any Holder to the nearest 100 shares.

(b) In connection with any offering involving an underwriting of shares of the Company’s capital stock pursuant to Section 2.2 , the Company shall not be required to include any of the Registrable Securities in such underwriting unless the Holders accept the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and its underwriters, and then only in such quantity as the underwriters in their sole discretion determine will not jeopardize the success of the offering by the Company. If the total number of securities, including Registrable Securities, requested by Holders to be included in such offering exceeds the number of securities to be sold (other than by the Company) that the underwriters in their reasonable discretion determine is compatible with the success of the offering, then the Company shall be required to include in the offering only that number of such securities, including Registrable Securities, which the underwriters and the Company in their sole discretion determine will not jeopardize the success of the offering. If the underwriters determine that less than all of the Registrable Securities requested to be registered can be included in such offering, then the Registrable Securities that are included in such offering shall be allocated among the selling Holders in proportion (as nearly as practicable) to the number of Registrable Securities owned by each selling Holder or in such other proportions as shall mutually be agreed to by all such selling Holders. To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the Company or the underwriters may round the number of shares allocated to any Holder to the nearest 100 shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall (i) the number of Registrable Securities included in the offering be reduced unless all other securities (other than securities to be sold by the Company) are first entirely excluded from the offering, or (ii) the number of Registrable Securities included in the offering be reduced below thirty percent (30%) of the total number of securities included in such offering, unless such offering is the IPO, in which case the selling Holders may be excluded further if the underwriters make the determination described above and no other stockholder’s securities are included in such offering. For purposes of the provision in this Section 2.3(b) concerning apportionment, for any selling Holder that is a partnership, limited liability company, or corporation, the partners, members, retired partners, retired members, stockholders, and Affiliates of such Holder, or the estates and Immediate Family Members of any such partners, retired partners, members, and retired members and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing Persons, shall be deemed

 

7


to be a single “selling Holder,” and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “selling Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate number of Registrable Securities owned by all Persons included in such “selling Holder,” as defined in this sentence.

(c) For purposes of Section 2.1, a registration shall not be counted as “effected” if, as a result of an exercise of the underwriter’s cutback provisions in Section 2.3(a) and (b), less than the total number of Registrable Securities that Holders have requested to be included in such registration statement are actually included.

2.4 Obligations of the Company . Whenever required under this Section 2 to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

(a) prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for a period of up to one hundred twenty (120) days or, if earlier, until the distribution contemplated in the registration statement has been completed; provided, however , that (i) such one hundred twenty (120) day period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period the Holder refrains, at the request of an underwriter of the Company, from selling any securities included in such registration, and (ii) in the case of any registration of Registrable Securities on Form S-3 that are intended to be offered on a continuous or delayed basis, subject to compliance with applicable SEC rules, such one hundred twenty (120) day period shall be extended for up to one hundred eighty (180) days, if necessary, to keep the registration statement effective until all such Registrable Securities are sold;

(b) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement, and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement, as may be necessary to comply with the Securities Act in order to enable the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement;

(c) furnish to the selling Holders such numbers of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, as required by the Securities Act, and such other documents as the Holders may reasonably request in order to facilitate their disposition of their Registrable Securities;

(d) use its commercially reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or blue-sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the selling Holders; provided that the Company shall not be required to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act;

(e) in the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the underwriter(s) of such offering;

 

8


(f) use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be listed on a national securities exchange or trading system and each securities exchange and trading system (if any) on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;

(g) provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Agreement and provide a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration;

(h) promptly make available for inspection by the selling Holders, any underwriter(s) participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement, and any attorney or accountant or other agent retained by any such underwriter or selected by the selling Holders, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents, and properties of the Company, and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees, and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant, or agent, in each case, as necessary or advisable to verify the accuracy of the information in such registration statement and to conduct appropriate due diligence in connection therewith;

(i) notify each selling Holder, promptly after the Company receives notice thereof, of the time when such registration statement has been declared effective or a supplement to any prospectus forming a part of such registration statement has been filed; and

(j) after such registration statement becomes effective, notify each selling Holder of any request by the SEC that the Company amend or supplement such registration statement or prospectus.

2.5 Furnish Information . It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Section 2 with respect to the Registrable Securities of any selling Holder that such Holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as is reasonably required to effect the registration of such Holder’s Registrable Securities.

2.6 Expenses of Registration . All expenses (other than Selling Expenses) incurred in connection with registrations, filings, or qualifications pursuant to Section 2 , including all registration, filing, and qualification fees; printers’ and accounting fees; fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company; and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the selling Holders (“ Selling Holder Counsel ”) selected by the Holders of at least sixty-six and two thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the Registrable Securities, shall be borne and paid by the Company; provided, however , that the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 2.1 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of at least sixty-six and two thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the Registrable Securities to be registered (in which case all selling Holders shall bear such expenses pro rata based upon the number of Registrable Securities that were to be included in the withdrawn registration), unless the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to one registration pursuant to Section 2.1(a) or Section 2.1(b) ,

 

9


as the case may be; provided further that if, at the time of such withdrawal, the Holders have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business, or prospects of the Company from that known to the Holders at the time of their request and have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness after learning of such information, then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall not forfeit their right to one registration pursuant to Section 2.1(a) or Section 2.1(b) . All Selling Expenses relating to Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Section 2 shall be borne and paid by the Holders pro rata on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities registered on their behalf.

2.7 Delay of Registration . No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any registration pursuant to this Agreement as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2 .

2.8 Indemnification . If any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under this Section 2 :

(a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each selling Holder, and the partners, members, officers, directors, and stockholders of each such Holder; legal counsel and accountants for each such Holder; any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for each such Holder; and each Person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any Damages, and the Company will pay to each such Holder, underwriter, controlling Person, or other aforementioned Person any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred thereby in connection with investigating or defending any claim or proceeding from which Damages may result, as such expenses are incurred; provided, however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.8(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claim or proceeding if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, nor shall the Company be liable for any Damages to the extent that they arise out of or are based upon actions or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by or on behalf of any such Holder, underwriter, controlling Person, or other aforementioned Person expressly for use in connection with such registration.

(b) To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, and each of its directors, each of its officers who has signed the registration statement, each Person (if any), who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, legal counsel and accountants for the Company, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act), any other Holder selling securities in such registration statement, and any controlling Person of any such underwriter or other Holder, against any Damages, in each case only to the extent that such Damages arise out of or are based upon actions or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by or on behalf of such selling Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration; and each such selling Holder will pay to the Company and each other aforementioned Person any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred thereby in connection with investigating or defending any claim or proceeding from which Damages may result, as

 

10


such expenses are incurred; provided, however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.8(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claim or proceeding if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; and provided further that in no event shall any indemnity under this Section 2.8(b) exceed the proceeds from the offering received by such Holder (net of any Selling Expenses paid by such Holder), except in the case of fraud or willful misconduct by such Holder.

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 2.8 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action) for which a party may be entitled to indemnification hereunder, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 2.8 , give the indemnifying party notice of the commencement thereof. The indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in such action and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, participate jointly with any other indemnifying party to which notice has been given, and to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided, however , that an indemnified party (together with all other indemnified parties that may be represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain one separate counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such action. The failure to give notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section 2.8 , to the extent that such failure materially prejudices the indemnifying party’s ability to defend such action. The failure to give notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 2.8 .

(d) To provide for just and equitable contribution to joint liability under the Securities Act in any case in which either (i) any party otherwise entitled to indemnification hereunder makes a claim for indemnification pursuant to this Section 2.8 but it is judicially determined (by the entry of a final judgment or decree by a court of competent jurisdiction and the expiration of time to appeal or the denial of the last right of appeal) that such indemnification may not be enforced in such case, notwithstanding the fact that this Section 2.8 provides for indemnification in such case, or (ii) contribution under the Securities Act may be required on the part of any party hereto for which indemnification is provided under this Section 2.8 , then, and in each such case, such parties will contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages, liabilities, or expenses to which they may be subject (after contribution from others) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of each of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party in connection with the statements, omissions, or other actions that resulted in such loss, claim, damage, liability, or expense, as well as to reflect any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or allegedly untrue statement of a material fact, or the omission or alleged omission of a material fact, relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission; provided, however , that, in any such case, (x) no

 

11


Holder will be required to contribute any amount in excess of the public offering price of all such Registrable Securities offered and sold by such Holder pursuant to such registration statement, and (y) no Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) will be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation; and provided further that in no event shall a Holder’s liability pursuant to this Section 2.8(d) , when combined with the amounts paid or payable by such Holder pursuant to Section 2.8(b) , exceed the proceeds from the offering received by such Holder (net of any Selling Expenses paid by such Holder), except in the case of willful misconduct or fraud by such Holder.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control.

(f) Unless otherwise superseded by an underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering, the obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 2.8 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration under this Section 2 , and otherwise shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

2.9 Reports Under Exchange Act . With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of SEC Rule 144 and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit a Holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration or pursuant to a registration on Form S-3, the Company shall:

(a) make and keep available adequate current public information, as those terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144, at all times after the effective date of the registration statement filed by the Company for the IPO;

(b) use commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after the Company has become subject to such reporting requirements); and

(c) furnish to any Holder, so long as the Holder owns any Registrable Securities, forthwith upon request (i) to the extent accurate, a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of SEC Rule 144 (at any time after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the registration statement filed by the Company for the IPO), the Securities Act, and the Exchange Act (at any time after the Company has become subject to such reporting requirements), or that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities may be resold pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after the Company so qualifies); (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and such other reports and documents so filed by the Company; and (iii) such other information as may be reasonably requested in availing any Holder of any rule or regulation of the SEC that permits the selling of any such securities without registration (at any time after the Company has become subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act) or pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after the Company so qualifies to use such form).

 

12


2.10 Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights . From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Holders of at least sixty-six and two thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that would allow such holder or prospective holder (i) to include such securities in any registration unless, under the terms of such agreement, such holder or prospective holder may include such securities in any such registration only to the extent that the inclusion of such securities will not reduce the number of the Registrable Securities of the Holders that are included or (ii) to demand registration of any securities held by such holder or prospective holder.

2.11 “Market Stand-off” Agreement . Each Holder hereby agrees that, if required by the managing underwriter, it will not, during the period commencing on the date of the final prospectus relating to the IPO and ending on the date specified by the Company and the managing underwriter (such period not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days in the case of the IPO, which period may be extended upon the request of the managing underwriter for such longer period of time as is necessary to enable such underwriter to issue a research report or to make a public appearance that relates to an earnings release or announcement by the Company within fifteen (15) days prior to or after the day that is one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of the registration statement relating to such offering, but in any event not to exceed two hundred ten (210) days following the effective date of the registration statement relating to such offering), (i) lend; offer; pledge; sell; contract to sell; sell any option or contract to purchase; purchase any option or contract to sell; grant any option, right, or warrant to purchase; or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable (directly or indirectly) for Common Stock held immediately before the effective date of the registration statement for such offering or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of such securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash, or otherwise. The foregoing provisions of this Section 2.11 shall apply only to the IPO, shall not apply to the sale of any shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement, and shall be applicable to the Holders only if all officers, directors, and stockholders individually owning more than one percent (1%) of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock (after giving effect to conversion into Common Stock of all outstanding Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock) are subject to the same restrictions. The underwriters in connection with such registration are intended third-party beneficiaries of this Section 2.11 and shall have the right, power, and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. Each Holder further agrees to execute such agreements as may be reasonably requested by the underwriters in connection with such registration that are consistent with this Section 2.11 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. The Company agrees to use its reasonable efforts to obtain the agreement of the managing underwriter to periodic early releases of portions of the securities subject to such lock-up agreements upon the request of a Holder to such early release, provided that in the event of any

 

13


early release, all Holders will be released on a pro rata basis from such agreements. Any discretionary waiver or termination of the restrictions of any or all of such agreements by the Company or the underwriters shall apply pro rata to all Holders subject to such agreements, based on the number of shares subject to such agreements.

2.12 Restrictions on Transfer .

(a) The Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock and the Registrable Securities shall not be sold, pledged, or otherwise transferred, and the Company shall not recognize any such sale, pledge, or transfer, except upon the conditions specified in this Agreement, which conditions are intended to ensure compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act. A transferring Holder will cause any proposed purchaser, pledgee, or transferee of the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock and the Registrable Securities held by such Holder to agree to take and hold such securities subject to the provisions and upon the conditions specified in this Agreement.

(b) Each certificate or instrument representing (i) the Series A Preferred Stock, (ii) the Series B Preferred Stock, (iii) the Registrable Securities, and (iv) any other securities issued in respect of the securities referenced in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), upon any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, or similar event, shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of Section 2.12(c) ) be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend substantially in the following form:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED. SUCH SHARES MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR A VALID EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SAID ACT.

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

The Holders consent to the Company making a notation in its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent of the Restricted Securities in order to implement the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Section 2.12.

(c) The holder of each certificate representing Restricted Securities, by acceptance thereof, agrees to comply in all respects with the provisions of this Section 2 . Before any proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of any Restricted Securities, unless there is in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the proposed transaction, the Holder thereof shall give notice to the Company of such Holder’s intention to effect such sale, pledge, or transfer. Each such notice shall describe the manner and circumstances of the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer in sufficient detail and, if reasonably requested by the Company, shall be accompanied at such Holder’s expense by either (i) a written opinion of legal counsel who shall,

 

14


and whose legal opinion shall, be reasonably satisfactory to the Company, addressed to the Company, to the effect that the proposed transaction may be effected without registration under the Securities Act; (ii) a “no action” letter from the SEC to the effect that the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of such Restricted Securities without registration will not result in a recommendation by the staff of the SEC that action be taken with respect thereto; or (iii) any other evidence reasonably satisfactory to counsel to the Company to the effect that the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of the Restricted Securities may be effected without registration under the Securities Act, whereupon the Holder of such Restricted Securities shall be entitled to sell, pledge, or transfer such Restricted Securities in accordance with the terms of the notice given by the Holder to the Company. The Company will not require such a legal opinion or “no action” letter (x) in any transaction in compliance with SEC Rule 144 or (y) in any transaction in which such Holder distributes Restricted Securities to an Affiliate of such Holder for no consideration; provided that each transferee agrees in writing to be subject to the terms of this Section 2.12 . Each certificate or instrument evidencing the Restricted Securities transferred as above provided shall bear, except if such transfer is made pursuant to SEC Rule 144, the appropriate restrictive legend set forth in Section 2.12(b) , except that such certificate shall not bear such restrictive legend if, in the opinion of counsel for such Holder and the Company, such legend is not required in order to establish compliance with any provisions of the Securities Act.

2.13 Termination of Registration Rights . The right of any Holder to request registration or inclusion of Registrable Securities in any registration pursuant to Section 2.1 or Section 2.2 shall terminate upon the earliest to occur of:

(a) the closing of a Sale of the Company (as defined in the Stockholders Agreement);

(b) following the IPO, such time as SEC Rule 144 or another similar exemption under the Securities Act is available for the sale of all of such Holder’s shares without limitation during a three-month period without registration; and

(c) the third (3 rd ) anniversary of the IPO.

3. Information and Observer Rights .

3.1 Delivery of Financial Statements . The Company shall deliver to each Major Investor the required items listed below.

(a) as soon as practicable, but in any event within one hundred fifty (150) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, (i) a balance sheet as of the end of such year, (ii) statements of income and of cash flows for such year, and (iii) a statement of stockholders’ equity as of the end of such year , all such financial statements audited and certified by independent public accountants of nationally or regionally recognized standing selected by the Company and approved by the Board of Directors;

(b) as soon as practicable but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three (3) quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, unaudited statements of income and of cash flows for such fiscal quarter, and an unaudited balance sheet

 

15


and a statement of stockholders’ equity as of the end of such fiscal quarter, all prepared in accordance with GAAP (except that such financial statements may (i) be subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and (ii) not contain all notes thereto that may be required in accordance with GAAP);

(c) if requested in writing by a Major Investor with respect to a month within five (5) business days of the end of such month, as soon as practicable, but in any event within thirty (30) days after the date of such request, an unaudited income statement and statement of cash flows for such month, and an unaudited balance sheet and statement of stockholders’ equity as of the end of such month, all prepared in accordance with GAAP (except that such financial statements may (i) be subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and (ii) not contain all notes thereto that may be required in accordance with GAAP);

(d) as soon as practicable, but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three (3) quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, a statement showing the number of shares of each class and series of capital stock and securities convertible into or exercisable for shares of capital stock outstanding at the end of the period, the Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exercise of any outstanding securities convertible or exercisable for Common Stock and the exchange ratio or exercise price applicable thereto, and the number of shares of issued stock options and stock options not yet issued but reserved for issuance, if any, all in sufficient detail as to permit each Major Investor to calculate their respective percentage equity ownership in the Company, and certified by the chief financial officer or chief executive officer of the Company as being true, complete, and correct.

(e) as soon as practicable, but in any event fifteen (15) days before the end of each fiscal year, a budget and business plan for the next fiscal year (collectively, the “ Budget ”), approved by the Board of Directors and prepared on a monthly basis, including balance sheets, income statements, and statements of cash flow for such months and, promptly after prepared, any other budgets or revised budgets prepared by the Company; and

(f) such other information relating to the financial condition, business, or corporate affairs of the Company as any Major Investor may from time to time reasonably request; provided, however , that the Company shall not be obligated under this Section 3.1 to provide information (i) that the Company reasonably determines in good faith to be a trade secret or confidential information (unless covered by an enforceable confidentiality agreement, in form acceptable to the Company) or (ii) the disclosure of which would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel.

If, for any period, the Company has any subsidiary whose accounts are consolidated with those of the Company, then in respect of such period the financial statements delivered pursuant to the foregoing sections shall be the consolidated and consolidating financial statements of the Company and all such consolidated subsidiaries.

Notwithstanding anything else in this Section 3.1 to the contrary, the Company may cease providing the information set forth in this Section 3.1 during the period starting with the date thirty (30) days before the Company’s good-faith estimate of the date of filing of a registration statement if it reasonably concludes it must do so to comply with the SEC rules applicable to

 

16


such registration statement and related offering; provided that the Company’s covenants under this Section 3.1 shall be reinstated at such time as the Company is no longer actively employing its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective.

3.2 Inspection . The Company shall permit each Major Investor, at such Major Investor’s expense, to visit and inspect the Company’s properties; examine its books of account and records; and discuss the Company’s affairs, finances, and accounts with its officers, during normal business hours of the Company as may be reasonably requested by the Major Investor; provided, however , that the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Section 3.2 to provide access to any information that it reasonably considers to be a trade secret or confidential information (unless covered by an enforceable confidentiality agreement, in form acceptable to the Company) or the disclosure of which would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel.

3.3 Termination of Information Rights . The covenants set forth in Sections 3.1 and 3.2 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before the consummation of the IPO, (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or (iii) upon the closing of a Sale of the Company, as such term is defined in the Stockholders Agreement.

3.4 Confidentiality . Each Investor agrees that such Investor will keep confidential and will not disclose, divulge, or use for any purpose (other than to monitor its investment in the Company) any confidential information obtained from the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement (including notice of the Company’s intention to file a registration statement), unless such confidential information (a) is known or becomes known to the public in general (other than as a result of a breach of this Section 3.4 by such Investor), (b) is or has been independently developed or conceived by the Investor without use of the Company’s confidential information, or (c) is or has been made known or disclosed to the Investor by a third party without a breach of any obligation of confidentiality such third party may have to the Company; provided, however , that an Investor may disclose confidential information (i) to its attorneys, accountants, consultants, and other professionals to the extent necessary to obtain their services in connection with monitoring its investment in the Company; (ii) to any prospective purchaser of any Registrable Securities from such Investor, if such prospective purchaser agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 3.4 ; (iii) to any existing or prospective Affiliate, partner, member, stockholder, or wholly owned subsidiary of such Investor in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Investor informs such Person that such information is confidential and directs such Person to maintain the confidentiality of such information; or (iv) as may otherwise be required by law, provided that the Investor promptly notifies the Company of such disclosure and takes reasonable steps to minimize the extent of any such required disclosure.

4. Rights to Future Stock Issuances .

4.1 Right of First Offer . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Section  4.1 and applicable securities laws, if the Company proposes to offer or sell any New Securities, the Company shall first offer such New Securities to each Major Investor. A Major Investor shall be entitled to apportion the right of first offer hereby granted to it among itself and its Affiliates in such proportions as it deems appropriate.

 

17


(a) The Company shall give notice (the “ Offer Notice ”) to each Major Investor, stating (i) its bona fide intention to offer such New Securities, (ii) the number of such New Securities to be offered, and (iii) the price and terms, if any, upon which it proposes to offer such New Securities.

(b) By notification to the Company within twenty (20) days after the Offer Notice is given, each Major Investor may elect to purchase or otherwise acquire, at the price and on the terms specified in the Offer Notice, up to that portion of such New Securities which equals the proportion that the Common Stock issued and held, or issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and any other Derivative Securities then held, by such Major Investor bears to the total number of shares of Common Stock of the Company then outstanding (assuming full conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of all Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and other Derivative Securities). At the expiration of such twenty (20) day period, the Company shall promptly notify each Major Investor that elects to purchase or acquire all the shares available to it (each, a “ Fully Exercising Investor ”) of any other Major Investor’s failure to do likewise. During the ten (10) day period commencing after the Company has given such notice, each Fully Exercising Investor may, by giving notice to the Company, elect to purchase or acquire, in addition to the number of shares specified above, up to that portion of the New Securities for which Major Investors were entitled to subscribe but that were not subscribed for by the Major Investors, which is equal to the proportion that the Common Stock issued and held, or issuable upon conversion of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and any other Derivative Securities then held, by such Fully Exercising Investor bears to the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and held, or issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and any other Derivative Securities then held, by all Fully Exercising Investors who wish to purchase such unsubscribed shares. The closing of any sale pursuant to this Section 4.1(b) shall occur within the later of one hundred twenty (120 )  days after the date that the Offer Notice is given and the date of initial sale of New Securities pursuant to Section 4.1(c) .

(c) If all New Securities referred to in the Offer Notice are not elected to be purchased or acquired as provided in Section 4.1(b) , the Company may, during the ninety (90) day period following the expiration of the periods provided in Section 4.1(b) , offer and sell the remaining unsubscribed portion of such New Securities to any Person or Persons at a price not less than, and upon terms no more favorable to the offeree than, those specified in the Offer Notice. If the Company does not enter into an agreement for the sale of the New Securities within such period, or if such agreement is not consummated within thirty (30) days of the execution thereof, the right provided hereunder shall be deemed to be revived and such New Securities shall not be offered unless first reoffered to the Major Investors in accordance with this Section 4.1 .

(d) The right of first offer in this Section 4.1 shall not be applicable to (i) Exempted Securities (as defined in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation) and (ii) shares of Common Stock issued in the IPO.

 

18


4.2 Termination . The covenants set forth in Section 4.1 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before but subject to the consummation of an IPO, (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or (iii) upon a Sale of the Company, as such term is defined in the Stockholders Agreement.

5. Additional Covenants .

5.1 Insurance . Within a reasonable period of time after requested by the Board of Directors, the Company shall obtain from financially sound and reputable insurers Directors and Officers Errors and Omissions insurance in an amount satisfactory to the Board of Directors, and will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such insurance policies to be maintained until such time as the Board of Directors determines that such insurance should be discontinued.

5.2 Employee Agreements . The Company will cause (i) each person now or hereafter employed by it or by any subsidiary (or engaged by the Company or any subsidiary as a consultant/independent contractor) with access to confidential information and/or trade secrets to enter into a nondisclosure and proprietary rights assignment agreement and (ii) each Key Employee to enter into a one (1) year noncompetition and nonsolicitation agreement (to the extent permitted by applicable law), substantially in the form approved by the Board of Directors, including the Series A Directors. In addition, the Company shall not amend, modify, terminate, waive, or otherwise alter, in whole or in part, any of the above-referenced agreements or any restricted stock agreement between the Company and any employee, without the approval by the Board of Directors, including the Series A Directors.

5.3 Employee Vesting . Unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors, which approval shall include the Series A Directors , all current and future employees and consultants of the Company who purchase, receive options to purchase, or receive awards of shares of the Company’s capital stock after the date hereof shall be required to execute restricted stock or option agreements, as applicable, providing for (i) vesting of shares not faster than over a four (4) year period, with the first twenty-five percent (25%) of such shares vesting following twelve (12) months of continued employment or service, and the remaining shares vesting in equal monthly installments over the following three (3) years, and (ii) a market stand-off provision substantially similar to that in Section 2.11 . In addition, unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors, including the Series A Directors, the Company shall retain a “right of first refusal” on employee transfers until the Company’s IPO and shall have the right to repurchase unvested shares at cost upon termination of employment of a holder of restricted stock.

5.4 Reserved .

 

19


5.5 Matters Requiring Investor Director Approval . So long as any shares of Series A Preferred Stock remain outstanding, the Company hereby covenants and agrees with each of the Investors that it shall not, without first obtaining the approval of the Board of Directors, which approval must include the affirmative vote of at least two (2) Series A Directors (or at least one (1) Series A Director, at any time when there are fewer than two (2) Series A Directors then serving):

(a) make, or permit any subsidiary to make, any loan or advance to, or own any stock or other securities of, any subsidiary or other corporation, partnership, or other entity unless it is wholly owned by the Company;

(b) make, or permit any subsidiary to make, any loan or advance to any Person, including, without limitation, any employee or director of the Company or any subsidiary, except advances and similar expenditures in the ordinary course of business or under the terms of an employee stock or option plan approved by the Board of Directors;

(c) guarantee, directly or indirectly, or permit any subsidiary to guarantee, directly or indirectly, any indebtedness except for trade accounts of the Company or any subsidiary arising in the ordinary course of business;

(d) make any investment inconsistent with any investment policy approved by the Board of Directors;

(e) incur any indebtedness in excess of $100,000 in the aggregate that is not covered by the Budget, other than trade credit incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(f) otherwise enter into or be a party to any transaction with any director, officer or employee of the Company or any “associate” (as defined in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of any such Person;

(g) hire, terminate, or change the compensation of the executive officers, including approving or amending the terms of any option grants or stock awards to executive officers;

(h) change the principal business of the Company, or enter into a new line of business, or exit the existing line of business of the Company;

(i) sell, assign, license, pledge or encumber material technology or intellectual property; or

(j) enter into any corporate strategic relationship involving the payment contribution or assignment by the Company or to the Company of money or assets greater than $250,000.

5.6 Meetings of the Board of Directors; Committees . Unless otherwise determined at least by the vote of a majority of the directors then in office, the Board of Directors shall meet at least four (4) times per year, and at least once per quarter, in accordance with an agreed-upon schedule, unless otherwise agreed by a vote of the majority of the directors. Each non-employee director shall be entitled in such person’s discretion to be a member of any committee of the Board of Directors.

 

20


5.7 Successor Indemnification . If the Company or any of its successors or assignees consolidates with or merges into any other Person and is not the continuing or surviving corporation or entity of such consolidation or merger, then to the extent necessary, proper provision shall be made so that the successors and assignees of the Company assume the obligations of the Company with respect to indemnification of members of the Board of Directors as in effect immediately before such transaction, whether such obligations are contained in the Company’s By-laws, its Certificate of Incorporation, or elsewhere, as the case may be.

5.8 Board Expenses . The Company shall reimburse all non-employee directors for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred (consistent with the Company’s policies) in connection with their role as a director of the Company.

5.9 Directors’ Liability and Indemnification .

(a) The Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws (as such Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Company may be amended from time to time) shall provide (i) for limitation of the liability of directors to the maximum extent permitted by law, and (ii) for indemnification of directors for acts on behalf of the Company to the maximum extent permitted by law. In the event any suit is filed or claim is asserted against a director or former director of the Company as a result of such director’s or former director’s service on the Board of Directors, the Company will provide such director or former director access to all records and files of the Company as he or she may reasonably request in defending against or preparing to defend against any such suit or claim.

The Company hereby acknowledges that one or more of the directors nominated by holders of Series A Preferred Stock may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by one or more of the Investors and certain of their affiliates (collectively, the “ Fund Indemnitors ”) for alleged acts or omissions in their capacities as directors of the Company. The Company hereby agrees (i) that it is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to any such director are primary and any obligation of the Fund Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by such director are secondary), (ii) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by such director and shall be liable for the full amount of all expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement by or on behalf of any such director to the extent legally permitted and as required by the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Company (or any agreement between the Company and such director), without regard to any rights such director may have against the Fund Indemnitors, and, (iii) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Fund Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Fund Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Fund Indemnitors on behalf of any such director with respect to any claim for which such director has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Fund Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of such director against the Company.

 

21


5.10 Termination of Covenants . The covenants set forth in this Section 5, except for Sections 5.7 and 5.9 , shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before but subject to the consummation of an IPO, (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or (iii) upon a Sale of the Company, as such term is defined in the Stockholders Agreement, whichever event occurs first.

6. Miscellaneous .

6.1 Successors and Assigns . The rights under this Agreement may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to a transferee of Registrable Securities that (i) is an Affiliate, partner, member, limited partner, retired partner, retired member, or stockholder of a Holder; (ii) is a Holder’s Immediate Family Member or trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or one or more of such Holder’s Immediate Family Members; or (iii) after such transfer, holds at least 1,000,000 shares of Registrable Securities (subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, and other recapitalizations); provided, however , that (x) the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee and the Registrable Securities with respect to which such rights are being transferred; and (y) such transferee agrees in a written instrument delivered to the Company to be bound by and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the provisions of Section 2.11 . For the purposes of determining the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by a transferee, the holdings of a transferee (1) that is an Affiliate, limited partner, retired partner, member, retired member, or stockholder of a Holder; (2) who is a Holder’s Immediate Family Member; or (3) that is a trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or such Holder’s Immediate Family Member shall be aggregated together and with those of the transferring Holder; provided further that all transferees who would not qualify individually for assignment of rights shall have a single attorney-in-fact for the purpose of exercising any rights, receiving notices, or taking any action under this Agreement. The terms and conditions of this Agreement inure to the benefit of and are binding upon the respective successors and permitted assignees of the parties, including without limitation, the Investor’s affiliated partnership or funds management by such Investor or any of its respective directors, officers or partners. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and permitted assignees any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided herein.

6.2 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as to matters within the scope thereof, and as to all other matters shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in the application of any law other than the law of the State of California.

6.3 Counterparts; Facsimile . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

22


6.4 Titles and Subtitles . The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

6.5 Notices . All notices, requests, and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given, delivered and received (i) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified; (ii) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not so confirmed, then on the next business day; (iii) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or (iv) one (1) business day after the business day of deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next-day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the respective parties only at their addresses as set forth on Schedule A hereto, or to the principal office of the Company and to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer, in the case of the Company, or to such email address, facsimile number, or address as subsequently modified by written notice by the applicable party given in accordance with this Section 6.5 . If notice is given to the Company, a copy which shall not constitute notice shall also be sent to Mitchell S. Bloom, Esq. at Goodwin Procter LLP, 53 State St., Exchange Place, Boston, MA 02109.

6.6 Amendments and Waivers . Any term of this Agreement, including without limitation Section 4.1 , may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance, and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Company and the holders of at least sixty-six and two thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the Registrable Securities held by the Investors; provided that the Company may in its sole discretion waive compliance with Section 2.12(c) (and the Company’s failure to object promptly in writing after notification of a proposed assignment allegedly in violation of Section 2.12(c) shall be deemed to be a waiver); and provided further that any provision hereof may be waived by any waiving party on such party’s own behalf, without the consent of any other party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may not be amended or terminated and the observance of any term hereof may not be waived with respect to any Investor without the written consent of such Investor, unless such amendment, termination, or waiver applies to all Investors in the same fashion (it being agreed that a waiver of the provisions of Section 4 with respect to a particular transaction shall be deemed to apply to all Investors in the same fashion if such waiver does so by its terms, notwithstanding the fact that certain Investors may nonetheless, by agreement with the Company, purchase securities in such transaction); provided , that, if Investors holding at least a majority of the then-outstanding Series B Preferred Stock do not provide such waiver with respect to a particular transaction, the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock that do not provide such waiver shall have the right to participate in such transaction on substantially similar terms to the Investors providing such waiver. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Section 2.11 and this sentence of Section 6.6 may not be amended in a manner that adversely affects the Investors without the consent of Investors holding at least sixty-six and two thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the then-outstanding Series B Preferred Stock. The Company shall give prompt notice of any amendment or termination hereof or waiver hereunder to any party hereto that did not consent in writing to such amendment,

 

23


termination, or waiver. Any amendment, termination, or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 6.6 shall be binding on all parties hereto, regardless of whether any such party has consented thereto. No waivers of or exceptions to any term, condition, or provision of this Agreement, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be or construed as a further or continuing waiver of any such term, condition, or provision.

6.7 Severability . In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement is for any reason held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement, and such invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision shall be reformed and construed so that it will be valid, legal, and enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by law.

6.8 Aggregation of Stock . All shares of Registrable Securities held or acquired by Affiliates shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement and such Affiliated person may apportion such rights as among themselves in any manner they deem appropriate.

6.9 Entire Agreement . This Agreement (including any Schedules and Exhibits hereto) constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and any other written or oral agreement relating to the subject matter hereof existing between the parties is expressly canceled. Upon the effectiveness of this Agreement, the Prior Agreement shall be deemed amended and restated and superseded and replaced in its entirety by this Agreement, and shall be of no further force or effect.

6.10 Delays or Omissions . No delay or omission to exercise any right, power, or remedy accruing to any party under this Agreement, upon any breach or default of any other party under this Agreement, shall impair any such right, power, or remedy of such nonbreaching or nondefaulting party, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of or acquiescence to any such breach or default, or to any similar breach or default thereafter occurring, nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. All remedies, whether under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

6.11 Submission to Jurisdiction . The parties hereto submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of any federal or state court located within the State of California over any dispute arising out of or relating to the Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby and each party hereby agree that all claims in respect of such dispute or any suit, action or proceeding related thereto may be heard and determined in such courts. The parties waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection which they may not or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such dispute brought in such court or any defense of inconvenient forum for the maintenance of such dispute. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a judgment in any such dispute may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

24


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:

GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.

By:  

/s/ Ted W. Love. M.D.

Name:   Ted W. Love, M.D.
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer
Address:

400 East Jamie Court, Suite 101

South San Francisco, CA 94080

Attention: President

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
THIRD ROCK VENTURES II, L.P.
By: Third Rock Ventures GP II, L.P., its general partner
By: TRV GP II, LLC, its general partner
By:

/s/ Kevin Gillis

Name: Kevin Gillis
Title: CFO
THIRD ROCK VENTURES III, L.P.
By: Third Rock Ventures GP III, L.P., its general partner
By: TRV GP III, LLC, its general partner
By:

/s/ Kevin Gillis

Name: Kevin Gillis
Title: CFO

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
FIDELITY SELECT PORTFOLIOS: BIOTECHNOLOGY PORTFOLIO
By:

/s/ Stacie M. Smith

Name: Stacie M. Smith
Title: Authorized Signatory
FIDELITY ADVISOR SERIES VII: FIDELITY ADVISOR BIOTECHNOLOGY FUND
By:

/s/ Stacie M. Smith

Name: Stacie M. Smith
Title: Authorized Signatory

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
HADLEY HARBOR MASTER INVESTORS (CAYMAN) L.P.
By: Wellington Management Company, LLP
its investment advisor
By:

/s/ Steven M. Hoffman

Name: Steven M. Hoffman
Title: Vice President and Counsel
SALTHILL INVESTORS (BERMUDA) L.P.
By: Wellington Management Company, LLP
its investment advisor
By:

/s/ Steven M. Hoffman

Name: Steven M. Hoffman
Title: Vice President and Counsel
SALTHILL PARTNERS L.P.
By: Wellington Management Company, LLP
its investment advisor
By:

/s/ Steven M. Hoffman

Name: Steven M. Hoffman
Title: Vice President and Counsel

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
RA CAPITAL HEALTHCARE FUND, LP
By:

/s/ Peter Kolchinsky

Name: Peter Kolchinsky
Title: Manager

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
PERCEPTIVE LIFE SCIENCES MASTER FUND LTD
By:

/s/ James H. Mannix

Name: James H. Mannix
Title: COO
TITAN PERC, LTD
By:

/s/ Darren Ross

Name: Darren Ross
Title: Director

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
SABBY HEALTHCARE MASTER FUND, LTD.
By: Sabby Management, LLC, its Investment Manager
By:

/s/ Robert Grundstein

Name: Robert Grundstein
Title: COO and General Counsel

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
DEERFIELD SPECIAL SITUATIONS FUND, L.P.
By: Deerfield Mgmt, L.P.
General Partner
By: J.E. Flynn Capital, LLC
General Partner
By:

/s/ David J. Clark

Name: David J. Clark
Title: Authorized Signatory
DEERFIELD SPECIAL SITUATIONS INTERNATIONAL MASTER FUND, L.P.
By: Deerfield Mgmt, L.P.
General Partner
By: J.E. Flynn Capital, LLC
General Partner
By:

/s/ David J. Clark

Name: David J. Clark
Title: Authorized Signatory
DEERFIELD PRIVATE DESIGN FUND III, L.P.
By: Deerfield Mgmt III, L.P.
General Partner
By: J.E. Flynn Capital III, LLC
General Partner
By:

/s/ David J. Clark

Name: David J. Clark
Title: Authorized Signatory

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have

executed this Amended and Restated Investors’

Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

INVESTOR:
COWEN GBT INVESTMENT LLC
By: Cowen Investments LLC, its Managing Member
By:

/s/ Owen Littman

Name: Owen Littman
Title: Authorized Signatory

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


SCHEDULE A

 

Name and Contact of Investors

THIRD ROCK VENTURES II, L.P.

29 Newbury Street; 3 rd Floor

Boston, MA 02116

Phone: (617)585-2000

Fax: (617) 859-2891

Attn: Kevin Gillis and Kevin Starr

THIRD ROCK VENTURES III, L.P.

29 Newbury Street; 3 rd Floor

Boston, MA 02116

Phone: (617)585-2000

Fax: (617) 859-2891

Attn: Kevin Gillis and Kevin Starr

FIDELITY SELECT PORTFOLIOS: BIOTECHNOLOGY PORTFOLIO

Brown Brothers Harriman & Co

525 Washington Blvd.

Jersey City, NJ 07310

Email: Michael.lerman@bbh.com

Fax: (617) 772-2418

Attn: Michael Lerman 15 th Floor Corporate Actions

FIDELITY ADVISORS SERIES VII: FIDELITY ADVISOR BIOTECHNOLOGY FUND

State Street Bank & Trust

P.O. Box 5756

Boston, MA 02206

Email: SSBCORPACTIONS@StateStreet.com

Fax: (617) 988-9110

Attn: Bangle & Co fbo Fidelity Advisor Series VII: Fidelity Advisor Biotechnology Fund


HADLEY HARBOR MASTER INVESTORS (CAYMAN) L.P.

c/o Wellington Management Company, LLP

280 Congress Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02210

Email: seclaw@wellington.com

Fax: (617) 289-5699

Attn: Legal and Compliance Department

SALTHILL INVESTORS (BERMUDA) L.P.

c/o Wellington Management Company, LLP

280 Congress Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02210

Email: seclaw@wellington.com

Fax: (617) 289-5699

Attn: Legal and Compliance Department

SALTHILL PARTNERS, L.P.

c/o Wellington Management Company, LLP

280 Congress Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02210

Email: seclaw@wellington.com

Fax: (617) 289-5699

Attn: Legal and Compliance Department

RA CAPITAL HEALTHCARE FUND, LP

20 Park Plaza, Suite 1200

Boston, MA 02116

Email: pkolchinsky@racap.com

Fax: (617) 778-2510

Attn: Peter Kolchinsky

PERCEPTIVE LIFE SCIENCES MASTER FUND LTD

499 Park Avenue, 25 th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Phone: (646) 205-5340

Fax: (646) 205-5301

Attn: James H. Mannix


TITAN PERC, LTD

750 Washington Blvd., 10 th Floor

Stamford, CT 06901

Phone: (203) 327-8650

Email: dross@titanadvisors.com

Fax: (203) 327-8599

Attn: Darren Ross

SABBY HEALTHCARE MASTER FUND, LTD.

10 Mountainview Road, Suite 205

Upper Saddle River, NJ 07458

Phone: (646) 307-4527

Fax: (201) 661-8654

Attn: Robert Grundstein

DEERFIELD SPECIAL SITUATIONS FUND, L.P.

780 Third Avenue

New York, NY 10017

Phone: (212) 692-7124

Fax: (212) 692-7125

Attn: David J. Clark

DEERFIELD SPECIAL SITUATIONS INTERNATIONAL MASTER FUND, L.P.

780 Third Avenue

New York, NY 10017

Phone: (212) 692-7124

Fax: (212) 692-7125

Attn: David J. Clark

DEERFIELD PRIVATE DESIGN FUND III, L.P.

780 Third Avenue

New York, NY 10017

Phone: (212) 692-7124

Fax: (212) 692-7125

Attn: David J. Clark


COWEN GBT INVESTMENT LLC

C/O Cowen Investments LLC

599 Lexington Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Phone: (212) 201-4841

Fax: (212) 201-4840

Attn: Owen Littman

 

Exhibit 10.1

GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.

2012 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN

SECTION 1. GENERAL PURPOSE OF THE PLAN; DEFINITIONS

The name of the plan is the Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. 2012 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the “ Plan ”). The purpose of the Plan is to encourage and enable the officers, employees, directors, Consultants and other key persons of Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (including any successor entity, the “ Company ”) and its Subsidiaries, upon whose judgment, initiative and efforts the Company largely depends for the successful conduct of its business, to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company.

The following terms shall be defined as set forth below:

Affiliate ” of any Person means a Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the first mentioned Person. A Person shall be deemed to control another Person if such first Person possesses directly or indirectly the power to direct, or cause the direction of, the management and policies of the second Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Award ” or “ Awards , ” except where referring to a particular category of grant under the Plan, shall include Incentive Stock Options, Non-Qualified Stock Options, Restricted Stock Awards, Unrestricted Stock Awards, Restricted Stock Units or any combination of the foregoing.

Award Agreement ” means a written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to an Award granted under the Plan. Each Award Agreement may contain terms and conditions in addition to those set forth in the Plan; provided, however, in the event of any conflict in the terms of the Plan and the Award Agreement, the terms of the Plan shall govern .

Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

Cause ” shall have the meaning as set forth in the Award Agreement(s). In the case that any Award Agreement does not contain a definition of “Cause,” it shall mean (i) the grantee’s dishonest statements or acts with respect to the Company or any Affiliate of the Company, or any current or prospective customers, suppliers vendors or other third parties with which such entity does business; (ii) the grantee’s commission of (A) a felony or (B) any misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, deceit, dishonesty or fraud; (iii) the grantee’s failure to perform his assigned duties and responsibilities to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company which failure continues, in the reasonable judgment of the Company, after written notice given to the grantee by the Company; (iv) the grantee’s gross negligence, willful misconduct or insubordination with respect to the Company or any Affiliate of the Company; or (v) the grantee’s material violation of any provision of any agreement(s) between the grantee and the Company relating to noncompetition, nonsolicitation, nondisclosure and/or assignment of inventions.


Chief Executive Officer ” means the Chief Executive Officer of the Company or, if there is no Chief Executive Officer, then the President of the Company.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any successor Code, and related rules, regulations and interpretations.

Committee ” means the Committee of the Board referred to in Section 2.

Consultant ” means any natural person that provides bona fide services to the Company (including a Subsidiary), and such services are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction and do not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities.

Disability ” means “disability” as defined in Section 422(c) of the Code.

Effective Date ” means the date on which the Plan is adopted as set forth on the final page of the Plan.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Fair Market Value ” of the Stock on any given date means the fair market value of the Stock determined in good faith by the Committee based on the reasonable application of a reasonable valuation method not inconsistent with Section 409A of the Code. If the Stock is admitted to trade on a national securities exchange, the determination shall be made by reference to the closing price reported on such exchange. If there is no closing price for such date, the determination shall be made by reference to the last date preceding such date for which there is a closing price. If the date for which Fair Market Value is determined is the first day when trading prices for the Stock are reported on a national securities exchange, the Fair Market Value shall be the “Price to the Public” (or equivalent) set forth on the cover page for the final prospectus relating to the Company’s Initial Public Offering.

Good Reason ” shall have the meaning as set forth in the Award Agreement(s). In the case that any Award Agreement does not contain a definition of “Good Reason,” it shall mean (i) a material diminution in the grantee’s base salary except for across-the-board salary reductions similarly affecting all or substantially all similarly situated employees of the Company or (ii) a change of more than 50 miles in the geographic location at which the grantee provides services to the Company, so long as the grantee provides at least 90 days notice to the Company following the initial occurrence of any such event and the Company fails to cure such event within 30 days thereafter.

Grant Date ” means the date that the Committee designates in its approval of an Award in accordance with applicable law as the date on which the Award is granted, which date may not precede the date of such Committee approval.

Holder ” means, with respect to an Award or any Shares, the Person holding such Award or Shares, including the initial recipient of the Award or any Permitted Transferee.

 

2


Incentive Stock Option ” means any Stock Option designated and qualified as an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Code.

Initial Public Offering ” means the consummation of the first firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the offer and sale by the Company of its equity securities, as a result of or following which the Stock shall be publicly held.

Non-Qualified Stock Option ” means any Stock Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option.

Option ” or “ Stock Option ” means any option to purchase shares of Stock granted pursuant to Section 5.

Permitted Transferees ” shall mean any of the following to whom a Holder may transfer Shares hereunder (as set forth in Section 9(a)(ii)(A)): the Holder’s child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, any person sharing the Holder’s household (other than a tenant or employee), a trust in which these persons have more than fifty percent of the beneficial interest, a foundation in which these persons control the management of assets, and any other entity in which these persons own more than fifty percent of the voting interests ; provided, however, that any such trust does not require or permit distribution of any Shares during the term of the Award Agreement unless subject to its terms. Upon the death of the Holder, the term Permitted Transferees shall also include such deceased Holder’s estate, executors, administrators, personal representatives, heirs, legatees and distributees, as the case may be.

Person ” shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership (limited or general), limited liability company, limited liability partnership, association, trust, joint venture, unincorporated organization or any similar entity.

Restricted Stock Award ” means Awards granted pursuant to Section 6 and “Restricted Stock” means Shares issued pursuant to such Awards.

Restricted Stock Unit ” means an Award of phantom stock units to a grantee, which may be settled in cash or Shares as determined by the Committee, pursuant to Section 8.

Sale Event ” means the consummation of (i) the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, (ii) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company on a consolidated basis to an unrelated person or entity, (iii) a merger, reorganization or consolidation pursuant to which the holders of the Company’s outstanding voting power immediately prior to such transaction do not own a majority of the outstanding voting power of the surviving or resulting entity (or its ultimate parent, if applicable), (iv) the acquisition of all or a majority of the outstanding voting stock of the Company in a single transaction or a series of related transactions by a Person or group of Persons, or (v) any other acquisition of the business of the Company, as determined by the Board; provided, however, that the Company’s Initial Public Offering, any subsequent public offering or another capital raising event, or a merger effected solely to change the Company’s domicile shall not constitute a “Sale Event.”

 

3


Section 409A ” means Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and other guidance promulgated thereunder.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Service Relationship ” means any relationship as a full-time employee, part-time employee, director or other key person (including Consultants) of the Company or any Subsidiary or any successor entity (e.g., a Service Relationship shall be deemed to continue without interruption in the event an individual’s status changes from full-time employee to part-time employee or Consultant).

Shares ” means shares of Stock.

Stock ” means the Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company.

Subsidiary ” means any corporation or other entity (other than the Company) in which the Company has more than a 50 percent interest, either directly or indirectly.

Ten Percent Owner ” means an employee who owns or is deemed to own (by reason of the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code) more than 10 percent of the combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any parent of the Company or any Subsidiary.

Termination Event ” means the termination of the Award recipient’s Service Relationship with the Company and its Subsidiaries for any reason whatsoever, regardless of the circumstances thereof, and including, without limitation, upon death, disability, retirement, discharge or resignation for any reason, whether voluntarily or involuntarily. The following shall not constitute a Termination Event: (i) a transfer to the service of the Company from a Subsidiary or from the Company to a Subsidiary, or from one Subsidiary to another Subsidiary or (ii) an approved leave of absence for military service or sickness, or for any other purpose approved by the Committee, if the individual’s right to re-employment is guaranteed either by a statute or by contract or under the policy pursuant to which the leave of absence was granted or if the Committee otherwise so provides in writing.

Unrestricted Stock Award ” means any Award granted pursuant to Section 7 and “ Unrestricted Stock ” means Shares issued pursuant to such Awards.

SECTION 2. ADMINISTRATION OF PLAN; COMMITTEE AUTHORITY TO SELECT GRANTEES AND DETERMINE AWARDS

(a) Administration of Plan . The Plan shall be administered by the Board, or at the discretion of the Board, by a committee of the Board, comprised of not less than two directors. All references herein to the “Committee” shall be deemed to refer to the group then responsible for administration of the Plan at the relevant time (i.e., either the Board of Directors or a committee or committees of the Board, as applicable).

 

4


(b) Powers of Committee . The Committee shall have the power and authority to grant Awards consistent with the terms of the Plan, including the power and authority:

(i) to select the individuals to whom Awards may from time to time be granted;

(ii) to determine the time or times of grant, and the amount, if any, of Incentive Stock Options, Non-Qualified Stock Options, Restricted Stock Awards, Unrestricted Stock Awards, Restricted Stock Units, or any combination of the foregoing, granted to any one or more grantees;

(iii) to determine the number of Shares to be covered by any Award and, subject to the provisions of the Plan, the price, exercise price, conversion ratio or other price relating thereto;

(iv) to determine and, subject to Section 12, to modify from time to time the terms and conditions, including restrictions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award, which terms and conditions may differ among individual Awards and grantees, and to approve the form of Award Agreements;

(v) to accelerate at any time the exercisability or vesting of all or any portion of any Award;

(vi) to impose any limitations on Awards, including limitations on transfers, repurchase provisions and the like, and to exercise repurchase rights or obligations;

(vii) subject to Section 5(a)(ii) and any restrictions imposed by Section 409A, to extend at any time the period in which Stock Options may be exercised; and

(viii) at any time to adopt, alter and repeal such rules, guidelines and practices for administration of the Plan and for its own acts and proceedings as it shall deem advisable; to interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan and any Award (including Award Agreements); to make all determinations it deems advisable for the administration of the Plan; to decide all disputes arising in connection with the Plan; and to otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan.

All decisions and interpretations of the Committee shall be binding on all persons, including the Company and all Holders.

(c) Delegation of Authority to Grant Options . Subject to applicable law, the Committee may, in its discretion, may delegate to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company the power to designate non-officer employees to be recipients of Options, and to determine the number of such Options to be received by such employees; provided, however , that the resolution so authorizing the Chief Executive Officer shall specify the total number of Options the Chief Executive Officer may so award and may not delegate to the Chief Executive Officer the authority to set the exercise price or the vesting terms of such Options other than as specifically authorized by the Committee. Any such delegation shall also provide that the Chief Executive Officer may not grant Awards to himself or herself (or other officers) without the approval of the Committee. The Committee may revoke or amend the terms of a delegation at any time but such action shall not invalidate any prior actions of the Committee’s delegate or delegates that were consistent with the terms of the Plan.

 

5


(d) Award Agreement . Awards under the Plan shall be evidenced by Award Agreements that set forth the terms, conditions and limitations for each Award.

(e) Indemnification . Neither the Board nor the Committee, nor any member of either or any delegate thereof, shall be liable for any act, omission, interpretation, construction or determination made in good faith in connection with the Plan, and the members of the Board and the Committee (and any delegate thereof) shall be entitled in all cases to indemnification and reimbursement by the Company in respect of any claim, loss, damage or expense (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising or resulting therefrom to the fullest extent permitted by law and/or under the Company’s governing documents, including its certificate of incorporation or bylaws (each, as may be amended and/or restated from time to time), or any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage which may be in effect from time to time and/or any indemnification agreement between such individual and the Company.

(f) Foreign Award Recipients . Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in order to comply with the laws in other countries in which the Company and any Subsidiary operate or have employees or other individuals eligible for Awards, the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall have the power and authority to: (i) determine which Subsidiaries, if any, shall be covered by the Plan; (ii) determine which individuals, if any, outside the United States are eligible to participate in the Plan; (iii) modify the terms and conditions of any Award granted to individuals outside the United States to comply with applicable foreign laws; (iv) establish subplans and modify exercise procedures and other terms and procedures, to the extent the Committee determines such actions to be necessary or advisable (and such subplans and/or modifications shall be attached to the Plan as appendices); provided , however , that no such subplans and/or modifications shall increase the share limitation contained in Section 3(a) hereof; and (v) take any action, before or after an Award is made, that the Committee determines to be necessary or advisable to obtain approval or comply with any local governmental regulatory exemptions or approvals.

SECTION 3. STOCK ISSUABLE UNDER THE PLAN; MERGERS AND OTHER TRANSACTIONS; SUBSTITUTION

(a) Stock Issuable . The maximum number of Shares reserved and available for issuance under the Plan shall be 13,250,000 Shares, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3(b). For purposes of this limitation, the Shares underlying any Awards that are forfeited, canceled, reacquired by the Company prior to vesting, satisfied without the issuance of Stock or otherwise terminated (other than by exercise) and Shares that are withheld upon exercise of an Option or settlement of an Award to cover the exercise price or tax withholding shall be added back to the Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Subject to such overall limitations, Shares may be issued up to such maximum number pursuant to any type or types of Award. The Shares available for issuance under the Plan may be authorized but unissued Shares or Shares reacquired by the Company. Beginning on the date that the Company becomes subject to Section 162(m) of the Code, Options with respect to no more than 13,250,000 Shares shall be granted to any one individual in any calendar year period.

 

6


(b) Changes in Stock . Subject to Section 3(c) hereof, if, as a result of any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other similar change in the Company’s capital stock, the outstanding Shares are increased or decreased or are exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or other securities of the Company, or additional Shares or new or different shares or other securities of the Company or other non-cash assets are distributed with respect to such Shares or other securities, in each case, without the receipt of consideration by the Company, or, if, as a result of any merger or consolidation, or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, the outstanding Shares are converted into or exchanged for other securities of the Company or any successor entity (or a parent or subsidiary thereof), the Committee shall make an appropriate and proportionate adjustment in (i) the maximum number of Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan, (ii) the number and kind of Shares or other securities subject to any then outstanding Awards under the Plan, (iii) the repurchase price, if any, per Share subject to each outstanding Award, and (iv) the exercise price for each Share subject to any then outstanding Stock Options under the Plan, without changing the aggregate exercise price (i.e., the per share exercise price multiplied by the number of Shares underlying such Stock Options) as to which such Stock Options remain exercisable. The Committee shall in any event make such adjustments as may be required by Section 25102(o) of the California Corporation Code and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. The adjustment by the Committee shall be final, binding and conclusive. No fractional Shares shall be issued under the Plan resulting from any such adjustment, but the Committee in its discretion may make a cash payment in lieu of fractional shares.

(c) Sale Events .

 

  (i) Options .

(A) In the case of and subject to the consummation of a Sale Event, the Plan and all outstanding Options issued hereunder shall terminate upon the effective time of any such Sale Event unless assumed or continued by the successor entity, or new stock options or other awards of the successor entity or parent thereof are substituted therefor, with an equitable or proportionate adjustment as to the number and kind of shares and, if appropriate, the per share exercise prices, as such parties shall agree (after taking into account any acceleration hereunder and/or pursuant to the terms of any Award Agreement).

(B) In the event of the termination of the Plan and all outstanding Options issued hereunder pursuant to Section 3(c), each Holder of Options shall be permitted, within a period of time prior to the consummation of the Sale Event as specified by the Committee, to exercise all such Options which are then exercisable or will become exercisable as of the effective time of the Sale Event; provided, however , that the exercise of Options not exercisable prior to the Sale Event shall be subject to the consummation of the Sale Event.

(C) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 3(c)(i)(A), in the event of a Sale Event, the Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to make or provide for a cash payment to the Holders of Options, without any consent of the Holders, in exchange for the cancellation thereof, in an amount equal to the difference between (A) the value as determined by the Committee of the consideration payable per

 

7


share of Stock pursuant to the Sale Event (the “Sale Price”) times the number of Shares subject to outstanding Options being cancelled (to the extent then vested and exercisable, including by reason of acceleration in connection with such Sale Event, at prices not in excess of the Sale Price) and (B) the aggregate exercise price of all such outstanding vested and exercisable Options.

 

  (ii) Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit Awards .

(A) In the case of and subject to the consummation of a Sale Event, all Restricted Stock and unvested Restricted Stock Unit Awards (other than those becoming vested as a result of the Sale Event) issued hereunder shall be forfeited immediately prior to the effective time of any such Sale Event unless assumed or continued by the successor entity, or awards of the successor entity or parent thereof are substituted therefor, with an equitable or proportionate adjustment as to the number and kind of shares subject to such awards as such parties shall agree (after taking into account any acceleration hereunder and/or pursuant to the terms of any Award Agreement).

(B) In the event of the forfeiture of Restricted Stock pursuant to Section 3(c)(ii)(A), such Restricted Stock shall be repurchased from the Holder thereof at a price per share equal to the lower of the original per share purchase price paid by the Holder (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3(b)) or the current Fair Market Value of such Shares, determined immediately prior to the effective time of the Sale Event.

(C) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 3(c)(ii)(A), in the event of a Sale Event, the Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to make or provide for a cash payment to the Holders of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Unit Awards, without consent of the Holders, in exchange for the cancellation thereof, in an amount equal to the Sale Price times the number of Shares subject to such Awards, to be paid at the time of such Sale Event or upon the later vesting of such Awards.

SECTION 4. ELIGIBILITY

Grantees under the Plan will be such full or part-time officers and other employees, directors, Consultants and key persons of the Company and any Subsidiary who are selected from time to time by the Committee in its sole discretion; provided , however , that Awards shall be granted only to those individuals described in Rule 701(c) of the Securities Act.

SECTION 5. STOCK OPTIONS

Upon the grant of a Stock Option, the Company and the grantee shall enter into an Award Agreement. The terms and conditions of each such Award Agreement shall be determined by the Committee, and such terms and conditions may differ among individual Awards and grantees.

 

8


Stock Options granted under the Plan may be either Incentive Stock Options or Non-Qualified Stock Options. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees of the Company or any Subsidiary that is a “subsidiary corporation” within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code. To the extent that any Option does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, it shall be deemed a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

(a) Terms of Stock Options . The Committee in its discretion may grant Stock Options to those individuals who meet the eligibility requirements of Section 4. Stock Options shall be subject to the following terms and conditions and shall contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Committee shall deem desirable.

(i) Exercise Price . The exercise price per share for the Shares covered by a Stock Option shall be determined by the Committee at the time of grant but shall not be less than 100 percent of the Fair Market Value on the Grant Date. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option that is granted to a Ten Percent Owner, the exercise price per share for the Shares covered by such Incentive Stock Option shall not be less than 110 percent of the Fair Market Value on the Grant Date.

(ii) Option Term . The term of each Stock Option shall be fixed by the Committee, but no Stock Option shall be exercisable more than ten years from the Grant Date. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option that is granted to a Ten Percent Owner, the term of such Stock Option shall be no more than five years from the Grant Date.

(iii) Exercisability; Rights of a Stockholder . Stock Options shall become exercisable and/or vested at such time or times, whether or not in installments, as shall be determined by the Committee at or after the Grant Date. The Award Agreement may permit a grantee to exercise all or a portion of a Stock Option immediately at grant; provided that the Shares issued upon such exercise shall be subject to restrictions and a vesting schedule identical to the vesting schedule of the related Stock Option, such Shares shall be deemed to be Restricted Stock for purposes of the Plan, and the optionee may be required to enter into an additional or new Award Agreement as a condition to exercise of such Stock Option. An optionee shall have the rights of a stockholder only as to Shares acquired upon the exercise of a Stock Option and not as to unexercised Stock Options. An optionee shall not be deemed to have acquired any Shares unless and until a Stock Option shall have been exercised pursuant to the terms of the Award Agreement and this Plan and the optionee’s name has been entered on the books of the Company as a stockholder.

(iv) Method of Exercise . Stock Options may be exercised by an optionee in whole or in part, by the optionee giving written or electronic notice of exercise to the Company, specifying the number of Shares to be purchased. Payment of the purchase price may be made by one or more of the following methods (or any combination thereof) to the extent provided in the Award Agreement:

(A) In cash, by certified or bank check, by wire transfer of immediately available funds, or other instrument acceptable to the Committee;

(B) If permitted by the Committee, by the optionee delivering to the Company a promissory note, if the Board has expressly authorized the loan of funds to the optionee for the purpose of enabling or assisting the optionee to effect the exercise of his or her Stock Option; provided , that at least so much of the exercise price as represents the par value of the Stock shall be paid in cash if required by state law;

 

9


(C) If permitted by the Committee and the Initial Public Offering has occurred (or the Stock otherwise becomes publicly-traded), through the delivery (or attestation to the ownership) of Shares that have been purchased by the optionee on the open market or that are beneficially owned by the optionee and are not then subject to restrictions under any Company plan. To the extent required to avoid variable accounting treatment under ASC 718 or other applicable accounting rules, such surrendered Shares if originally purchased from the Company shall have been owned by the optionee for at least six months. Such surrendered Shares shall be valued at Fair Market Value on the exercise date;

(D) If permitted by the Committee and the Initial Public Offering has occurred (or the Stock otherwise becomes publicly-traded), by the optionee delivering to the Company a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to the Company cash or a check payable and acceptable to the Company for the purchase price; provided that in the event the optionee chooses to pay the purchase price as so provided, the optionee and the broker shall comply with such procedures and enter into such agreements of indemnity and other agreements as the Committee shall prescribe as a condition of such payment procedure; or

(E) If permitted by the Committee, and only with respect to Stock Options that are not Incentive Stock Options, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of Shares issuable upon exercise by the largest whole number of Shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price.

Payment instruments will be received subject to collection. No certificates for Shares so purchased will be issued to the optionee or, with respect to uncertificated Stock, no transfer to the optionee on the records of the Company will take place, until the Company has completed all steps it has deemed necessary to satisfy legal requirements relating to the issuance and sale of the Shares, which steps may include, without limitation, (i) receipt of a representation from the optionee at the time of exercise of the Option that the optionee is purchasing the Shares for the optionee’s own account and not with a view to any sale or distribution of the Shares or other representations relating to compliance with applicable law governing the issuance of securities, (ii) the legending of the certificate (or notation on any book entry) representing the Shares to evidence the foregoing restrictions, (iii) obtaining from optionee payment or provision for all withholding taxes due as a result of the exercise of the Option and (iv) if required by the Company, the optionee’s execution and delivery of any stockholders’ agreements or other agreements with the Company and/or certain other stockholders of the Company relating to shares of the Stock. The delivery of certificates representing the shares of Stock (or the transfer to the optionee on the records of the Company with respect to uncertificated Stock) to be purchased pursuant to the exercise of a Stock Option will be contingent upon (A) receipt from the optionee (or a purchaser acting in his or her stead in accordance with the provisions of the Stock Option) by the Company of the full purchase price for such Shares and the fulfillment of any other requirements contained in the Award Agreement or applicable provisions of laws and

 

10


(B) if required by the Company, the optionee shall have entered into any stockholders agreements or other agreements with the Company and/or certain other of the Company’s stockholders relating to the Stock. In the event an optionee chooses to pay the purchase price by previously-owned Shares through the attestation method, the number of Shares transferred to the optionee upon the exercise of the Stock Option shall be net of the number of Shares attested to.

(b) Annual Limit on Incentive Stock Options . To the extent required for “incentive stock option” treatment under Section 422 of the Code, the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the Grant Date) of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan and any other plan of the Company or its parent and any Subsidiary that become exercisable for the first time by an optionee during any calendar year shall not exceed $100,000 or such other limit as may be in effect from time to time under Section 422 of the Code. To the extent that any Stock Option exceeds this limit, it shall constitute a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

(c) Termination . Any portion of a Stock Option that is not vested and exercisable on the date of termination of an optionee’s Service Relationship shall immediately expire and be null and void. Once any portion of the Stock Option becomes vested and exercisable, the optionee’s right to exercise such portion of the Stock Option (or the optionee’s representatives and legatees as applicable) in the event of a termination of the optionee’s Service Relationship shall continue until the earliest of: (i) the date which is: (A) 12 months following the date on which the optionee’s Service Relationship terminates due to death or Disability (or such longer period of time as determined by the Committee and set forth in the applicable Award Agreement), or (B) three months following the date on which the optionee’s Service Relationship terminates if the termination is due to any reason other than death or Disability (or such longer period of time as determined by the Committee and set forth in the applicable Award Agreement), or (ii) the Expiration Date set forth in the Award Agreement; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, an Award Agreement may provide that if the optionee’s Service Relationship is terminated for Cause, the Stock Option shall terminate immediately and be null and void upon the date of the optionee’s termination and shall not thereafter be exercisable.

SECTION 6. RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS

(a) Nature of Restricted Stock Awards . The Committee may, in its sole discretion, grant (or sell at par value or such other purchase price determined by the Committee) to an eligible individual under Section 4 hereof a Restricted Stock Award under the Plan. The Committee shall determine the restrictions and conditions applicable to each Restricted Stock Award at the time of grant. Conditions may be based on continuing employment (or other Service Relationship), achievement of pre-established performance goals and objectives and/or such other criteria as the Committee may determine. Upon the grant of a Restricted Stock Award, the Company and the grantee shall enter into an Award Agreement. The terms and conditions of each such Award Agreement shall be determined by the Committee, and such terms and conditions may differ among individual Awards and grantees.

(b) Rights as a Stockholder . Upon the grant of the Restricted Stock Award and payment of any applicable purchase price, a grantee of Restricted Stock shall be considered the record owner of and shall be entitled to vote the Restricted Stock if, and to the extent, such

 

11


Shares are entitled to voting rights, subject to such conditions contained in the Award Agreement. The grantee shall be entitled to receive all dividends and any other distributions declared on the Shares; provided , however , that the Company is under no duty to declare any such dividends or to make any such distribution. Unless the Committee shall otherwise determine, certificates evidencing the Restricted Stock shall remain in the possession of the Company until such Restricted Stock is vested as provided in subsection (d) below of this Section, and the grantee shall be required, as a condition of the grant, to deliver to the Company a stock power endorsed in blank and such other instruments of transfer as the Committee may prescribe.

(c) Restrictions . Restricted Stock may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered or disposed of except as specifically provided herein or in the Award Agreement. Except as may otherwise be provided by the Committee either in the Award Agreement or, subject to Section 12 below, in writing after the Award Agreement is issued, if a grantee’s Service Relationship with the Company and any Subsidiary terminates, the Company or its assigns shall have the right, as may be specified in the relevant instrument, to repurchase some or all of the Shares subject to the Award at such purchase price as is set forth in the Award Agreement.

(d) Vesting of Restricted Stock . The Committee at the time of grant shall specify in the Award Agreement the date or dates and/or the attainment of pre-established performance goals, objectives and other conditions on which the substantial risk of forfeiture imposed shall lapse and the Restricted Stock shall become vested, subject to such further rights of the Company or its assigns as may be specified in the Award Agreement.

SECTION 7. UNRESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS

The Committee may, in its sole discretion, grant (or sell at par value or such other purchase price determined by the Committee) to an eligible person under Section 4 hereof an Unrestricted Stock Award under the Plan. Unrestricted Stock Awards may be granted in respect of past services or other valid consideration, or in lieu of cash compensation due to such grantee.

SECTION 8. RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

(a) Nature of Restricted Stock Units . The Committee may, in its sole discretion, grant to an eligible person under Section 4 hereof Restricted Stock Units under the Plan. The Committee shall determine the restrictions and conditions applicable to each Restricted Stock Unit at the time of grant. Vesting conditions may be based on continuing employment (or other Service Relationship), achievement of pre-established performance goals and objectives and/or other such criteria as the Committee may determine. Upon the grant of Restricted Stock Units, the grantee and the Company shall enter into an Award Agreement. The terms and conditions of each such Award Agreement shall be determined by the Committee and may differ among individual Awards and grantees. On or promptly following the vesting date or dates applicable to any Restricted Stock Unit, but in no event later than March 15 of the year following the year in which such vesting occurs, such Restricted Stock Unit(s) shall be settled in the form of cash or shares of Stock, as specified in the Award Agreement. Restricted Stock Units may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, or otherwise encumbered or disposed of.

 

12


(b) Rights as a Stockholder . A grantee shall have the rights of a stockholder only as to Shares, if any, acquired upon settlement of Restricted Stock Units. A grantee shall not be deemed to have acquired any such Shares unless and until the Restricted Stock Units shall have been settled in Shares pursuant to the terms of the Plan and the Award Agreement, the Company shall have issued and delivered a certificate representing the Shares to the grantee (or transferred on the records of the Company with respect to uncertificated stock), and the grantee’s name has been entered in the books of the Company as a stockholder.

(c) Termination . Except as may otherwise be provided by the Committee either in the Award Agreement or in writing after the Award Agreement is issued, a grantee’s right in all Restricted Stock Units that have not vested shall automatically terminate upon the grantee’s cessation of Service Relationship with the Company and any Subsidiary for any reason.

SECTION 9. TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS; COMPANY RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL; COMPANY REPURCHASE RIGHTS

(a) Restrictions on Transfer .

(i) Non-Transferability of Stock Options . Stock Options and, prior to exercise, the Shares issuable upon exercise of such Stock Option, shall not be transferable by the optionee otherwise than by will, or by the laws of descent and distribution, and all Stock Options shall be exercisable, during the optionee’s lifetime, only by the optionee, or by the optionee’s legal representative or guardian in the event of the optionee’s incapacity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may provide in the Award Agreement regarding a given Stock Option that the optionee may transfer by gift, without consideration for the transfer, his or her Non-Qualified Stock Options to his or her family members (as defined in Rule 701 of the Securities Act), to trusts for the benefit of such family members, or to partnerships in which such family members are the only partners (to the extent such trusts or partnerships are considered “family members” for purposes of Rule 701 of the Securities Act), provided that the transferee agrees in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Plan and the applicable Award Agreement, including the execution of a stock power upon the issuance of Shares. Stock Options, and the Shares issuable upon exercise of such Stock Options, shall be restricted as to any pledge, hypothecation, or other transfer, including any short position, any “put equivalent position” (as defined in the Exchange Act) or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in the Exchange Act) prior to exercise.

(ii) Shares . No Shares shall be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated, given away or in any other manner disposed of or encumbered, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, unless (i) the transfer is in compliance with the terms of the applicable Award Agreement, all applicable securities laws (including, without limitation, the Securities Act), and with the terms and conditions of this Section 9, (ii) the transfer does not cause the Company to become subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and (iii) the transferee consents in writing to be bound by the provisions of the Plan and the Award Agreement, including this Section 9. In connection with any proposed transfer, the Committee may require the transferor to provide at the transferor’s own expense an opinion of counsel to the transferor, satisfactory to the Committee, that such transfer is in compliance with all foreign, federal and state securities laws (including, without limitation, the Securities Act). Any

 

13


attempted transfer of Shares not in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Section 9 shall be null and void, and the Company shall not reflect on its records any change in record ownership of any Shares as a result of any such transfer, shall otherwise refuse to recognize any such transfer and shall not in any way give effect to any such transfer of Shares. The Company shall be entitled to seek protective orders, injunctive relief and other remedies available at law or in equity including, without limitation, seeking specific performance or the rescission of any transfer not made in strict compliance with the provisions of this Section 9. Subject to the foregoing general provisions, and unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement, Shares may be transferred pursuant to the following specific terms and conditions (provided that with respect to any transfer of Restricted Stock, all vesting and forfeiture provisions shall continue to apply with respect to the original recipient):

(A) Transfers to Permitted Transferees . The Holder may transfer any or all of the Shares to one or more Permitted Transferees; provided, however , that following such transfer, such Shares shall continue to be subject to the terms of this Plan (including this Section 9) and such Permitted Transferee(s) shall, as a condition to any such transfer, deliver a written acknowledgment to that effect to the Company and shall deliver a stock power to the Company with respect to the Shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Holder may not transfer any of the Shares to a Person whom the Company reasonably determines is a direct competitor or a potential competitor of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

(B) Transfers Upon Death . Upon the death of the Holder, any Shares then held by the Holder at the time of such death and any Shares acquired after the Holder’s death by the Holder’s legal representative shall be subject to the provisions of this Plan, and the Holder’s estate, executors, administrators, personal representatives, heirs, legatees and distributees shall be obligated to convey such Shares to the Company or its assigns under the terms contemplated by the Plan and the Award Agreement.

(b) Right of First Refusal . In the event that a Holder desires at any time to sell or otherwise transfer all or any part of his or her Shares (other than shares of Restricted Stock which by their terms are not transferrable), the Holder first shall give written notice to the Company of the Holder’s intention to make such transfer. Such notice shall state the number of Shares that the Holder proposes to sell (the “Offered Shares”), the price and the terms at which the proposed sale is to be made and the name and address of the proposed transferee. At any time within 30 days after the receipt of such notice by the Company, the Company or its assigns may elect to purchase all or any portion of the Offered Shares at the price and on the terms offered by the proposed transferee and specified in the notice. The Company or its assigns shall exercise this right by mailing or delivering written notice to the Holder within the foregoing 30-day period. If the Company or its assigns elect to exercise its purchase rights under this Section 9(b), the closing for such purchase shall, in any event, take place within 45 days after the receipt by the Company of the initial notice from the Holder. In the event that the Company or its assigns do not elect to exercise such purchase right, or in the event that the Company or its assigns do not pay the full purchase price within such 45-day period, the Holder may, within 60 days thereafter, sell the Offered Shares to the proposed transferee and at the same price and on the same terms as specified in the Holder’s notice. Any Shares not sold to the proposed transferee shall remain subject to the Plan. If the Holder is a party to any stockholders

 

14


agreements or other agreements with the Company and/or certain other of the Company’s stockholders relating to the Shares, (i) the transferring Holder shall comply with the requirements of such stockholders agreements or other agreements relating to any proposed transfer of the Offered Shares, and (ii) any proposed transferee that purchases Offered Shares shall enter into such stockholders agreements or other agreements with the Company and/or certain of the Company’s stockholders relating to the Offered Shares on the same terms and in the same capacity as the transferring Holder.

(c) Company’s Right of Repurchase .

(i) Right of Repurchase for Unvested Shares Issued Upon the Exercise of an Option . Upon a Termination Event, the Company or its assigns shall have the right and option to repurchase from a Holder of Shares acquired upon exercise of a Stock Option which are still subject to a risk of forfeiture as of the Termination Event. Such repurchase rights may be exercised by the Company within the later of (A) six months following the date of such Termination Event or (B) seven months after the acquisition of Shares upon exercise of a Stock Option. The repurchase price shall be equal to the lower of the original per share price paid by the Holder, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3(b) of the Plan, or the current Fair Market Value of such Shares as of the date the Company elects to exercise its repurchase rights.

(ii) Right of Repurchase With Respect to Restricted Stock . Upon a Termination Event, the Company or its assigns shall have the right and option to repurchase from a Holder of Shares received pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award any Shares that are still subject to a risk of forfeiture as of the Termination Event. Such repurchase right may be exercised by the Company within six months following the date of such Termination Event. The repurchase price shall be the lower of the original per share purchase price paid by the Holder, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3(b) of the Plan, or the current Fair Market Value of such Shares as of the date the Company elects to exercise its repurchase rights.

(iii) Procedure . Any repurchase right of the Company shall be exercised by the Company or its assigns by giving the Holder written notice on or before the last day of the repurchase period of its intention to exercise such repurchase right. Upon such notification, the Holder shall promptly surrender to the Company, free and clear of any liens or encumbrances, any certificates representing the Shares being purchased, together with a duly executed stock power for the transfer of such Shares to the Company or the Company’s assignee or assignees. Upon the Company’s or its assignee’s receipt of the certificates from the Holder, the Company or its assignee or assignees shall deliver to him, her or them a check for the applicable repurchase price; provided, however , that the Company may pay the repurchase price by offsetting and canceling any indebtedness then owed by the Holder to the Company.

(d) Drag Along Right . In the event the holders of a majority of the Company’s equity securities then outstanding (the “ Majority Shareholders ”) determine to enter into a Sale Event in a bona fide negotiated transaction (a “ Sale ”), with any non-Affiliate of the Company or any majority shareholder (in each case, the “ Buyer ”), a Holder of Shares, including any Permitted Transferee, shall be obligated to and shall upon the written request of the Majority Shareholders: (a) sell, transfer and deliver, or cause to be sold, transferred and delivered, to the Buyer, his or her Shares (including for this purpose all of such Holder’s Shares that presently or as a result of

 

15


any such transaction may be acquired upon the exercise of an Option (following the payment of the exercise price therefor)) on substantially the same terms applicable to the Majority Shareholders (with appropriate adjustments to reflect the conversion of convertible securities, the redemption of redeemable securities and the exercise of exercisable securities as well as the relative preferences and priorities of preferred stock); and (b) execute and deliver such instruments of conveyance and transfer and take such other action, including voting such Shares in favor of any Sale proposed by the Majority Shareholders and executing any purchase agreements, merger agreements, indemnity agreements, escrow agreements or related documents as the Majority Shareholders or the Buyer may reasonably require in order to carry out the terms and provisions of this Section 9(d).

(e) Escrow Arrangement .

(i) Escrow . In order to carry out the provisions of this Section 9 of this Plan more effectively, the Company shall hold any Shares issued pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan in escrow together with separate stock powers executed by the Holder in blank for transfer. The Company shall not dispose of the Shares except as otherwise provided in this Plan. In the event of any repurchase by the Company (or any of its assigns), the Company is hereby authorized by the Holder, as the Holder’s attorney-in-fact, to date and complete the stock powers necessary for the transfer of the Shares being purchased and to transfer such Shares in accordance with the terms hereof. At such time as any Shares are no longer subject to the Company’s repurchase and first refusal rights, the Company shall, at the written request of the Holder, deliver to the Holder a certificate representing such Shares with the balance of the Shares to be held in escrow pursuant to this Section.

(ii) Remedy . Without limitation of any other provision of this Plan or other rights, in the event that a Holder or any other Person is required to sell a Holder’s Shares pursuant to the provisions of Sections 9(b) or (c) hereof and in the further event that he or she refuses or for any reason fails to deliver to the Company or its designated purchaser of such Shares the certificate or certificates evidencing such Shares together with a related stock power, the Company or such designated purchaser may deposit the applicable purchase price for such Shares with a bank designated by the Company, or with the Company’s independent public accounting firm, as agent or trustee, or in escrow, for such Holder or other Person, to be held by such bank or accounting firm for the benefit of and for delivery to him, her, them or it, and/or, in its discretion, pay such purchase price by offsetting any indebtedness then owed by such Holder as provided above. Upon any such deposit and/or offset by the Company or its designated purchaser of such amount and upon notice to the Person who was required to sell the Shares to be sold pursuant to the provisions of Sections 9(b) or (c), such Shares shall at such time be deemed to have been sold, assigned, transferred and conveyed to such purchaser, such Holder shall have no further rights thereto (other than the right to withdraw the payment thereof held in escrow, if applicable), and the Company shall record such transfer in its stock transfer book or in any appropriate manner.

(f) Lockup Provision . If requested by the Company, a Holder shall not sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any Shares (including, without limitation, pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act) held by him or her for such period following the effective date of a public offering by the Company of Shares as the Company shall specify reasonably and in good faith. If requested by the underwriter engaged by the Company, each Holder shall execute a separate letter confirming his or her agreement to comply with this Section.

 

16


(g) Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure . If, as a result of any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other similar change in the Common Stock, the outstanding Shares are increased or decreased or are exchanged for a different number or kind of securities of the Company, the restrictions contained in this Section 9 shall apply with equal force to additional and/or substitute securities, if any, received by Holder in exchange for, or by virtue of his or her ownership of, Shares.

(h) Termination . The terms and provisions of Section 9(b) and Section 9(c) (except for the Company’s right to repurchase Shares still subject to a risk of forfeiture upon a Termination Event) shall terminate upon the closing of the Company’s Initial Public Offering or upon consummation of any Sale Event, in either case as a result of which Shares are registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act and publicly-traded on any national security exchange.

SECTION 10. TAX WITHHOLDING

(a) Payment by Grantee . Each grantee shall, no later than the date as of which the value of an Award or of any Shares or other amounts received thereunder first becomes includable in the gross income of the grantee for income tax purposes, pay to the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Committee regarding payment of, any Federal, state, or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld by the Company with respect to such income. The Company and any Subsidiary shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the grantee. The Company’s obligation to deliver stock certificates (or evidence of book entry) to any grantee is subject to and conditioned on any such tax withholding obligations being satisfied by the grantee.

(b) Payment in Stock . The Company’s minimum required tax withholding obligation may be satisfied, in whole or in part, by the Company withholding from Shares to be issued pursuant to an Award a number of Shares having an aggregate Fair Market Value (as of the date the withholding is effected) that would satisfy the minimum withholding amount due.

SECTION 11. SECTION 409A AWARDS.

To the extent that any Award is determined to constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A (a “409A Award”), the Award shall be subject to such additional rules and requirements as may be specified by the Committee from time to time. In this regard, if any amount under a 409A Award is payable upon a “separation from service” (within the meaning of Section 409A) to a grantee who is considered a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A), then no such payment shall be made prior to the date that is the earlier of (i) six months and one day after the grantee’s separation from service, or (ii) the grantee’s death, but only to the extent such delay is necessary to prevent such payment from being subject to interest, penalties and/or additional tax imposed pursuant to Section 409A. The Company makes no representation or warranty and shall have no liability to any grantee under the Plan or any other Person with respect to any penalties or taxes under Section 409A that are, or may be, imposed with respect to any Award.

 

17


SECTION 12. AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION

The Board may, at any time, amend or discontinue the Plan and the Committee may, at any time, amend or cancel any outstanding Award for the purpose of satisfying changes in law or for any other lawful purpose, but no such action shall adversely affect rights under any outstanding Award without the consent of the holder of the Award. The Committee may exercise its discretion to reduce the exercise price of outstanding Stock Options or effect repricing through cancellation of outstanding Stock Options and by granting such holders new Awards in replacement of the cancelled Stock Options. To the extent determined by the Committee to be required either by the Code to ensure that Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan are qualified under Section 422 of the Code or otherwise, Plan amendments shall be subject to approval by the Company stockholders entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders. Nothing in this Section 12 shall limit the Board’s or Committee’s authority to take any action permitted pursuant to Section 3(c). The Board reserves the right to amend the Plan and/or the terms of any outstanding Stock Options to the extent reasonably necessary to comply with the requirements of the exemption pursuant to paragraph (f)(4) of Rule 12h-1 of the Exchange Act.

SECTION 13. STATUS OF PLAN

With respect to the portion of any Award that has not been exercised and any payments in cash, Stock or other consideration not received by a grantee, a grantee shall have no rights greater than those of a general creditor of the Company unless the Committee shall otherwise expressly so determine in connection with any Award.

SECTION 14. GENERAL PROVISIONS

(a) No Distribution; Compliance with Legal Requirements . The Committee may require each person acquiring Shares pursuant to an Award to represent to and agree with the Company in writing that such person is acquiring the Shares without a view to distribution thereof. No Shares shall be issued pursuant to an Award until all applicable securities law and other legal and stock exchange or similar requirements have been satisfied. The Committee may require the placing of such stop-orders and restrictive legends on certificates for Stock and Awards as it deems appropriate.

(b) Delivery of Stock Certificates . Stock certificates to grantees under the Plan shall be deemed delivered for all purposes when the Company or a stock transfer agent of the Company shall have mailed such certificates in the United States mail, addressed to the grantee, at the grantee’s last known address on file with the Company; provided that stock certificates to be held in escrow pursuant to Section 9 of the Plan shall be deemed delivered when the Company shall have recorded the issuance in its records. Uncertificated Stock shall be deemed delivered for all purposes when the Company or a stock transfer agent of the Company shall have given to the grantee by electronic mail (with proof of receipt) or by United States mail, addressed to the grantee, at the grantee’s last known address on file with the Company, notice of issuance and recorded the issuance in its records (which may include electronic “book entry” records).

 

18


(c) No Employment Rights . The adoption of the Plan and the grant of Awards do not confer upon any Person any right to continued employment or Service Relationship with the Company or any Subsidiary.

(d) Trading Policy Restrictions . Option exercises and other Awards under the Plan shall be subject to the Company’s insider trading policy-related restrictions, terms and conditions as may be established by the Committee, or in accordance with policies set by the Committee, from time to time.

(e) Designation of Beneficiary . Each grantee to whom an Award has been made under the Plan may designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries to exercise any Award on or after the grantee’s death or receive any payment under any Award payable on or after the grantee’s death. Any such designation shall be on a form provided for that purpose by the Committee and shall not be effective until received by the Committee. If no beneficiary has been designated by a deceased grantee, or if the designated beneficiaries have predeceased the grantee, the beneficiary shall be the grantee’s estate.

(f) Legend . Any certificate(s) representing the Shares shall carry substantially the following legend (and with respect to uncertificated Stock, the book entries evidencing such shares shall contain the following notation):

The transferability of this certificate and the shares of stock represented hereby are subject to the restrictions, terms and conditions (including repurchase and restrictions against transfers) contained in the Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. 2012 Stock Option and Grant Plan and any agreements entered into thereunder by and between the company and the holder of this certificate (a copy of which is available at the offices of the company for examination).

(g) Information to Holders of Options . In the event the Company is relying on the exemption from the registration requirements of Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act contained in paragraph (f)(1) of Rule 12h-1 of the Exchange Act, the Company shall provide the information described in Rule 701(e)(3), (4) and (5) of the Securities Act to all holders of Options in accordance with the requirements thereunder. The foregoing notwithstanding, the Company shall not be required to provide such information unless the optionholder has agreed in writing, on a form prescribed by the Company, to keep such information confidential.

SECTION 15. EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN

The Plan shall become effective upon adoption by the Board and shall be approved by stockholders in accordance with applicable state law and the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws within 12 months thereafter. If the stockholders fail to approve the Plan within 12 months after its adoption by the Board of Directors, then any Awards granted or sold under the Plan shall be rescinded and no additional grants or sales shall thereafter be made

 

19


under the Plan. Subject to such approval by stockholders and to the requirement that no Shares may be issued hereunder prior to such approval, Stock Options and other Awards may be granted hereunder on and after adoption of the Plan by the Board. No grants of Stock Options and other Awards may be made hereunder after the tenth anniversary of the date the Plan is adopted by the Board or the date the Plan is approved by the Company’s stockholders, whichever is earlier.

SECTION 16. GOVERNING LAW

This Plan, all Awards and any controversy arising out of or relating to this Plan and all Awards shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as to matters within the scope thereof, and as to all other matters shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in the application of any law other than the law of the State of California.

 

DATE ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: May 30, 2012
DATE APPROVED BY THE STOCKHOLDERS: May 30, 2012

Amendment to increase number of shares reserved under the Plan to 4,750,000 shares approved and adopted by the Board on November 21, 2013 and by the stockholders on November 22, 2013 .

Amendment to increase number of shares reserved under the Plan to 9,750,000 shares approved and adopted by the Board on June 11, 2014 and by the stockholders on June 11, 2014 .

Amendment to increase number of shares reserved under the Plan to 13,250,000 shares approved and adopted by the Board on April 9, 2015 and by the stockholders on April 13, 2015.

 

20


EARLY EXERCISE

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE

UNDER THE GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.

2012 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN

Pursuant to the Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. 2012 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the “Plan”), Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with any successor thereto, the “Company”), has granted to the individual named below, an option (the “Stock Option”) to purchase on or prior to the Expiration Date, or such earlier date as is specified herein, all or any part of the number of shares of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Common Stock”), of the Company indicated below (the “Shares”), at the Option Exercise Price per share, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Early Exercise Incentive Stock Option Grant Notice (the “Grant Notice”), the attached Early Exercise Incentive Stock Option Agreement (the “Agreement”) and the Plan. This Stock Option is intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time (the “Code”). To the extent that any portion of the Stock Option does not so qualify, it shall be deemed a non-qualified stock option.

 

Name of Optionee:

 

(the “Optionee”)
No. of Shares:                                  Shares of Common Stock
Grant Date:

 

Vesting Commencement Date:

 

(the “Vesting Commencement Date”)
Expiration Date:

 

(the “Expiration Date”)
Option Exercise Price/Share: $                                               (the “Option Exercise Price”)
Vesting Schedule: 25 percent of the Shares shall vest on the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date; provided that the Optionee continues to have a Service Relationship with the Company at such time. Thereafter, the remaining 75 percent of the Shares shall vest in 12 equal quarterly installments following the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, provided the Optionee continues to have a Service Relationship with the Company at such time. Notwithstanding anything in the Agreement to the contrary, in the case of a Sale Event, this Stock Option and the Shares shall be treated as provided in Section 3(c) of the Plan [; provided, however INSERT ANY ACCELERATED VESTING PROVISION HERE].

Attachments : Early Exercise Incentive Stock Option Agreement, Restricted Stock Agreement, 2012 Stock Option and Grant Plan


EARLY EXERCISE

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

UNDER THE GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.

2012 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN

All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Grant Notice and the Plan.

1. Vesting, Exercisability and Termination .

(a) This Stock Option shall be immediately exercisable, regardless of whether the Shares are vested.

(b) Except as set forth below, and subject to the determination of the Committee in its sole discretion to accelerate the vesting schedule hereunder, the Shares shall be vested on the respective dates indicated below:

(i) All Shares shall initially be unvested.

(ii) The Shares shall vest in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Grant Notice.

(c) Termination . Except as may otherwise be provided by the Committee, if the Optionee’s Service Relationship is terminated, the period within which to exercise this Stock Option will be subject to earlier termination as set forth below (and if not exercised within such period, shall thereafter terminate subject, in each case to Section 3(c) of the Plan):

(i) Termination Due to Death or Disability . If the Optionee’s Service Relationship terminates by reason of such Optionee’s death or Disability, this Stock Option may continue to be exercised, to the extent the Shares are vested on the date of termination, by the Optionee, the Optionee’s legal representative or legatee for a period of 12 months from the date of death or Disability or until the Expiration Date, if earlier.

(ii) Other Termination . If the Optionee’s Service Relationship terminates for any reason other than death or Disability, and unless otherwise determined by the Committee, this Stock Option may continue to be exercised, to the extent the Shares are vested on the date of termination, for a period of 90 days from the date of termination or until the Expiration Date, if earlier; provided however , if the Optionee’s Service Relationship is terminated for Cause, this Stock Option shall terminate immediately upon the date of such termination.

For purposes hereof, the Committee’s determination of the reason for termination of the Optionee’s Service Relationship shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and his or her representatives or legatees. Any portion of this Stock Option with respect to Shares that are not vested on the date of termination of the Service Relationship shall terminate immediately and be null and void.

 

2


(d) It is understood and intended that this Stock Option is intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Code to the extent permitted under applicable law. Accordingly, the Optionee understands that in order to obtain the benefits of an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Code, no sale or other disposition may be made of Shares for which incentive stock option treatment is desired within the one-year period beginning on the day after the day of the transfer of such Shares to him or her, nor within the two-year period beginning on the day after Grant Date of this Stock Option and further that this Stock Option must be exercised within three months after termination of employment as an employee (or 12 months in the case of death or disability) to qualify as an incentive stock option. If the Optionee disposes (whether by sale, gift, transfer or otherwise) of any such Shares within either of these periods, he or she will notify the Company within 30 days after such disposition. The Optionee also agrees to provide the Company with any information concerning any such dispositions required by the Company for tax purposes. Further, to the extent this Stock Option and any other incentive stock options of the Optionee having an aggregate Fair Market Value in excess of $100,000 (determined as of the Grant Date) first become exercisable in any year, such options will not qualify as incentive stock options.

2. Exercise of Stock Option .

(a) The Optionee may exercise this Stock Option only in the following manner: Prior to the Expiration Date, the Optionee may deliver a Stock Option exercise notice (an “Exercise Notice”) in the form of Appendix A hereto indicating his or her election to purchase some or all of the Shares. Such notice shall specify the number of Shares to be purchased. To the extent this Stock Option is only partially exercised, such exercise shall first be with respect to the Shares, if any, that have previously vested, and then with respect to the Shares that will next vest, with the Shares that vest at the latest date being exercised last. Payment of the purchase price may be made by one or more of the methods described in Section 5 of the Plan, subject to the limitations contained in such Section of the Plan, including the requirement that the Committee specifically approve in advance certain payment methods.

(b) In the event the Optionee exercises a portion of this Stock Option with respect to Shares that have not vested, the Optionee shall also deliver a Restricted Stock Agreement covering such unvested Shares in the form of Appendix B hereto (the “Restricted Stock Agreement”) with the same vesting schedule for such Shares as set forth for such Shares herein.

(c) Notwithstanding any other provision hereof or of the Plan, no portion of this Stock Option shall be exercisable after the Expiration Date.

3. Incorporation of Plan . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Stock Option shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan.

4. Transferability of Stock Option . This Stock Option is personal to the Optionee and is not transferable by the Optionee in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. The Stock Option may be exercised during the Optionee’s lifetime only by the Optionee (or by the Optionee’s guardian or personal representative in the event of the Optionee’s incapacity). The Optionee may elect to designate a beneficiary by providing written

 

3


notice of the name of such beneficiary to the Company, and may revoke or change such designation at any time by filing written notice of revocation or change with the Company; such beneficiary may exercise the Optionee’s Stock Option in the event of the Optionee’s death to the extent provided herein. If the Optionee does not designate a beneficiary, or if the designated beneficiary predeceases the Optionee, the legal representative of the Optionee may exercise this Stock Option to the extent provided herein in the event of the Optionee’s death.

5. Restrictions on Transfer of Shares . The Shares acquired upon exercise of the Stock Option shall be subject to certain transfer restrictions and other limitations including, without limitation, the provisions contained in Section 9 of the Plan and, if applicable, the Restricted Stock Agreement.

6. Miscellaneous Provisions .

(a) Equitable Relief . The parties hereto agree and declare that legal remedies may be inadequate to enforce the provisions of this Agreement and that equitable relief, including specific performance and injunctive relief, may be used to enforce the provisions of this Agreement.

(b) Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure . If, as a result of any reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other similar change in the Common Stock, the outstanding shares of Common Stock are increased or decreased or are exchanged for a different number or kind of securities of the Company, the restrictions contained in this Agreement shall apply with equal force to additional and/or substitute securities, if any, received by the Optionee in exchange for, or by virtue of his or her ownership of, this Stock Option or Shares acquired pursuant thereto.

(c) Change and Modifications . This Agreement may not be orally changed, modified or terminated, nor shall any oral waiver of any of its terms be effective. This Agreement may be changed, modified or terminated only by an agreement in writing signed by the Company and the Optionee.

(d) Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as to matters within the scope thereof, and as to all other matters shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in the application of any law other than the law of the State of California.

(e) Headings . The headings are intended only for convenience in finding the subject matter and do not constitute part of the text of this Agreement and shall not be considered in the interpretation of this Agreement.

(f) Saving Clause . If any provision(s) of this Agreement shall be determined to be illegal or unenforceable, such determination shall in no manner affect the legality or enforceability of any other provision hereof.

 

4


(g) Notices . All notices, requests, consents and other communications shall be in writing and be deemed given when delivered personally, by telex or facsimile transmission or when received if mailed by first class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid. Notices to the Company or the Optionee shall be addressed as set forth underneath their signatures below, or to such other address or addresses as may have been furnished by such party in writing to the other.

(h) Benefit and Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective successors, permitted assigns, and legal representatives. The Company has the right to assign this Agreement, and such assignee shall become entitled to all the rights of the Company hereunder to the extent of such assignment.

(i) Counterparts . For the convenience of the parties and to facilitate execution, this Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same document.

(j) Integration . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Stock Option and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.

7. Dispute Resolution .

(a) Except as provided below, any dispute arising out of or relating to the Plan or this Stock Option, this Agreement, or the breach, termination or validity of the Plan, this Stock Option or this Agreement, shall be finally settled by binding arbitration conducted expeditiously in accordance with the J.A.M.S./Endispute Comprehensive Arbitration Rules and Procedures (the “J.A.M.S. Rules”). The arbitration shall be governed by the United States Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. Sections 1 16, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof. The place of arbitration shall be San Francisco, California.

(b) The arbitration shall commence within 60 days of the date on which a written demand for arbitration is filed by any party hereto. In connection with the arbitration proceeding, the arbitrator shall have the power to order the production of documents by each party and any third-party witnesses. In addition, each party may take up to three depositions as of right, and the arbitrator may in his or her discretion allow additional depositions upon good cause shown by the moving party. However, the arbitrator shall not have the power to order the answering of interrogatories or the response to requests for admission. In connection with any arbitration, each party to the arbitration shall provide to the other, no later than seven business days before the date of the arbitration, the identity of all persons that may testify at the arbitration and a copy of all documents that may be introduced at the arbitration or considered or used by a party’s witness or expert. The arbitrator’s decision and award shall be made and delivered within six months of the selection of the arbitrator. The arbitrator’s decision shall set forth a reasoned basis for any award of damages or finding of liability. The arbitrator shall not have power to award damages in excess of actual compensatory damages and shall not multiply actual damages or award punitive damages, and each party hereby irrevocably waives any claim to such damages.

 

5


(c) The Company, the Optionee, each party to the Agreement and any other holder of Shares issued pursuant to this Agreement (each, a “Party”) covenants and agrees that such party will participate in the arbitration in good faith. This Section 7 applies equally to requests for temporary, preliminary or permanent injunctive relief, except that in the case of temporary or preliminary injunctive relief any party may proceed in court without prior arbitration for the limited purpose of avoiding immediate and irreparable harm.

(d) Each Party (i) hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any United States District Court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of enforcing the award or decision in any such proceeding, (ii) hereby waives, and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution (except as protected by applicable law), that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court, and (iii) hereby waives and agrees not to seek any review by any court of any other jurisdiction which may be called upon to grant an enforcement of the judgment of any such court. Each Party hereby consents to service of process by registered mail at the address to which notices are to be given. Each Party agrees that its, his or her submission to jurisdiction and its, his or her consent to service of process by mail is made for the express benefit of each other Party. Final judgment against any Party in any such action, suit or proceeding may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit, action or proceeding on the judgment, or in any other manner provided by or pursuant to the laws of such other jurisdiction.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

6


The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof hereby agreed to by the undersigned as of the date first above written.

 

GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.
By:

 

Name:
Title:
Address:

400 East Jamie Court, Suite 101

South San Francisco, CA 94080

 

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receiving and reviewing a copy of the Plan, including, without limitation, Section 9 thereof, and understands that this Stock Option is subject to the terms of the Plan and this Agreement. This Agreement is hereby accepted, and the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement, SPECIFICALLY INCLUDING THE ARBITRATION PROVISIONS SET FORTH IN SECTION 7 OF THIS AGREEMENT, are hereby agreed to, by the undersigned as of the date first above written.

 

OPTIONEE:

 

Name:

Address:

 

 

 

SPOUSE’S CONSENT

I acknowledge that I have read the

foregoing Incentive Stock Option Agreement

and understand the contents thereof.

 

 

7


DESIGNATED BENEFICIARY:

 

Beneficiary’s Address:

 

 

 

 

8


Appendix A

STOCK OPTION EXERCISE NOTICE

Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc.

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

400 East Jamie Court, Suite 101 South San Francisco, CA 94080

Pursuant to the terms of the grant notice and stock option agreement between the undersigned and Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) dated         (the “Agreement”) under the Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. 2012 Stock Option and Grant Plan, I, [Insert Name]             , hereby [Circle One] partially/fully exercise such option by including herein payment in the amount of $                    representing the purchase price for [Fill in number of Shares]             Shares. I have chosen the following form(s) of payment:

 

¨

  1.    Cash

¨

  2.    Certified or bank check payable to Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc.

¨

  3.    Other (as referenced in the Agreement and described in the Plan (please describe))
                                                                                                                                        .

In connection with my exercise of the option as set forth above, I hereby represent and warrant to the Company as follows:

(i) I am purchasing the Shares for my own account for investment only, and not for resale or with a view to the distribution thereof.

(ii) I have had such an opportunity as I have deemed adequate to obtain from the Company such information as is necessary to permit me to evaluate the merits and risks of my investment in the Company and have consulted with my own advisers with respect to my investment in the Company.

(iii) I have sufficient experience in business, financial and investment matters to be able to evaluate the risks involved in the purchase of the Shares and to make an informed investment decision with respect to such purchase.

(iv) I can afford a complete loss of the value of the Shares and am able to bear the economic risk of holding such Shares for an indefinite period of time.

(v) I understand that the Shares may not be registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (it being understood that the Shares are being issued and sold in reliance on the exemption provided in Rule 701 thereunder) or any applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws and may not be sold or otherwise transferred or disposed of in the absence of an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 and under any applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws (or exemptions from the registration requirement thereof). I further acknowledge that certificates representing Shares will bear restrictive legends reflecting the foregoing and/or that book entries for uncertificated Shares will include similar restrictive notations.

 

9


(vi) To the extent required, I have executed and delivered to the Company the Restricted Stock Agreement attached as Appendix B to the Agreement.

(vii) I have read and understand the Plan and acknowledge and agree that the Shares are subject to all of the relevant terms of the Plan, including without limitation, the transfer restrictions set forth in Section 9 of the Plan.

(viii) I understand and agree that the Company has a right of first refusal with respect to the Shares pursuant to Section 9(b) of the Plan.

(ix) I understand and agree that the Company has certain repurchase rights with respect to the Shares pursuant to Section 9(c) of the Plan.

(x) I understand and agree that I may not sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of the Shares for a period of time following the effective date of a public offering by the Company as described in Section 9(f) of the Plan.

(xi) I understand and agree that if, as a result of the issuance of the Shares to me hereunder, I will hold shares of capital stock constituting one percent (1%) or more of the Company’s then outstanding capital stock (treating for this purpose all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise or conversion of outstanding options, warrants or convertible securities, as if exercised and/or converted or exchanged), then, as a condition to my receipt of the Shares, I am required to execute an adoption agreement (substantially in the form attached hereto as Appendix A-1) to that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, dated December 22, 2014, by and among the Company and the stockholders listed as parties thereto, as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time (the “Stockholders Agreement”), as a Key Holder and Stockholder (as such terms are defined in the Stockholders Agreement), and I shall thereby be bound by, and subject to, all terms and provisions of the Stockholders Agreement applicable to a Key Holder and Stockholder.

 

Sincerely yours,

 

Name:
Address:

 

 

 

10


APPENDIX A-1

ADOPTION AGREEMENT

This Adoption Agreement (“ Adoption Agreement ”) is executed on             , 20    , by the undersigned (the “ Holder ”) pursuant to the terms of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement dated as of December 22, 2014 (the “ Agreement ”), by and among the Company and certain of its Stockholders, as such Agreement may be amended or amended and restated hereafter. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Adoption Agreement shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement. By the execution of this Adoption Agreement, the Holder agrees as follows:

1.1 Acknowledgment . Holder acknowledges that Holder is acquiring certain shares of the capital stock of the Company (the “ Stock ”) in accordance with Section 8.2(b) of the Agreement, as a new party who is not a new Investor, in which case Holder will be a “Key Holder” and a “Stockholder” for all purposes of the Agreement.

1.2 Agreement . Holder hereby (a) agrees that the Stock, and any other shares of capital stock or securities required by the Agreement to be bound thereby, shall be bound by and subject to the terms of the Agreement and (b) adopts the Agreement with the same force and effect as if Holder were originally a party thereto.

1.3 Notice . Any notice required or permitted by the Agreement shall be given to Holder at the address or facsimile number listed below Holder’s signature hereto.

 

HOLDER ACCEPTED AND AGREED:
By:

 

GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS,

INC.

Name and Title of Signatory
Address:

 

            By:

 

               Title:

 

Facsimile Number:

 

 

 

11


Appendix B

RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT FOR EARLY EXERCISE OPTION

UNDER THE GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.

2012 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN

All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Early Exercise Incentive Stock Option Grant Notice (the “Grant Notice”) and Early Exercise Incentive Stock Option Agreement (the “Option Agreement”) between Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) and             (the “Grantee”) for             Shares of Common Stock with a Grant Date of             ,             under the Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. 2012 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the “Plan”).

1. Purchase and Sale of Shares; Vesting.

(a) Purchase and Sale . The Company hereby sells to the Grantee, and the Grantee hereby purchases from the Company, the number of Shares set forth in the Stock Option Exercise Notice (            Shares) dated             , pursuant to the Grant Notice and Option Agreement, for the aggregate Option Exercise Price for the Shares so purchased.

(b) Vesting . The risk of forfeiture shall lapse with respect to the Shares, and such Shares shall become vested, on the respective dates indicated on the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Grant Notice.

2. Repurchase Right . Upon a Termination Event, the Company shall have the right to repurchase the Shares of Restricted Stock that are unvested as of the date of such Termination Event as set forth in Section 9(c) of the Plan.

3. Restrictions on Transfer of Shares . The Shares (whether or not vested) shall be subject to certain transfer restrictions and other limitations including, without limitation, the provisions contained in Section 9 of the Plan

4. Incorporation of Plan . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Restricted Stock Agreement shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan.

5. Miscellaneous Provisions .

(a) Record Owner; Dividends . The Grantee and any Permitted Transferees, during the duration of this Agreement, shall be considered the record owners of and shall be entitled to vote the Shares if and to the extent the Shares are entitled to voting rights. The Grantee and any Permitted Transferees shall be entitled to receive all dividends and any other distributions declared on the Shares; provided , however , that the Company is under no duty to declare any such dividends or to make any such distribution.


(b) Section 83(b) Election . The Grantee shall consult with the Grantee’s tax advisor to determine whether it would be appropriate for the Grantee to make an election under Section 83(b) of the Code with respect to the Shares. Any such election must be filed with the Internal Revenue Service within 30 days of the date of exercise. If the Grantee makes an election under Section 83(b) of the Code, the Grantee shall give prompt notice to the Company (and provide a copy of such election to the Company). A form of Section 83(b) Election is attached hereto as Exhibit A .

(c) Equitable Relief . The parties hereto agree and declare that legal remedies may be inadequate to enforce the provisions of this Agreement and that equitable relief, including specific performance and injunctive relief, may be used to enforce the provisions of this Agreement.

(d) Change and Modifications . This Agreement may not be orally changed, modified or terminated, nor shall any oral waiver of any of its terms be effective. This Agreement may be changed, modified or terminated only by an agreement in writing signed by the Company and the Grantee.

(e) Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as to matters within the scope thereof, and as to all other matters shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in the application of any law other than the law of the State of California.

(f) Headings . The headings are intended only for convenience in finding the subject matter and do not constitute part of the text of this Agreement and shall not be considered in the interpretation of this Agreement.

(g) Saving Clause . If any provision(s) of this Agreement shall be determined to be illegal or unenforceable, such determination shall in no manner affect the legality or enforceability of any other provision hereof.

(h) Notices . All notices, requests, consents and other communications shall be in writing and be deemed given when delivered personally, by telex or facsimile transmission or when received if mailed by first class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid. Notices to the Company or the Grantee shall be addressed as set forth underneath their signatures below, or to such other address or addresses as may have been furnished by such party in writing to the other.

(i) Benefit and Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective successors, assigns, and legal representatives. The Company has the right to assign this Agreement, and such assignee shall become entitled to all the rights of the Company hereunder to the extent of such assignment.

(j) Counterparts . For the convenience of the parties and to facilitate execution, this Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same document.

 

13


6. Dispute Resolution .

(a) Except as provided below, any dispute arising out of or relating to the Plan or the Shares, this Agreement, or the breach, termination or validity of the Plan, the Shares or this Agreement, shall be finally settled by binding arbitration conducted expeditiously in accordance with the J.A.M.S./Endispute Comprehensive Arbitration Rules and Procedures (the “J.A.M.S. Rules”). The arbitration shall be governed by the United States Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. Sections 1 - 16, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof. The place of arbitration shall be San Francisco, California.

(b) The arbitration shall commence within 60 days of the date on which a written demand for arbitration is filed by any party hereto. In connection with the arbitration proceeding, the arbitrator shall have the power to order the production of documents by each party and any third-party witnesses. In addition, each party may take up to three depositions as of right, and the arbitrator may in his or her discretion allow additional depositions upon good cause shown by the moving party. However, the arbitrator shall not have the power to order the answering of interrogatories or the response to requests for admission. In connection with any arbitration, each party to the arbitration shall provide to the other, no later than seven business days before the date of the arbitration, the identity of all persons that may testify at the arbitration and a copy of all documents that may be introduced at the arbitration or considered or used by a party’s witness or expert. The arbitrator’s decision and award shall be made and delivered within six months of the selection of the arbitrator. The arbitrator’s decision shall set forth a reasoned basis for any award of damages or finding of liability. The arbitrator shall not have power to award damages in excess of actual compensatory damages and shall not multiply actual damages or award punitive damages, and each party hereby irrevocably waives any claim to such damages.

(c) The Company, the Grantee, each party to the Agreement and any other holder of Shares issued pursuant to this Agreement (each, a “Party”) covenants and agrees that such party will participate in the arbitration in good faith. This Section 6 applies equally to requests for temporary, preliminary or permanent injunctive relief, except that in the case of temporary or preliminary injunctive relief any party may proceed in court without prior arbitration for the limited purpose of avoiding immediate and irreparable harm.

(d) Each Party (i) hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any United States District Court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of enforcing the award or decision in any such proceeding, (ii) hereby waives, and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution (except as protected by applicable law), that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court, and (iii) hereby waives and agrees not to seek any review by any court of any other jurisdiction which may be called upon to grant an enforcement of the judgment of any such court. Each Party hereby consents to service of process by registered mail at the address to which notices are to be given. Each Party agrees that its, his or her submission to jurisdiction

 

14


and its, his or her consent to service of process by mail is made for the express benefit of each other Party. Final judgment against any Party in any such action, suit or proceeding may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit, action or proceeding on the judgment, or in any other manner provided by or pursuant to the laws of such other jurisdiction.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

15


The foregoing Restricted Stock Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof are hereby agreed to by the undersigned as of the date first above written.

 

GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.
By:

 

Name:
Title:
Address:

400 East Jamie Court, Suite 101

South San Francisco, CA 94080

 

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receiving and reviewing a copy of the Plan, including, without limitation, Section 9 thereof and understands that the Shares purchased hereby are subject to the terms of the Plan, the Grant Notice, and this Agreement. This Agreement is hereby accepted, and the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement, SPECIFICALLY INCLUDING THE ARBITRATION PROVISIONS SET FORTH IN SECTION 6 OF THIS AGREEMENT, are hereby agreed to, by the undersigned as of the date first above written.

 

GRANTEE:

 

Name:
Address:

 

 

SPOUSE’S CONSENT

I acknowledge that I have read the

foregoing Restricted Stock Agreement

and understand the contents thereof.

 

 


EXHIBIT A

SECTION 83(B) ELECTION

( See Attached )

** Note: The 83(b) Election must be filed no later than 30 days after the date on which the property is transferred. The IRS has indicated that the election form should be sent to the IRS address listed for the taxpayer’s state under “Are you not including a check or money order . . .” given in Where Do You File in the Instructions for Form 1040 and the Instructions for Form 1040A (this information can also be found by clicking on your state at: http://www.irs.gov/file/content/0,,id=105690,00.html ) **

 

17


SECTION 83(B) ELECTION

The undersigned hereby elects pursuant to §83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to include in gross income as compensation for services the excess (if any) of the fair market value of the shares described below over the amount paid for those shares.

 

1. The name, taxpayer identification number, address of the undersigned, and the taxable year for which this election is being made are:
Taxpayer’s Name:                                                                                                                                                                                 
Taxpayer’s Social Security Number:                                                                                                                                                  
Address:                                                                                                                                                                                                 

 

Taxable Year: Calendar Year 201    
2. The property which is the subject of this election is                              shares of common stock of Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc.
3. The property was transferred to the undersigned on                                       , 201      .
The property is subject to the following restrictions:
The Shares will be subject to restrictions on transfer and risk of forfeiture upon termination of service relationship and in certain other events
4. The fair market value of the property at time of transfer (determined without regard to any restrictions other than nonlapse restrictions as defined in §1.83-3(h) of the Income Tax Regulations) is $              per share x                              shares = $                          .
5. For the property transferred, the undersigned paid $          per share x                              shares = $                                  .
6. The amount to include in gross income is $                                  . 1

The undersigned taxpayer will file this election with the Internal Revenue Service Office with which the taxpayer files his or her annual income tax return not later than 30 days after the date of transfer of the property. A copy of the election will also be furnished to the person for whom the services were performed. Additionally, the undersigned will include a copy of the election with his or her income tax return for the taxable year in which the property is transferred. The undersigned is the person performing services in connection with which the property was transferred.

 

Dated:                              , 201     

 

Taxpayer

 

1   The amount reported in Item 4 minus the amount reported in Item 5.

 

18


EARLY EXERCISE

NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE

UNDER THE GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.

2012 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN

Pursuant to the Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. 2012 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the “Plan”), Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with any successor thereto, the “Company”), has granted to the individual named below, an option (the “Stock Option”) to purchase on or prior to the Expiration Date, or such earlier date as is specified herein, all or any part of the number of shares of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Common Stock”), of the Company indicated below (the “Shares”), at the Option Exercise Price per share, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Early Exercise Non-Qualified Stock Option Grant Notice (the “Grant Notice”), the attached Early Exercise Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (the “Agreement”) and the Plan. This Stock Option is not intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time (the “Code”).

 

Name of Optionee:

 

(the “Optionee”)
No. of Shares:                                  Shares of Common Stock
Grant Date:

 

Vesting Commencement Date:

 

(the “Vesting Commencement Date”)
Expiration Date:

 

(the “Expiration Date”)
Option Exercise Price/Share: $                                                     (the “Option Exercise Price”)
Vesting Schedule: 25 percent of the Shares shall vest on the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date; provided that the Optionee continues to have a Service Relationship with the Company at such time. Thereafter, the remaining 75 percent of the Shares shall vest in 12 equal quarterly installments following the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, provided the Optionee continues to have a Service Relationship with the Company at such time. Notwithstanding anything in the Agreement to the contrary, in the case of a Sale Event, this Stock Option and the Shares shall be treated as provided in Section 3(c) of the Plan [ ;   provided, however INSERT ANY ACCELERATED VESTING PROVISION HERE] .

Attachments : Early Exercise Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement, Restricted Stock Agreement, 2012 Stock Option and Grant Plan


EARLY EXERCISE

NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

UNDER THE GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC .

2012 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN

All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Grant Notice and the Plan.

1. Vesting, Exercisability and Termination .

(a) This Stock Option shall be immediately exercisable, regardless of whether the Shares are vested.

(b) Except as set forth below, and subject to the determination of the Committee in its sole discretion to accelerate the vesting schedule hereunder, the Shares shall be vested on the respective dates indicated below:

(i) All Shares shall initially be unvested.

(ii) The Shares shall vest in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Grant Notice.

(c) Termination . Except as may otherwise be provided by the Committee, if the Optionee’s Service Relationship is terminated, the period within which to exercise this Stock Option will be subject to earlier termination as set forth below (and if not exercised within such period, shall thereafter terminate subject, in each case, to Section 3(c) of the Plan):

(i) Termination Due to Death or Disability . If the Optionee’s Service Relationship terminates by reason of such Optionee’s death or Disability, this Stock Option may continue to be exercised, to the extent the Shares are vested on the date of termination, by the Optionee, the Optionee’s legal representative or legatee for a period of 12 months from the date of death or Disability or until the Expiration Date, if earlier.

(ii) Other Termination . If the Optionee’s Service Relationship terminates for any reason other than death or Disability, and unless otherwise determined by the Committee, this Stock Option may continue to be exercised, to the extent the Shares are vested on the date of termination, for a period of 90 days from the date of termination or until the Expiration Date, if earlier; provided however , if the Optionee’s Service Relationship is terminated for Cause, this Stock Option shall terminate immediately upon the date of such termination.

For purposes hereof, the Committee’s determination of the reason for termination of the Optionee’s Service Relationship shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and his or her representatives or legatees and any Permitted Transferee. Any portion of this Stock Option with respect to Shares that are not vested and exercisable on the date of termination of the Service Relationship shall terminate immediately and be null and void.

 

2


2. Exercise of Stock Option .

(a) The Optionee may exercise this Stock Option only in the following manner: Prior to the Expiration Date, the Optionee may deliver a Stock Option exercise notice (an “Exercise Notice”) in the form of Appendix A hereto indicating his or her election to purchase some or all of the Shares. Such notice shall specify the number of Shares to be purchased. To the extent this Stock Option is only partially exercised, such exercise shall first be with respect to the Shares, if any, that have previously vested, and then with respect to the Shares that will next vest, with the Shares that vest at the latest date being exercised last. Payment of the purchase price may be made by one or more of the methods described in Section 5of the Plan, subject to the limitations contained in such Section of the Plan, including the requirement that the Committee specifically approve in advance certain payment methods.

(b) In the event the Optionee exercises a portion of this Stock Option with respect to Shares that have not vested, the Optionee shall also deliver a Restricted Stock Agreement covering such unvested Shares in the form of Appendix B hereto (the “Restricted Stock Agreement”) with the same vesting schedule for such Shares as set forth for such Shares herein.

(c) Notwithstanding any other provision hereof or of the Plan, no portion of this Stock Option shall be exercisable after the Expiration Date.

3. Incorporation of Plan . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Stock Option shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan.

4. Transferability of Stock Option . This Stock Option is personal to the Optionee and is not transferable by the Optionee in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. The Stock Option may be exercised during the Optionee’s lifetime only by the Optionee (or by the Optionee’s guardian or personal representative in the event of the Optionee’s incapacity). The Optionee may elect to designate a beneficiary by providing written notice of the name of such beneficiary to the Company, and may revoke or change such designation at any time by filing written notice of revocation or change with the Company; such beneficiary may exercise the Optionee’s Stock Option in the event of the Optionee’s death to the extent provided herein. If the Optionee does not designate a beneficiary, or if the designated beneficiary predeceases the Optionee, the legal representative of the Optionee may exercise this Stock Option to the extent provided herein in the event of the Optionee’s death.

5. Restrictions on Transfer of Shares . The Shares acquired upon exercise of the Stock Option shall be subject to certain transfer restrictions and other limitations including, without limitation, the provisions contained in Section 9 of the Plan and, if applicable, the Restricted Stock Agreement.

 

3


6. Miscellaneous Provisions .

(a) Equitable Relief . The parties hereto agree and declare that legal remedies may be inadequate to enforce the provisions of this Agreement and that equitable relief, including specific performance and injunctive relief, may be used to enforce the provisions of this Agreement.

(b) Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure . If, as a result of any reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other similar change in the Common Stock, the outstanding shares of Common Stock are increased or decreased or are exchanged for a different number or kind of securities of the Company, the restrictions contained in this Agreement shall apply with equal force to additional and/or substitute securities, if any, received by the Optionee in exchange for, or by virtue of his or her ownership of, this Stock Option or Shares acquired pursuant thereto.

(c) Change and Modifications . This Agreement may not be orally changed, modified or terminated, nor shall any oral waiver of any of its terms be effective. This Agreement may be changed, modified or terminated only by an agreement in writing signed by the Company and the Optionee.

(d) Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as to matters within the scope thereof, and as to all other matters shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in the application of any law other than the law of the State of California.

(e) Headings . The headings are intended only for convenience in finding the subject matter and do not constitute part of the text of this Agreement and shall not be considered in the interpretation of this Agreement.

(f) Saving Clause . If any provision(s) of this Agreement shall be determined to be illegal or unenforceable, such determination shall in no manner affect the legality or enforceability of any other provision hereof.

(g) Notices . All notices, requests, consents and other communications shall be in writing and be deemed given when delivered personally, by telex or facsimile transmission or when received if mailed by first class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid. Notices to the Company or the Optionee shall be addressed as set forth underneath their signatures below, or to such other address or addresses as may have been furnished by such party in writing to the other.

(h) Benefit and Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective successors, assigns, and legal representatives. The Company has the right to assign this Agreement, and such assignee shall become entitled to all the rights of the Company hereunder to the extent of such assignment.

 

4


(i) Counterparts . For the convenience of the parties and to facilitate execution, this Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same document.

(j) Integration . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Stock Option and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.

7. Dispute Resolution .

(a) Except as provided below, any dispute arising out of or relating to the Plan or this Stock Option, this Agreement, or the breach, termination or validity of the Plan, this Stock Option or this Agreement, shall be finally settled by binding arbitration conducted expeditiously in accordance with the J.A.M.S./Endispute Comprehensive Arbitration Rules and Procedures (the “J.A.M.S. Rules”). The arbitration shall be governed by the United States Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. Sections 1 16, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof. The place of arbitration shall be San Francisco, California.

(b) The arbitration shall commence within 60 days of the date on which a written demand for arbitration is filed by any party hereto. In connection with the arbitration proceeding, the arbitrator shall have the power to order the production of documents by each party and any third-party witnesses. In addition, each party may take up to three depositions as of right, and the arbitrator may in his or her discretion allow additional depositions upon good cause shown by the moving party. However, the arbitrator shall not have the power to order the answering of interrogatories or the response to requests for admission. In connection with any arbitration, each party to the arbitration shall provide to the other, no later than seven business days before the date of the arbitration, the identity of all persons that may testify at the arbitration and a copy of all documents that may be introduced at the arbitration or considered or used by a party’s witness or expert. The arbitrator’s decision and award shall be made and delivered within six months of the selection of the arbitrator. The arbitrator’s decision shall set forth a reasoned basis for any award of damages or finding of liability. The arbitrator shall not have power to award damages in excess of actual compensatory damages and shall not multiply actual damages or award punitive damages, and each party hereby irrevocably waives any claim to such damages.

(c) The Company, the Optionee, each party to the Agreement and any other holder of Shares issued pursuant to this Agreement (each, a “Party”) covenants and agrees that such party will participate in the arbitration in good faith. This Section 7 applies equally to requests for temporary, preliminary or permanent injunctive relief, except that in the case of temporary or preliminary injunctive relief any party may proceed in court without prior arbitration for the limited purpose of avoiding immediate and irreparable harm.

(d) Each Party (i) hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any United States District Court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of enforcing the award or decision in any such proceeding, (ii) hereby waives, and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject

 

5


personally to the jurisdiction of the above named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution (except as protected by applicable law), that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court, and (iii) hereby waives and agrees not to seek any review by any court of any other jurisdiction which may be called upon to grant an enforcement of the judgment of any such court. Each Party hereby consents to service of process by registered mail at the address to which notices are to be given. Each Party agrees that its, his or her submission to jurisdiction and its, his or her consent to service of process by mail is made for the express benefit of each other Party. Final judgment against any Party in any such action, suit or proceeding may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit, action or proceeding on the judgment, or in any other manner provided by or pursuant to the laws of such other jurisdiction.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

6


The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof hereby agreed to by the undersigned as of the date first above written.

 

GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

Address:

 

400 East Jamie Court, Suite 101

South San Francisco, CA 94080

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receiving and reviewing a copy of the Plan, including, without limitation, Section 9 thereof, and understands that this Stock Option is subject to the terms of the Plan and of this Agreement. This Agreement is hereby accepted, and the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement, SPECIFICALLY INCLUDING THE ARBITRATION PROVISIONS SET FORTH IN SECTION 7 OF THIS AGREEMENT, are hereby agreed to, by the undersigned as of the date first above written.

 

OPTIONEE:

 

Name:

Address:

 

 

 

SPOUSE’S CONSENT

I acknowledge that I have read the

foregoing Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement

and understand the contents thereof.

 

 

  

 

7


DESIGNATED BENEFICIARY:

 

Beneficiary’s Address:

 

 

 

 

8


Appendix A

STOCK OPTION EXERCISE NOTICE

Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc.

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

400 East Jamie Court, Suite 101

South San Francisco, CA 94080

Pursuant to the terms of the grant notice and stock option agreement between the undersigned and Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) dated                 (the “Agreement”) under the Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. 2012 Stock Option and Grant Plan, I, [Insert Name]                     , hereby [Circle One] partially/fully exercise such option by including herein payment in the amount of $            representing the purchase price for [Fill in number of Shares]             Shares. I have chosen the following form(s) of payment:

 

¨

  1.    Cash

¨

  2.    Certified or bank check payable to Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc.

¨

  3.    Other (as referenced in the Agreement and described in the Plan (please describe))
                                                                                                                                        .

In connection with my exercise of the option as set forth above, I hereby represent and warrant to the Company as follows:

(i) I am purchasing the Shares for my own account for investment only, and not for resale or with a view to the distribution thereof.

(ii) I have had such an opportunity as I have deemed adequate to obtain from the Company such information as is necessary to permit me to evaluate the merits and risks of my investment in the Company and have consulted with my own advisers with respect to my investment in the Company.

(iii) I have sufficient experience in business, financial and investment matters to be able to evaluate the risks involved in the purchase of the Shares and to make an informed investment decision with respect to such purchase.

(iv) I can afford a complete loss of the value of the Shares and am able to bear the economic risk of holding such Shares for an indefinite period of time.

(v) I understand that the Shares may not be registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (it being understood that the Shares are being issued and sold in reliance on the exemption provided in Rule 701 thereunder) or any applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws and may not be sold or otherwise transferred or disposed of in the absence of an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 and under any applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws (or exemptions from the

 

9


registration requirement thereof). I further acknowledge that certificates representing Shares will bear restrictive legends reflecting the foregoing and/or that book entries for uncertificated Shares will include similar restrictive notations.

(vi) To the extent required, I have executed and delivered to the Company the Restricted Stock Agreement attached as Appendix B to the Agreement.

(vii) I have read and understand the Plan and acknowledge and agree that the Shares are subject to all of the relevant terms of the Plan, including without limitation, the transfer restrictions set forth in Section 9 of the Plan.

(viii) I understand and agree that the Company has a right of first refusal with respect to the Shares pursuant to Section 9(b) of the Plan.

(ix) I understand and agree that the Company has certain repurchase rights with respect to the Shares pursuant to Section 9(c) of the Plan.

(x) I understand and agree that I may not sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of the Shares for a period of time following the effective date of a public offering by the Company as described in Section 9(f) of the Plan.

(xi) I understand and agree that if, as a result of the issuance of the Shares to me hereunder, I will hold shares of capital stock constituting one percent (1%) or more of the Company’s then outstanding capital stock (treating for this purpose all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise or conversion of outstanding options, warrants or convertible securities, as if exercised and/or converted or exchanged), then, as a condition to my receipt of the Shares, I am required to execute an adoption agreement (substantially in the form attached hereto as Appendix A-1) to that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, dated December 22, 2014, by and among the Company and the stockholders listed as parties thereto, as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time (the “Stockholders Agreement”), as a Key Holder and Stockholder (as such terms are defined in the Stockholders Agreement), and I shall thereby be bound by, and subject to, all terms and provisions of the Stockholders Agreement applicable to a Key Holder and Stockholder.

 

Sincerely yours,

 

Name:

Address:

 

 

 

 

10


APPENDIX A-1

ADOPTION AGREEMENT

This Adoption Agreement (“ Adoption Agreement ”) is executed on                 , 20    , by the undersigned (the “ Holder ”) pursuant to the terms of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement dated as of December 22, 2014 (the “ Agreement ”), by and among the Company and certain of its Stockholders, as such Agreement may be amended or amended and restated hereafter. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Adoption Agreement shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement. By the execution of this Adoption Agreement, the Holder agrees as follows:

1.1 Acknowledgment . Holder acknowledges that Holder is acquiring certain shares of the capital stock of the Company (the “ Stock ”) in accordance with Section 8.2(b) of the Agreement, as a new party who is not a new Investor, in which case Holder will be a “Key Holder” and a “Stockholder” for all purposes of the Agreement.

1.2 Agreement . Holder hereby (a) agrees that the Stock, and any other shares of capital stock or securities required by the Agreement to be bound thereby, shall be bound by and subject to the terms of the Agreement and (b) adopts the Agreement with the same force and effect as if Holder were originally a party thereto.

1.3 Notice . Any notice required or permitted by the Agreement shall be given to Holder at the address or facsimile number listed below Holder’s signature hereto.

 

HOLDER           ACCEPTED AND AGREED:
By:

 

          GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.
Name and Title of Signatory
Address:

 

By:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Facsimile Number:

 

 

11


Appendix B

RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT FOR EARLY EXERCISE OPTION

UNDER THE GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.

2012 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN

All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Early Exercise Non-Qualified Stock Option Grant Notice (the “Grant Notice”) and Early Exercise Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (the “Option Agreement”) between Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) and                 (the “Grantee”) for                 Shares of Common Stock with a Grant Date of             ,             under the Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. 2012 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the “Plan”).

1. Purchase and Sale of Shares; Vesting .

(a) Purchase and Sale . The Company hereby sells to the Grantee, and the Grantee hereby purchases from the Company, the number of Shares set forth in the Stock Option Exercise Notice (            Shares) dated             , pursuant to the Grant Notice and Option Agreement, for the aggregate Option Exercise Price for the Shares so purchased.

(b) Vesting . The risk of forfeiture shall lapse with respect to the Shares, and such Shares shall become vested, on the respective dates indicated on the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Grant Notice.

2. Repurchase Right . Upon a Termination Event, the Company shall have the right to repurchase Shares of Restricted Stock that are unvested as of the date of such Termination Event as set forth in Section 9(c) of the Plan.

3. Restrictions on Transfer of Shares . The Shares (whether or not vested) shall be subject to certain transfer restrictions and other limitations including, without limitation, the provisions contained in Section 9 of the Plan

4. Incorporation of Plan . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Restricted Stock Agreement shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan.

5. Miscellaneous Provisions .

(a) Record Owner; Dividends . The Grantee and any Permitted Transferees, during the duration of this Agreement, shall be considered the record owners of and shall be entitled to vote the Shares if and to the extent the Shares are entitled to voting rights. The Grantee and any Permitted Transferees shall be entitled to receive all dividends and any other distributions declared on the Shares; provided , however , that the Company is under no duty to declare any such dividends or to make any such distribution.


(b) Section 83(b) Election . The Grantee shall consult with the Grantee’s tax advisor to determine whether it would be appropriate for the Grantee to make an election under Section 83(b) of the Code with respect to the Shares. Any such election must be filed with the Internal Revenue Service within 30 days of the date of exercise. If the Grantee makes an election under Section 83(b) of the Code, the Grantee shall give prompt notice to the Company (and provide a copy of such election to the Company). A form of Section 83(b) Election is attached hereto as Exhibit A .

(c) Equitable Relief . The parties hereto agree and declare that legal remedies may be inadequate to enforce the provisions of this Agreement and that equitable relief, including specific performance and injunctive relief, may be used to enforce the provisions of this Agreement.

(d) Change and Modifications . This Agreement may not be orally changed, modified or terminated, nor shall any oral waiver of any of its terms be effective. This Agreement may be changed, modified or terminated only by an agreement in writing signed by the Company and the Grantee.

(e) Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as to matters within the scope thereof, and as to all other matters shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in the application of any law other than the law of the State of California.

(f) Headings . The headings are intended only for convenience in finding the subject matter and do not constitute part of the text of this Agreement and shall not be considered in the interpretation of this Agreement.

(g) Saving Clause . If any provision(s) of this Agreement shall be determined to be illegal or unenforceable, such determination shall in no manner affect the legality or enforceability of any other provision hereof.

(h) Notices . All notices, requests, consents and other communications shall be in writing and be deemed given when delivered personally, by telex or facsimile transmission or when received if mailed by first class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid. Notices to the Company or the Grantee shall be addressed as set forth underneath their signatures below, or to such other address or addresses as may have been furnished by such party in writing to the other.

(i) Benefit and Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective successors, assigns, and legal representatives. The Company has the right to assign this Agreement, and such assignee shall become entitled to all the rights of the Company hereunder to the extent of such assignment.

(j) Counterparts . For the convenience of the parties and to facilitate execution, this Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same document.

 

13


6. Dispute Resolution .

(a) Except as provided below, any dispute arising out of or relating to the Plan or the Shares, this Agreement, or the breach, termination or validity of the Plan, the Shares or this Agreement, shall be finally settled by binding arbitration conducted expeditiously in accordance with the J.A.M.S./Endispute Comprehensive Arbitration Rules and Procedures (the “J.A.M.S. Rules”). The arbitration shall be governed by the United States Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. Sections 1 - 16, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof. The place of arbitration shall be San Francisco, California.

(b) The arbitration shall commence within 60 days of the date on which a written demand for arbitration is filed by any party hereto. In connection with the arbitration proceeding, the arbitrator shall have the power to order the production of documents by each party and any third-party witnesses. In addition, each party may take up to three depositions as of right, and the arbitrator may in his or her discretion allow additional depositions upon good cause shown by the moving party. However, the arbitrator shall not have the power to order the answering of interrogatories or the response to requests for admission. In connection with any arbitration, each party to the arbitration shall provide to the other, no later than seven business days before the date of the arbitration, the identity of all persons that may testify at the arbitration and a copy of all documents that may be introduced at the arbitration or considered or used by a party’s witness or expert. The arbitrator’s decision and award shall be made and delivered within six months of the selection of the arbitrator. The arbitrator’s decision shall set forth a reasoned basis for any award of damages or finding of liability. The arbitrator shall not have power to award damages in excess of actual compensatory damages and shall not multiply actual damages or award punitive damages, and each party hereby irrevocably waives any claim to such damages.

(c) The Company, the Grantee, each party to the Agreement and any other holder of Shares issued pursuant to this Agreement (each, a “Party”) covenants and agrees that such party will participate in the arbitration in good faith. This Section 6 applies equally to requests for temporary, preliminary or permanent injunctive relief, except that in the case of temporary or preliminary injunctive relief any party may proceed in court without prior arbitration for the limited purpose of avoiding immediate and irreparable harm.

(d) Each Party (i) hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any United States District Court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of enforcing the award or decision in any such proceeding, (ii) hereby waives, and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution (except as protected by applicable law), that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court, and (iii) hereby waives and agrees not to seek any review by any court of any other jurisdiction which may be called upon to grant an enforcement of the judgment of any such court. Each Party hereby consents to service of process by registered mail at the address to which notices are to be given. Each Party agrees that its, his or her submission to jurisdiction

 

14


and its, his or her consent to service of process by mail is made for the express benefit of each other Party. Final judgment against any Party in any such action, suit or proceeding may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit, action or proceeding on the judgment, or in any other manner provided by or pursuant to the laws of such other jurisdiction.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

15


The foregoing Restricted Stock Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof are hereby agreed to by the undersigned as of the date first above written.

 

GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.

By:

   

Name:

 

Title:

 

Address:

 

400 East Jamie Court, Suite 101

South San Francisco, CA 94080

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receiving and reviewing a copy of the Plan, including, without limitation, Section 9 thereof and understands that the Shares purchased hereby are subject to the terms of the Plan, the Grant Notice, and this Agreement. This Agreement is hereby accepted, and the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement, SPECIFICALLY INCLUDING THE ARBITRATION PROVISIONS SET FORTH IN SECTION 6 OF THIS AGREEMENT, are hereby agreed to, by the undersigned as of the date first above written.

 

GRANTEE:

 

Name:

Address:

 

 

SPOUSE’S CONSENT

I acknowledge that I have read the

foregoing Restricted Stock Agreement

and understand the contents thereof.

 

 


EXHIBIT A

SECTION 83(B) ELECTION

( See Attached )

** Note: The 83(b) Election must be filed no later than 30 days after the date on which the property is transferred. The IRS has indicated that the election form should be sent to the IRS address listed for the taxpayer’s state under “Are you not including a check or money order . . .” given in Where Do You File in the Instructions for Form 1040 and the Instructions for Form 1040A (this information can also be found by clicking on your state at: http://www.irs.gov/file/content/0,,id=105690,00.html) **


SECTION 83(B) ELECTION

The undersigned hereby elects pursuant to §83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to include in gross income as compensation for services the excess (if any) of the fair market value of the shares described below over the amount paid for those shares.

 

1. The name, taxpayer identification number, address of the undersigned, and the taxable year for which this election is being made are:                                                                                                                                                            
Taxpayer’s Name:                                                                                                                                                            
Taxpayer’s Social Security Number:                                                                                                                                
Address:                                                                                                                                                                             

 

Taxable Year: Calendar Year 201     
2. The property which is the subject of this election is              shares of common stock of Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc.
3. The property was transferred to the undersigned on                       , 201      .
The property is subject to the following restrictions:
The Shares will be subject to restrictions on transfer and risk of forfeiture upon termination of service relationship and in certain other events
4. The fair market value of the property at time of transfer (determined without regard to any restrictions other than nonlapse restrictions as defined in §1.83-3(h) of the Income Tax Regulations) is $              per share x               shares = $              .
5. For the property transferred, the undersigned paid $          per share x                  shares = $                  .

6.

The amount to include in gross income is $              . 1

The undersigned taxpayer will file this election with the Internal Revenue Service Office with which the taxpayer files his or her annual income tax return not later than 30 days after the date of transfer of the property. A copy of the election will also be furnished to the person for whom the services were performed. Additionally, the undersigned will include a copy of the election with his or her income tax return for the taxable year in which the property is transferred. The undersigned is the person performing services in connection with which the property was transferred.

 

Dated:                  , 201     

 

Taxpayer

 

1   The amount reported in Item 4 minus the amount reported in Item 5.


NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE

UNDER THE GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.

2012 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN

Pursuant to the Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. 2012 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the “Plan”), Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with any successor, the “Company”), has granted to the individual named below, an option (the “Stock Option”) to purchase on or prior to the Expiration Date, or such earlier date as is specified herein, all or any part of the number of shares of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Common Stock”), of the Company indicated below (the “Shares”), at the Option Exercise Price per share, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Non-Qualified Stock Option Grant Notice (the “Grant Notice”), the attached Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (the “Agreement”) and the Plan. This Stock Option is not intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time (the “Code”).

 

Name of Optionee:

 

(the “Optionee”)

No. of Shares:

                                 Shares of Common Stock

Grant Date:

 

Vesting Commencement Date:

 

(the “Vesting Commencement Date”)

Expiration Date:

 

(the “Expiration Date”)

Option Exercise Price/Share:

$                                               (the “Option Exercise Price”)

Vesting Schedule:

25% of the Shares shall vest and become exercisable on the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date; provided that the Optionee continues to have a Service Relationship with the Company at such time. Thereafter, the remaining 75% of the Shares shall vest and become exercisable in 12 equal quarterly installments following the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, provided the Optionee continues to have a Service Relationship with the Company at such time. Notwithstanding anything in the Agreement to the contrary, in the case of a Sale Event, this Stock Option and the Shares shall be treated as provided in Section 3(c) of the Plan [; provided, however INSERT ANY ACCELERATED VESTING PROVISION HERE].]

Attachments: Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement, 2012 Stock Option and Grant Plan


NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

UNDER THE GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.

2012 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN

All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Grant Notice and the Plan.

1. Vesting, Exercisability and Termination .

(a) No portion of this Stock Option may be exercised until such portion shall have vested and become exercisable.

(b) Except as set forth below, and subject to the determination of the Committee in its sole discretion to accelerate the vesting schedule hereunder, this Stock Option shall be vested and exercisable on the respective dates indicated below:

(i) This Stock Option shall initially be unvested and unexercisable.

(ii) This Stock Option shall vest and become exercisable in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Grant Notice.

(c) Termination . Except as may otherwise be provided by the Committee, if the Optionee’s Service Relationship is terminated, the period within which to exercise this Stock Option will be subject to earlier termination as set forth below (and if not exercised within such period, shall thereafter terminate subject, in each case, to Section 3(c) of the Plan):

(i) Termination Due to Death or Disability . If the Optionee’s Service Relationship terminates by reason of such Optionee’s death or Disability, this Stock Option may be exercised, to the extent exercisable on the date of such termination, by the Optionee, the Optionee’s legal representative or legatee for a period of 12 months from the date of death or Disability or until the Expiration Date, if earlier.

(ii) Other Termination . If the Optionee’s Service Relationship terminates for any reason other than death or Disability, and unless otherwise determined by the Committee, this Stock Option may be exercised, to the extent exercisable on the date of termination, for a period of 90 days from the date of termination or until the Expiration Date, if earlier; provided however , if the Optionee’s Service Relationship is terminated for Cause, this Stock Option shall terminate immediately upon the date of such termination.

For purposes hereof, the Committee’s determination of the reason for termination of the Optionee’s Service Relationship shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and his or her representatives or legatees and any Permitted Transferee. Any portion of this Stock Option that is not vested and exercisable on the date of termination of the Service Relationship shall terminate immediately and be null and void.

 

2


2. Exercise of Stock Option .

(a) The Optionee may exercise this Stock Option only in the following manner: Prior to the Expiration Date, the Optionee may deliver a Stock Option exercise notice (an “Exercise Notice”) in the form of Appendix A hereto indicating his or her election to purchase some or all of the Shares with respect to which this Stock Option is then exercisable. Such notice shall specify the number of Shares to be purchased. Payment of the purchase price may be made by one or more of the methods described in Section 5 of the Plan, subject to the limitations contained in such Section of the Plan, including the requirement that the Committee specifically approve in advance certain payment methods.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision hereof or of the Plan, no portion of this Stock Option shall be exercisable after the Expiration Date.

3. Incorporation of Plan . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Stock Option shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan.

4. Transferability of Stock Option . This Stock Option is personal to the Optionee and is not transferable by the Optionee in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. The Stock Option may be exercised during the Optionee’s lifetime only by the Optionee (or by the Optionee’s guardian or personal representative in the event of the Optionee’s incapacity). The Optionee may elect to designate a beneficiary by providing written notice of the name of such beneficiary to the Company, and may revoke or change such designation at any time by filing written notice of revocation or change with the Company; such beneficiary may exercise the Optionee’s Stock Option in the event of the Optionee’s death to the extent provided herein. If the Optionee does not designate a beneficiary, or if the designated beneficiary predeceases the Optionee, the legal representative of the Optionee may exercise this Stock Option to the extent provided herein in the event of the Optionee’s death.

5. Restrictions on Transfer of Shares . The Shares acquired upon exercise of the Stock Option shall be subject to certain transfer restrictions and other limitations including, without limitation, the provisions contained in Section 9 of the Plan.

6. Miscellaneous Provisions .

(a) Equitable Relief . The parties hereto agree and declare that legal remedies may be inadequate to enforce the provisions of this Agreement and that equitable relief, including specific performance and injunctive relief, may be used to enforce the provisions of this Agreement.

(b) Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure . If, as a result of any reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other similar change in the Common Stock, the outstanding shares of Common Stock are increased or decreased or are exchanged for a different number or kind of securities of the Company, the restrictions contained in this Agreement shall apply with equal force to additional and/or substitute securities, if any, received by the Optionee in exchange for, or by virtue of his or her ownership of, this Stock Option or Shares acquired pursuant thereto.

 

3


(c) Change and Modifications . This Agreement may not be orally changed, modified or terminated, nor shall any oral waiver of any of its terms be effective. This Agreement may be changed, modified or terminated only by an agreement in writing signed by the Company and the Optionee.

(d) Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as to matters within the scope thereof, and as to all other matters shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in the application of any law other than the law of the State of California.

(e) Headings . The headings are intended only for convenience in finding the subject matter and do not constitute part of the text of this Agreement and shall not be considered in the interpretation of this Agreement.

(f) Saving Clause . If any provision(s) of this Agreement shall be determined to be illegal or unenforceable, such determination shall in no manner affect the legality or enforceability of any other provision hereof.

(g) Notices . All notices, requests, consents and other communications shall be in writing and be deemed given when delivered personally, by telex or facsimile transmission or when received if mailed by first class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid. Notices to the Company or the Optionee shall be addressed as set forth underneath their signatures below, or to such other address or addresses as may have been furnished by such party in writing to the other.

(h) Benefit and Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective successors, assigns, and legal representatives. The Company has the right to assign this Agreement, and such assignee shall become entitled to all the rights of the Company hereunder to the extent of such assignment.

(i) Counterparts . For the convenience of the parties and to facilitate execution, this Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same document.

(j) Integration . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Stock Option and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.

7. Dispute Resolution .

(a) Except as provided below, any dispute arising out of or relating to the Plan or this Stock Option, this Agreement, or the breach, termination or validity of the Plan, this Stock Option or this Agreement, shall be finally settled by binding arbitration conducted expeditiously in accordance with the J.A.M.S./Endispute Comprehensive Arbitration Rules and Procedures (the “J.A.M.S. Rules”). The arbitration shall be governed by the United States Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. Sections 1-16, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof. The place of arbitration shall be San Francisco, California.

 

4


(b) The arbitration shall commence within 60 days of the date on which a written demand for arbitration is filed by any party hereto. In connection with the arbitration proceeding, the arbitrator shall have the power to order the production of documents by each party and any third-party witnesses. In addition, each party may take up to three depositions as of right, and the arbitrator may in his or her discretion allow additional depositions upon good cause shown by the moving party. However, the arbitrator shall not have the power to order the answering of interrogatories or the response to requests for admission. In connection with any arbitration, each party to the arbitration shall provide to the other, no later than seven business days before the date of the arbitration, the identity of all persons that may testify at the arbitration and a copy of all documents that may be introduced at the arbitration or considered or used by a party’s witness or expert. The arbitrator’s decision and award shall be made and delivered within six months of the selection of the arbitrator. The arbitrator’s decision shall set forth a reasoned basis for any award of damages or finding of liability. The arbitrator shall not have power to award damages in excess of actual compensatory damages and shall not multiply actual damages or award punitive damages, and each party hereby irrevocably waives any claim to such damages.

(c) The Company, the Optionee, each party to the Agreement and any other holder of Shares issued pursuant to this Agreement (each, a “Party”) covenants and agrees that such party will participate in the arbitration in good faith. This Section 7 applies equally to requests for temporary, preliminary or permanent injunctive relief, except that in the case of temporary or preliminary injunctive relief any party may proceed in court without prior arbitration for the limited purpose of avoiding immediate and irreparable harm.

(d) Each Party (i) hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any United States District Court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of enforcing the award or decision in any such proceeding, (ii) hereby waives, and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution (except as protected by applicable law), that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court, and (iii) hereby waives and agrees not to seek any review by any court of any other jurisdiction which may be called upon to grant an enforcement of the judgment of any such court. Each Party hereby consents to service of process by registered mail at the address to which notices are to be given. Each Party agrees that its, his or her submission to jurisdiction and its, his or her consent to service of process by mail is made for the express benefit of each other Party. Final judgment against any Party in any such action, suit or proceeding may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit, action or proceeding on the judgment, or in any other manner provided by or pursuant to the laws of such other jurisdiction.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

5


The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof hereby agreed to by the undersigned as of the date first above written.

 

GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.

By:

 

Name:

Title:

Address:

400 East Jamie Court, Suite 101

South San Francisco, CA 94080

 

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receiving and reviewing a copy of the Plan, including, without limitation, Section 9 thereof, and understands that this Stock Option is subject to the terms of the Plan and of this Agreement. This Agreement is hereby accepted, and the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement, SPECIFICALLY INCLUDING THE ARBITRATION PROVISIONS SET FORTH IN SECTION 7 OF THIS AGREEMENT, are hereby agreed to, by the undersigned as of the date first above written.

 

OPTIONEE:

 

Name:

Address:

 

 

 

 

SPOUSE’S CONSENT

I acknowledge that I have read the

foregoing Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement

and understand the contents thereof.

 

 

6


DESIGNATED BENEFICIARY:

 

Beneficiary’s Address:

 

 

 

 

7


Appendix A

STOCK OPTION EXERCISE NOTICE

Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc.

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

400 East Jamie Court, Suite 101

South San Francisco, CA 94080

Pursuant to the terms of the grant notice and stock option agreement between the undersigned and Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) dated              (the “Agreement”) under the Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. 2012 Stock Option and Grant Plan, I, [Insert Name]             , hereby [Circle One] partially/fully exercise such option by including herein payment in the amount of $            representing the purchase price for [Fill in number of Shares]             Shares. I have chosen the following form(s) of payment:

 

¨

  1.    Cash

¨

  2.    Certified or bank check payable to Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc.

¨

  3.    Other (as referenced in the Agreement and described in the Plan (please describe))

 

.

In connection with my exercise of the option as set forth above, I hereby represent and warrant to the Company as follows:

(i) I am purchasing the Shares for my own account for investment only, and not for resale or with a view to the distribution thereof.

(ii) I have had such an opportunity as I have deemed adequate to obtain from the Company such information as is necessary to permit me to evaluate the merits and risks of my investment in the Company and have consulted with my own advisers with respect to my investment in the Company.

(iii) I have sufficient experience in business, financial and investment matters to be able to evaluate the risks involved in the purchase of the Shares and to make an informed investment decision with respect to such purchase.

(iv) I can afford a complete loss of the value of the Shares and am able to bear the economic risk of holding such Shares for an indefinite period of time.

(v) I understand that the Shares may not be registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (it being understood that the Shares are being issued and sold in reliance on the exemption provided in Rule 701 thereunder) or any applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws and may not be sold or otherwise transferred or disposed of in the absence of an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 and under any applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws (or exemptions from the

 

8


registration requirement thereof). I further acknowledge that certificates representing Shares will bear restrictive legends reflecting the foregoing and/or that book entries for uncertificated Shares will include similar restrictive notations.

(vi) I have read and understand the Plan and acknowledge and agree that the Shares are subject to all of the relevant terms of the Plan, including without limitation, the transfer restrictions set forth in Section 9 of the Plan.

(vii) I understand and agree that the Company has a right of first refusal with respect to the Shares pursuant to Section 9(b) of the Plan.

(viii) I understand and agree that the Company has certain repurchase rights with respect to the Shares pursuant to Section 9(c) of the Plan.

(ix) I understand and agree that I may not sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of the Shares for a period of time following the effective date of a public offering by the Company as described in Section 9(f) of the Plan.

(x) I understand and agree that if, as a result of the issuance of the Shares to me hereunder, I will hold shares of capital stock constituting one percent (1%) or more of the Company’s then outstanding capital stock (treating for this purpose all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise or conversion of outstanding options, warrants or convertible securities, as if exercised and/or converted or exchanged), then, as a condition to my receipt of the Shares, I am required to execute an adoption agreement (substantially in the form attached hereto as Appendix A) to that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, dated December 22, 2014, by and among the Company and the stockholders listed as parties thereto, as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time (the “Stockholders Agreement”), as a Key Holder and Stockholder (as such terms are defined in the Stockholders Agreement), and I shall thereby be bound by, and subject to, all terms and provisions of the Stockholders Agreement applicable to a Key Holder and Stockholder.

 

Sincerely yours,

 

Name:
Address:

 

 

 

 

9


APPENDIX A

ADOPTION AGREEMENT

This Adoption Agreement (“ Adoption Agreement ”) is executed on             , 20    , by the undersigned (the “ Holder ”) pursuant to the terms of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement dated as of December 22, 2014 (the “ Agreement ”), by and among the Company and certain of its Stockholders, as such Agreement may be amended or amended and restated hereafter. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Adoption Agreement shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement. By the execution of this Adoption Agreement, the Holder agrees as follows:

1.1 Acknowledgment . Holder acknowledges that Holder is acquiring certain shares of the capital stock of the Company (the “ Stock ”) in accordance with Section 8.2(b) of the Agreement, as a new party who is not a new Investor, in which case Holder will be a “Key Holder” and a “Stockholder” for all purposes of the Agreement.

1.2 Agreement . Holder hereby (a) agrees that the Stock, and any other shares of capital stock or securities required by the Agreement to be bound thereby, shall be bound by and subject to the terms of the Agreement and (b) adopts the Agreement with the same force and effect as if Holder were originally a party thereto.

1.3 Notice . Any notice required or permitted by the Agreement shall be given to Holder at the address or facsimile number listed below Holder’s signature hereto.

 

HOLDER     ACCEPTED AND AGREED:
By:

 

    GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.
Name and Title of Signatory
Address:

 

  By:

 

 

  Title:

 

Facsimile Number:

 

 

10


RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD NOTICE

UNDER THE GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.

2012 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN

Pursuant to the Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. 2012 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the “Plan”), Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. , a Delaware corporation (together with any successor, the “Company”), hereby grants, sells and issues to the individual named below, the Shares at the Per Share Purchase Price, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Restricted Stock Award Notice (the “Award Notice”), the attached Restricted Stock Agreement (the “Agreement”) and the Plan. The Grantee agrees to the provisions set forth herein and acknowledges that each such provision is a material condition of the Company’s agreement to issue and sell the Shares to him or her. The Company hereby acknowledges receipt of $            in full payment for the Shares. All references to share prices and amounts herein shall be equitably adjusted to reflect stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations, mergers, reorganizations and similar changes affecting the capital stock of the Company, and any shares of capital stock of the Company received on or in respect of Shares in connection with any such event (including any shares of capital stock or any right, option or warrant to receive the same or any security convertible into or exchangeable for any such shares or received upon conversion of any such shares) shall be subject to this Agreement on the same basis and extent at the relevant time as the Shares in respect of which they were issued, and shall be deemed Shares as if and to the same extent they were issued at the date hereof.

 

Name of Grantee:

 

(the “Grantee”)
No. of Shares:                                  Shares of Common Stock (the “Shares”)
Grant (Board Approval) Date:                                       ,         
Purchase Date:                                       ,         
Vesting Commencement Date:                                       ,          (the “Vesting Commencement Date”)
Per Share Purchase Price: $                                               (the “Per Share Purchase Price”)
Vesting Schedule: 25% of the Shares shall vest on the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date; provided that the Grantee continues to have a Service Relationship with the Company at such time. Thereafter, the remaining 75% of the Shares shall vest in 12 equal quarterly installments following the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, provided the Grantee continues to have a Service Relationship with the Company at such time. Notwithstanding anything in the Agreement to the contrary in the case of a Sale Event, the Shares of Restricted Stock shall be treated as provided in Section 3(c) of the Plan [; provided, however INSERT ANY ACCELERATED VESTING PROVISIONS HERE] .

Attachments: Restricted Stock Agreement, 2012 Stock Option and Grant Plan


RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT

UNDER THE GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.

2012 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN

All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Award Notice and the Plan.

1. Purchase and Sale of Shares; Vesting; Investment Representations .

(a) Purchase and Sale . The Company hereby sells to the Grantee, and the Grantee hereby purchases from the Company, the number of Shares set forth in the Award Notice for the Per Share Purchase Price.

(b) Vesting . Initially, all of the Shares are non-transferable and subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture and are Shares of Restricted Stock. The risk of forfeiture shall lapse with respect to the Shares on the respective dates indicated on the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Award Notice.

(c) Investment Representations . In connection with the purchase and sale of the Shares contemplated by Section 1(a) above, the Grantee hereby represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

(i) The Grantee is purchasing the Shares for the Grantee’s own account for investment only, and not for resale or with a view to the distribution thereof.

(ii) The Grantee has had such an opportunity as he or she has deemed adequate to obtain from the Company such information as is necessary to permit him or her to evaluate the merits and risks of the Grantee’s investment in the Company and has consulted with the Grantee’s own advisers with respect to the Grantee’s investment in the Company.

(iii) The Grantee has sufficient experience in business, financial and investment matters to be able to evaluate the risks involved in the purchase of the Shares and to make an informed investment decision with respect to such purchase.

(iv) The Grantee can afford a complete loss of the value of the Shares and is able to bear the economic risk of holding such Shares for an indefinite period.

(v) The Grantee understands that the Shares are not registered under the Act (it being understood that the Shares are being issued and sold in reliance on the exemption provided in Rule 701 thereunder) or any applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws and may not be sold or otherwise transferred or disposed of in the absence of an effective registration statement under the Act and under any applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws (or exemptions from the registration requirements thereof). The Grantee further acknowledges that certificates representing the Shares will bear restrictive legends reflecting the foregoing and/or that book entries for uncertificated Shares will include similar restrictive notations.

 

2


(vi) The Grantee has read and understands the Plan and acknowledges and agrees that the Shares are subject to all of the relevant terms of the Plan, including without limitation, the transfer restrictions set forth in Section 9 of the Plan.

(vii) The Grantee understands and agrees that the Company has a right of first refusal with respect to the Shares pursuant to Section 9(b) of the Plan.

(viii) The Grantee understands and agree that the Company has certain repurchase rights with respect to the Shares pursuant to Section 9(c) of the Plan.

(ix) The Grantee understands and agrees that the Grantee may not sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of the Shares for a period of time following the effective date of a public offering by the Company as described in Section 9(f) of the Plan.

2. Repurchase Right . Upon a Termination Event, the Company shall have the right to repurchase Shares of Restricted Stock that are unvested as of the date of such Termination Event as set forth in Section 9(c) of the Plan.

3. Restrictions on Transfer of Shares . The Shares (whether or not vested) shall be subject to certain transfer restrictions and other limitations including, without limitation, the provisions contained in Section 9 of the Plan

4. Incorporation of Plan . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Restricted Stock Award shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan.

5. Miscellaneous Provisions .

(a) Record Owner; Dividends . The Grantee and any Permitted Transferees, during the duration of this Agreement, shall be considered the record owners of and shall be entitled to vote the Shares if and to the extent the Shares are entitled to voting rights. The Grantee and any Permitted Transferees shall be entitled to receive all dividends and any other distributions declared on the Shares; provided , however , that the Company is under no duty to declare any such dividends or to make any such distribution.

(b) Section 83(b) Election . The Grantee shall consult with the Grantee’s tax advisor to determine whether it would be appropriate for the Grantee to make an election under Section 83(b) of the Code with respect to this Award. Any such election must be filed with the Internal Revenue Service within 30 days of the date of this Award. If the Grantee makes an election under Section 83(b) of the Code, the Grantee shall give prompt notice to the Company (and provide a copy of such election to the Company). A form of Section 83(b) Election is attached hereto as Exhibit A .

(c) Equitable Relief . The parties hereto agree and declare that legal remedies may be inadequate to enforce the provisions of this Agreement and that equitable relief, including specific performance and injunctive relief, may be used to enforce the provisions of this Agreement.

 

3


(d) Change and Modifications . This Agreement may not be orally changed, modified or terminated, nor shall any oral waiver of any of its terms be effective. This Agreement may be changed, modified or terminated only by an agreement in writing signed by the Company and the Grantee.

(e) Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as to matters within the scope thereof, and as to all other matters shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in the application of any law other than the law of the State of California.

(f) Headings . The headings are intended only for convenience in finding the subject matter and do not constitute part of the text of this Agreement and shall not be considered in the interpretation of this Agreement.

(g) Saving Clause . If any provision(s) of this Agreement shall be determined to be illegal or unenforceable, such determination shall in no manner affect the legality or enforceability of any other provision hereof.

(h) Notices . All notices, requests, consents and other communications shall be in writing and be deemed given when delivered personally, by telex or facsimile transmission or when received if mailed by first class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid. Notices to the Company or the Grantee shall be addressed as set forth underneath their signatures below, or to such other address or addresses as may have been furnished by such party in writing to the other.

(i) Benefit and Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective successors, assigns, and legal representatives. The Company has the right to assign this Agreement, and such assignee shall become entitled to all the rights of the Company hereunder to the extent of such assignment.

(j) Counterparts . For the convenience of the parties and to facilitate execution, this Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same document.

(k) Integration . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Award and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.

6. Dispute Resolution .

(a) Except as provided below, any dispute arising out of or relating to the Plan or the Shares, this Agreement, or the breach, termination or validity of the Plan, the Shares or this Agreement, shall be finally settled by binding arbitration conducted expeditiously in accordance with the J.A.M.S./Endispute Comprehensive Arbitration Rules and Procedures (the “J.A.M.S. Rules”). The arbitration shall be governed by the United States Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. Sections 1 - 16, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof. The place of arbitration shall be San Francisco, California.

 

4


(b) The arbitration shall commence within 60 days of the date on which a written demand for arbitration is filed by any party hereto. In connection with the arbitration proceeding, the arbitrator shall have the power to order the production of documents by each party and any third-party witnesses. In addition, each party may take up to three depositions as of right, and the arbitrator may in his or her discretion allow additional depositions upon good cause shown by the moving party. However, the arbitrator shall not have the power to order the answering of interrogatories or the response to requests for admission. In connection with any arbitration, each party to the arbitration shall provide to the other, no later than seven business days before the date of the arbitration, the identity of all persons that may testify at the arbitration and a copy of all documents that may be introduced at the arbitration or considered or used by a party’s witness or expert. The arbitrator’s decision and award shall be made and delivered within six months of the selection of the arbitrator. The arbitrator’s decision shall set forth a reasoned basis for any award of damages or finding of liability. The arbitrator shall not have power to award damages in excess of actual compensatory damages and shall not multiply actual damages or award punitive damages, and each party hereby irrevocably waives any claim to such damages.

(c) The Company, the Grantee, each party to the Agreement and any other holder of Shares issued pursuant to this Agreement (each, a “Party”) covenants and agrees that such party will participate in the arbitration in good faith. This Section 6 applies equally to requests for temporary, preliminary or permanent injunctive relief, except that in the case of temporary or preliminary injunctive relief any party may proceed in court without prior arbitration for the limited purpose of avoiding immediate and irreparable harm.

(d) Each Party (i) hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any United States District Court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of enforcing the award or decision in any such proceeding, (ii) hereby waives, and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution (except as protected by applicable law), that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court, and (iii) hereby waives and agrees not to seek any review by any court of any other jurisdiction which may be called upon to grant an enforcement of the judgment of any such court. Each Party hereby consents to service of process by registered mail at the address to which notices are to be given. Each Party agrees that its, his or her submission to jurisdiction and its, his or her consent to service of process by mail is made for the express benefit of each other Party. Final judgment against any Party in any such action, suit or proceeding may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit, action or proceeding on the judgment, or in any other manner provided by or pursuant to the laws of such other jurisdiction.

7. Stockholders Agreement . The Grantee understands and agrees that if, as a result of the issuance of the Shares to the Grantee hereunder, the Grantee will hold shares of capital stock constituting one percent (1%) or more of the Company’s then outstanding capital stock (treating for this purpose all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise or conversion of outstanding options, warrants or convertible securities, as if exercised and/or converted or exchanged), then, as a condition to Grantee’s receipt of the Shares, Grantee is required to execute an adoption agreement (substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B ) to that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, dated December 22, 2014, by and among the Company and the

 

5


stockholders listed as parties thereto, as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time (the “Stockholders Agreement”), as a Key Holder and Stockholder (as such terms are defined in the Stockholders Agreement), and the Grantee shall thereby be bound by, and subject to, all terms and provisions of the Stockholders Agreement applicable to a Key Holder and Stockholder.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

6


The foregoing Restricted Stock Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof are hereby agreed to by the undersigned as of the date first above written.

 

GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.
By:

 

Name:
Title:
Address:

400 East Jamie Court, Suite 101

South San Francisco, CA 94080

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receiving and reviewing a copy of the Plan, including, without limitation, Section 9 thereof and understands that the Shares granted hereby are subject to the terms of the Plan and of this Agreement. This Agreement is hereby accepted, and the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Award Notice and this Agreement, SPECIFICALLY INCLUDING THE ARBITRATION PROVISIONS SET FORTH IN SECTION 6 OF THIS AGREEMENT, are hereby agreed to, by the undersigned as of the date first above written.

 

GRANTEE:

 

Name:
Address:

 

 

 

 

SPOUSE’S CONSENT

I acknowledge that I have read the

foregoing Restricted Stock Agreement

and understand the contents thereof.

 

 

7


EXHIBIT A

SECTION 83(B) ELECTION

( See Attached )

** Note: The 83(b) Election must be filed no later than 30 days after the date on which the property is transferred. The IRS has indicated that the election form should be sent to the IRS address listed for the taxpayer’s state under “Are you not including a check or money order . . .” given in Where Do You File in the Instructions for Form 1040 and the Instructions for Form 1040A (this information can also be found by clicking on your state at: http://www.irs.gov/file/content/0,,id=105690,00.html) **


SECTION 83(B) ELECTION

The undersigned hereby elects pursuant to §83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to include in gross income as compensation for services the excess (if any) of the fair market value of the shares described below over the amount paid for those shares.

 

1. The name, taxpayer identification number, address of the undersigned, and the taxable year for which this election is being made are:
Taxpayer’s Name:

 

   Taxpayer’s Social Security Number:

 

   Address:

 

 

Taxable Year: Calendar Year 201     
2. The property which is the subject of this election is                      shares of common stock of Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc.
3. The property was transferred to the undersigned on                      , 201      .
The property is subject to the following restrictions:
The Shares will be subject to restrictions on transfer and risk of forfeiture upon termination of service relationship and in certain other events
4. The fair market value of the property at time of transfer (determined without regard to any restrictions other than nonlapse restrictions as defined in §1.83-3(h) of the Income Tax Regulations) is $              per share x                      shares = $                      .
5. For the property transferred, the undersigned paid $              per share x                      shares = $                      .
6. The amount to include in gross income is $                      . 1

The undersigned taxpayer will file this election with the Internal Revenue Service Office with which the taxpayer files his or her annual income tax return not later than 30 days after the date of transfer of the property. A copy of the election will also be furnished to the person for whom the services were performed. Additionally, the undersigned will include a copy of the election with his or her income tax return for the taxable year in which the property is transferred. The undersigned is the person performing services in connection with which the property was transferred.

 

Dated:                      , 201     

 

Taxpayer

 

1   The amount reported in Item 4 minus the amount reported in Item 5.


EXHIBIT B

ADOPTION AGREEMENT

This Adoption Agreement (“ Adoption Agreement ”) is executed on                 , 20    , by the undersigned (the “ Holder ”) pursuant to the terms of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement dated as of December 22, 2014 (the “ Agreement ”), by and among the Company and certain of its Stockholders, as such Agreement may be amended or amended and restated hereafter. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Adoption Agreement shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement. By the execution of this Adoption Agreement, the Holder agrees as follows:

1.1 Acknowledgment . Holder acknowledges that Holder is acquiring certain shares of the capital stock of the Company (the “ Stock ”) in accordance with Section 8.2(b) of the Agreement, as a new party who is not a new Investor, in which case Holder will be a “Key Holder” and a “Stockholder” for all purposes of the Agreement.

1.2 Agreement . Holder hereby (a) agrees that the Stock, and any other shares of capital stock or securities required by the Agreement to be bound thereby, shall be bound by and subject to the terms of the Agreement and (b) adopts the Agreement with the same force and effect as if Holder were originally a party thereto.

1.3 Notice . Any notice required or permitted by the Agreement shall be given to Holder at the address or facsimile number listed below Holder’s signature hereto.

 

HOLDER ACCEPTED AND AGREED:
By:

 

GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.
Name and Title of Signatory
Address:

 

          By:

 

             Title:

 

Facsimile Number:

 


INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE

UNDER THE GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.

2012 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN

Pursuant to the Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. 2012 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the “Plan”), Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with any successor, the “Company”), has granted to the individual named below, an option (the “Stock Option”) to purchase on or prior to the Expiration Date, or such earlier date as is specified herein, all or any part of the number of shares of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Common Stock”), of the Company indicated below (the “Shares”), at the Option Exercise Price per share, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Incentive Stock Option Grant Notice (the “Grant Notice”), the attached Incentive Stock Option Agreement (the “Agreement”) and the Plan. This Stock Option is intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time (the “Code”). To the extent that any portion of the Stock Option does not so qualify, it shall be deemed a non-qualified stock option.

 

Name of Optionee:

 

(the “Optionee”)

No. of Shares:

                                 Shares of Common Stock

Grant Date:

 

Vesting Commencement Date:

 

(the “Vesting Commencement Date”)

Expiration Date:

 

(the “Expiration Date”)

Option Exercise Price/Share:

$                                               (the “Option Exercise Price”)

Vesting Schedule:

25% of the Shares shall vest and become exercisable on the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date; provided that the Optionee continues to have a Service Relationship with the Company at such time. Thereafter, the remaining 75% of the Shares shall vest and become exercisable in 12 equal quarterly installments following the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, provided the Optionee continues to have a Service Relationship with the Company at such time. Notwithstanding anything in the Agreement to the contrary, in the case of a Sale Event, this Stock Option and the Shares shall be treated as provided in Section 3(c) of the Plan [; provided, however INSERT ANY ACCELERATED VESTING PROVISION HERE].

Attachments : Incentive Stock Option Agreement, 2012 Stock Option and Grant Plan


INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

UNDER THE GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.

2012 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN

All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Grant Notice and the Plan.

1. Vesting, Exercisability and Termination .

(a) No portion of this Stock Option may be exercised until such portion shall have vested and become exercisable.

(b) Except as set forth below, and subject to the determination of the Committee in its sole discretion to accelerate the vesting schedule hereunder, this Stock Option shall be vested and exercisable on the respective dates indicated below:

(i) This Stock Option shall initially be unvested and unexercisable.

(ii) This Stock Option shall vest and become exercisable in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Grant Notice.

(c) Termination . Except as may otherwise be provided by the Committee, if the Optionee’s Service Relationship is terminated, the period within which to exercise this Stock Option will be subject to earlier termination as set forth below (and if not exercised within such period, shall thereafter terminate subject, in each case, to Section 3(c) of the Plan):

(i) Termination Due to Death or Disability . If the Optionee’s Service Relationship terminates by reason of such Optionee’s death or Disability, this Stock Option may be exercised, to the extent exercisable on the date of such termination, by the Optionee, the Optionee’s legal representative or legatee for a period of 12 months from the date of death or Disability or until the Expiration Date, if earlier.

(ii) Other Termination . If the Optionee’s Service Relationship terminates for any reason other than death or Disability, and unless otherwise determined by the Committee, this Stock Option may be exercised, to the extent exercisable on the date of termination, for a period of 90 days from the date of termination or until the Expiration Date, if earlier; provided however , if the Optionee’s Service Relationship is terminated for Cause, this Stock Option shall terminate immediately upon the date of such termination.

For purposes hereof, the Committee’s determination of the reason for termination of the Optionee’s Service Relationship shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and his or her representatives or legatees. Any portion of this Stock Option that is not vested and exercisable on the date of termination of the Service Relationship shall terminate immediately and be null and void.

 

2


(d) It is understood and intended that this Stock Option is intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Code to the extent permitted under applicable law. Accordingly, the Optionee understands that in order to obtain the benefits of an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Code, no sale or other disposition may be made of Shares for which incentive stock option treatment is desired within the one-year period beginning on the day after the day of the transfer of such Shares to him or her, nor within the two-year period beginning on the day after Grant Date of this Stock Option and further that this Stock Option must be exercised within three months after termination of employment as an employee (or 12 months in the case of death or disability) to qualify as an incentive stock option. If the Optionee disposes (whether by sale, gift, transfer or otherwise) of any such Shares within either of these periods, he or she will notify the Company within 30 days after such disposition. The Optionee also agrees to provide the Company with any information concerning any such dispositions required by the Company for tax purposes. Further, to the extent this Stock Option and any other incentive stock options of the Optionee having an aggregate Fair Market Value in excess of $100,000 (determined as of the Grant Date) first become exercisable in any year, such options will not qualify as incentive stock options.

2. Exercise of Stock Option .

(a) The Optionee may exercise this Stock Option only in the following manner: Prior to the Expiration Date, the Optionee may deliver a Stock Option exercise notice (an “Exercise Notice”) in the form of Appendix A hereto indicating his or her election to purchase some or all of the Shares with respect to which this Stock Option is then exercisable. Such notice shall specify the number of Shares to be purchased. Payment of the purchase price may be made by one or more of the methods described in Section 5 of the Plan, subject to the limitations contained in such Section of the Plan, including the requirement that the Committee specifically approve in advance certain payment methods.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision hereof or of the Plan, no portion of this Stock Option shall be exercisable after the Expiration Date.

3. Incorporation of Plan . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Stock Option shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan.

4. Transferability of Stock Option . This Stock Option is personal to the Optionee and is not transferable by the Optionee in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. The Stock Option may be exercised during the Optionee’s lifetime only by the Optionee (or by the Optionee’s guardian or personal representative in the event of the Optionee’s incapacity). The Optionee may elect to designate a beneficiary by providing written notice of the name of such beneficiary to the Company, and may revoke or change such designation at any time by filing written notice of revocation or change with the Company; such beneficiary may exercise the Optionee’s Stock Option in the event of the Optionee’s death to the extent provided herein. If the Optionee does not designate a beneficiary, or if the designated beneficiary predeceases the Optionee, the legal representative of the Optionee may exercise this Stock Option to the extent provided herein in the event of the Optionee’s death.

 

3


5. Restrictions on Transfer of Shares . The Shares acquired upon exercise of the Stock Option shall be subject to certain transfer restrictions and other limitations including, without limitation, the provisions contained in Section 9 of the Plan.

6. Miscellaneous Provisions .

(a) Equitable Relief . The parties hereto agree and declare that legal remedies may be inadequate to enforce the provisions of this Agreement and that equitable relief, including specific performance and injunctive relief, may be used to enforce the provisions of this Agreement.

(b) Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure . If, as a result of any reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other similar change in the Common Stock, the outstanding shares of Common Stock are increased or decreased or are exchanged for a different number or kind of securities of the Company, the restrictions contained in this Agreement shall apply with equal force to additional and/or substitute securities, if any, received by the Optionee in exchange for, or by virtue of his or her ownership of, this Stock Option or Shares acquired pursuant thereto.

(c) Change and Modifications . This Agreement may not be orally changed, modified or terminated, nor shall any oral waiver of any of its terms be effective. This Agreement may be changed, modified or terminated only by an agreement in writing signed by the Company and the Optionee.

(d) Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as to matters within the scope thereof, and as to all other matters shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in the application of any law other than the law of the State of California.

(e) Headings . The headings are intended only for convenience in finding the subject matter and do not constitute part of the text of this Agreement and shall not be considered in the interpretation of this Agreement.

(f) Saving Clause . If any provision(s) of this Agreement shall be determined to be illegal or unenforceable, such determination shall in no manner affect the legality or enforceability of any other provision hereof.

(g) Notices . All notices, requests, consents and other communications shall be in writing and be deemed given when delivered personally, by telex or facsimile transmission or when received if mailed by first class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid. Notices to the Company or the Optionee shall be addressed as set forth underneath their signatures below, or to such other address or addresses as may have been furnished by such party in writing to the other.

(h) Benefit and Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective successors, assigns, and legal representatives. The Company has the right to assign this Agreement, and such assignee shall become entitled to all the rights of the Company hereunder to the extent of such assignment.

 

4


(i) Counterparts . For the convenience of the parties and to facilitate execution, this Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same document.

(j) Integration . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Stock Option and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.

7. Dispute Resolution .

(a) Except as provided below, any dispute arising out of or relating to the Plan or this Stock Option, this Agreement, or the breach, termination or validity of the Plan, this Stock Option or this Agreement, shall be finally settled by binding arbitration conducted expeditiously in accordance with the J.A.M.S./Endispute Comprehensive Arbitration Rules and Procedures (the “J.A.M.S. Rules”). The arbitration shall be governed by the United States Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. Sections 1 16, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof. The place of arbitration shall be San Francisco, California.

(b) The arbitration shall commence within 60 days of the date on which a written demand for arbitration is filed by any party hereto. In connection with the arbitration proceeding, the arbitrator shall have the power to order the production of documents by each party and any third-party witnesses. In addition, each party may take up to three depositions as of right, and the arbitrator may in his or her discretion allow additional depositions upon good cause shown by the moving party. However, the arbitrator shall not have the power to order the answering of interrogatories or the response to requests for admission. In connection with any arbitration, each party to the arbitration shall provide to the other, no later than seven business days before the date of the arbitration, the identity of all persons that may testify at the arbitration and a copy of all documents that may be introduced at the arbitration or considered or used by a party’s witness or expert. The arbitrator’s decision and award shall be made and delivered within six months of the selection of the arbitrator. The arbitrator’s decision shall set forth a reasoned basis for any award of damages or finding of liability. The arbitrator shall not have power to award damages in excess of actual compensatory damages and shall not multiply actual damages or award punitive damages, and each party hereby irrevocably waives any claim to such damages.

(c) The Company, the Optionee, each party to the Agreement and any other holder of Shares issued pursuant to this Agreement (each, a “Party”) covenants and agrees that such party will participate in the arbitration in good faith. This Section 7 applies equally to requests for temporary, preliminary or permanent injunctive relief, except that in the case of temporary or preliminary injunctive relief any party may proceed in court without prior arbitration for the limited purpose of avoiding immediate and irreparable harm.

 

5


(d) Each Party (i) hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any United States District Court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of enforcing the award or decision in any such proceeding, (ii) hereby waives, and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution (except as protected by applicable law), that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court, and (iii) hereby waives and agrees not to seek any review by any court of any other jurisdiction which may be called upon to grant an enforcement of the judgment of any such court. Each Party hereby consents to service of process by registered mail at the address to which notices are to be given. Each Party agrees that its, his or her submission to jurisdiction and its, his or her consent to service of process by mail is made for the express benefit of each other Party. Final judgment against any Party in any such action, suit or proceeding may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit, action or proceeding on the judgment, or in any other manner provided by or pursuant to the laws of such other jurisdiction.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

6


The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof hereby agreed to by the undersigned as of the date first above written.

 

GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.
By:

 

Name:
Title:
Address:

400 East Jamie Court, Suite 101

South San Francisco, CA 94080

 

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receiving and reviewing a copy of the Plan, including, without limitation, Section 9 thereof, and understands that this Stock Option is subject to the terms of the Plan and of this Agreement. This Agreement is hereby accepted, and the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement, SPECIFICALLY INCLUDING THE ARBITRATION PROVISIONS SET FORTH IN SECTION 7 OF THIS AGREEMENT, are hereby agreed to, by the undersigned as of the date first above written.

 

OPTIONEE:

 

Name:
Address:

 

 

 

SPOUSE’S CONSENT

I acknowledge that I have read the

foregoing Incentive Stock Option Agreement

and understand the contents thereof.

 

 

 

DESIGNATED BENEFICIARY:

 

Beneficiary’s Address:

 

 

 

 

7


Appendix A

STOCK OPTION EXERCISE NOTICE

Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc.

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

400 East Jamie Court, Suite 101

South San Francisco, CA 94080

Pursuant to the terms of the grant notice and stock option agreement between the undersigned and Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) dated             (the “Agreement”) under the Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. 2012 Stock Option and Grant Plan, I, [Insert Name]                 , hereby [Circle One] partially/fully exercise such option by including herein payment in the amount of $        representing the purchase price for [Fill in number of Shares]         Shares. I have chosen the following form(s) of payment:

 

¨

  1.    Cash

¨

  2.    Certified or bank check payable to Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc.

¨

  3.    Other (as referenced in the Agreement and described in the Plan (please describe))
                                                                                                                                                                                                     .

In connection with my exercise of the option as set forth above, I hereby represent and warrant to the Company as follows:

(i) I am purchasing the Shares for my own account for investment only, and not for resale or with a view to the distribution thereof.

(ii) I have had such an opportunity as I have deemed adequate to obtain from the Company such information as is necessary to permit me to evaluate the merits and risks of my investment in the Company and have consulted with my own advisers with respect to my investment in the Company.

(iii) I have sufficient experience in business, financial and investment matters to be able to evaluate the risks involved in the purchase of the Shares and to make an informed investment decision with respect to such purchase.

(iv) I can afford a complete loss of the value of the Shares and am able to bear the economic risk of holding such Shares for an indefinite period of time.

(v) I understand that the Shares may not be registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (it being understood that the Shares are being issued and sold in reliance on the exemption provided in Rule 701 thereunder) or any applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws and may not be sold or otherwise transferred or disposed of in the absence of an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 and under any applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws (or exemptions from the

 

9


registration requirement thereof). I further acknowledge that certificates representing Shares will bear restrictive legends reflecting the foregoing and/or that book entries for uncertificated Shares will include similar restrictive notations.

(vi) I have read and understand the Plan and acknowledge and agree that the Shares are subject to all of the relevant terms of the Plan, including without limitation, the transfer restrictions set forth in Section 9 of the Plan.

(vii) I understand and agree that the Company has a right of first refusal with respect to the Shares pursuant to Section 9(b) of the Plan.

(viii) I understand and agree that the Company has certain repurchase rights with respect to the Shares pursuant to Section 9(c) of the Plan.

(ix) I understand and agree that I may not sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of the Shares for a period of time following the effective date of a public offering by the Company as described in Section 9(f) of the Plan.

(x) I understand and agree that if, as a result of the issuance of the Shares to me hereunder, I will hold shares of capital stock constituting one percent (1%) or more of the Company’s then outstanding capital stock (treating for this purpose all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise or conversion of outstanding options, warrants or convertible securities, as if exercised and/or converted or exchanged), then, as a condition to my receipt of the Shares, I am required to execute an adoption agreement (substantially in the form attached hereto as Appendix A) to that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, dated December 22, 2014, by and among the Company and the stockholders listed as parties thereto, as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time (the “Stockholders Agreement”), as a Key Holder and Stockholder (as such terms are defined in the Stockholders Agreement), and I shall thereby be bound by, and subject to, all terms and provisions of the Stockholders Agreement applicable to a Key Holder and Stockholder.

 

Sincerely yours,

 

Name:
Address:

 

 

 

 

10


Exhibit 10.1#

APPENDIX A

ADOPTION AGREEMENT

This Adoption Agreement (“ Adoption Agreement ”) is executed on                 , 20    , by the undersigned (the “ Holder ”) pursuant to the terms of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement dated as of December 22, 2014 (the “ Agreement ”), by and among the Company and certain of its Stockholders, as such Agreement may be amended or amended and restated hereafter. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Adoption Agreement shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement. By the execution of this Adoption Agreement, the Holder agrees as follows:

1.1 Acknowledgment . Holder acknowledges that Holder is acquiring certain shares of the capital stock of the Company (the “ Stock ”) in accordance with Section 8.2(b) of the Agreement, as a new party who is not a new Investor, in which case Holder will be a “Key Holder” and a “Stockholder” for all purposes of the Agreement.

1.2 Agreement . Holder hereby (a) agrees that the Stock, and any other shares of capital stock or securities required by the Agreement to be bound thereby, shall be bound by and subject to the terms of the Agreement and (b) adopts the Agreement with the same force and effect as if Holder were originally a party thereto.

1.3 Notice . Any notice required or permitted by the Agreement shall be given to Holder at the address or facsimile number listed below Holder’s signature hereto.

 

HOLDER ACCEPTED AND AGREED:
By:

 

GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.
Name and Title of Signatory
Address:

 

           By:

 

              Title:

 

Facsimile Number:

 

 


INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE

UNDER THE GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.

2012 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN

Pursuant to the Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. 2012 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the “Plan”), Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with any successor, the “Company”), has granted to the individual named below, an option (the “Stock Option”) to purchase on or prior to the Expiration Date, or such earlier date as is specified herein, all or any part of the number of shares of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Common Stock”), of the Company indicated below (the “Shares”), at the Option Exercise Price per share, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Incentive Stock Option Grant Notice (the “Grant Notice”), the attached Incentive Stock Option Agreement (the “Agreement”) and the Plan. This Stock Option is intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time (the “Code”). To the extent that any portion of the Stock Option does not so qualify, it shall be deemed a non-qualified stock option.

 

Name of Optionee:                                           (the “Optionee”)
No. of Shares:                  Shares of Common Stock
Grant Date:                     
Expiration Date:                      (the “Expiration Date”)
Option Exercise Price/Share: $          (the “Option Exercise Price”)
Vesting Schedule: All of the Shares are initially unvested and will vest in accordance with the schedule set forth on Exhibit A attached to the Agreement.
Notwithstanding anything in the Agreement to the contrary, in the case of a Sale Event, this Stock Option and the Shares shall be treated as provided in Section 3(c) of the Plan.

Attachments : Incentive Stock Option Agreement, 2012 Stock Option and Grant Plan


INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

UNDER THE GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.

2012 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN

All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Grant Notice and the Plan.

1. Vesting, Exercisability and Termination .

(a) No portion of this Stock Option may be exercised until such portion shall have vested and become exercisable.

(b) Except as set forth below, and subject to the determination of the Committee in its sole discretion to accelerate the vesting schedule hereunder, this Stock Option shall be vested and exercisable on the respective dates indicated below:

(i) This Stock Option shall initially be unvested and unexercisable.

(ii) This Stock Option shall vest and become exercisable in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto.

(c) Termination . Except as may otherwise be provided by the Committee, if the Optionee’s Service Relationship is terminated, the period within which to exercise this Stock Option will be subject to earlier termination as set forth below (and if not exercised within such period, shall thereafter terminate subject, in each case, to Section 3(c) of the Plan):

(i) Termination Due to Death or Disability . If the Optionee’s Service Relationship terminates by reason of such Optionee’s death or Disability, this Stock Option may be exercised, to the extent exercisable on the date of such termination, by the Optionee, the Optionee’s legal representative or legatee for a period of 12 months from the date of death or Disability or until the Expiration Date, if earlier.

(ii) Other Termination . If the Optionee’s Service Relationship terminates for any reason other than death or Disability, and unless otherwise determined by the Committee, this Stock Option may be exercised, to the extent exercisable on the date of termination, for a period of 90 days from the date of termination or until the Expiration Date, if earlier; provided however , if the Optionee’s Service Relationship is terminated for Cause, this Stock Option shall terminate immediately upon the date of such termination.

For purposes hereof, the Committee’s determination of the reason for termination of the Optionee’s Service Relationship shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and his or her representatives or legatees. Any portion of this Stock Option that is not vested and exercisable on the date of termination of the Service Relationship shall terminate immediately and be null and void.

 

2


(d) It is understood and intended that this Stock Option is intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Code to the extent permitted under applicable law. Accordingly, the Optionee understands that in order to obtain the benefits of an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Code, no sale or other disposition may be made of Shares for which incentive stock option treatment is desired within the one-year period beginning on the day after the day of the transfer of such Shares to him or her, nor within the two-year period beginning on the day after Grant Date of this Stock Option and further that this Stock Option must be exercised within three months after termination of employment as an employee (or 12 months in the case of death or disability) to qualify as an incentive stock option. If the Optionee disposes (whether by sale, gift, transfer or otherwise) of any such Shares within either of these periods, he or she will notify the Company within 30 days after such disposition. The Optionee also agrees to provide the Company with any information concerning any such dispositions required by the Company for tax purposes. Further, to the extent this Stock Option and any other incentive stock options of the Optionee having an aggregate Fair Market Value in excess of $100,000 (determined as of the Grant Date) first become exercisable in any year, such options will not qualify as incentive stock options.

2. Exercise of Stock Option .

(a) The Optionee may exercise this Stock Option only in the following manner: Prior to the Expiration Date, the Optionee may deliver a Stock Option exercise notice (an “Exercise Notice”) in the form of Appendix A hereto indicating his or her election to purchase some or all of the Shares with respect to which this Stock Option is then exercisable. Such notice shall specify the number of Shares to be purchased. Payment of the purchase price may be made by one or more of the methods described in Section 5 of the Plan, subject to the limitations contained in such Section of the Plan, including the requirement that the Committee specifically approve in advance certain payment methods.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision hereof or of the Plan, no portion of this Stock Option shall be exercisable after the Expiration Date.

3. Incorporation of Plan . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Stock Option shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan.

4. Transferability of Stock Option . This Stock Option is personal to the Optionee and is not transferable by the Optionee in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. The Stock Option may be exercised during the Optionee’s lifetime only by the Optionee (or by the Optionee’s guardian or personal representative in the event of the Optionee’s incapacity). The Optionee may elect to designate a beneficiary by providing written notice of the name of such beneficiary to the Company, and may revoke or change such designation at any time by filing written notice of revocation or change with the Company; such beneficiary may exercise the Optionee’s Stock Option in the event of the Optionee’s death to the extent provided herein. If the Optionee does not designate a beneficiary, or if the designated beneficiary predeceases the Optionee, the legal representative of the Optionee may exercise this Stock Option to the extent provided herein in the event of the Optionee’s death.

 

3


5. Restrictions on Transfer of Shares . The Shares acquired upon exercise of the Stock Option shall be subject to certain transfer restrictions and other limitations including, without limitation, the provisions contained in Section 9 of the Plan.

6. Miscellaneous Provisions .

(a) Equitable Relief . The parties hereto agree and declare that legal remedies may be inadequate to enforce the provisions of this Agreement and that equitable relief, including specific performance and injunctive relief, may be used to enforce the provisions of this Agreement.

(b) Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure . If, as a result of any reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other similar change in the Common Stock, the outstanding shares of Common Stock are increased or decreased or are exchanged for a different number or kind of securities of the Company, the restrictions contained in this Agreement shall apply with equal force to additional and/or substitute securities, if any, received by the Optionee in exchange for, or by virtue of his or her ownership of, this Stock Option or Shares acquired pursuant thereto.

(c) Change and Modifications . This Agreement may not be orally changed, modified or terminated, nor shall any oral waiver of any of its terms be effective. This Agreement may be changed, modified or terminated only by an agreement in writing signed by the Company and the Optionee.

(d) Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as to matters within the scope thereof, and as to all other matters shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in the application of any law other than the law of the State of California.

(e) Headings . The headings are intended only for convenience in finding the subject matter and do not constitute part of the text of this Agreement and shall not be considered in the interpretation of this Agreement.

(f) Saving Clause . If any provision(s) of this Agreement shall be determined to be illegal or unenforceable, such determination shall in no manner affect the legality or enforceability of any other provision hereof.

(g) Notices . All notices, requests, consents and other communications shall be in writing and be deemed given when delivered personally, by telex or facsimile transmission or when received if mailed by first class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid. Notices to the Company or the Optionee shall be addressed as set forth underneath their signatures below, or to such other address or addresses as may have been furnished by such party in writing to the other.

(h) Benefit and Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective successors, assigns, and legal representatives. The Company has the right to assign this Agreement, and such assignee shall become entitled to all the rights of the Company hereunder to the extent of such assignment.

 

4


(i) Counterparts . For the convenience of the parties and to facilitate execution, this Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same document.

(j) Integration . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Stock Option and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.

7. Dispute Resolution .

(a) Except as provided below, any dispute arising out of or relating to the Plan or this Stock Option, this Agreement, or the breach, termination or validity of the Plan, this Stock Option or this Agreement, shall be finally settled by binding arbitration conducted expeditiously in accordance with the J.A.M.S./Endispute Comprehensive Arbitration Rules and Procedures (the “J.A.M.S. Rules”). The arbitration shall be governed by the United States Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. Sections 1 16, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof. The place of arbitration shall be San Francisco, California.

(b) The arbitration shall commence within 60 days of the date on which a written demand for arbitration is filed by any party hereto. In connection with the arbitration proceeding, the arbitrator shall have the power to order the production of documents by each party and any third-party witnesses. In addition, each party may take up to three depositions as of right, and the arbitrator may in his or her discretion allow additional depositions upon good cause shown by the moving party. However, the arbitrator shall not have the power to order the answering of interrogatories or the response to requests for admission. In connection with any arbitration, each party to the arbitration shall provide to the other, no later than seven business days before the date of the arbitration, the identity of all persons that may testify at the arbitration and a copy of all documents that may be introduced at the arbitration or considered or used by a party’s witness or expert. The arbitrator’s decision and award shall be made and delivered within six months of the selection of the arbitrator. The arbitrator’s decision shall set forth a reasoned basis for any award of damages or finding of liability. The arbitrator shall not have power to award damages in excess of actual compensatory damages and shall not multiply actual damages or award punitive damages, and each party hereby irrevocably waives any claim to such damages.

(c) The Company, the Optionee, each party to the Agreement and any other holder of Shares issued pursuant to this Agreement (each, a “Party”) covenants and agrees that such party will participate in the arbitration in good faith. This Section 7 applies equally to requests for temporary, preliminary or permanent injunctive relief, except that in the case of temporary or preliminary injunctive relief any party may proceed in court without prior arbitration for the limited purpose of avoiding immediate and irreparable harm.

 

5


(d) Each Party (i) hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any United States District Court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of enforcing the award or decision in any such proceeding, (ii) hereby waives, and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution (except as protected by applicable law), that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court, and (iii) hereby waives and agrees not to seek any review by any court of any other jurisdiction which may be called upon to grant an enforcement of the judgment of any such court. Each Party hereby consents to service of process by registered mail at the address to which notices are to be given. Each Party agrees that its, his or her submission to jurisdiction and its, his or her consent to service of process by mail is made for the express benefit of each other Party. Final judgment against any Party in any such action, suit or proceeding may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit, action or proceeding on the judgment, or in any other manner provided by or pursuant to the laws of such other jurisdiction.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

6


The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof hereby agreed to by the undersigned as of the date first above written.

 

GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.
By:

 

Name: Ted W. Love, M.D.
Title: President and CEO
Address:

400 East Jamie Court, Suite 101

South San Francisco, CA 94080

 

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receiving and reviewing a copy of the Plan, including, without limitation, Section 9 thereof, and understands that this Stock Option is subject to the terms of the Plan and of this Agreement. This Agreement is hereby accepted, and the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement, SPECIFICALLY INCLUDING THE ARBITRATION PROVISIONS SET FORTH IN SECTION 7 OF THIS AGREEMENT, are hereby agreed to, by the undersigned as of the date first above written.

 

OPTIONEE:

 

Name:
Address:

 

 

 

 

SPOUSE’S CONSENT
I acknowledge that I have read the foregoing Incentive Stock Option Agreement and understand the contents thereof.

 

 

7


DESIGNATED BENEFICIARY:

 

Beneficiary’s Address:

 

 

 

 

8


EXHIBIT A

VESTING SCHEDULE

 

9


Appendix A

STOCK OPTION EXERCISE NOTICE

Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc.

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

400 East Jamie Court, Suite 101

South San Francisco, CA 94080

Pursuant to the terms of the grant notice and stock option agreement between the undersigned and Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) dated                     (the “Agreement”) under the Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. 2012 Stock Option and Grant Plan, I, [Insert Name]                     , hereby [Circle One] partially/fully exercise such option by including herein payment in the amount of $        representing the purchase price for [Fill in number of Shares]                  Shares. I have chosen the following form(s) of payment:

 

¨ 1. Cash
¨ 2. Certified or bank check payable to Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc.
¨ 3.

Other (as referenced in the Agreement and described in the Plan (please describe))

 

.

In connection with my exercise of the option as set forth above, I hereby represent and warrant to the Company as follows:

(i) I am purchasing the Shares for my own account for investment only, and not for resale or with a view to the distribution thereof.

(ii) I have had such an opportunity as I have deemed adequate to obtain from the Company such information as is necessary to permit me to evaluate the merits and risks of my investment in the Company and have consulted with my own advisers with respect to my investment in the Company.

(iii) I have sufficient experience in business, financial and investment matters to be able to evaluate the risks involved in the purchase of the Shares and to make an informed investment decision with respect to such purchase.

(iv) I can afford a complete loss of the value of the Shares and am able to bear the economic risk of holding such Shares for an indefinite period of time.

(v) I understand that the Shares may not be registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (it being understood that the Shares are being issued and sold in reliance on the exemption provided in Rule 701 thereunder) or any applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws and may not be sold or otherwise transferred or disposed of in the absence of an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 and under any applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws (or exemptions from the


registration requirement thereof). I further acknowledge that certificates representing Shares will bear restrictive legends reflecting the foregoing and/or that book entries for uncertificated Shares will include similar restrictive notations.

(vi) I have read and understand the Plan and acknowledge and agree that the Shares are subject to all of the relevant terms of the Plan, including without limitation, the transfer restrictions set forth in Section 9 of the Plan.

(vii) I understand and agree that the Company has a right of first refusal with respect to the Shares pursuant to Section 9(b) of the Plan.

(viii) I understand and agree that the Company has certain repurchase rights with respect to the Shares pursuant to Section 9(c) of the Plan.

(ix) I understand and agree that I may not sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of the Shares for a period of time following the effective date of a public offering by the Company as described in Section 9(f) of the Plan.

(x) I understand and agree that if, as a result of the issuance of the Shares to me hereunder, I will hold shares of capital stock constituting one percent (1%) or more of the Company’s then outstanding capital stock (treating for this purpose all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise or conversion of outstanding options, warrants or convertible securities, as if exercised and/or converted or exchanged), then, as a condition to my receipt of the Shares, I am required to execute an adoption agreement (substantially in the form attached hereto as Appendix B) to that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, dated December 22, 2014, by and among the Company and the stockholders listed as parties thereto, as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time (the “Stockholders Agreement”), as a Key Holder and Stockholder (as such terms are defined in the Stockholders Agreement), and I shall thereby be bound by, and subject to, all terms and provisions of the Stockholders Agreement applicable to a Key Holder and Stockholder.

 

Sincerely yours,

 

Name:
Address:

 

 

 


APPENDIX A

ADOPTION AGREEMENT

This Adoption Agreement (“ Adoption Agreement ”) is executed on             , 20    , by the undersigned (the “ Holder ”) pursuant to the terms of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement dated as of December 22, 2014 (the “ Agreement ”), by and among the Company and certain of its Stockholders, as such Agreement may be amended or amended and restated hereafter. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Adoption Agreement shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement. By the execution of this Adoption Agreement, the Holder agrees as follows:

1.1 Acknowledgment . Holder acknowledges that Holder is acquiring certain shares of the capital stock of the Company (the “ Stock ”) in accordance with Section 8.2(b) of the Agreement, as a new party who is not a new Investor, in which case Holder will be a “Key Holder” and a “Stockholder” for all purposes of the Agreement.

1.2 Agreement . Holder hereby (a) agrees that the Stock, and any other shares of capital stock or securities required by the Agreement to be bound thereby, shall be bound by and subject to the terms of the Agreement and (b) adopts the Agreement with the same force and effect as if Holder were originally a party thereto.

1.3 Notice . Any notice required or permitted by the Agreement shall be given to Holder at the address or facsimile number listed below Holder’s signature hereto.

 

HOLDER
By:

 

Name and Title of Signatory

 

Address:

 

 

 

Facsimile Number:

 

ACCEPTED AND AGREED:
GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.
By:

 

Title:

 

 


RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD NOTICE

UNDER THE GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.

2012 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN

Pursuant to the Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. 2012 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the “Plan”), Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with any successor, the “Company”), hereby grants, sells and issues to the individual named below, the Shares at the Per Share Purchase Price, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Restricted Stock Award Notice (the “Award Notice”), the attached Restricted Stock Agreement (the “Agreement”) and the Plan. The Grantee agrees to the provisions set forth herein and acknowledges that each such provision is a material condition of the Company’s agreement to issue and sell the Shares to him or her. The Company hereby acknowledges receipt of $          in full payment for the Shares. All references to share prices and amounts herein shall be equitably adjusted to reflect stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations, mergers, reorganizations and similar changes affecting the capital stock of the Company, and any shares of capital stock of the Company received on or in respect of Shares in connection with any such event (including any shares of capital stock or any right, option or warrant to receive the same or any security convertible into or exchangeable for any such shares or received upon conversion of any such shares) shall be subject to this Agreement on the same basis and extent at the relevant time as the Shares in respect of which they were issued, and shall be deemed Shares as if and to the same extent they were issued at the date hereof.

 

Name of Grantee:                                           (the “Grantee”)
No. of Shares:                  Shares of Common Stock (the “Shares”)
Grant (Board Approval) Date:                   ,             
Purchase Date:                   ,             
Per Share Purchase Price: $          (the “Per Share Purchase Price”)
Vesting Schedule: All of the Shares are initially unvested and will vest in accordance with the schedule set forth on Exhibit A attached to the Agreement.
Notwithstanding anything in the Agreement to the contrary in the case of a Sale Event, the Shares of Restricted Stock shall be treated as provided in Section 3(c) of the Plan.

Attachments: Restricted Stock Agreement, 2012 Stock Option and Grant Plan


RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT

UNDER THE GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.

2012 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN

All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Award Notice and the Plan.

1. Purchase and Sale of Shares; Vesting; Investment Representations .

(a) Purchase and Sale . The Company hereby sells to the Grantee, and the Grantee hereby purchases from the Company, the number of Shares set forth in the Award Notice for the Per Share Purchase Price.

(b) Vesting . Initially, all of the Shares are non-transferable and subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture and are Shares of Restricted Stock. The risk of forfeiture shall lapse with respect to the Shares on the respective dates indicated on the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Award Notice.

(c) Investment Representations . In connection with the purchase and sale of the Shares contemplated by Section 1(a) above, the Grantee hereby represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

(i) The Grantee is purchasing the Shares for the Grantee’s own account for investment only, and not for resale or with a view to the distribution thereof.

(ii) The Grantee has had such an opportunity as he or she has deemed adequate to obtain from the Company such information as is necessary to permit him or her to evaluate the merits and risks of the Grantee’s investment in the Company and has consulted with the Grantee’s own advisers with respect to the Grantee’s investment in the Company.

(iii) The Grantee has sufficient experience in business, financial and investment matters to be able to evaluate the risks involved in the purchase of the Shares and to make an informed investment decision with respect to such purchase.

(iv) The Grantee can afford a complete loss of the value of the Shares and is able to bear the economic risk of holding such Shares for an indefinite period.

(v) The Grantee understands that the Shares are not registered under the Act (it being understood that the Shares are being issued and sold in reliance on the exemption provided in Rule 701 thereunder) or any applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws and may not be sold or otherwise transferred or disposed of in the absence of an effective registration statement under the Act and under any applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws (or exemptions from the registration requirements thereof). The Grantee further acknowledges that certificates representing the Shares will bear restrictive legends reflecting the foregoing and/or that book entries for uncertificated Shares will include similar restrictive notations.


(vi) The Grantee has read and understands the Plan and acknowledges and agrees that the Shares are subject to all of the relevant terms of the Plan, including without limitation, the transfer restrictions set forth in Section 9 of the Plan.

(vii) The Grantee understands and agrees that the Company has a right of first refusal with respect to the Shares pursuant to Section 9(b) of the Plan.

(viii) The Grantee understands and agree that the Company has certain repurchase rights with respect to the Shares pursuant to Section 9(c) of the Plan.

(ix) The Grantee understands and agrees that the Grantee may not sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of the Shares for a period of time following the effective date of a public offering by the Company as described in Section 9(f) of the Plan.

2. Forfeiture of Unvested Shares . In the event any of the milestones set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto is not achieved on or before the respective outside dates for the achievement of such milestone in order for the corresponding Shares to vest as described on Exhibit A (each, a “Milestone Outside Date”), then notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Plan, the Company will be deemed to have automatically exercised its right of repurchase with respect to the corresponding number of Shares for such milestone as of the date thirty (30) days following the applicable Milestone Outside Date. In addition, upon a Termination Event or a Sale Event, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Plan, the Company will be deemed to have automatically exercised its right of repurchase with respect to all unvested Shares of Restricted Stock as of the date thirty (30) days following the date of the Termination Event or the Sale Event, as the case may be. Unless the Company otherwise notifies the Grantee that the Company does not intend to exercise its right of repurchase as to some or all of the unvested Shares to which it applies prior to the date thirty (30) days after the applicable Milestone Outside Date or the occurrence of the Termination Event or Sale Event, as the case may be, execution of this Agreement by the Grantee constitutes written notice to the Grantee of the Company’s intention to exercise its repurchase option with respect to all unvested Shares to which such repurchase option applies. The Company may satisfy its payment obligation to Grantee with respect to exercise of the repurchase option by delivering a check to Grantee in the amount of the lower of (a) the original Per Share Purchase Price or (b) the Fair Market Value of a Share as of the Milestone Outside Date or the date of the Termination Event or Sale Event, as the case may be, in each case multiplied by the number of unvested Shares being repurchased. The Company will use good faith efforts to satisfy its payment obligation to Grantee within fifteen (15) days after Company’s notice of exercise of the repurchase option (or deemed exercise). As a result of any repurchase of unvested Shares pursuant to this Section 2, all such unvested Shares shall immediately and automatically be forfeited and returned to the Company and will be deemed to become unallocated shares of Common Stock available for issuance pursuant to the Plan, without further action by Grantee.

3. Restrictions on Transfer of Shares . The Shares (whether or not vested) shall be subject to certain transfer restrictions and other limitations including, without limitation, the provisions contained in Section 9 of the Plan

4. Incorporation of Plan . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Restricted Stock Award shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

3


5. Miscellaneous Provisions .

(a) Record Owner; Dividends . The Grantee and any Permitted Transferees, during the duration of this Agreement, shall be considered the record owners of and shall be entitled to vote the Shares if and to the extent the Shares are entitled to voting rights. The Grantee and any Permitted Transferees shall be entitled to receive all dividends and any other distributions declared on the Shares; provided , however , that the Company is under no duty to declare any such dividends or to make any such distribution.

(b) Section 83(b) Election . The Grantee shall consult with the Grantee’s tax advisor to determine whether it would be appropriate for the Grantee to make an election under Section 83(b) of the Code with respect to this Award. Any such election must be filed with the Internal Revenue Service within 30 days of the date of this Award. If the Grantee makes an election under Section 83(b) of the Code, the Grantee shall give prompt notice to the Company (and provide a copy of such election to the Company). A form of Section 83(b) Election is attached hereto as Exhibit B .

(c) Equitable Relief . The parties hereto agree and declare that legal remedies may be inadequate to enforce the provisions of this Agreement and that equitable relief, including specific performance and injunctive relief, may be used to enforce the provisions of this Agreement.

(d) Change and Modifications . This Agreement may not be orally changed, modified or terminated, nor shall any oral waiver of any of its terms be effective. This Agreement may be changed, modified or terminated only by an agreement in writing signed by the Company and the Grantee.

(e) Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as to matters within the scope thereof, and as to all other matters shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in the application of any law other than the law of the State of California.

(f) Headings . The headings are intended only for convenience in finding the subject matter and do not constitute part of the text of this Agreement and shall not be considered in the interpretation of this Agreement.

(g) Saving Clause . If any provision(s) of this Agreement shall be determined to be illegal or unenforceable, such determination shall in no manner affect the legality or enforceability of any other provision hereof.

(h) Notices . All notices, requests, consents and other communications shall be in writing and be deemed given when delivered personally, by telex or facsimile transmission or when received if mailed by first class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid. Notices to the Company or the Grantee shall be addressed as set forth underneath their signatures below, or to such other address or addresses as may have been furnished by such party in writing to the other.

(i) Benefit and Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective successors, assigns, and legal representatives. The Company has the right to assign this Agreement, and such assignee shall become entitled to all the rights of the Company hereunder to the extent of such assignment.

 

4


(j) Counterparts . For the convenience of the parties and to facilitate execution, this Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same document.

(k) Integration . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Award and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.

6. Dispute Resolution .

(a) Except as provided below, any dispute arising out of or relating to the Plan or the Shares, this Agreement, or the breach, termination or validity of the Plan, the Shares or this Agreement, shall be finally settled by binding arbitration conducted expeditiously in accordance with the J.A.M.S./Endispute Comprehensive Arbitration Rules and Procedures (the “J.A.M.S. Rules”). The arbitration shall be governed by the United States Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. Sections 1 - 16, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof. The place of arbitration shall be San Francisco, California.

(b) The arbitration shall commence within 60 days of the date on which a written demand for arbitration is filed by any party hereto. In connection with the arbitration proceeding, the arbitrator shall have the power to order the production of documents by each party and any third-party witnesses. In addition, each party may take up to three depositions as of right, and the arbitrator may in his or her discretion allow additional depositions upon good cause shown by the moving party. However, the arbitrator shall not have the power to order the answering of interrogatories or the response to requests for admission. In connection with any arbitration, each party to the arbitration shall provide to the other, no later than seven business days before the date of the arbitration, the identity of all persons that may testify at the arbitration and a copy of all documents that may be introduced at the arbitration or considered or used by a party’s witness or expert. The arbitrator’s decision and award shall be made and delivered within six months of the selection of the arbitrator. The arbitrator’s decision shall set forth a reasoned basis for any award of damages or finding of liability. The arbitrator shall not have power to award damages in excess of actual compensatory damages and shall not multiply actual damages or award punitive damages, and each party hereby irrevocably waives any claim to such damages.

(c) The Company, the Grantee, each party to the Agreement and any other holder of Shares issued pursuant to this Agreement (each, a “Party”) covenants and agrees that such party will participate in the arbitration in good faith. This Section 6 applies equally to requests for temporary, preliminary or permanent injunctive relief, except that in the case of temporary or preliminary injunctive relief any party may proceed in court without prior arbitration for the limited purpose of avoiding immediate and irreparable harm.

(d) Each Party (i) hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any United States District Court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of enforcing the award or decision in any such proceeding, (ii) hereby waives, and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the

 

5


jurisdiction of the above named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution (except as protected by applicable law), that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court, and (iii) hereby waives and agrees not to seek any review by any court of any other jurisdiction which may be called upon to grant an enforcement of the judgment of any such court. Each Party hereby consents to service of process by registered mail at the address to which notices are to be given. Each Party agrees that its, his or her submission to jurisdiction and its, his or her consent to service of process by mail is made for the express benefit of each other Party. Final judgment against any Party in any such action, suit or proceeding may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit, action or proceeding on the judgment, or in any other manner provided by or pursuant to the laws of such other jurisdiction.

7. Stockholders Agreement . The Grantee understands and agrees that if, as a result of the issuance of the Shares to the Grantee hereunder, the Grantee will hold shares of capital stock constituting one percent (1%) or more of the Company’s then outstanding capital stock (treating for this purpose all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise or conversion of outstanding options, warrants or convertible securities, as if exercised and/or converted or exchanged), then, as a condition to Grantee’s receipt of the Shares, Grantee is required to execute an adoption agreement (substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C ) to that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, dated December 22, 2014, by and among the Company and the stockholders listed as parties thereto, as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time (the “Stockholders Agreement”), as a Key Holder and Stockholder (as such terms are defined in the Stockholders Agreement), and the Grantee shall thereby be bound by, and subject to, all terms and provisions of the Stockholders Agreement applicable to a Key Holder and Stockholder.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

6


The foregoing Restricted Stock Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof are hereby agreed to by the undersigned as of the date first above written.

 

GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.
By:

 

Name: Ted W. Love, M.D.
Title: President and CEO
Address:

400 East Jamie Court, Suite 101

South San Francisco, CA 94080

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receiving and reviewing a copy of the Plan, including, without limitation, Section 9 thereof and understands that the Shares granted hereby are subject to the terms of the Plan and of this Agreement. This Agreement is hereby accepted, and the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Award Notice and this Agreement, SPECIFICALLY INCLUDING THE ARBITRATION PROVISIONS SET FORTH IN SECTION 6 OF THIS AGREEMENT, are hereby agreed to, by the undersigned as of the date first above written.

 

GRANTEE:

 

Name:
Address:

 

 

 

 

SPOUSE’S CONSENT
I acknowledge that I have read the foregoing Restricted Stock Agreement and understand the contents thereof.

 

 

7


EXHIBIT A

VESTING SCHEDULE


EXHIBIT B

SECTION 83(B) ELECTION

( See Attached )

** Note: The 83(b) Election must be filed no later than 30 days after the date on which the property is transferred. The IRS has indicated that the election form should be sent to the IRS address listed for the taxpayer’s state under “Are you not including a check or money order . . .” given in Where Do You File in the Instructions for Form 1040 and the Instructions for Form 1040A (this information can also be found by clicking on your state at: http://www.irs.gov/file/content/0,,id=105690,00.html ) **


SECTION 83(B) ELECTION

The undersigned hereby elects pursuant to §83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to include in gross income as compensation for services the excess (if any) of the fair market value of the shares described below over the amount paid for those shares.

 

1. The name, taxpayer identification number, address of the undersigned, and the taxable year for which this election is being made are:

 

Taxpayer’s Name:

 

 

Taxpayer’s Social Security Number:

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

Taxable Year: Calendar Year 201   

 

2. The property which is the subject of this election is                  shares of common stock of Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc.

 

3. The property was transferred to the undersigned on                   , 201    .

The property is subject to the following restrictions:

The Shares will be subject to restrictions on transfer and risk of forfeiture upon termination of service relationship and in certain other events

 

4. The fair market value of the property at time of transfer (determined without regard to any restrictions other than nonlapse restrictions as defined in §1.83-3(h) of the Income Tax Regulations) is $          per share x                  shares = $          .

 

5. For the property transferred, the undersigned paid $          per share x                  shares = $          .

 

6. The amount to include in gross income is $          . 1

The undersigned taxpayer will file this election with the Internal Revenue Service Office with which the taxpayer files his or her annual income tax return not later than 30 days after the date of transfer of the property. A copy of the election will also be furnished to the person for whom the services were performed. Additionally, the undersigned will include a copy of the election with his or her income tax return for the taxable year in which the property is transferred. The undersigned is the person performing services in connection with which the property was transferred.

 

Dated:              , 201   

 

Taxpayer

 

1   The amount reported in Item 4 minus the amount reported in Item 5.


EXHIBIT C

ADOPTION AGREEMENT

This Adoption Agreement (“ Adoption Agreement ”) is executed on             , 20    , by the undersigned (the “ Holder ”) pursuant to the terms of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement dated as of December 22, 2014 (the “ Agreement ”), by and among the Company and certain of its Stockholders, as such Agreement may be amended or amended and restated hereafter. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Adoption Agreement shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement. By the execution of this Adoption Agreement, the Holder agrees as follows:

1.1 Acknowledgment . Holder acknowledges that Holder is acquiring certain shares of the capital stock of the Company (the “ Stock ”) in accordance with Section 8.2(b) of the Agreement, as a new party who is not a new Investor, in which case Holder will be a “Key Holder” and a “Stockholder” for all purposes of the Agreement.

1.2 Agreement . Holder hereby (a) agrees that the Stock, and any other shares of capital stock or securities required by the Agreement to be bound thereby, shall be bound by and subject to the terms of the Agreement and (b) adopts the Agreement with the same force and effect as if Holder were originally a party thereto.

1.3 Notice . Any notice required or permitted by the Agreement shall be given to Holder at the address or facsimile number listed below Holder’s signature hereto.

 

HOLDER  
By:  

 

 

 

  Name and Title of Signatory  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

 

 

Facsimile Number:  

 

 
ACCEPTED AND AGREED:
GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.
By:  

 

Title:  

 

 

Exhibit 10.3

 

LOGO

G LOBAL B LOOD T HERAPEUTICS , I NC .

400 E AST J AMIE C OURT , S UITE 575

S OUTH S AN F RANCISCO , CA 94080

May 16, 2014

Ted W. Love M.D.

Dear Ted,

Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) is pleased to offer you employment on the following terms:

1. Position . Your initial title will be Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”), and you will initially report to the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”). This is a full-time position, you will not engage in any other employment, consulting or other business activity (whether full-time or part-time), provided you may engage in limited outside, noncompetitive business activities to the extent that such activities are fully disclosed to and approved by the Board and they do not interfere with your duties to the Company as determined by the Board in its reasonable discretion. It is expected that the Board will review the impact of your outside activities on a quarterly basis to ensure no interference. By signing this letter agreement, you confirm to the Company that you have no contractual commitments or other legal obligations that would prohibit you from performing your duties for the Company.

2. Cash Compensation . The Company will pay you a starting salary at the rate of $425,000 per year, payable in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll schedule. This salary will be subject to adjustment pursuant to the Company’s employee compensation policies in effect from time to time. In addition to your salary, you will be eligible to participate in the Annual Performance-Based Cash Incentive Award Program which is based on the achievement of Company performance goals and your personal goals to be set with by the Board. Your initial bonus benchmark will be 35% of your annual base salary.

3. Employee Benefits . As a regular employee of the Company, you will be eligible to participate in a number of Company-sponsored benefits. Should you decide to participate in the Company health benefits program, your coverage will begin the first day of the month following your start date. In addition, you will be entitled to 20 days of paid time off in accordance with the Company’s policy.

4. Stock Options . Subject to the approval of the Company’s Board of Directors or its Compensation Committee, you will be granted an option to purchase 2,500,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock. The exercise price per share will be determined by the Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee when the option is granted. The option will be subject to the terms and conditions applicable to options granted under the Company’s 2012 Stock Plan (the “Plan”), as described in the Plan and the applicable stock option agreement (collectively the “Equity Documents”.) You will vest in 25% of the option shares after 12 months of continuous service, and the balance will vest in equal quarterly installments over the next 36 months of continuous service, as described in the applicable stock option agreement.


5. Employee Confidentiality and Assignment Agreement . Like all Company employees, you will be required, as a condition of your employment with the Company, to sign the Company’s standard Employee Confidentiality and Assignment Agreement, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A .

6. Background Check . The Company may conduct a background or reference check (or both). If so, then you agree to cooperate fully in those procedures, and this offer is subject to the Company’s approving the outcome of those checks, in the discretion of the Company.

7. Employment Relationship . Employment with the Company is for no specific period of time. Your employment with the Company will be “at will,” meaning that either you or the Company may terminate your employment at any time and for any reason, with or without cause. Any contrary representations that may have been made to you are superseded by this letter agreement. This is the full and complete agreement between you and the Company on this term. Although your job duties, title, reporting relationship, compensation and benefits as well as the Company’s personnel policies and procedures, may change from time to time, the “at will” nature of your employment may only be changed in an express written agreement signed by you and a duly authorized officer of the Company (other than you). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Company terminates your employment without cause (as defined in the Equity Documents) and provided you: (i) enter into, do not revoke, and comply with the terms of a separation agreement in a form acceptable to the Company which shall include a release against the Company and related persons and entities (the “Release”); (ii) resign from any and all position, including, without implication of limitation as a director, trustee, and officer, that you then hold with the Company and any affiliate of the Company; and (iii) return all Company property and comply with any instructions related to deleting and purging duplicates of such Company property (collectively the “Termination of Benefits Conditions”), the Company will provide you with the following “Termination of Benefits”: (a) continue your base salary for the 9 month period that immediately follows the Date of Termination (the “Salary Continuation Payments”); (b) continuation of group health plan benefits to the extent authorized by and consistent with 29 U.S.C. § 1161 et seq. (commonly known as “COBRA”), with the cost of the regular premium for such benefits shared in the same relative proportion by the Company and you as in effect on the date your employment terminates (“Date of Termination”) until the earlier (i) the date that is 9 months after the Date of Termination; and (ii) the date you become eligible for health benefits through another employer or otherwise become ineligible for COBRA. The Salary Continuation Payments shall commence within 60 days after the Date of Termination and shall be made on the Company’s regular payroll dates; provided, however, that if the 60-day period begins in one calendar year and ends in a second calendar year, the Salary Continuation Payments shall begin to be paid in the second calendar year. In the event you miss a regular payroll period between the Date of Termination and first Salary Continuation Payment date, the first Salary Continuation Payment shall include a “catch up” payment. Solely for purposes of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, each Salary Continuation Payment is considered a separate payment.

8. Taxes . All forms of compensation referred to in this letter agreement are subject to reduction to reflect applicable withholding and payroll taxes and other deductions required by law. You agree that the Company does not have a duty to design its compensation policies in a manner that minimizes your tax liabilities, and you will not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors related to tax liabilities arising from your compensation.

9. Interpretation, Amendment and Enforcement . This letter agreement and Exhibit A constitute the complete agreement between you and the Company, contain all of the terms of your employment with the Company and supersede any prior agreements, representations or understandings (whether written, oral or implied) between you and the Company. This letter agreement may not be amended or modified, except by an express written agreement signed by both you and a duly authorized officer of the Company. The terms of this letter agreement and the resolution of any disputes as to the meaning, effect, performance or validity of this letter agreement or arising out of, related to, or in any way connected with, this letter agreement, your employment with the Company or any other relationship between you and the Company will be governed by California law, excluding laws relating to conflicts or choice of law.

* * * * *

 

2


We hope that you will accept our offer to join the Company. You may indicate your agreement with these terms and accept this offer by signing and dating both the enclosed duplicate original of this letter agreement and the enclosed Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement and returning them to me. This offer, if not accepted, will expire at the close of business on May 23, 2014. As required by law, your employment with the Company is contingent upon your providing legal proof of your identity and authorization to work in the United States. Your employment is also contingent upon your starting work with the Company on June 9, 2014.

If you have any questions, please call me at 415-766-3624.

 

Very truly yours,
/s/ Mark A. Goldsmith
Mark A. Goldsmith, M.D., Ph.D.
Chief Executive Officer
Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc.

I have read and accept this employment offer:

 

/s/ Ted W. Love

Ted W. Love, M.D.
Dated:

5/19/2014

Attachment

Exhibit A: Employee Confidentiality and Assignment Agreement

Exhibit 10.4

 

LOGO

G LOBAL B LOOD T HERAPEUTICS , I NC .

400 E AST J AMIE C OURT , S UITE 575

S OUTH S AN F RANCISCO , CA 94080

March 5, 2014

Eleanor L. Ramos, M.D.

Dear Leni,

Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) is pleased to offer you employment on the following terms:

1. Position . Your initial title will be Chief Medical Officer and you initially will report to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. This is a full-time position. While you render services to the Company, you will not engage in any other employment, consulting or other business activity (whether full-time or part-time) that would create a conflict of interest with the Company. By signing this letter agreement, you confirm to the Company that you have no contractual commitments or other legal obligations that would prohibit you from performing your duties for the Company.

2. Cash Compensation . The Company will pay you a starting salary at the rate of $350,000 per year, payable in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll schedule. This salary will be subject to adjustment pursuant to the Company’s employee compensation policies in effect from time to time. In addition to your salary, you will be eligible to participate in the Annual Performance-Based Cash Incentive Award Program. Your benchmark bonus is set at 25 percent of your salary, and the annual payment, if any, will be based on a combination of the achievement of the Company performance goals and your individual performance.

3. Sign-On Bonus . The Company will pay you a sign-on bonus in the amount of $25,000. This will be paid within 30 days of your employment, and will be subject to standard payroll deductions. Should your employment end before one year of service, you will be required to reimburse the Company on a pro-rata basis within 30 days of your separation date.

4. Employee Benefits . As a regular employee of the Company, you will be eligible to participate in a number of Company-sponsored benefits. Should you decide to participate in the Company health benefits program, your coverage will begin the first day of the month following your start date. In addition, you will be entitled to 20 days of paid time off in accordance with the Company’s policy.

5. Stock Options . Subject to the approval of the Company’s Board of Directors or its Compensation Committee, you will be granted an option to purchase 500,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock. The exercise price per share will be determined by the Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee when the option is granted. The option will be subject to the terms and conditions applicable to options granted under the Company’s 2012 Stock Plan (the “Plan”), as described in the Plan and the applicable stock option agreement. You will vest in 25% of the option shares after 12 months of continuous service, and the balance will vest in equal quarterly installments over the next 36 months of continuous service, as described in the applicable stock option agreement.

6. Relocation Assistance . Global Blood Therapeutics acknowledges that you currently reside in Seattle, Washington, and will need to move your residence to accept this position as full time in the San Francisco Bay Area. The Company will pay you a one-time bonus of $10,000, and it will be subject to customary deductions and withholdings as required by law. Should you voluntarily leave the company within one year of receiving this payment, you will be obligated to return the prorated gross amount of the payment to the Company within 30 days of your separation date.

7. Employee Confidentiality and Assignment Agreement . Like all Company employees, you will be required, as a condition of your employment with the Company, to sign the Company’s standard Employee Confidentiality and Assignment Agreement, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A .


8. Background Check . The Company may conduct a background or reference check (or both). If so, then you agree to cooperate fully in those procedures, and this offer is subject to the Company’s approving the outcome of those checks, in the discretion of the Company.

9. Employment Relationship . Employment with the Company is for no specific period of time. Your employment with the Company will be “at will,” meaning that either you or the Company may terminate your employment at any time and for any reason, with or without cause. Any contrary representations that may have been made to you are superseded by this letter agreement. This is the full and complete agreement between you and the Company on this term. Although your job duties, title, reporting relationship, compensation and benefits, as well as the Company’s personnel policies and procedures, may change from time to time, the “at will” nature of your employment may only be changed in an express written agreement signed by you and a duly authorized officer of the Company (other than you).

10. Taxes . All forms of compensation referred to in this letter agreement are subject to reduction to reflect applicable withholding and payroll taxes and other deductions required by law. You agree that the Company does not have a duty to design its compensation policies in a manner that minimizes your tax liabilities, and you will not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors related to tax liabilities arising from your compensation.

11. Interpretation, Amendment and Enforcement . This letter agreement and Exhibit A constitute the complete agreement between you and the Company, contain all of the terms of your employment with the Company and supersede any prior agreements, representations or understandings (whether written, oral or implied) between you and the Company. This letter agreement may not be amended or modified, except by an express written agreement signed by both you and a duly authorized officer of the Company. The terms of this letter agreement and the resolution of any disputes as to the meaning, effect, performance or validity of this letter agreement or arising out of, related to, or in any way connected with, this letter agreement, your employment with the Company or any other relationship between you and the Company will be governed by California law, excluding laws relating to conflicts or choice of law.

* * * * *

We hope that you will accept our offer to join the Company. You may indicate your agreement with these terms and accept this offer by signing and dating both the enclosed duplicate original of this letter agreement and the enclosed Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement and returning them to me. This offer, if not accepted, will expire at the close of business on March 10, 2014. As required by law, your employment with the Company is contingent upon your providing legal proof of your identity and authorization to work in the United States. Your employment is also contingent upon your starting work with the Company on or before May 12, 2014.

If you have any questions, please call me at 415-766-3638.

 

Very truly yours,
/s/ Mark A. Goldsmith
Mark A. Goldsmith, M.D., Ph.D.
Chief Executive Officer
G LOBAL B LOOD T HERAPEUTICS , I NC .

I have read and accept this employment offer:

 

/s/ Eleanor L. Ramos

Eleanor L. Ramos, M.D.
Dated:

3/8/2014

Attachment

Exhibit A: Employee Confidentiality and Assignment Agreement

 

2

Exhibit 10.5

LEASE AGREEMENT

THIS LEASE AGREEMENT (this “ Lease ”) is made this 29th day of June, 2012, between ARE-EAST JAMIE COURT, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

 

Address:

400 East Jamie Court, South San Francisco, California

Premises:

That portion of the first floor of the Project, containing approximately 15,998 rentable square feet, as determined by Landlord, as shown on Exhibit A .

Project:

The real property on which the building (the “ Building ”) in which the Premises are located, together with all improvements thereon and appurtenances thereto as described on Exhibit B .

Base Rent:

$2.50 per rentable square foot of the Premises per month

Rentable Area of Premises: 15,998 sq. ft.

Rentable Area of Building: 88,284 sq. ft.

Building’s Share of Project: 54.14%

Rentable Area of Project: 163,072 sq. ft.

Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for the Building: 18.12%

Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for the Project: 9.81%

Security Deposit: $79,990

Rent Adjustment Percentage: 3%

 

Target Commencement Date:

The date that is 16 weeks from the execution and delivery of this Lease by Tenant to Landlord for execution, along with the first month’s Base Rent and the Security Deposit.

Base Term :

Beginning on the Commencement Date and ending 66 months from the first day of the first full month of the Term (as defined in Section 2 ) hereof.

Permitted Use:

Research and development laboratory, related office and other related uses consistent with the character of the Project and otherwise in compliance with the provisions of Section 7 hereof.

 

Address for Rent Payment:

Landlord’s Notice Address:

P.O. Box 975383

385 E. Colorado Boulevard, Suite 299

Dallas, TX 75397-5383

Pasadena, CA 91101

Attention: Corporate Secretary

Tenant’s Notice Address:

400 E. Jamie Court, Suite 101

South San Francisco, California 94080

Attention: Senior Director of Business Development and Operations

 

LOGO


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory 400 E. Jamie Court/Global Blood Therapeutics - Page  2

 

The following Exhibits and Addenda are attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference:

 

x EXHIBIT A - PREMISES DESCRIPTION

x EXHIBIT B - DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT

x EXHIBIT C - WORK LETTER

x EXHIBIT D - COMMENCEMENT DATE

x EXHIBIT E - RULES AND REGULATIONS

x EXHIBIT F - TENANT’S PERSONAL PROPERTY

1. Lease of Premises . Upon and subject to all of the terms and conditions hereof, Landlord hereby leases the Premises to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases the Premises from Landlord. The portions of the Project which are for the non-exclusive use of tenants of the Project are collectively referred to herein as the “ Common Areas .” Landlord reserves the right to modify Common Areas, provided that such modifications do not materially adversely affect Tenant’s use of the Premises for the Permitted Use.

2. Delivery; Acceptance of Premises; Commencement Date . Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to deliver the Premises to Tenant on or before the Target Commencement Date, with Landlord’s Work Substantially Completed (“ Delivery ” or “ Deliver ”). If Landlord fails to timely Deliver the Premises, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage resulting therefrom, and this Lease shall not be void or voidable except as provided herein. If Landlord does not Deliver the Premises within 60 days of the Target Commencement Date for any reason other than delays due to Force Majeure or Tenant Delays, this Lease may be terminated by Landlord or Tenant by written notice to the other (except that Landlord shall have no right to terminate this Lease other than in the event of Force Majeure or Tenant Delays), and if so terminated by either: (a) the Security Deposit, or any balance thereof (i.e., after deducting therefrom all amounts to which Landlord is entitled under the provisions of this Lease) and any Rent paid prior to the date of such termination (except any Rent paid for any time period that Tenant occupied the Premises and conducted its business therein) shall be returned to Tenant, and (b) neither Landlord nor Tenant shall have any further rights, duties or obligations under this Lease, except with respect to provisions which expressly survive termination of this Lease. As used herein, the terms “ Landlord’s Work ,” “ Tenant Delays ” and “ Substantially Completed ” shall have the meanings set forth for such terms in the Work Letter. If neither Landlord nor Tenant elects to void this Lease within 5 business days of the lapse of such 60 day period, such right to void this Lease shall be waived and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect.

The “Commencement Date ” shall be the earliest of: (i) the date Landlord Delivers the Premises to Tenant; (ii) the date Landlord could have Delivered the Premises but for Tenant Delays; and (iii) the date Tenant conducts any business in the Premises or any part thereof. Upon request of Landlord, Tenant shall execute and deliver a written acknowledgment of the Commencement Date, and the expiration date of the Term when such are established in the form of the “Acknowledgement of Commencement Date” attached to this Lease as Exhibit D ; provided , however , Tenant’s failure to execute and deliver such acknowledgment shall not affect Landlord’s rights hereunder. The “ Term ” of this Lease shall be the Base Term, as defined above on the first page of this Lease.

MyoKardia, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ MyoKardia ”), an affiliate of Tenant, is the tenant under that certain Lease Agreement between Landlord and MyoKardia dated as of even date herewith (“ MyoKardia Lease ”), pursuant to which Landlord leases to MyoKardia and MyoKardia leases from Landlord the balance of the first floor of the Building, as described in the MyoKardia Lease (“ MyoKardia Premises ”). Tenant acknowledges that MyoKardia may have access to the Premises during the Term and Tenant may have access the MyoKardia Premises during the Term. Tenant further acknowledges and agrees that, except for what may be constructed as part of the Tenant Improvements, Landlord has no obligation to construct any improvements to separate the Premises from the MyoKardia Premises. Tenant shall not enter onto the MyoKardia Premises without express permission from MyoKardia and shall not take any action or fail to take any action which would interfere with MyoKardia’s use of the MyoKardia Premises. Landlord shall have no liability for any Claims suffered by Tenant in connection with any entry by MyoKardia into the Premises.

 

LOGO


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory 400 E. Jamie Court/Global Blood Therapeutics - Page  3

 

Except as set forth in the Work Letter, if applicable: (i) Tenant shall accept the Premises in their condition as of the Commencement Date, subject to all applicable Legal Requirements (as defined in Section 7 hereof); (ii) Landlord shall have no obligation for any defects in the Premises; and (iii) Tenant’s taking possession of the Premises shall be conclusive evidence that Tenant accepts the Premises and that the Premises were in good condition at the time possession was taken. Any occupancy of the Premises by Tenant before the Commencement Date shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Lease, excluding the obligation to pay Base Rent and Operating Expenses.

Tenant agrees and acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty with respect to the condition of all or any portion of the Premises or the Project, and/or the suitability of the Premises or the Project for the conduct of Tenant’s business, and Tenant waives any implied warranty that the Premises or the Project are suitable for the Permitted Use. This Lease constitutes the complete agreement of Landlord and Tenant with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all prior representations, inducements, promises, agreements, understandings and negotiations which are not contained herein.

3. Rent .

(a) Base Rent . The first month’s Base Rent and the Security Deposit shall be due and payable on delivery of an executed copy of this Lease to Landlord. Tenant shall pay to Landlord in advance, without demand, abatement, deduction or set-off, monthly installments of Base Rent on or before the first day of each calendar month during the Term hereof, in lawful money of the United States of America, at the office of Landlord for payment of Rent set forth above, or to such other person or at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing. Payments of Base Rent for any fractional calendar month shall be prorated. The obligation of Tenant to pay Base Rent and other sums to Landlord and the obligations of Landlord under this Lease are independent obligations. Tenant shall have no right at any time to abate, reduce, or set-off any Rent (as defined in Section 5 ) due hereunder except for any abatement as may be expressly provided in this Lease.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, for the period commencing on the Commencement Date through the last day of the 6 th month of the Term, Tenant shall be required to pay Base Rent only with respect to only 7,999 rentable square feet of the Premises. Tenant shall commence paying Base Rent with respect to the entire Premises on the first day of the 7 th month of the Term.

(b) Additional Rent . In addition to Base Rent, Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord as additional rent (“ Additional Rent ”): (i) Tenant’s Share of “Operating Expenses” (as defined in Section 5 ), and (ii) any and all other amounts Tenant assumes or agrees to pay under the provisions of this Lease, including, without limitation, any and all other sums that may become due by reason of any default of Tenant or failure to comply with the agreements, terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be performed by Tenant, after any applicable notice and cure period.

4. Base Rent Adjustments .

(a) Annual Adjustments . Base Rent shall be increased on each annual anniversary of the first day of the first full month during the Term of this Lease (each an “ Adjustment Date ”) by multiplying the Base Rent payable immediately before such Adjustment Date by the Rent Adjustment Percentage and adding the resulting amount to the Base Rent payable immediately before such Adjustment Date. Base Rent, as so adjusted, shall thereafter be due as provided herein. Base Rent adjustments for any fractional calendar month shall be prorated.

(b) Additional TI Allowance . In addition to the Tenant Improvement Allowance (as defined in the Work Letter), Landlord shall, subject to the terms of the Work Letter, make available to Tenant the Additional Tenant Improvements Allowance (as defined in the Work Letter) for the construction of the Tenant Improvements. Commencing on the later of (i) the Commencement Date and (ii) the first day of the month following the month in which any portion of the Additional Tenant Improvements Allowance has

 

LOGO


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory 400 E. Jamie Court/Global Blood Therapeutics - Page  4

 

been disbursed, and continuing thereafter, as adjusted as additional disbursements of the Additional Tenant Improvement Allowance occur, on the first day of each month of the Base Term, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount necessary to fully amortize the amount of the Additional Tenant Improvements Allowance actually funded by Landlord, if any, in equal monthly payments with interest at a rate of 8% per annum over the Base Term (“ TI Rent ”).

5. Operating Expense Payments . Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a written estimate of Operating Expenses for each calendar year during the Term (the “ Annual Estimate ”), which may be revised by Landlord from time to time during such calendar year. Commencing on the Commencement Date and continuing on the first day of each month thereafter during the Term, Tenant shall pay Landlord an amount equal to 1/12th of Tenant’s Share of the Annual Estimate. Payments for any fractional calendar month shall be prorated.

The term “ Operating Expenses ” means all costs and expenses of any kind or description whatsoever incurred or accrued each calendar year by Landlord with respect to the Building (including the Building’s share of all costs and expenses of any kind or description incurred or accrued by Landlord with respect to the Project which are not specific to the Building or any other building located in the Project) (including, without duplication, Taxes (as defined in Section 9 ), capital repairs and improvements amortized over the useful life of such capital items as reasonably determined by Landlord taking into account relevant factors, and the costs of Landlord’s third party property manager or, if there is no third party property manager, administration rent in the amount of 3.0% of Base Rent), excluding only:

(a) the original construction costs of the Project and renovation prior to the date of the Lease and costs of correcting defects in such original construction or renovation;

(b) capital expenditures for expansion of the Project;

(c) interest, principal payments of Mortgage (as defined in Section 27 ) debts of Landlord, financing costs and amortization of funds borrowed by Landlord, whether secured or unsecured and all payments of base rent (but not taxes or operating expenses) under any ground lease or other underlying lease of all or any portion of the Project;

(d) depreciation of the Project (except for capital improvements, the cost of which are includable in Operating Expenses);

(e) advertising, legal and space planning expenses and leasing commissions and other costs and expenses incurred in procuring and leasing space to tenants for the Project, including any leasing office maintained in the Project, free rent and construction allowances for tenants;

(f) legal and other expenses incurred in the negotiation or enforcement of leases;

(g) completing, fixturing, improving, renovating, painting, redecorating or other work, which Landlord pays for or performs for other tenants within their premises, and costs of correcting defects in such work;

(h) costs to be reimbursed by other tenants of the Project or Taxes to be paid directly by Tenant or other tenants of the Project, whether or not actually paid;

(i) salaries, wages, benefits and other compensation paid to officers and employees of Landlord who are not assigned in whole or in part to the operation, management, maintenance or repair of the Project;

(j) general organizational, administrative and overhead costs relating to maintaining Landlord’s existence, either as a corporation, partnership, or other entity, including general corporate, legal and accounting expenses;

 

LOGO


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory 400 E. Jamie Court/Global Blood Therapeutics - Page  5

 

(k) costs (including attorneys’ fees and costs of settlement, judgments and payments in lieu thereof) incurred in connection with disputes with tenants, other occupants, or prospective tenants, and costs and expenses, including legal fees, incurred in connection with negotiations or disputes with employees, consultants, management agents, leasing agents, purchasers or mortgagees of the Building;

(l) costs incurred by Landlord due to the violation by Landlord, its employees, agents or contractors or any tenant of the terms and conditions of any lease of space in the Project or any Legal Requirement (as defined in Section 7 );

(m) penalties, fines or interest incurred as a result of Landlord’s inability or failure to make payment of Taxes and/or to file any tax or informational returns when due, or from Landlord«’s failure to make any payment of Taxes required to be made by Landlord hereunder before delinquency;

(n) overhead and profit increment paid to Landlord or to subsidiaries or affiliates of Landlord for goods and/or services in or to the Project to the extent the same exceeds the costs of such goods and/or services rendered by unaffiliated third parties on a competitive basis;

(o) costs of Landlord’s charitable or political contributions, or of fine art maintained at the Project;

(p) costs in connection with services (including electricity), items or other benefits of a type which are not standard for the Project and which are not available to Tenant without specific charges therefor, but which are provided to another tenant or occupant of the Project, whether or not such other tenant or occupant is specifically charged therefor by Landlord;

(q) costs incurred in the sale or refinancing of the Project;

(r) net income taxes of Landlord or the owner of any interest in the Project, franchise, capital stock, gift, estate or inheritance taxes or any federal, state or local documentary taxes imposed against the Project or any portion thereof or interest therein;

(s) any expenses otherwise includable within Operating Expenses to the extent actually reimbursed by persons other than tenants of the Project under leases for space in the Project; and

(t) costs incurred in connection with the clean-up, response action or remediation of Hazardous Materials on the Project or in the Premises that Tenant demonstrates to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction were present on the Project or in the Premises prior to the date of this Lease, except to the extent Tenant and/or any of the Tenant Parties have exacerbated or contributed to such contamination.

Within 90 days after the end of each calendar year (or such longer period as may be reasonably required), Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a statement (an “ Annual Statement ”) showing in reasonable detail: (a) the total and Tenant’s Share of actual Operating Expenses for the previous calendar year, and (b) the total of Tenant’s payments in respect of Operating Expenses for such year. If Tenant’s Share of actual Operating Expenses for such year exceeds Tenant’s payments of Operating Expenses for such year, the excess shall be due and payable by Tenant as Rent within 30 days after delivery of such Annual Statement to Tenant. If Tenant’s payments of Operating Expenses for such year exceed Tenant’s Share of actual Operating Expenses for such year Landlord shall pay the excess to Tenant within 30 days after delivery of such Annual Statement, except that after the expiration, or earlier termination of the Term or if Tenant is delinquent in its obligation to pay Rent, Landlord shall pay the excess to Tenant after deducting all other amounts due Landlord.

The Annual Statement shall be final and binding upon Tenant unless Tenant, within 90 days after Tenant’s receipt thereof, shall contest any item therein by giving written notice to Landlord, specifying each item contested and the reason therefor. If, during such 90 day period, Tenant reasonably and in

 

LOGO


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory 400 E. Jamie Court/Global Blood Therapeutics - Page  6

 

good faith questions or contests the accuracy of Landlord’s statement of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses, Landlord will provide Tenant with access to Landlord’s books and records relating to the operation of the Project and such information as Landlord reasonably determines to be responsive to Tenant’s questions (the “ Expense Information ”). If after Tenant’s review of such Expense Information, Landlord and Tenant cannot agree upon the amount of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses, then Tenant shall have the right to have an independent public accounting firm selected by Tenant, working pursuant to a fee arrangement other than a contingent fee (at Tenant’s sole cost and expense) and approved by Landlord (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), audit and/or review the Expense Information for the year in question (the “ Independent Review ”). The results of any such Independent Review shall be binding on Landlord and Tenant. If the Independent Review shows that the payments actually made by Tenant with respect to Operating Expenses for the calendar year in question exceeded Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for such calendar year, Landlord shall at Landlord’s option either (i) credit the excess amount to the next succeeding installments of estimated Operating Expenses or (ii) pay the excess to Tenant within 30 days after delivery of such statement, except that after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease or if Tenant is delinquent in its obligation to pay Rent, Landlord shall pay the excess to Tenant after deducting all other amounts due Landlord. If the Independent Review shows that Tenant’s payments with respect to Operating Expenses for such calendar year were less than Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for the calendar year, Tenant shall pay the deficiency to Landlord within 30 days after delivery of such statement. If the Independent Review shows that Tenant has overpaid with respect to Operating Expenses by more than 5% then Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for all costs incurred by Tenant for the Independent Review.

Operating Expenses for the calendar years in which Tenant’s obligation to share therein begins and ends shall be prorated. Notwithstanding anything set forth herein to the contrary, if the Building is not at least 95% occupied on average during any year of the Term, Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for such year shall be computed as though the Building had been 95% occupied on average during such year.

Tenant’s Share ” shall be the percentage set forth on the first page of this Lease as Tenant’s Share as reasonably adjusted by Landlord for changes in the physical size of the Premises or the Project occurring thereafter. Landlord may equitably increase Tenant’s Share for any item of expense or cost reimbursable by Tenant that relates to a repair, replacement, or service that benefits only the Premises or only a portion of the Project that includes the Premises or that varies with occupancy or use. Base Rent, Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses and all other amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder are collectively referred to herein as “ Rent .”

6. Security Deposit . Tenant shall deposit with Landlord, upon delivery of an executed copy of this Lease to Landlord, a security deposit (the “ Security Deposit ”) for the performance of all of Tenant’s obligations hereunder in the amount set forth on page 1 of this Lease, which Security Deposit shall be in the form of an unconditional and irrevocable letter of credit (the “ Letter of Credit ”): (i) in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, (ii) naming Landlord as beneficiary, (iii) expressly allowing Landlord to draw upon it at any time from time to time by delivering to the issuer notice that Landlord is entitled to draw thereunder, (iv) issued by an FDIC-insured financial institution satisfactory to Landlord, and (v) redeemable by presentation of a sight draft (which may be presented by delivery by overnight courier) at the financial institution’s offices in the United States. If Tenant does not provide Landlord with a substitute Letter of Credit complying with all of the requirements hereof at least 10 days before the stated expiration date of any then current Letter of Credit, Landlord shall have the right to draw the full amount of the current Letter of Credit and hold the funds drawn in cash without obligation for interest thereon as the Security Deposit. The Security Deposit shall be held by Landlord as security for the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. The Security Deposit is not an advance rental deposit or a measure of Landlord’s damages in case of Tenant’s default. Upon each occurrence of a Default (as defined in Section 20 ), Landlord may use all or any part of the Security Deposit to pay delinquent payments due under this Lease, future rent damages under California Civil Code Section 1951.2, and the cost of any damage, injury, expense or liability caused by such Default, without prejudice to any other remedy provided herein or provided by law. Landlord’s right to use the Security Deposit under this Section 6 includes the right to use the Security Deposit to pay future rent damages following

 

LOGO


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory 400 E. Jamie Court/Global Blood Therapeutics - Page  7

 

the termination of this Lease pursuant to Section 21(c) below. Upon any use of all or any portion of the Security Deposit, Tenant shall pay Landlord on demand the amount that will restore the Security Deposit to the amount set forth on Page 1 of this Lease. Tenant hereby waives the provisions of any law, now or hereafter in force, including, without limitation, California Civil Code Section 1950.7, which provide that Landlord may claim from a security deposit only those sums reasonably necessary to remedy defaults in the payment of Rent, to repair damage caused by Tenant or to clean the Premises, it being agreed that Landlord may, in addition, claim those sums reasonably necessary to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage, foreseeable or unforeseeable, caused by the act or omission of Tenant or any officer, employee, agent or invitee of Tenant. Upon bankruptcy or other debtor-creditor proceedings against Tenant, the Security Deposit shall be deemed to be applied first to the payment of Rent and other charges due Landlord for periods prior to the filing of such proceedings. Upon any such use of all or any portion of the Security Deposit, Tenant shall, within 5 days after demand from Landlord, restore the Security Deposit to its original amount. If Tenant shall fully perform every provision of this Lease to be performed by Tenant, the Security Deposit, or any balance thereof (i.e., after deducting therefrom all amounts to which Landlord is entitled under the provisions of this Lease), shall be returned to Tenant (or, at Landlord’s option, to the last assignee of Tenant’s interest hereunder) within 60 days after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

If Landlord transfers its interest in the Project or this Lease, Landlord shall either (a) transfer any Security Deposit then held by Landlord to a person or entity assuming Landlord’s obligations under this Section 6 , or (b) return to Tenant any Security Deposit then held by Landlord and remaining after the deductions permitted herein. Upon such transfer to such transferee or the return of the Security Deposit to Tenant, Landlord shall have no further obligation with respect to the Security Deposit, and Tenant’s right to the return of the Security Deposit shall apply solely against Landlord’s transferee. The Security Deposit is not an advance rental deposit or a measure of Landlord’s damages in case of Tenant’s default. Landlord’s obligation respecting the Security Deposit is that of a debtor, not a trustee, and no interest shall accrue thereon.

7. Use . The Premises shall be used solely for the Permitted Use set forth in the basic lease provisions on page 1 of this Lease, and in compliance with all laws, orders, judgments, ordinances, regulations, codes, directives, permits, licenses, covenants and restrictions now or hereafter applicable to the Premises, and to the use and occupancy thereof, including, without limitation, the Americans With Disabilities Act, 42 U.S.C. § 12101, et seq. (together with the regulations promulgated pursuant thereto, “ ADA ”) (collectively, “ Legal Requirements ” and each, a “ Legal Requirement ”). Tenant shall, upon 5 days’ written notice from Landlord, discontinue any use of the Premises which is declared by any Governmental Authority (as defined in Section 9 ) having jurisdiction to be a violation of a Legal Requirement. Tenant will not use or permit the Premises to be used for any purpose or in any manner that would void Tenant’s or Landlord’s insurance, increase the insurance risk, or cause the disallowance of any sprinkler or other credits. Tenant shall not permit any part of the Premises to be used as a “place of public accommodation”, as defined in the ADA or any similar legal requirement. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord promptly upon demand for any additional premium charged for any such insurance policy by reason of Tenant’s failure to comply with the provisions of this Section or otherwise caused by Tenant’s use and/or occupancy of the Premises. Tenant will use the Premises in a careful, safe and proper manner and will not commit or permit waste, overload the floor or structure of the Premises, subject the Premises to use that would damage the Premises or obstruct or interfere with the rights of Landlord or other tenants or occupants of the Project, including conducting or giving notice of any auction, liquidation, or going out of business sale on the Premises, or using or allowing the Premises to be used for any unlawful purpose. Tenant shall cause any equipment or machinery to be installed in the Premises so as to reasonably prevent sounds or vibrations from the Premises from extending into Common Areas, or other space in the Project. Tenant shall not place any machinery or equipment weighing 500 pounds or more in or upon the Premises or transport or move such items through the Common Areas of the Project or in the Project elevators without the prior written consent of Landlord. Except as may be provided under the Work Letter, Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, use the Premises in any manner which will require ventilation, air exchange, heating, gas, steam, electricity or water beyond the existing capacity of the Project as proportionately allocated to the Premises based upon Tenant’s Share as usually furnished for the Permitted Use.

 

LOGO


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory 400 E. Jamie Court/Global Blood Therapeutics - Page  8

 

Subject to Landlord’s performance of its obligations in the Work Letter, Tenant, at its sole expense, shall make any alterations or modifications to the interior or the exterior of the Premises or the Project that are required by Legal Requirements (including, without limitation, compliance of the Premises with the ADA) related to Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises. Subject to Landlord’s performance of its obligations in the Work Letter, Tenant shall be responsible for any and all demands, claims, liabilities, losses, costs, expenses, actions, causes of action, damages or judgments, and all reasonable expenses incurred in investigating or resisting the same (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, charges and disbursements and costs of suit) (collectively, “ Claims ”) arising out of or in connection with Legal Requirements related to Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, and Tenant shall indemnify, defend, hold and save Landlord harmless from and against any and all such Claims.

8. Holding Over . If Tenant remains in possession of the Premises after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term without the express written consent of Landlord, (A) Tenant shall become a tenant at sufferance upon the terms of this Lease except that the monthly rental shall be equal to 150% of the Rent in effect during the last 30 days of the Term, and (B) Tenant shall be responsible for all damages suffered by Landlord resulting from or occasioned by Tenant’s holding over, including consequential damages. Acceptance by Landlord of Rent after the expiration of the Term or earlier termination of this Lease shall not result in a renewal or reinstatement of this Lease.

9. Taxes . Landlord shall pay, as part of Operating Expenses, all taxes, levies, fees, assessments and governmental charges of any kind, existing as of the Commencement Date or thereafter enacted (collectively referred to as “ Taxes ”), imposed by any federal, state, regional, municipal, local or other governmental authority or agency, including, without limitation, quasi-public agencies (collectively, “ Governmental Authority ”) during the Term, including, without limitation, all Taxes: (i) imposed on or measured by or based, in whole or in part, on rent payable to (or gross receipts received by) Landlord under this Lease and/or from the rental by Landlord of the Project or any portion thereof, or (ii) based on the square footage, assessed value or other measure or evaluation of any kind of the Premises or the Project, or (iii) assessed or imposed by or on the operation or maintenance of any portion of the Premises or the Project, including parking, or (iv) assessed or imposed by, or at the direction of, or resulting from Legal Requirements, or interpretations thereof, promulgated by any Governmental Authority, or (v) imposed as a license or other fee, charge, tax, or assessment on Landlord’s business or occupation of leasing space in the Project. Landlord may contest by appropriate legal proceedings the amount, validity, or application of any Taxes or liens securing Taxes. Taxes shall not include any net income taxes imposed on Landlord except to the extent such net income taxes are in substitution for any Taxes payable hereunder, nor shall Taxes include franchise, conveyance or excise taxes. If any such Tax is levied or assessed directly against Tenant, then Tenant shall be responsible for and shall pay the same at such times and in such manner as the taxing authority shall require. Tenant shall pay, prior to delinquency, any and all Taxes levied or assessed against any personal property or trade fixtures placed by Tenant in the Premises, whether levied or assessed against Landlord or Tenant. If any Taxes on Tenant’s personal property or trade fixtures are levied against Landlord or Landlord’s property, or if the assessed valuation of the Project is increased by a value attributable to improvements in or alterations to the Premises, whether owned by Landlord or Tenant and whether or not affixed to the real property so as to become a part thereof, higher than the base valuation on which Landlord from time-to-time allocates Taxes to all tenants in the Project, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to pay such Taxes. Landlord’s determination of any excess assessed valuation shall be binding and conclusive, absent manifest error. The amount of any such payment by Landlord shall constitute Additional Rent due from Tenant to Landlord immediately upon demand. If Landlord shall receive any abatement or refund of Taxes and such abatement or refund is for a time period for which Tenant has made payments during the Term, then out of any balance remaining after deducting Landlord’s expenses incurred in obtaining such refund or abatement, Landlord shall, at Landlord’s option, either (i) credit the excess amount determined by Landlord to be attributable to the Premises to the next succeeding installments of estimated Taxes or (ii) pay the excess amount determined by Landlord to be attributable to the Premises to Tenant within 30 days after delivery of the Annual Statement, except that after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease or if Tenant is delinquent in its obligation to pay Rent, Landlord shall pay such excess amount determined by Landlord to be attributable to the Premises to Tenant after deducting all other amounts due Landlord. Nothing contained in this Lease shall obligate Landlord to seek a refund or abatement of Taxes.

 

LOGO


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory 400 E. Jamie Court/Global Blood Therapeutics - Page  9

 

10. Parking . Subject to all matters of record, Force Majeure, a Taking (as defined in Section 19 below) and the exercise by Landlord of its rights hereunder, Tenant shall have the right, in common with other tenants of the Project pro rata in accordance with the rentable area of the Premises and the rentable areas of the Project occupied by such other tenants, to park in those areas designated for non-reserved parking, subject in each case to Landlord’s rules and regulations, at no additional cost to Tenant. Landlord may allocate parking spaces among Tenant and other tenants in the Project pro rata as described above if Landlord determines that such parking facilities are becoming crowded. Landlord shall not be responsible for enforcing Tenant’s parking rights against any third parties, including other tenants of the Project.

Tenant acknowledge that there is a Preliminary Transportation Demand Management Plan, as may be amended (“ TDM ”) setting forth certain requirements relating to parking and transportation demand management which are binding on tenants in the Project and agrees to comply with the requirements of the TDM. Tenant acknowledges that Operating Expenses shall include expenses and assessments related to the TDM.

11. Utilities, Services . Landlord shall provide, subject to the terms of this Section 11 , water, electricity, heat, air conditioning, light, power, sewer, and other utilities (including gas and fire sprinklers to the extent the Project is plumbed for such services), refuse and trash collection and janitorial services (collectively, “ Utilities ”). Landlord shall pay, as Operating Expenses or subject to Tenant’s reimbursement obligation, for all Utilities used on the Premises, all maintenance charges for Utilities, and any storm sewer charges or other similar charges for Utilities imposed by any Governmental Authority or Utility provider, and any taxes, penalties, surcharges or similar charges thereon. Landlord shall not cause any Utilities to the Premises which are not currently separately metered to be separately metered. Tenant shall pay directly to the Utility provider, prior to delinquency, any separately metered Utilities and services which may be furnished to Tenant or the Premises during the Term. Tenant shall pay, as part of Operating Expenses, its share of all charges for jointly metered Utilities based upon consumption, as reasonably determined by Landlord. No interruption or failure of Utilities, from any cause whatsoever other than Landlord’s willful misconduct, shall result in eviction or constructive eviction of Tenant, termination of this Lease or the abatement of Rent. Tenant agrees to limit use of water and sewer with respect to Common Areas to normal restroom use.

Landlord’s sole obligation for either providing emergency generators or providing emergency back-up power to Tenant shall be: (i) to provide emergency generators with not less than the capacity of the emergency generators located in the Building as of the Commencement Date, and (ii) to contract with a third party to maintain the emergency generators as per the manufacturer’s standard maintenance guidelines. Landlord shall have no obligation to provide Tenant with operational emergency generators or back-up power or to supervise, oversee or confirm that the third party maintaining the emergency generators is maintaining the generators as per the manufacturer’s standard guidelines or otherwise. During any period of replacement, repair or maintenance of the emergency generators when the emergency generators are not operational, including any delays thereto due to the inability to obtain parts or replacement equipment, Landlord shall have no obligation to provide Tenant with an alternative back-up generator or generators or alternative sources of back-up power. Tenant expressly acknowledges and agrees that Landlord does not guaranty that such emergency generators will be operational at all times or that emergency power will be available to the Premises when needed.

12. Alterations and Tenant’s Property . Any alterations, additions, or improvements made to the Premises by or on behalf of Tenant, including additional locks or bolts of any kind or nature upon any doors or windows in the Premises, but excluding installation, removal or realignment of furniture systems (other than removal of furniture systems owned or paid for by Landlord) not involving any modifications to the structure or connections (other then by ordinary plugs or jacks) to Building Systems (as defined in Section 13 ) (“ Alterations ”) shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written consent, which may

 

LOGO


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory 400 E. Jamie Court/Global Blood Therapeutics - Page  10

 

be given or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion if any such Alteration affects the structure or Building Systems and shall not be otherwise unreasonably withheld. If Landlord approves any Alterations, Landlord may impose such conditions on Tenant in connection with the commencement, performance and completion of such Alterations as Landlord may deem appropriate in Landlord’s reasonable discretion. Any request for approval shall be in writing, delivered not less than 15 business days in advance of any proposed construction, and accompanied by plans, specifications, bid proposals, work contracts and such other information concerning the nature and cost of the Alterations as may be reasonably requested by Landlord, including the identities and mailing addresses of all persons performing work or supplying materials. Landlord’s right to review plans and specifications and to monitor construction shall be solely for its own benefit, and Landlord shall have no duty to ensure that such plans and specifications or construction comply with applicable Legal Requirements. Tenant shall cause, at its sole cost and expense, all Alterations to comply with insurance requirements and with Legal Requirements and shall implement at its sole cost and expense any alteration or modification required by Legal Requirements as a result of any Alterations. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, within 10 days after demand, Landlord’s out-of-pocket expenses for plan review, coordination, scheduling and supervision in connection with any Alterations. Before Tenant begins any Alteration, Landlord may post on and about the Premises notices of non-responsibility pursuant to applicable law. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for, and indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from, any expense incurred by Landlord by reason of faulty work done by Tenant or its contractors, delays caused by such work, or inadequate cleanup.

Tenant shall furnish security or make other arrangements satisfactory to Landlord to assure payment for the completion of all Alterations work free and clear of liens, and shall provide (and cause each contractor or subcontractor to provide) certificates of insurance for workers’ compensation and other coverage in amounts and from an insurance company satisfactory to Landlord protecting Landlord against liability for personal injury or property damage during construction. Upon completion of any Alterations, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord: (i) sworn statements setting forth the names of all contractors and subcontractors who did the work and final lien waivers from all such contractors and subcontractors; and (ii) “as built” plans for any such Alteration.

Except for Removable Installations (as hereinafter defined), all Installations (as hereinafter defined) shall be and shall remain the property of Landlord during the Term and following the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, shall not be removed by Tenant at any time during the Term, and shall remain upon and be surrendered with the Premises as a part thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord may, at the time its approval of any such Installation is requested, notify Tenant that Landlord requires that Tenant remove such Installation upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, in which event Tenant shall remove such Installation in accordance with the immediately succeeding sentence. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Tenant shall remove (i) all wires, cables or similar equipment which Tenant has installed in the Premises or in the risers or plenums of the Building, (ii) any Installations for which Landlord has given Tenant notice of removal in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence, and (iii) all of Tenant’s Property (as hereinafter defined), and Tenant shall restore and repair any damage caused by or occasioned as a result of such removal, including, without limitation, capping off all such connections behind the walls of the Premises and repairing any holes. During any restoration period beyond the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Tenant shall pay Rent to Landlord as provided herein as if said space were otherwise occupied by Tenant. If Landlord is requested by Tenant or any lender, lessor or other person or entity claiming an interest in any of Tenant’s Property to waive any lien Landlord may have against any of Tenant’s Property, and Landlord consents to such waiver, then Landlord shall be entitled to be paid as administrative rent a fee of $1,000 per occurrence for its time and effort in preparing and negotiating such a waiver of lien.

For purposes of this Lease, (x) “ Removable Installations ” means any items listed on Exhibit F attached hereto and any items agreed by Landlord in writing to be included on Exhibit F in the future, (y) “ Tenant’s Property ” means Removable Installations and, other than Installations, any personal property or equipment of Tenant that may be removed without material damage to the Premises, and (z) “ Installations ” means all property of any kind paid for by Landlord, all Alterations, all fixtures, and all partitions, hardware, built-in machinery, built-in casework and cabinets and other similar additions,

 

LOGO


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory 400 E. Jamie Court/Global Blood Therapeutics - Page  11

 

equipment, property and improvements built into the Premises so as to become an integral part of the Premises, including, without limitation, fume hoods which penetrate the roof or plenum area, built-in cold rooms, built-in warm rooms, walk-in cold rooms, walk-in warm rooms, deionized water systems, glass washing equipment, autoclaves, chillers, built-in plumbing, electrical and mechanical equipment and systems, and any power generator and transfer switch.

13. Landlord’s Repairs . Landlord, as an Operating Expense, shall maintain all of the structural, exterior, parking and other Common Areas of the Project, including HVAC, plumbing, fire sprinklers, elevators and all other building systems serving the Premises and other portions of the Project (“ Building Systems ”), in good repair, reasonable wear and tear and uninsured losses and damages caused by Tenant, or by any of Tenant’s agents, servants, employees, invitees and contractors (collectively, “ Tenant Parties ”) excluded. Losses and damages caused by Tenant or any Tenant Party shall be repaired by Landlord, to the extent not covered by insurance, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Landlord reserves the right to stop Building Systems services when necessary (i) by reason of accident or emergency, or (ii) for planned repairs, alterations or improvements, which are, in the judgment of Landlord, desirable or necessary to be made, until said repairs, alterations or improvements shall have been completed. Landlord shall have no responsibility or liability for failure to supply Building Systems services during any such period of interruption; provided , however , that Landlord shall, except in case of emergency, make a commercially reasonable effort to give Tenant at least 2 business days advance notice of any planned stoppage of Building Systems services for routine maintenance, repairs, alterations or improvements. Tenant shall promptly give Landlord written notice of any repair required by Landlord pursuant to this Section, after which Landlord shall make a commercially reasonable effort to effect such repair. Landlord shall not be liable for any failure to make any repairs or to perform any maintenance unless such failure shall persist for an unreasonable time after Tenant’s written notice of the need for such repairs or maintenance. Tenant waives its rights under any state or local law to terminate this Lease or to make such repairs at Landlord’s expense and agrees that the parties’ respective rights with respect to such matters shall be solely as set forth herein. Repairs required as the result of fire, earthquake, flood, vandalism, war, or similar cause of damage or destruction shall be controlled by Section 18 .

14. Tenant’s Repairs . Subject to Section 13 hereof, Tenant, at its expense, shall repair, replace and maintain in good condition, reasonable wear and tear and damage by fire or other casualty excepted, all portions of the Premises, including, without limitation, entries, doors, ceilings, interior windows, interior walls, and the interior side of demising walls. Such repair and replacement may include capital expenditures and repairs whose benefit may extend beyond the Term. Should Tenant fail to make any such repair or replacement or fail to maintain the Premises, Landlord shall give Tenant notice of such failure. If Tenant fails to commence cure of such failure within 10 days of Landlord’s notice, and thereafter diligently prosecute such cure to completion, Landlord may perform such work and shall be reimbursed by Tenant within 10 days after demand therefor; provided, however, that if such failure by Tenant creates or could create an emergency, Landlord may immediately commence cure of such failure and shall thereafter be entitled to recover the costs of such cure from Tenant. Subject to Sections 17 and 18 , Tenant shall bear the full uninsured cost of any repair or replacement to any part of the Project that results from damage caused by Tenant or any Tenant Party and any repair that benefits only the Premises.

15. Mechanic’s Liens . Tenant shall discharge, by bond or otherwise, any mechanic’s lien filed against the Premises or against the Project for work performed or work claimed to have been performed for, materials furnished or claimed to have been furnished to, or obligations incurred or claimed to have been incurred by Tenant within 10 days after Tenant receives notice of the filing thereof, at Tenant’s sole cost and shall otherwise keep the Premises and the Project free from any liens arising out of work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by Tenant. Should Tenant fail to discharge any lien described herein, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to pay such claim or post a bond or otherwise provide security to eliminate the lien as a claim against title to the Project and the cost thereof shall be immediately due from Tenant as Additional Rent. If Tenant shall lease or finance the acquisition of office equipment, furnishings, or other personal property of a removable nature utilized by Tenant in the operation of Tenant’s business, Tenant warrants that any Uniform Commercial Code Financing Statement filed as a matter of public record by any lessor or creditor of Tenant will upon its face

 

LOGO


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory 400 E. Jamie Court/Global Blood Therapeutics - Page  12

 

or by exhibit thereto indicate that such Financing Statement is applicable only to removable personal property of Tenant located within the Premises. In no event shall the address of the Project be furnished on the statement without qualifying language as to applicability of the lien only to removable personal property, located in an identified suite held by Tenant.

16. Indemnification . Tenant hereby indemnifies and agrees to defend, save and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all Claims for injury or death to persons or damage to property (i) occurring within the Premises and arising directly or indirectly out of use or occupancy of the Premises, except to the extent caused by the willful misconduct or negligence of Landlord, (ii) occurring outside of the Premises and arising directly or indirectly out of an act or omission of Tenant, or (iii) arising directly or indirectly out of or a breach or default by Tenant in the performance of any of its obligations hereunder. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for, and Tenant assumes all risk of damage to, personal property (including, without limitation, loss of records kept within the Premises or any part of the Project). Tenant further waives any and all Claims for injury to Tenant’s business or loss of income relating to any such damage or destruction of personal property (including, without limitation, any loss of records). Landlord shall not be liable for any damages arising from any act, omission or neglect of any tenant in the Project or of any other third party.

17. Insurance . Landlord shall maintain all risk property and, if applicable, sprinkler damage insurance covering the full replacement cost of the Project or such lesser coverage amount as Landlord may elect provided such coverage amount is not less than 90% of such full replacement cost. Landlord shall further procure and maintain commercial general liability insurance with a single loss limit of not less than $2,000,000 for bodily injury and property damage with respect to the Project. Landlord may, but is not obligated to, maintain such other insurance and additional coverages as it may deem necessary, including, but not limited to, flood, environmental hazard and earthquake, loss or failure of building equipment, errors and omissions, rental loss during the period of repair or rebuilding, workers’ compensation insurance and fidelity bonds for employees employed to perform services and insurance for any improvements installed by Tenant or which are in addition to the standard improvements customarily furnished by Landlord without regard to whether or not such are made a part of the Project. All such insurance shall be included as part of the Operating Expenses. The Project may be included in a blanket policy (in which case the cost of such insurance allocable to the Project will be determined by Landlord based upon the insurer’s cost calculations). Tenant shall also reimburse Landlord for any increased premiums or additional insurance which Landlord reasonably deems necessary as a result of Tenant’s use of the Premises.

Tenant shall, within 30 days after the date of this Lease, provide Landlord with insurance certificate(s) evidencing that Tenant is maintaining the insurance which Tenant is required to maintain under this Lease. Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall maintain during the Term: all risk property insurance with business interruption and extra expense coverage, covering the full replacement cost of all property and improvements installed or placed in the Premises by Tenant at Tenant’s expense; workers’ compensation insurance with no less than the minimum limits required by law; employer’s liability insurance with such limits as required by law; and commercial general liability insurance, with a minimum limit of not less than $2,000,000 per occurrence for bodily injury and property damage with respect to the Premises. The commercial general liability insurance policy shall name Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc., and Landlord, its officers, directors, employees, managers, agents, invitees and contractors (collectively, “ Landlord Parties ”), as additional insureds; insure on an occurrence and not a claims-made basis; be issued by insurance companies which have a rating of not less than policyholder rating of A and financial category rating of at least Class X in “Best’s Insurance Guide”; shall not be cancelable for nonpayment of premium unless 30 days prior written notice shall have been given to Landlord from the insurer; contain a hostile fire endorsement and a contractual liability endorsement; and provide primary coverage to Landlord (any policy issued to Landlord providing duplicate or similar coverage shall be deemed excess over Tenant’s policies). Copies of such policies (if requested by Landlord), or certificates of insurance showing the limits of coverage required hereunder and showing Landlord as an additional insured, along with reasonable evidence of the payment of premiums for the applicable period, shall be delivered to Landlord by Tenant upon commencement of the Term and upon each renewal of said insurance. Tenant’s policy may be a “blanket policy” with an aggregate per location endorsement which specifically provides that the amount of insurance shall not be prejudiced by other losses covered by the policy. Tenant shall, at least 5 days prior to the expiration of such policies, furnish Landlord with renewal certificates.

 

LOGO


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory 400 E. Jamie Court/Global Blood Therapeutics - Page  13

 

In each instance where insurance is to name Landlord as an additional insured, Tenant shall upon written request of Landlord also designate and furnish certificates so evidencing Landlord as additional insured to: (i) any lender of Landlord holding a security interest in the Project or any portion thereof, (ii) the landlord under any lease wherein Landlord is tenant of the real property on which the Project is located, if the interest of Landlord is or shall become that of a tenant under a ground or other underlying lease rather than that of a fee owner, and/or (iii) any management company retained by Landlord to manage the Project.

The property insurance obtained by Landlord and Tenant shall include a waiver of subrogation by the insurers and all rights based upon an assignment from its insured, against Landlord or Tenant, and their respective officers, directors, employees, managers, agents, invitees and contractors (“ Related Parties ”), in connection with any loss or damage thereby insured against. Neither party nor its respective Related Parties shall be liable to the other for loss or damage caused by any risk insured against under property insurance required to be maintained hereunder, and each party waives any claims against the other party, and its respective Related Parties, for such loss or damage. The failure of a party to insure its property shall not void this waiver. Landlord and its respective Related Parties shall not be liable for, and Tenant hereby waives all claims against such parties for, business interruption and losses occasioned thereby sustained by Tenant or any person claiming through Tenant resulting from any accident or occurrence in or upon the Premises or the Project from any cause whatsoever. If the foregoing waivers shall contravene any law with respect to exculpatory agreements, the liability of Landlord or Tenant shall be deemed not released but shall be secondary to the other’s insurer.

Landlord may require insurance policy limits to be raised to conform with requirements of Landlord’s lender and/or to bring coverage limits to levels then being generally required of new tenants within the Project; provided, however, that the increased amount of coverage is consistent with coverage amounts then being required by institutional owners of similar projects with tenants occupying similar size premises in the geographical area in which the Project is located.

18. Restoration . If, at any time during the Term, the Project or the Premises are damaged or destroyed by a fire or other insured casualty, Landlord shall notify Tenant within 60 days after discovery of such damage as to the amount of time Landlord reasonably estimates it will take to restore the Project or the Premises, as applicable (the “ Restoration Period ”). If the Restoration Period is estimated to exceed 12 months (the “ Maximum Restoration Period ”), Landlord may, in such notice, elect to terminate this Lease as of the date that is 75 days after the date of discovery of such damage or destruction; provided, however , that notwithstanding Landlord’s election to restore, Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord delivered within 5 business days of receipt of a notice from Landlord estimating a Restoration Period for the Premises longer than the Maximum Restoration Period. Unless either Landlord or Tenant so elects to terminate this Lease, Landlord shall, subject to receipt of sufficient insurance proceeds (with any deductible not in excess of commercially reasonable amounts to be treated as a current Operating Expense (and the determination of whether a deductible amount is commercially reasonable shall be determined with reference to the deductible amounts then being maintained by other institutional owners of comparable projects), promptly restore the Premises (excluding the improvements installed by Tenant or by Landlord and paid for by Tenant), subject to delays arising from the collection of insurance proceeds, from Force Majeure events or as needed to obtain any license, clearance or other authorization of any kind required to enter into and restore the Premises issued by any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release, disposal, removal or remediation of Hazardous Materials (as defined in Section 30 ) in, on or about the Premises (collectively referred to herein as “ Hazardous Materials Clearances ”); provided , however , that if repair or restoration of the Premises is not substantially complete as of the end of the Maximum Restoration Period or, if longer, the Restoration Period, Landlord may, in its sole and absolute discretion, elect not to proceed with such repair and restoration, or Tenant may by written notice to Landlord delivered within 5 business days of the expiration of the Maximum Restoration Period or, if

 

LOGO


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory 400 E. Jamie Court/Global Blood Therapeutics - Page  14

 

longer, the Restoration Period, elect to terminate this Lease, in which event Landlord shall be relieved of its obligation to make such repairs or restoration and this Lease shall terminate as of the date that is 75 days after the later of: (i) discovery of such damage or destruction, or (ii) the date all required Hazardous Materials Clearances are obtained, but Landlord shall retain any Rent paid and the right to any Rent payable by Tenant prior to such election by Landlord or Tenant.

Tenant, at its expense, shall promptly perform, subject to delays arising from the collection of insurance proceeds, from Force Majeure (as defined in Section 34 ) events or to obtain Hazardous Material Clearances, all repairs or restoration not required to be done by Landlord and shall promptly re-enter the Premises and commence doing business in accordance with this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, either Landlord or Tenant may terminate this Lease upon written notice to the other if the Premises are damaged during the last year of the Term and Landlord reasonably estimates that it will take more than 2 months to repair such damage; provided, however, that such notice is delivered within 10 business days after the date that Landlord provides Tenant with written notice of the estimated Restoration Period. Landlord shall also have the right to terminate this Lease if insurance proceeds are not available for such restoration. Rent shall be abated from the date all required Hazardous Material Clearances are obtained until the Premises are repaired and restored, in the proportion which the area of the Premises, if any, which is not usable by Tenant bears to the total area of the Premises, unless Landlord provides Tenant with other space during the period of repair that is suitable for the temporary conduct of Tenant’s business. Such abatement shall be the sole remedy of Tenant, and except as provided in this Section 18 , Tenant waives any right to terminate the Lease by reason of damage or casualty loss.

The provisions of this Lease, including this Section 18 , constitute an express agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to any and all damage to, or destruction of, all or any part of the Premises, or any other portion of the Project, and any statute or regulation which is now or may hereafter be in effect shall have no application to this Lease or any damage or destruction to all or any part of the Premises or any other portion of the Project, the parties hereto expressly agreeing that this Section 18 sets forth their entire understanding and agreement with respect to such matters.

19. Condemnation . If the whole or any material part of the Premises or the Project is taken for any public or quasi-public use under governmental law, ordinance, or regulation, or by right of eminent domain, or by private purchase in lieu thereof (a “ Taking ” or “ Taken ”), and the Taking would in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, materially interfere with or impair Landlord’s ownership or operation of the Project or would in the reasonable judgment of Landlord and Tenant prevent or materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises (as resolved, if the parties are unable to agree, by arbitration by a single arbitrator with the qualifications and experience appropriate to resolve the matter and appointed pursuant to and acting in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association), then either party shall have the right to terminate this Lease by written notice to other party within 30 days after the Taking in which case this Lease shall terminate 30 days thereafter unless either party elects, in writing during such 30 day period following the other party’s election to terminate, to require arbitration of the matter in which case if this Lease is being terminated based on the arbitrator’s decision, it shall terminate 30 days after the arbitrator’s decision, and Rent shall be apportioned as of date of termination. If part of the Premises shall be Taken, and this Lease is not terminated as provided above, Landlord shall promptly restore the Premises and the Project as nearly as is commercially reasonable under the circumstances to their condition prior to such partial Taking and the rentable square footage of the Building, the rentable square footage of the Premises, Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses and the Rent payable hereunder during the unexpired Term shall be reduced to such extent as may be fair and reasonable under the circumstances. Upon any such Taking, Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire price or award from any such Taking without any payment to Tenant, and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord Tenant’s interest, if any, in such award. Tenant shall have the right, to the extent that same shall not diminish Landlord’s award, to make a separate claim against the condemning authority (but not Landlord) for such compensation as may be separately awarded or recoverable by Tenant for moving expenses and damage to Tenant’s trade fixtures, if a separate award for such items is made to Tenant. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights it might otherwise have pursuant to any provision of state law to terminate this Lease upon a partial Taking of the Premises or the Project.

 

LOGO


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory 400 E. Jamie Court/Global Blood Therapeutics - Page  15

 

20. Events of Default . Each of the following events shall be a default (“ Default ”) by Tenant under this Lease:

(a) Payment Defaults . Tenant shall fail to pay any installment of Rent or any other payment hereunder when due; provided , however , that Landlord will give Tenant notice and an opportunity to cure any failure to pay Rent within 3 business days of any such notice not more than once in any 12 month period and Tenant agrees that such notice shall be in lieu of and not in addition to, or shall be deemed to be, any notice required by law; provided , further , however , that no such notice or opportunity to cure shall be required for any failure by Tenant to pay the first month’s Base Rent and deliver the Security Deposit to Landlord at such time as required pursuant to Section 3(a) above.

(b) Insurance . Any insurance required to be maintained by Tenant pursuant to this Lease shall be canceled or terminated or shall expire or shall be reduced or materially changed, or Landlord shall receive a notice of nonrenewal of any such insurance and Tenant shall fail to obtain replacement insurance at least 20 days before the expiration of the current coverage.

(c) Abandonment . Tenant shall abandon the Premises.

(d) Improper Transfer . Tenant shall assign, sublease or otherwise transfer or attempt to transfer all or any portion of Tenant’s interest in this Lease or the Premises except as expressly permitted herein, or Tenant’s interest in this Lease shall be attached, executed upon, or otherwise judicially seized and such action is not released within 90 days of the action.

(e) Liens . Tenant shall fail to discharge or otherwise obtain the release of any lien placed upon the Premises in violation of this Lease within 10 days after any such lien is filed against the Premises.

(f) Insolvency Events . Tenant or any guarantor or surety of Tenant’s obligations hereunder shall: (A) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (B) commence any case, proceeding or other action seeking to have an order for relief entered on its behalf as a debtor or to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, liquidation, dissolution or composition of it or its debts or seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or of any substantial part of its property (collectively a “ Proceeding for Relief ”); (C) become the subject of any Proceeding for Relief which is not dismissed within 90 days of its filing or entry; or (D) die or suffer a legal disability (if Tenant, guarantor, or surety is an individual) or be dissolved or otherwise fail to maintain its legal existence (if Tenant, guarantor or surety is a corporation, partnership or other entity).

(g) Estoppel Certificate or Subordination Agreement . Tenant fails to execute any document required from Tenant under Sections 23 or 27 within 5 days after a second notice requesting such document.

(h) Other Defaults . Tenant shall fail to comply with any provision of this Lease other than those specifically referred to in this Section 20 , and, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, such failure shall continue for a period of 10 days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant.

Any notice given under Section 20(h) hereof shall: (i) specify the alleged default, (ii) demand that Tenant cure such default, (iii) be in lieu of, and not in addition to, or shall be deemed to be, any notice required under any provision of applicable law, and (iv) not be deemed a forfeiture or a termination of this Lease unless Landlord elects otherwise in such notice; provided that if the nature of Tenant’s default pursuant to Section 20(i) is such that it cannot be cured by the payment of money and reasonably requires more than 30 days to cure, then Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default if Tenant commences such cure within said 30 day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes the same to completion; provided , however , that such cure shall be completed no later than 90 days from the date of Landlord’s notice.

 

LOGO


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory 400 E. Jamie Court/Global Blood Therapeutics - Page  16

 

21. Landlord’s Remedies .

(a) Payment By Landlord; Interest . Upon and during the continuance of a Default by Tenant hereunder, Landlord may, without waiving or releasing any obligation of Tenant hereunder, make such payment or perform such act. All sums so paid or incurred by Landlord, together with interest thereon, from the date such sums were paid or incurred, at the annual rate equal to 12% per annum or the highest rate permitted by law (the “ Default Rate ”), whichever is less, shall be payable to Landlord on demand as Additional Rent. Nothing herein shall be construed to create or impose a duty on Landlord to mitigate any damages resulting from Tenant’s Default hereunder.

(b) Late Payment Rent . Late payment by Tenant to Landlord of Rent and other sums due will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult and impracticable to ascertain. Such costs include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges and late charges which may be imposed on Landlord under any Mortgage covering the Premises. Therefore, if any installment of Rent due from Tenant is not received by Landlord within 5 days after the date such payment is due, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an additional sum equal to 6% of the overdue Rent as a late charge. The parties agree that this late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Landlord will incur by reason of late payment by Tenant. In addition to the late charge, Rent not paid when due shall bear interest at the Default Rate from the 5th day after the date due until paid.

(c) Remedies . Upon the occurrence of a Default, Landlord, at its option, without further notice or demand to Tenant, shall have in addition to all other rights and remedies provided in this Lease, at law or in equity, the option to pursue any one or more of the following remedies, each and all of which shall be cumulative and nonexclusive, without any notice or demand whatsoever.

(i) Terminate this Lease, or at Landlord’s option, Tenant’s right to possession only, in which event Tenant shall immediately surrender the Premises to Landlord, and if Tenant fails to do so, Landlord may, without prejudice to any other remedy which it may have for possession or arrearages in rent, enter upon and take possession of the Premises and expel or remove Tenant and any other person who may be occupying the Premises or any part thereof, without being liable for prosecution or any claim or damages therefor;

(ii) Upon any termination of this Lease, whether pursuant to the foregoing Section 21(c)(i) or otherwise, Landlord may recover from Tenant the following:

(A) The worth at the time of award of any unpaid rent which has been earned at the time of such termination; plus

(B) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

(C) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

(D) Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, specifically including, but not limited to, brokerage commissions and advertising expenses incurred, expenses of remodeling the Premises or any portion thereof for a new tenant, whether for the same or a different use, and any special concessions made to obtain a new tenant; and

 

LOGO


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory 400 E. Jamie Court/Global Blood Therapeutics - Page  17

 

(E) At Landlord’s election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by applicable law.

The term “ rent ” as used in this Section 21 shall be deemed to be and to mean all sums of every nature required to be paid by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease, whether to Landlord or to others. As used in Sections 21(c)(ii)(A) and (B) , above, the “ worth at the time of award ” shall be computed by allowing interest at the Default Rate. As used in Section 21(c)(ii)(C) above, the “ worth at the time of award ” shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus 1%.

(iii) Landlord may continue this Lease in effect after Tenant’s Default and recover rent as it becomes due (Landlord and Tenant hereby agreeing that Tenant has the right to sublet or assign hereunder, subject only to reasonable limitations). Accordingly, if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease following a Default by Tenant, Landlord may, from time to time, without terminating this Lease, enforce all of its rights and remedies hereunder, including the right to recover all Rent as it becomes due.

(iv) Whether or not Landlord elects to terminate this Lease following a Default by Tenant, Landlord shall have the right to terminate any and all subleases, licenses, concessions or other consensual arrangements for possession entered into by Tenant and affecting the Premises or may, in Landlord’s sole discretion, succeed to Tenant’s interest in such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements. Upon Landlord’s election to succeed to Tenant’s interest in any such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements, Tenant shall, as of the date of notice by Landlord of such election, have no further right to or interest in the rent or other consideration receivable thereunder.

(v) Independent of the exercise of any other remedy of Landlord hereunder or under applicable law, Landlord may conduct an environmental test of the Premises as generally described in Section 30(d) hereof, at Tenant’s expense.

(d) Effect of Exercise . Exercise by Landlord of any remedies hereunder or otherwise available shall not be deemed to be an acceptance of surrender of the Premises and/or a termination of this Lease by Landlord, it being understood that such surrender and/or termination can be effected only by the express written agreement of Landlord and Tenant. Any law, usage, or custom to the contrary notwithstanding, Landlord shall have the right at all times to enforce the provisions of this Lease in strict accordance with the terms hereof; and the failure of Landlord at any time to enforce its rights under this Lease strictly in accordance with same shall not be construed as having created a custom in any way or manner contrary to the specific terms, provisions, and covenants of this Lease or as having modified the same and shall not be deemed a waiver of Landlord’s right to enforce one or more of its rights in connection with any subsequent default. A receipt by Landlord of Rent or other payment with knowledge of the breach of any covenant hereof shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach, and no waiver by Landlord of any provision of this Lease shall be deemed to have been made unless expressed in writing and signed by Landlord. To the greatest extent permitted by law, Tenant waives the service of notice of Landlord’s intention to re-enter, re-take or otherwise obtain possession of the Premises as provided in any statute, or to institute legal proceedings to that end, and also waives all right of redemption in case Tenant shall be dispossessed by a judgment or by warrant of any court or judge. Any reletting of the Premises or any portion thereof shall be on such terms and conditions as Landlord in its sole discretion may determine. Landlord shall not be liable for, nor shall Tenant’s obligations hereunder be diminished because of, Landlord’s failure to relet the Premises or collect rent due in respect of such reletting or otherwise to mitigate any damages arising by reason of Tenant’s Default.

 

LOGO


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory 400 E. Jamie Court/Global Blood Therapeutics - Page  18

 

 

22. Assignment and Subletting .

(a) General Prohibition . Without Landlord’s prior written consent subject to and on the conditions described in this Section 22 , Tenant shall not, directly or indirectly, voluntarily or by operation of law, assign this Lease or sublease the Premises or any part thereof or mortgage, pledge, or hypothecate its leasehold interest or grant any concession or license within the Premises, and any attempt to do any of the foregoing shall be void and of no effect. If Tenant is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company, the shares or other ownership interests thereof which are not actively traded upon a stock exchange or in the over-the-counter market, a transfer or series of transfers whereby 25% or more of the issued and outstanding shares or other ownership interests of such corporation are, or voting control is, transferred (but excepting transfers upon deaths of individual owners) from a person or persons or entity or entities which were owners thereof at time of execution of this Lease to persons or entities who were not owners of shares or other ownership interests of the corporation, partnership or limited liability company at time of execution of this Lease, shall be deemed an assignment of this Lease requiring the consent of Landlord as provided in this Section 22 . Notwithstanding the foregoing, any public offering of shares or other ownership interest in Tenant or any private equity financing by one or more investors who regularly invest in private biotechnology companies, for which Tenant has given Landlord prior written notice, shall not be deemed an assignment. Such prior written notice shall be treated by Landlord as confidential information subject to Section 41(c) below.

(b) Permitted Transfers . If Tenant desires to assign, sublease, hypothecate or otherwise transfer this Lease or sublet the Premises, then at least 15 business days, but not more than 45 business days, before the date Tenant desires the assignment or sublease to be effective (the “ Assignment Date ”), Tenant shall give Landlord a notice (the “ Assignment Notice ”) containing such information about the proposed assignee or sublessee, including the proposed use of the Premises and any Hazardous Materials proposed to be used, stored handled, treated, generated in or released or disposed of from the Premises, the Assignment Date, any relationship between Tenant and the proposed assignee or sublessee, and all material terms and conditions of the proposed assignment or sublease, including a copy of any proposed assignment or sublease in its final form, and such other information as Landlord may deem reasonably necessary or appropriate to its consideration whether to grant its consent. Landlord may, by giving written notice to Tenant within 15 business days after receipt of the Assignment Notice: (i) grant such consent, or (ii) refuse such consent, in its reasonable discretion. Among other reasons, it shall be reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent in any of these instances: (1) the proposed assignee or subtenant is a governmental agency; (2) in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, the use of the Premises by the proposed assignee or subtenant would entail any alterations that would lessen the value of the leasehold improvements in the Premises, or would require increased services by Landlord; (3) in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, the proposed assignee or subtenant is engaged in areas of scientific research or other business concerns that are controversial such that they may (i) attract or cause negative publicity for or about the Building or the Project, (ii) negatively affect the reputation of the Building, the Project or Landlord, or (iii) attract protestors to the Building or the Project; (4) in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, the proposed assignee or subtenant lacks the creditworthiness to support the financial obligations it will incur under the proposed assignment or sublease; (5) in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, the character, reputation, or business of the proposed assignee or subtenant is inconsistent with the desired tenant-mix or the quality of other tenancies in the Project or is inconsistent with the type and quality of the nature of the Building; (6) Landlord has received from any prior landlord to the proposed assignee or subtenant a negative report concerning such prior landlord’s experience with the proposed assignee or subtenant; (7) Landlord has experienced previous defaults by or is in litigation with the proposed assignee or subtenant; (8) the use of the Premises by the proposed assignee or subtenant will violate any applicable Legal Requirement; (9) the proposed assignee or subtenant, or any entity that, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the proposed assignee or subtenant, is then an occupant of the Project if at the relevant time Landlord has comparable space available for lease; (10) the proposed assignee or subtenant is an entity with whom Landlord is negotiating to lease space in the Project if at the relevant time Landlord has comparable space available for lease; or (11) the assignment or sublease is prohibited by Landlord’s lender. No failure of Landlord to respond to any Assignment Notice shall be deemed to be Landlord’s consent to the proposed assignment, sublease or other transfer. Landlord shall, however, use reasonable efforts to timely respond to all Assignment Notices. Tenant shall pay to Landlord a fee equal to One Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($1,500) in connection with its consideration of any Assignment Notice and/or its preparation or review of any consent documents. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord’s consent to an assignment of this Lease or a subletting of any portion of the Premises to Myokardia or any entity

 

LOGO


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory 400 E. Jamie Court/Global Blood Therapeutics - Page  19

 

controlling, controlled by or under common control with Tenant (a “ Control Permitted Assignment ”) shall not be required, provided that Landlord shall have the right to approve the form of any such sublease or assignment. In addition, Tenant shall have the right to assign this Lease, upon 30 days prior written notice to Landlord, unless prohibited by applicable law in which case such notice shall be provided as soon as reasonably possible after the effective date of the assignment), but without obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent, to a corporation or other entity which is a successor-in-interest to Tenant, by way of merger, consolidation or corporate reorganization, or by the purchase of all or substantially all of the assets or the ownership interests of Tenant provided that (i) such merger or consolidation, or such acquisition or assumption, as the case may be, is for a good business purpose and not principally for the purpose of transferring the Lease, and (ii) the net worth (as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“ GAAP ”)) of the assignee is not less than the greater of the net worth (as determined in accordance with GAAP) of Tenant as of (A) the Commencement Date, or (B) as of the date of Tenant’s most current quarterly or annual financial statements, and (iii) such assignee shall agree in writing to assume all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease arising after the effective date of the assignment (a “ Corporate Permitted Assignment ”). Control Permitted Assignments and Corporate Permitted Assignments are hereinafter referred to as “ Permitted Assignments .”

(c) Additional Conditions . As a condition to any such assignment or subletting, whether or not Landlord’s consent is required, Landlord may require:

(i) that any assignee or subtenant agree, in writing at the time of such assignment or subletting, that if Landlord gives such party notice that Tenant is in Default under this Lease, such party shall thereafter make all payments otherwise due Tenant directly to Landlord, which payments will be received by Landlord without any liability except to credit such payment against those due under the Lease, and any such third party shall agree to attorn to Landlord or its successors and assigns should this Lease be terminated for any reason; provided , however , in no event shall Landlord or its successors or assigns be obligated to accept such attornment; and

(ii) A list of Hazardous Materials, certified by the proposed assignee or sublessee to be true and correct, which the proposed assignee or sublessee intends to use, store, handle, treat, generate in or release or dispose of from the Premises, together with copies of all documents relating to such use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release or disposal of Hazardous Materials by the proposed assignee or subtenant in the Premises or on the Project, prior to the proposed assignment or subletting, including, without limitation: permits; approvals; reports and correspondence; storage and management plans; plans relating to the installation of any storage tanks to be installed in or under the Project (provided, said installation of tanks shall only be permitted after Landlord has given its written consent to do so, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion); and all closure plans or any other documents required by any and all federal, state and local Governmental Authorities for any storage tanks installed in, on or under the Project for the closure of any such tanks. Neither Tenant nor any such proposed assignee or subtenant is required, however, to provide Landlord with any portion(s) of the such documents containing information of a proprietary nature which, in and of themselves, do not contain a reference to any Hazardous Materials or hazardous activities.

(d) No Release of Tenant, Sharing of Excess Rents . Notwithstanding any assignment or subletting, Tenant and any guarantor or surety of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease shall at all times remain fully and primarily responsible and liable for the payment of Rent and for compliance with all of Tenant’s other obligations under this Lease. If the Rent due and payable by a sublessee or assignee (or a combination of the rental payable under such sublease or assignment plus any bonus or other consideration therefor or incident thereto in any form) exceeds the sum of the rental payable under this Lease (including any TI Rent), (excluding however, any Rent payable under this Section) and actual and reasonable brokerage fees, legal costs and any designs or construction fees directly related to and required pursuant to the terms of any such sublease or any reasonable services fees payable by subtenant to Tenant for the costs to Tenant to provide typical office services such as coffee machines, telephones and fax machines (“ Excess Rent ”), then Tenant shall be bound and obligated to pay Landlord as Additional Rent hereunder 50% of such Excess Rent within 10 days following receipt thereof by

 

LOGO


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory 400 E. Jamie Court/Global Blood Therapeutics - Page  20

 

Tenant. If Tenant shall sublet the Premises or any part thereof, Tenant hereby immediately and irrevocably assigns to Landlord, as security for Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, all rent from any such subletting, and Landlord as assignee and as attorney-in-fact for Tenant, or a receiver for Tenant appointed on Landlord’s application, may collect such rent and apply it toward Tenant’s obligations under this Lease; except that, until the occurrence of a Default, Tenant shall have the right to collect such rent.

(e) No Waiver . The consent by Landlord to an assignment or subletting shall not relieve Tenant or any assignees of this Lease or any sublessees of the Premises from obtaining the consent of Landlord to any further assignment or subletting nor shall it release Tenant or any assignee or sublessee of Tenant from full and primary liability under the Lease. The acceptance of Rent hereunder, or the acceptance of performance of any other term, covenant, or condition thereof, from any other person or entity shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any of the provisions of this Lease or a consent to any subletting, assignment or other transfer of the Premises.

(f) Prior Conduct of Proposed Transferee . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 22 , if (i) the proposed assignee or sublessee of Tenant has been required by any prior landlord, lender or Governmental Authority to take remedial action in connection with Hazardous Materials contaminating a property, where the contamination resulted from such party’s action or use of the property in question, (ii) the proposed assignee or sublessee is subject to an enforcement order issued by any Governmental Authority in connection with the use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release or disposal of Hazardous Materials (including, without limitation, any order related to the failure to make a required reporting to any Governmental Authority), or (iii) because of the existence of a pre-existing environmental condition in the vicinity of or underlying the Project, the risk that Landlord would be targeted as a responsible party in connection with the remediation of such pre-existing environmental condition would be materially increased or exacerbated by the proposed use of Hazardous Materials by such proposed assignee or sublessee, Landlord shall have the absolute right to refuse to consent to any assignment or subletting to any such party.

23. Estoppel Certificate . Tenant shall, within 10 business days of written notice from Landlord, execute, acknowledge and deliver an estoppel certificate on any form reasonably requested by a proposed lender or purchaser.

24. Quiet Enjoyment . So long as Tenant is not in Default under this Lease, Tenant shall, subject to the terms of this Lease, at all times during the Term, have peaceful and quiet enjoyment of the Premises against any person claiming by, through or under Landlord.

25. Prorations . All prorations required or permitted to be made hereunder shall be made on the basis of a 360 day year and 30 day months.

26. Rules and Regulations . Tenant shall, at all times during the Term and any extension thereof, comply with all reasonable rules and regulations at any time or from time to time established by Landlord covering use of the Premises and the Project. The current rules and regulations are attached hereto as Exhibit E . If there is any conflict between said rules and regulations and other provisions of this Lease, the terms and provisions of this Lease shall control. Landlord shall not have any liability or obligation for the breach of any rules or regulations by other tenants in the Project and shall not enforce such rules and regulations in a discriminatory manner.

27. Subordination . This Lease and Tenant’s interest and rights hereunder are hereby made and shall be subject and subordinate at all times to the lien of any Mortgage now existing or hereafter created on or against the Project or the Premises, and all amendments, restatements, renewals, modifications, consolidations, refinancing, assignments and extensions thereof, without the necessity of any further instrument or act on the part of Tenant; provided , however that so long as there is no Default hereunder, Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises shall not be disturbed by the Holder of any such Mortgage. Tenant agrees, at the election of the Holder of any such Mortgage, to attorn to any such Holder. Tenant agrees upon 10 days after demand to execute, acknowledge and deliver such

 

LOGO


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory 400 E. Jamie Court/Global Blood Therapeutics - Page  21

 

instruments, confirming such subordination, and such instruments of attornment as shall be requested by any such Holder, provided any such instruments contain appropriate non-disturbance provisions assuring Tenant’s quiet enjoyment of the Premises as set forth in Section 24 hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any such Holder may at any time subordinate its Mortgage to this Lease, without Tenant’s consent, by notice in writing to Tenant, and thereupon this Lease shall be deemed prior to such Mortgage without regard to their respective dates of execution, delivery or recording and in that event such Holder shall have the same rights with respect to this Lease as though this Lease had been executed prior to the execution, delivery and recording of such Mortgage and had been assigned to such Holder. The term “ Mortgage ” whenever used in this Lease shall be deemed to include deeds of trust, security assignments and any other encumbrances, and any reference to the “ Holder ” of a Mortgage shall be deemed to include the beneficiary under a deed of trust. As of the date of this Lease, there is no existing Mortgage encumbering the Project. Upon written request from Tenant, Landlord shall use commercially reasonably efforts to obtain for execution by Tenant a commercially reasonable form of non-disturbance and attornment agreement executed by the Holder of any future Mortgage with a lien on the Project which provides, among other things, that so long as Tenant is not in Default of its obligations under this Lease, foreclosure or other enforcement of such Mortgage shall not terminate this Lease and the successor to Landlord’s interest in the Project shall recognize this Lease and Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises.

28. Surrender . Upon the expiration of the Term or earlier termination of Tenant’s right of possession, Tenant shall surrender the Premises to Landlord in the same condition as received, subject to any Alterations or Installations permitted by Landlord to remain in the Premises, free of Hazardous Materials brought upon, kept, used, stored, handled, treated, generated in, or released or disposed of from, the Premises by any person other than a Landlord Party (collectively, “ Tenant HazMat Operations ”) and released of all Hazardous Materials Clearances, broom clean, ordinary wear and tear and casualty loss and condemnation covered by Sections 18 and 19 excepted. At least 3 months prior to the surrender of the Premises, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a narrative description of the actions proposed (or required by any Governmental Authority) to be taken by Tenant in order to surrender the Premises (including any Installations permitted by Landlord to remain in the Premises) at the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, free from any residual impact from the Tenant HazMat Operations and otherwise released for unrestricted use and occupancy (the “ Surrender Plan ”). Such Surrender Plan shall be accompanied by a current listing of (i) all Hazardous Materials licenses and permits held by or on behalf of any Tenant Party with respect to the Premises, and (ii) all Hazardous Materials used, stored, handled, treated, generated, released or disposed of from the Premises, and shall be subject to the review and approval of Landlord’s environmental consultant. In connection with the review and approval of the Surrender Plan, upon the request of Landlord, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord or its consultant such additional non-proprietary information concerning Tenant HazMat Operations as Landlord shall request. On or before such surrender, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord evidence that the approved Surrender Plan shall have been satisfactorily completed and Landlord shall have the right, subject to reimbursement at Tenant’s expense as set forth below, to cause Landlord’s environmental consultant to inspect the Premises and perform such additional procedures as may be deemed reasonably necessary to confirm that the Premises are, as of the effective date of such surrender or early termination of the Lease, free from any residual impact from Tenant HazMat Operations. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, as Additional Rent, for the actual out-of pocket expense incurred by Landlord for Landlord’s environmental consultant to review and approve the Surrender Plan and to visit the Premises and verify satisfactory completion of the same, which cost shall not exceed $1,500. Landlord shall have the unrestricted right to deliver such Surrender Plan and any report by Landlord’s environmental consultant with respect to the surrender of the Premises to third parties.

If Tenant shall fail to prepare or submit a Surrender Plan approved by Landlord, or if Tenant shall fail to complete the approved Surrender Plan, or if such Surrender Plan, whether or not approved by Landlord, shall fail to adequately address any residual effect of Tenant HazMat Operations in, on or about the Premises, Landlord shall have the right to take such actions as Landlord may deem reasonable or appropriate to assure that the Premises and the Project are surrendered free from any residual impact from Tenant HazMat Operations, the cost of which actions shall be reimbursed by Tenant as Additional Rent, without regard to the limitation set forth in the first paragraph of this Section 28 .

 

LOGO


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory 400 E. Jamie Court/Global Blood Therapeutics - Page  22

 

Tenant shall immediately return to Landlord all keys and/or access cards to parking, the Project, restrooms or all or any portion of the Premises furnished to or otherwise procured by Tenant. If any such access card or key is lost, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, at Landlord’s election, either the cost of replacing such lost access card or key or the cost of reprogramming the access security system in which such access card was used or changing the lock or locks opened by such lost key. Any Tenant’s Property, Alterations and property not so removed by Tenant as permitted or required herein shall be deemed abandoned and may be stored, removed, and disposed of by Landlord at Tenant’s expense, and Tenant waives all claims against Landlord for any damages resulting from Landlord’s retention and/or disposition of such property. All obligations of Tenant hereunder not fully performed as of the termination of the Term, including the obligations of Tenant under Section 30 hereof, shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, including, without limitation, indemnity obligations, payment obligations with respect to Rent and obligations concerning the condition and repair of the Premises.

29. Waiver of Jury Trial . TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, TENANT AND LANDLORD WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OR TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE, BETWEEN LANDLORD AND TENANT ARISING OUT OF THIS LEASE OR ANY OTHER INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT, OR AGREEMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED HERETO.

30. Environmental Requirements .

(a) Prohibition/Compliance/Indemnity . Tenant shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Materials (as hereinafter defined) to be brought upon, kept, used, stored, handled, treated, generated in or about, or released or disposed of from, the Premises or the Project in violation of applicable Environmental Requirements (as hereinafter defined) by Tenant or any Tenant Party. If Tenant breaches the obligation stated in the preceding sentence, or if the presence of Hazardous Materials in the Premises during the Term or any holding over results in contamination of the Premises, the Project or any adjacent property or if contamination of the Premises, the Project or any adjacent property by Hazardous Materials brought into, kept, used, stored, handled, treated, generated in or about, or released or disposed of from, the Premises by anyone other than Landlord and Landlord’s employees, agents and contractors otherwise occurs during the Term or any holding over, Tenant hereby indemnifies and shall defend and hold Landlord, its officers, directors, employees, agents and contractors harmless from any and all actions (including, without limitation, remedial or enforcement actions of any kind, administrative or judicial proceedings, and orders or judgments arising out of or resulting therefrom), costs, claims, damages (including, without limitation, punitive damages and damages based upon diminution in value of the Premises or the Project, or the loss of, or restriction on, use of the Premises or any portion of the Project), expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’, consultants’ and experts’ fees, court costs and amounts paid in settlement of any claims or actions), fines, forfeitures or other civil, administrative or criminal penalties, injunctive or other relief (whether or not based upon personal injury, property damage, or contamination of, or adverse effects upon, the environment, water tables or natural resources), liabilities or losses (collectively, “ Environmental Claims ”) which arise during or after the Term as a result of contamination for which Tenant is responsible under this Section 30(a) . This indemnification of Landlord by Tenant includes, without limitation, costs incurred in connection with any investigation of site conditions or any cleanup, treatment, remedial, removal, or restoration work required by any federal, state or local Governmental Authority because of Hazardous Materials present in the air, soil or ground water above, on, or under the Premises. Without limiting the foregoing, if the presence of any Hazardous Materials on the Premises, the Building, the Project or any adjacent property caused or permitted by Tenant or any Tenant Party results in any contamination of the Premises, the Building, the Project or any adjacent property, Tenant shall promptly take all actions at its sole expense and in accordance with applicable Environmental Requirements as are necessary to return the Premises, the Building, the Project or any adjacent property to the condition existing prior to the time of such contamination, provided that Landlord’s approval of such action shall first be obtained, which approval shall not unreasonably be withheld so long as such actions would not potentially have any material adverse long-term or short-term effect on the Premises, the Building or the Project. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 30(a) , Tenant shall not be responsible for the clean up or remediation of, and the

 

LOGO


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory 400 E. Jamie Court/Global Blood Therapeutics - Page  23

 

indemnification and hold harmless obligation set forth in this paragraph shall not apply to contamination on the Project or in the Premises that Tenant can demonstrate to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction was present on the Project or in the Premises prior to the date of this Lease or the presence of any Hazardous Materials in the Premises which Tenant can prove to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction migrated from outside of the Premises into the Premises , except in any case to the extent Tenant and/or any of the Tenant Parties have exacerbated or contributed to such contamination, and provided that it is understood that Tenant shall have the burden of proof with respect to whether such contamination was present on the Project or in the Premises prior to the date of this Lease or migrated from outside the Premises to the Premises through the air, soil or water.

(b) Business . Landlord acknowledges that it is not the intent of this Section 30 to prohibit Tenant from using the Premises for the Permitted Use. Tenant may operate its business according to prudent industry practices so long as the use or presence of Hazardous Materials is strictly and properly monitored according to all then applicable Environmental Requirements. As a material inducement to Landlord to allow Tenant to use Hazardous Materials in connection with its business, Tenant agrees to deliver to Landlord prior to the Commencement Date a list identifying each type of Hazardous Materials to be brought upon, kept, used, stored, handled, treated, generated on, or released or disposed of from, the Premises and setting forth any and all governmental approvals or permits required in connection with the presence, use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release or disposal of such Hazardous Materials on or from the Premises (“ Hazardous Materials List ”). Tenant shall deliver to Landlord an updated Hazardous Materials List at least once a year and shall also deliver an updated list before any new Hazardous Material is brought onto, kept, used, stored, handled, treated, generated on, or released or disposed of from, the Premises. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord true and correct copies of the following documents (the “ Haz Mat Documents ”) relating to the use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release or disposal of Hazardous Materials prior to the Commencement Date, or if unavailable at that time, concurrent with the receipt from or submission to a Governmental Authority: permits; approvals; reports and correspondence; storage and management plans, notice of violations of any Legal Requirements; plans relating to the installation of any storage tanks to be installed in or under the Project (provided, said installation of tanks shall only be permitted after Landlord has given Tenant its written consent to do so, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion); all closure plans or any other documents required by any and all federal, state and local Governmental Authorities for any storage tanks installed in, on or under the Project for the closure of any such tanks; and a Surrender Plan (to the extent surrender in accordance with Section 28 cannot be accomplished in 3 months). Tenant is not required, however, to provide Landlord with any portion(s) of the Haz Mat Documents containing information of a proprietary nature which, in and of themselves, do not contain a reference to any Hazardous Materials or hazardous activities. It is not the intent of this Section to provide Landlord with information which could be detrimental to Tenant’s business should such information become possessed by Tenant’s competitors.

(c) Tenant Representation and Warranty . Tenant hereby represents and warrants to Landlord that (i) neither Tenant nor any of its legal predecessors has been required by any prior landlord, lender or Governmental Authority at any time to take remedial action in connection with Hazardous Materials contaminating a property which contamination was permitted by Tenant of such predecessor or resulted from Tenant’s or such predecessor’s action or use of the property in question, and (ii) Tenant is not subject to any enforcement order issued by any Governmental Authority in connection with the use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release or disposal of Hazardous Materials (including, without limitation, any order related to the failure to make a required reporting to any Governmental Authority). If Landlord determines that this representation and warranty was not true as of the date of this lease, Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion.

(d) Testing . Landlord shall have access to, and a right to perform inspections and tests of, the Premises to determine Tenant’s compliance with Environmental Requirements, its obligations under this Section 30 , or the environmental condition of the Premises or the Project. In connection with such testing, upon the request of Landlord, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord or its consultant such non-proprietary information concerning the use of Hazardous Materials in or about the Premises by Tenant or any Tenant Party. Access to the Premises shall be granted to Landlord upon Landlord’s prior notice to

 

LOGO


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory 400 E. Jamie Court/Global Blood Therapeutics - Page  24

 

Tenant and at such times so as to minimize, so far as may be reasonable under the circumstances, any disturbance to Tenant’s operations. Such inspections and tests shall be conducted at Landlord’s expense, unless such inspections or tests reveal that Tenant has not complied with any Environmental Requirement, in which case Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the reasonable cost of such inspection and tests. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, promptly and satisfactorily remediate any environmental conditions for which Tenant is responsible pursuant to this Section 30 and that are identified by such testing in accordance with all Environmental Requirements. Landlord’s receipt of or satisfaction with any environmental assessment in no way waives any rights that Landlord may have against Tenant.

(e) Control Areas . Tenant shall be allowed to utilize up to its pro rata share of the Hazardous Materials inventory within any control area or zone (located within the Premises), as designated by the applicable building code, for chemical use or storage. As used in the preceding sentence, Tenant’s pro rata share of any control areas or zones located within the Premises shall be determined based on the rentable square footage that Tenant leases within the applicable control area or zone. For purposes of example only, if a control area or zone contains 10,000 rentable square feet and 2,000 rentable square feet of a tenant’s premises are located within such control area or zone (while such premises as a whole contains 5,000 rentable square feet), the applicable tenant’s pro rata share of such control area would be 20%.

(f) Underground Tanks . Tenant shall have no right to place underground or other storage tanks on the Premises or the Project; provided however, Tenant shall have the right to use nitrogen tanks in the Premises in compliance all applicable Environmental Requirements and the provisions of this Lease.

(g) Tenant’s Obligations . Tenant’s obligations under this Section 30 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease. During any period of time after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease required by Tenant or Landlord to complete the removal from the Premises of any Hazardous Materials for which Tenant is responsible under this Lease (including, without limitation, the release and termination of any licenses or permits restricting the use of the Premises and the completion of the approved Surrender Plan), Tenant shall continue to pay the full Rent in accordance with this Lease for any portion of the Premises not relet by Landlord, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, as a result of the presence of Hazardous Materials for which Tenant is responsible under this Lease, which Rent shall be prorated daily.

(h) Definitions . As used herein, the term “ Environmental Requirements ” means all applicable present and future statutes, regulations, ordinances, rules, codes, judgments, orders or other similar enactments of any Governmental Authority regulating or relating to health, safety, or environmental conditions on, under, or about the Premises or the Project, or the environment, including without limitation, the following: the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act; the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act; and all state and local counterparts thereto, and any regulations or policies promulgated or issued thereunder. As used herein, the term “Hazardous Materials ” means and includes any substance, material, waste, pollutant, or contaminant listed or defined as hazardous or toxic, or regulated by reason of its impact or potential impact on humans, animals and/or the environment under any Environmental Requirements, asbestos and petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof, natural gas liquids, liquefied natural gas, or synthetic gas usable for fuel (or mixtures of natural gas and such synthetic gas). As defined in Environmental Requirements, Tenant is and shall be deemed to be the “ operator ” of Tenant’s “ facility ” and the “ owner ” of all Hazardous Materials brought on the Premises by Tenant or any Tenant Party, and the wastes, by-products, or residues generated, resulting, or produced therefrom.

31. Tenant’s Remedies/Limitation of Liability . Landlord shall not be in default hereunder unless Landlord fails to perform any of its obligations hereunder within 30 days after written notice from Tenant specifying such failure (unless such performance will, due to the nature of the obligation, require a period of time in excess of 30 days, then after such period of time as is reasonably necessary); provided ,

 

LOGO


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory 400 E. Jamie Court/Global Blood Therapeutics - Page  25

 

however , that if the nature of Landlord’s obligation arises from an emergency condition and Tenant provides notice to Landlord (which may be telephonic if followed by written notice on the same day describing the emergency condition in reasonable detail, including without limitation the emergency nature of the condition and specifying in all capital letters and boldface type that the condition is an emergency and response is required by Landlord pursuant to the Lease), then Landlord shall respond within a reasonable period after receipt of such notice of the emergency condition. Upon any default by Landlord, Tenant shall give notice by registered or certified mail to any Holder of a Mortgage covering the Premises and to any landlord of any lease of property in or on which the Premises are located and Tenant shall offer such Holder and/or landlord a reasonable opportunity to cure the default, including time to obtain possession of the Project by power of sale or a judicial action if such should prove necessary to effect a cure; provided Landlord shall have furnished to Tenant in writing the names and addresses of all such persons who are to receive such notices. All obligations of Landlord hereunder shall be construed as covenants, not conditions; and, except as may be otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, Tenant may not terminate this Lease for breach of Landlord’s obligations hereunder.

All obligations of Landlord under this Lease will be binding upon Landlord only during the period of its ownership of the Premises and not thereafter. The term “ Landlord ” in this Lease shall mean only the owner for the time being of the Premises. Upon the transfer by such owner of its interest in the Premises, such owner shall thereupon be released and discharged from all obligations of Landlord thereafter accruing, but such obligations shall be binding during the Term upon each new owner for the duration of such owner’s ownership.

32. Inspection and Access . Landlord and its agents, representatives, and contractors may enter the Premises at any reasonable time to inspect the Premises and to make such repairs as may be required or permitted pursuant to this Lease and for any other business purpose. Landlord and Landlord’s representatives may enter the Premises during business hours on not less than 48 hours advance written notice (except in the case of emergencies in which case no such notice shall be required and such entry may be at any time) for the purpose of effecting any such repairs, inspecting the Premises, showing the Premises to prospective purchasers and, during the last year of the Term, to prospective tenants. Landlord may erect a suitable sign on the Premises stating the Premises are available to let or that the Project is available for sale. Landlord may grant easements, make public dedications, designate Common Areas and create restrictions on or about the Premises, provided that no such easement, dedication, designation or restriction materially, adversely affects Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises for the Permitted Use. At Landlord’s request, Tenant shall execute such instruments as may be necessary for such easements, dedications or restrictions. Tenant shall at all times, except in the case of emergencies, have the right to escort Landlord or its agents, representatives, contractors or guests while the same are in the Premises, provided such escort does not materially and adversely affect Landlord’s access rights hereunder.

33. Security . Tenant acknowledges and agrees that security devices and services, if any, while intended to deter crime may not in given instances prevent theft or other criminal acts and that Landlord is not providing any security services with respect to the Premises. Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for, and Tenant waives any claim against Landlord with respect to, any loss by theft or any other damage suffered or incurred by Tenant in connection with any unauthorized entry into the Premises or any other breach of security with respect to the Premises. Tenant shall be solely responsible for the personal safety of Tenant’s officers, employees, agents, contractors, guests and invitees while any such person is in, on or about the Premises and/or the Project. Tenant shall at Tenant’s cost obtain insurance coverage to the extent Tenant desires protection against such criminal acts.

34. Force Majeure . Landlord shall not be responsible or liable for delays in the performance of its obligations hereunder when caused by, related to, or arising out of acts of God, sinkholes or subsidence, strikes, lockouts, or other labor disputes, embargoes, quarantines, weather, national, regional, or local disasters, calamities, or catastrophes, inability to obtain labor or materials (or reasonable substitutes therefor) at reasonable costs or failure of, or inability to obtain, utilities necessary for performance, governmental restrictions, orders, limitations, regulations, or controls, national

 

LOGO


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory 400 E. Jamie Court/Global Blood Therapeutics - Page  26

 

emergencies, delay in issuance or revocation of permits, enemy or hostile governmental action, terrorism, insurrection, riots, civil disturbance or commotion, fire or other casualty, and other causes or events beyond the reasonable control of Landlord (“ Force Majeure ”).

35. Brokers . Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants that it has not dealt with any broker, agent or other person (collectively, “ Broker ”) in connection with this transaction and that no Broker brought about this transaction, other than Cornish & Carey Commercial, NKF, Jones Lang LaSalle and CTBT Commercial. Landlord and Tenant each hereby agree to indemnify and hold the other harmless from and against any claims by any Broker, other than the broker, if any named in this Section 35 , claiming a commission or other form of compensation by virtue of having dealt with Tenant or Landlord, as applicable, with regard to this leasing transaction.

36. Limitation on Landlord’s Liability . NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING SET FORTH HEREIN OR IN ANY OTHER AGREEMENT BETWEEN LANDLORD AND TENANT TO THE CONTRARY: (A) LANDLORD SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO TENANT OR ANY OTHER PERSON FOR (AND TENANT AND EACH SUCH OTHER PERSON ASSUME ALL RISK OF) LOSS, DAMAGE OR INJURY, WHETHER ACTUAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL TO: TENANT’S PERSONAL PROPERTY OF EVERY KIND AND DESCRIPTION, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION TRADE FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT, INVENTORY, SCIENTIFIC RESEARCH, SCIENTIFIC EXPERIMENTS, LABORATORY ANIMALS, PRODUCT, SPECIMENS, SAMPLES, AND/OR SCIENTIFIC, BUSINESS, ACCOUNTING AND OTHER RECORDS OF EVERY KIND AND DESCRIPTION KEPT AT THE PREMISES AND ANY AND ALL INCOME DERIVED OR DERIVABLE THEREFROM; (B) THERE SHALL BE NO PERSONAL RECOURSE TO LANDLORD FOR ANY ACT OR OCCURRENCE IN, ON OR ABOUT THE PREMISES OR ARISING IN ANY WAY UNDER THIS LEASE OR ANY OTHER AGREEMENT BETWEEN LANDLORD AND TENANT WITH RESPECT TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF AND ANY LIABILITY OF LANDLORD HEREUNDER SHALL BE STRICTLY LIMITED SOLELY TO LANDLORD’S INTEREST IN THE PROJECT OR ANY PROCEEDS FROM SALE OR CONDEMNATION THEREOF AND ANY INSURANCE PROCEEDS PAYABLE IN RESPECT OF LANDLORD’S INTEREST IN THE PROJECT OR IN CONNECTION WITH ANY SUCH LOSS; AND (C) IN NO EVENT SHALL ANY PERSONAL LIABILITY BE ASSERTED AGAINST LANDLORD IN CONNECTION WITH THIS LEASE NOR SHALL ANY RECOURSE BE HAD TO ANY OTHER PROPERTY OR ASSETS OF LANDLORD OR ANY OF LANDLORD’S OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR CONTRACTORS. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL LANDLORD OR ANY OF LANDLORD’S OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR CONTRACTORS BE LIABLE FOR INJURY TO TENANT’S BUSINESS OR FOR ANY LOSS OF INCOME OR PROFIT THEREFROM.

37. Severability . If any clause or provision of this Lease is illegal, invalid or unenforceable under present or future laws, then and in that event, it is the intention of the parties hereto that the remainder of this Lease shall not be affected thereby. It is also the intention of the parties to this Lease that in lieu of each clause or provision of this Lease that is illegal, invalid or unenforceable, there be added, as a part of this Lease, a clause or provision as similar in effect to such illegal, invalid or unenforceable clause or provision as shall be legal, valid and enforceable.

38. Signs; Exterior Appearance . Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which may be granted or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion: (i) attach any awnings, exterior lights, decorations, balloons, flags, pennants, banners, painting or other projection to any outside wall of the Project, (ii) use any curtains, blinds, shades or screens other than Landlord’s standard window coverings, (iii) coat or otherwise sunscreen the interior or exterior of any windows, (iv) place any bottles, parcels, or other articles on the window sills, (v) place any equipment, furniture or other items of personal property on any exterior balcony, or (vi) paint, affix or exhibit on any part of the Premises or the Project any signs, notices, window or door lettering, placards, decorations, or advertising media of any type which can be viewed from the exterior of the Premises. Interior signs on doors and the directory tablet shall be inscribed, painted or affixed for Tenant by Landlord at the sole cost and expense of Tenant, and shall be of a size, color and type acceptable to Landlord. Nothing may be placed on the exterior of corridor walls or corridor doors other than Landlord’s standard lettering. The directory tablet shall be provided exclusively for the display of the name and location of tenants.

 

LOGO


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory 400 E. Jamie Court/Global Blood Therapeutics -Page  27

 

39. Expansion Rights .

(a) In the Project . Subject to the provisions of this Section 39 , each time during the Base Term that Landlord intends to agree to a written proposal (the “ Pending Deal ”) to lease the Expansion Space (as hereinafter defined) to a third party (other than Stem Centrx, LLC), Landlord shall deliver to Tenant written notice (the “ Pending Deal Notice ”) of the existence of such Pending Deal. For purposes of this Section 39(a) , “ Expansion Space ” shall mean the entire second floor of that certain building in the Project located at 450 East Jamie Court, South San Francisco, California, which is not occupied by a tenant or which is occupied by a then existing tenant whose lease is expiring within 6 months or less and such tenant does not wish to renew (whether or not such tenant has a right to renew) its occupancy of such space. Tenant shall be entitled to exercise its right under this Section 39(a) only with respect to the entire Expansion Space described in such Pending Deal Notice. Within 10 days after Tenant’s receipt of the Pending Deal Notice, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord written notice (the “ Acceptance Notice ”) if Tenant elects to lease the Expansion Space. Tenant’s right to receive the Pending Deal Notice and election to lease or not lease the Expansion Space pursuant to this Section 39(a) is hereinafter referred to as the “ Right of Second Refusal .” If Tenant elects to lease the space described in the Pending Deal Notice by delivering the Acceptance Notice within the required 10 day period, Tenant shall be deemed to agree to lease the Expansion Space on the same general terms and conditions as this Lease except that the terms of this Lease shall be modified to reflect the terms of the Pending Deal Notice for the rental of the Expansion Space; provided, that if the term of the Lease with respect to the Expansion Space would expire after the Base Term of the Lease with respect to the original Premises, the Base Term of the Lease with respect to the original Premises shall be extended so as to be co-terminous with the term of the Lease with respect to the Expansion Space. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in no event shall the TI Allowance or Landlord’s Work apply to the Expansion Space. If Tenant fails to deliver a Acceptance Notice to Landlord within the required 5 day period, Tenant shall be deemed to have waived its rights under this Section 39(a) to lease the Expansion Space identified in the Pending Deal Notice, and Landlord shall have the right to lease such Expansion Space to the party subject to the Pending Deal Notice (or an affiliate of such party) on substantially the terms and conditions contained in the Pending Deal Notice.

(b) In the Building . Subject to the provisions of this Section 39 , if the MyoKardia Lease terminates during the Base Term and this Lease remains in full force and effect, the first time during the Base Term that Landlord intends to agree to a written proposal (the “ MyoKardia Space Pending Deal ”) to lease the Available Space (as hereinafter defined) to a third party, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant written notice (the “ MyoKardia Space Pending Deal Notice ”) of the existence of such MyoKardia Space Pending Deal. For purposes of this Section 39(b) , “ Available Space ” shall mean the Myokardia Premises, which is not occupied by a tenant or which is occupied by a then existing tenant whose lease is expiring within 6 months or less and such tenant does not wish to renew (whether or not such tenant has a right to renew) its occupancy of such space. Tenant shall be entitled to exercise its right under this Section 39(b) only with respect to the entire Available Space described in such MyoKardia Space Pending Deal Notice. Within 10 days after Tenant’s receipt of the MyoKardia Space Pending Deal Notice, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord written notice (the “ MyoKardia Space Acceptance Notice ”) if Tenant elects to lease the Available Space. Tenant’s right to receive the MyoKardia Space Pending Deal Notice and election to lease or not lease the Available Space pursuant to this Section 39(b) is hereinafter referred to as the “ Right of First Refusal .” If Tenant elects to lease the space described in the MyoKardia Space Pending Deal Notice by delivering the MyoKardia Space Acceptance Notice within the required 10 day period, Tenant shall be deemed to agree to lease the Available Space on the same general terms and conditions as this Lease except that the terms of this Lease shall be modified to reflect the terms of the MyoKardia Space Pending Deal Notice for the rental of the Available Space; provided, that if the term of the Lease with respect to the Available Space would expire after the Base Term of the Lease with respect to the original Premises, the Base Term of the Lease with respect to the original Premises shall be extended so as to be co-terminous with the term of the Lease with respect to the Available Space. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in no event shall the TI Allowance or Landlord’s Work apply to the Available Space. If Tenant fails to deliver a Myokardia Space Acceptance Notice to Landlord within the required 10 day period, Tenant’s rights under this Section 39(b) shall terminate in their entirety and this Section 39(b) shall be of no further force or effect.

 

LOGO


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory 400 E. Jamie Court/Global Blood Therapeutics - Page  28

 

(c) Amended Lease . If: (i) Tenant fails to timely deliver a Acceptance Notice or MyoKardia Space Acceptance Notice, as applicable, or (ii) after the expiration of a period of 10 days after Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of a lease amendment or lease agreement for Tenant’s lease of the Expansion Space or the Available Space, as applicable, no lease amendment or lease agreement for the Expansion Space or Applicable Space, as applicable, acceptable to both parties each in their sole and absolute discretion, has been executed, Tenant shall be deemed to have waived its right to lease such Expansion Space or Applicable Space, as applicable.

(d) Exceptions . Notwithstanding the above, the Right of Second Refusal and Right of First Refusal shall, at Landlord’s option. not be in effect and may not be exercised by Tenant:

(i) during any period of time that Tenant is in Default under any provision of the Lease; or

(ii) if Tenant has been in Default under any provision of the Lease 3 or more times, whether or not the Defaults are cured, during the 12 month period prior to the date on which Tenant seeks to exercise the Right of Second Refusal or Right of First Refusal, as applicable.

(e) Termination . The Right of Second Refusal and Right of First Refusal shall, at Landlord’s option, terminate and be of no further force or effect even after Tenant’s due and timely exercise of the Right of Second Refusal or Right of First Refusal, as applicable, if, after such exercise, but prior to the commencement date of the lease of the Expansion Space or Available Space, as applicable, (i) Tenant fails to timely cure any default by Tenant under the Lease; or (ii) Tenant has Defaulted 3 or more times during the period from the date of the exercise of the Right of Second Refusal or Right of First Refusal, as applicable, to the date of the commencement of the lease of the Expansion Space or Available Space, as applicable, whether or not such Defaults are cured.

(f) Subordinate . Tenant’s rights in connection with the Right of Second Refusal are and shall be subject to and subordinate to any expansion or extension rights granted in the Project to Stem Centrx, LLC.

(g) Rights Personal . The Right of Second Refusal and Right First Refusal are personal to Tenant and are not assignable without Landlord’s consent, which may be granted or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion separate and apart from any consent by Landlord to an assignment of Tenant’s interest in the Lease, except that they may be assigned in connection with any Permitted Assignment of this Lease.

(h) No Extensions . The period of time within which the Right of Second Refusal and Right of First Refusal may be exercised shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Tenant’s inability to exercise the Right of Second Refusal or Right of First Refusal.

40. Intentionally Omitted .

41. Miscellaneous .

(a) Notices . All notices or other communications between the parties shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given upon delivery or refusal to accept delivery by the addressee thereof if delivered in person, or upon actual receipt if delivered by reputable overnight guaranty courier, addressed and sent to the parties at their addresses set forth above. Landlord and Tenant may from time to time by written notice to the other designate another address for receipt of future notices.

(b) Joint and Several Liability . If and when included within the term “ Tenant ,” as used in this instrument, there is more than one person or entity, each shall be jointly and severally liable for the obligations of Tenant.

 

LOGO


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory 400 E. Jamie Court/Global Blood Therapeutics - Page  29

 

(c) Financial Information . Tenant shall furnish Landlord with true and complete copies of (i) Tenant’s most recent audited annual financial statements within 60 days of the end of each of Tenant’s fiscal years during the Term, (ii) Tenant’s most recent unaudited quarterly financial statements within 45 days of the end of each of Tenant’s first three fiscal quarters of each of Tenant’s fiscal years during the Term, (iii) at Landlord’s request from time to time but not more than once in any 12 month period, updated business plans, including cash flow projections and/or pro forma balance sheets and income statements, all of which shall be treated by Landlord as confidential information belonging to Tenant, (iv) corporate brochures and/or profiles prepared by Tenant for prospective investors, and (v) any other financial information or summaries that Tenant typically provides to its lenders or shareholders. So long as Tenant is a “public company” and its financial information is publicly available, then the foregoing delivery requirements of this Section 41(c) shall not apply.

(d) Recordation . Neither this Lease nor a memorandum of lease shall be filed by or on behalf of Tenant in any public record. Landlord may prepare and file, and upon request by Landlord Tenant will execute, a memorandum of lease. Nothing contained herein is intended to preclude Tenant from providing a copy of this Lease (and any side letters or amendments thereto) to the Securities and Exchange Commission if Tenant is required to do so to comply with Legal Requirements applicable to public companies.

(e) Interpretation . The normal rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation of this Lease or any exhibits or amendments hereto. Words of any gender used in this Lease shall be held and construed to include any other gender, and words in the singular number shall be held to include the plural, unless the context otherwise requires. The captions inserted in this Lease are for convenience only and in no way define, limit or otherwise describe the scope or intent of this Lease, or any provision hereof, or in any way affect the interpretation of this Lease.

(f) Not Binding Until Executed . The submission by Landlord to Tenant of this Lease shall have no binding force or effect, shall not constitute an option for the leasing of the Premises, nor confer any right or impose any obligations upon either party until execution of this Lease by both parties.

(g) Limitations on Interest . It is expressly the intent of Landlord and Tenant at all times to comply with applicable law governing the maximum rate or amount of any interest payable on or in connection with this Lease. If applicable law is ever judicially interpreted so as to render usurious any interest called for under this Lease, or contracted for, charged, taken, reserved, or received with respect to this Lease, then it is Landlord’s and Tenant’s express intent that all excess amounts theretofore collected by Landlord be credited on the applicable obligation (or, if the obligation has been or would thereby be paid in full, refunded to Tenant), and the provisions of this Lease immediately shall be deemed reformed and the amounts thereafter collectible hereunder reduced, without the necessity of the execution of any new document, so as to comply with the applicable law, but so as to permit the recovery of the fullest amount otherwise called for hereunder.

(h) Choice of Law . Construction and interpretation of this Lease shall be governed by the internal laws of the state in which the Premises are located, excluding any principles of conflicts of laws.

(i) Time . Time is of the essence as to the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

(j) OFAC . Tenant, and all beneficial owners of Tenant, are currently (a) in compliance with and shall at all times during the Term of this Lease remain in compliance with the regulations of the Office of Foreign Assets Control (“ OFAC ”) of the U.S. Department of Treasury and any statute, executive order, or regulation relating thereto (collectively, the “ OFAC Rules ”), (b) not listed on, and shall not during the term of this Lease be listed on, the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List maintained by OFAC and/or on any other similar list maintained by OFAC or other governmental authority pursuant to any authorizing statute, executive order, or regulation, and (c) not a person or entity with whom a U.S. person is prohibited from conducting business under the OFAC Rules.

 

LOGO


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory 400 E. Jamie Court/Global Blood Therapeutics - Page  30

 

(k) Incorporation by Reference . All exhibits and addenda attached hereto are hereby incorporated into this Lease and made a part hereof. If there is any conflict between such exhibits or addenda and the terms of this Lease, such exhibits or addenda shall control.

(l) Entire Agreement . This Lease, including the exhibits attached hereto, constitutes the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings, letters of intent, negotiations and discussions, whether oral or written, of the parties, and there are no warranties, representations or other agreements, express or implied, made to either party by the other party in connection with the subject matter hereof except as specifically set forth herein.

(m) No Accord and Satisfaction . No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the monthly installment of Base Rent or any Additional Rent will be other than on account of the earliest stipulated Base Rent and Additional Rent, nor will any endorsement or statement on any check or letter accompanying a check for payment of any Base Rent or Additional Rent be an accord and satisfaction. Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such Rent or to pursue any other remedy provided in this Lease.

(n) Hazardous Activities . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, Landlord, for itself and its employees, agents and contractors, reserves the right to refuse to perform any repairs or services in any portion of the Premises which, pursuant to Tenant’s routine safety guidelines, practices or custom or prudent industry practices, require any form of protective clothing or equipment other than safety glasses. In any such case, Tenant shall contract with parties who are acceptable to Landlord, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, for all such repairs and services, and Landlord shall, to the extent required, equitably adjust Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses in respect of such repairs or services to reflect that Landlord is not providing such repairs or services to Tenant.

[Signatures on next page]

 

LOGO


  400 E. Jamie Court/Global Blood Therapeutics - Page  S-1

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Lease as of the day and year first above written.

 

TENANT:

GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:  

/s/ Mark A. Goldsmith

Its:  

Chief Executive Officer

 

LANDLORD:
ARE-EAST JAMIE COURT, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
By:   ALEXANDRIA REAL ESTATE EQUITIES, L.P.,
 

a Delaware limited partnership,

managing member

 

By:   ARE-QRS CORP.,
 

a Maryland corporation,

general partner

 

By:  

/s/ Eric S. Johnson

Its:

 

Vice President

Real Estate Legal Affairs

 

LOGO


400 E. Jamie Court/Global Blood Therapeutics - Page  1

 

EXHIBIT A TO LEASE

DESCRIPTION OF PREMISES

 

LOGO

 

LOGO


400 E. Jamie Court/Global Blood Therapeutics - Page 1

 

EXHIBIT B TO LEASE

DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT

All that certain real property in the City of South San Francisco, County of San Mateo, State of California, more particularly described as follows:

LEGAL DESCRIPTION

PARCEL 2, AS DESIGNATED ON THE MAP ENTITLED “PARCEL MAP, BEING A RESUBDIVISION OF PARCEL 5, AS SAID PARCEL IS DELINEATED AND SO DESIGNATED UPON THAT CERTAIN PARCEL MAP RECORDED IN BOOK 47 OF PARCEL MAPS AT PAGES 4 & 5, SAN MATEO CO. RECORDS, SOUTH SAN FRANCISCO, SAN MATEO CO., CALIFORNIA”, WHICH MAP WAS FILED IN THE OFFICE OF THE RECORDER OF THE COUNTY OF SAN MATEO, STATE OF CALIFORNIA, ON OCTOBER 23, 1981, IN BOOK 51 OF MAPS AT PAGES 96 AND 97.

EXCEPTING THEREFROM, WATER RIGHTS AS LIE BENEATH THE SURFACE OF THE EARTH, WITH NO RIGHT OF SURFACE ENTRY, AS CONTAINED IN THAT QUITCLAIM DEED FROM ARTHUR S. HASKINS, JR., TO CALIFORNIA WATER SERVICE COMPANY, A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION, DATED OCTOBER 2, 1981, AND RECORDED OCTOBER 30, 1981, UNDER INSTRUMENT NO. 2299-AT, RECORDS OF SAN MATEO COUNTY.

 

ASSESSOR’S PARCEL NO. 015-102-120 JOINT PLANT NO. 015-010-102-25A

METES AND BOUNDS DESCRIPTION

PARCEL 2, AS DESIGNATED ON THE MAP ENTITLED “PARCEL MAP, BEING A RESUBDIVISION OF PARCEL 5, AS SAID PARCEL IS DELINEATED AND SO DESIGNATED UPON THAT CERTAIN PARCEL MAP RECORDED IN BOOK 47 OF PARCEL MAPS AT PAGES 4 & 5, SAN MATEO CO. RECORDS, SOUTH SAN FRANCISCO, SAN MATEO CO., CALIFORNIA”, WHICH MAP WAS FILED IN THE OFFICE OF THE RECORDER OF THE COUNTY OF SAN MATEO, STATE OF CALIFORNIA, ON OCTOBER 23, 1981, IN BOOK 51 OF MAPS AT PAGES 96 AND 97.

BEGINNING AT THE SOUTHWEST CORNER OF PARCEL 2, THENCE ALONG THE WESTERLY LINE OF SAID PARCEL 2, NORTH, 115.08 FEET; THENCE WEST, 20.78 FEET; THENCE NORTH, 201.65 FEET; THENCE EASTERLY ALONG THE ARC OF A NON-TANGENT CURVE TO THE RIGHT, THE RADIUS POINT OF WHICH BEARS SOUTH 43°50’30” EAST, 30.00 FEET THROUGH A CENTRAL ANGLE OF 47°00’48”, AN ARC DISTANCE OF 24.62 FEET; THENCE SOUTH 86°49’42” EAST, 874.36 FEET; THENCE SOUTH 275.50 FEET; THENCE SOUTH 89°55’25” WEST, 874.68 FEET; TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING, CONTAINING 6.13 ACRES, MORE OR LESS.

 

LOGO


Work Letter – Landlord Build 400 E. Jamie Court/Global Blood Therapeutics - Page  1

 

EXHIBIT C TO LEASE

WORK LETTER

THIS WORK LETTER dated June     , 2012 (this “ Work Letter ”) is made and entered into by and between ARE-EAST JAMIE COURT, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”), and is attached to and made a part of the Lease Agreement dated June     , 2012 (the “ Lease ”), by and between Landlord and Tenant. Any initially capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Lease.

1. General Requirements .

(a) Tenant’s Authorized Representative . Tenant designates Christine Siu (csiu@thirdrockventures.com) and Arthur Brunelle (brunelle@ajbconsultants.com) (either such individual acting alone, “ Tenant’s Representative ”) as the only persons authorized to act for Tenant pursuant to this Work Letter. Landlord shall not be obligated to respond to or act upon any request, approval, inquiry or other communication (“ Communication ”) from or on behalf of Tenant in connection with this Work Letter unless such Communication is in writing from Tenant’s Representative. Tenant may change either Tenant’s Representative at any time upon not less than 5 business days advance written notice to Landlord. Neither Tenant nor Tenant’s Representative shall be authorized to direct Landlord’s contractors in the performance of Landlord’s Work (as hereinafter defined).

(b) Landlord’s Authorized Representative . Landlord designates Todd Miller and Rob Kain (either such individual acting alone, “ Landlord’s Representative ”) as the only persons authorized to act for Landlord pursuant to this Work Letter. Tenant shall not be obligated to respond to or act upon any request, approval, inquiry or other Communication from or on behalf of Landlord in connection with this Work Letter unless such Communication is in writing from Landlord’s Representative. Landlord may change either Landlord’s Representative at any time upon not less than 5 business days advance written notice to Tenant. Landlord’s Representative shall be the sole persons authorized to direct Landlord’s contractors in the performance of Landlord’s Work.

(c) Architects, Consultants and Contractors . Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that: (i) the general contractor and any subcontractors for the Tenant Improvements shall be selected and retained by Landlord, subject to Tenant’s approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and (ii) CAC Architects shall be the architect retained by Landlord to prepare the plans and specifications for the Tenant Improvements (the “ TI Architect ”).

2. Tenant Improvements .

(a) Tenant Improvements Defined . As used herein, “ Tenant Improvements ” shall mean all improvements to the Premises of a fixed and permanent nature as shown on the TI Construction Drawings, as defined in Section 2(c) below. Other than Landlord’s Work (as defined in Section 3(a) below, Landlord shall not have any obligation whatsoever with respect to the finishing of the Premises for Tenant’s use and occupancy.

(b) Tenant’s Space Plans . Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that the plan prepared by the TI Architect attached to this Work Letter as Schedule 1 and the scope of work attached to this Work Letter as Schedule 2 (collectively, the “ Space Plan ”) and the preliminary budget attached to this Work Letter as Schedule 3 have been approved by both Landlord and Tenant. Landlord and Tenant further acknowledge and agree that any changes to the Space Plan requested by Tenant which increase the cost of the Tenant Improvements shall be included as part of the TI Costs. Tenant shall be solely responsible for all costs incurred by Landlord to alter the Building (or Landlord’s plans for the Building) as a result of any changes which Tenant requests after the date hereof but only if such costs cause the overall cost related to the Tenant Improvements to exceed the TI Allowance.

 

LOGO


Work Letter – Landlord Build 400 E. Jamie Court/Global Blood Therapeutics - Page  2

 

(c) Working Drawings . Landlord shall cause the TI Architect to prepare and deliver to Tenant for review and comment construction plans, specifications and drawings for the Tenant Improvements (“ TI Construction Drawings ”), which TI Construction Drawings shall be prepared substantially in accordance with the TI Design Drawings. Tenant shall be solely responsible for ensuring that the TI Construction Drawings reflect Tenant’s requirements for the Tenant Improvements. Tenant shall deliver its written comments on the TI Construction Drawings to Landlord not later than 10 business days after Tenant’s receipt of the same (but each day after the 5 th business day of such 10 business day period that Tenant fails to deliver it written comments to Landlord shall delay the Target Commencement Date on a day-for-day basis). Landlord and the TI Architect shall consider all such comments in good faith and shall, within 10 business days after receipt, notify Tenant how Landlord proposes to respond to such comments. Any disputes in connection with such comments shall be resolved in accordance with Section 2(d) hereof. Landlord and Tenant further acknowledge and agree that any changes to the TI Construction Drawings requested by Tenant which increase the cost of the Tenant Improvements shall be included as part of the TI Costs. Once approved by Tenant, subject to the provisions of Section 4 below, Landlord shall not materially modify the TI Construction Drawings except as may be reasonably required in connection with the issuance of the TI Permit (as defined in Section 3(b) below). Landlord shall notify Tenant of any such material modifications as may be reasonably required in connection with the issuance of the TI Permit prior to the issuance of the final TI Permit.

(d) Approval and Completion . It is hereby acknowledged by Landlord and Tenant that the TI Construction Drawings must be completed and approved not later than 15 business days after the mutual execution and delivery of the Lease by the parties in order for the Landlord’s Work to be Substantially Complete by the Target Commencement Date (as defined in the Lease). Upon any dispute regarding the design of the Tenant Improvements, which is not settled within 10 business days after notice of such dispute is delivered by one party to the other, Tenant may make the final decision regarding the design of the Tenant Improvements, provided (i) Tenant acts reasonably and such final decision is either consistent with or a compromise between Landlord’s and Tenant’s positions with respect to such dispute, (ii) that all costs and expenses resulting from any such decision by Tenant shall be payable out of the TI Fund (as defined in Section 5(d) below), and (iii) Tenant’s decision will not affect the base Building, structural components of the Building or any Building systems. Any changes to the TI Construction Drawings following Landlord’s and Tenant’s approval of same requested by Tenant shall be processed as provided in Section 4 hereof.

3. Performance of Landlord’s Work .

(a) Definition of Landlord’s Work . As used herein, “ Landlord’s Work ” shall mean the work of constructing the Tenant Improvements.

(b) Commencement and Permitting . Landlord shall commence construction of the Tenant Improvements upon obtaining a building permit (the “ TI Permit ”) authorizing the construction of the Tenant Improvements consistent with the TI Construction Drawings approved by Tenant. The cost of obtaining the TI Permit shall be payable from the TI Fund. Tenant shall assist Landlord in obtaining the TI Permit. If any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the construction of Landlord’s Work or any portion thereof shall impose terms or conditions upon the construction thereof that: (i) are inconsistent with Landlord’s obligations hereunder, (ii) increase the cost of constructing Landlord’s Work, or (iii) will materially delay the construction of Landlord’s Work, Landlord and Tenant shall reasonably and in good faith seek means by which to mitigate or eliminate any such adverse terms and conditions.

(c) Completion of Landlord’s Work . On or before the Target Commencement Date (subject to Tenant Delays and Force Majeure delays), Landlord shall substantially complete or cause to be substantially completed Landlord’s Work in a good and workmanlike manner, in accordance with the TI Permit subject, in each case, only to Minor Variations and normal “punch list” items of a non-material nature that do not interfere with the use of the Premises (“ Substantial Completion ” or “ Substantially Complete ”). Upon Substantial Completion of Landlord’s Work, Landlord shall require the TI Architect and the general contractor to execute and deliver, for the benefit of Tenant and Landlord, a Certificate of

 

LOGO


Work Letter – Landlord Build 400 E. Jamie Court/Global Blood Therapeutics - Page  3

 

Substantial Completion in the form of the American Institute of Architects (“ AIA ”) document G704. If required by applicable Legal Requirements, a certificate of occupancy (which may include a temporary or conditional certificate of occupancy or the equivalent) for the Tenant Improvements or permission to occupy issued by the appropriate municipal official shall be required for Substantial Completion; provided, however, that no delay on the part of the applicable Governmental Authority or municipal official in the issuance of such certificate of occupancy or permission to occupy, which delay arises from or relates to work by Tenant or its contractors, shall operate to delay Substantial Completion, and any such delay that arises from or relates to work by Tenant or its contractors shall be deemed to be a “Tenant Delay” under Section 3(f) below. For purposes of this Work Letter, “ Minor Variations ” shall mean any modifications reasonably required: (i) to comply with all applicable Legal Requirements and/or to obtain or to comply with any required permit (including the TI Permit); (ii) to comply with any request by Tenant for modifications to Landlord’s Work; (iii) to comport with good design, engineering, and construction practices that are not material; or (iv) to make reasonable adjustments for field deviations or conditions encountered during the construction of Landlord’s Work.

(d) Selection of Materials . Where more than one type of material or structure is indicated on the TI Construction Drawings approved by Landlord and Tenant, the option will be selected at Landlord’s sole and absolute subjective discretion. As to all building materials and equipment that Landlord is obligated to supply under this Work Letter, unless the manufacturer is specified in the approved TI Construction Drawings, Landlord shall select the manufacturer thereof in its sole and absolute subjective discretion.

(e) Delivery of the Premises . When Landlord’s Work is Substantially Complete, subject to the remaining terms and provisions of this Section 3(e) , Tenant shall accept the Premises. Tenant’s taking possession and acceptance of the Premises shall not constitute a waiver of: (i) any warranty with respect to workmanship (including installation of equipment) or material (exclusive of equipment provided directly by manufacturers), (ii) any non-compliance of Landlord’s Work with applicable Legal Requirements, or (iii) any claim that Landlord’s Work was not completed substantially in accordance with the TI Construction Drawings (subject to Minor Variations and such other changes as are permitted hereunder) (collectively, a “ Construction Defect ”). Tenant shall have one year after Substantial Completion within which to notify Landlord of any such Construction Defect discovered by Tenant, and Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to remedy or cause the responsible contractor to remedy any such Construction Defect within 30 days thereafter; provided, however, that Landlord shall not be in default under the Lease if the applicable contractor, despite Landlord’s reasonable efforts, fails to remedy such Construction Defect within such 30-day period, in which case Landlord shall continue to use reasonable efforts to remedy or cause such contractor to remedy such Construction Defect.

Tenant shall be entitled to receive the benefit of all construction warranties and manufacturer’s equipment warranties relating to equipment installed in the Premises. If requested by Tenant, Landlord shall attempt to obtain extended warranties from manufacturers and suppliers of such equipment, but the cost of any such extended warranties shall be borne solely out of the TI Fund. Landlord shall promptly undertake and complete, or cause to be completed, all punch list items in a manner that does not materially adversely affect Tenant’s use of the Premises for the Permitted Use.

(f) Commencement Date Delay . Except as otherwise provided in the Lease, Delivery of the Premises shall occur when Landlord’s Work has been Substantially Completed, except to the extent that completion of Landlord’s Work shall have been actually delayed by any one or more of the following causes (“ Tenant Delay ”):

(i) Tenant’s Representative was not available to give or receive any Communication or to take any other action required to be taken by Tenant hereunder for more than 2 business days after written notice (which may be by e-mail) from Landlord;

(ii) Tenant’s request for Change Requests (as defined in Section 4(a) below) whether or not any such Change Requests are actually performed;

 

LOGO


Work Letter – Landlord Build 400 E. Jamie Court/Global Blood Therapeutics - Page  4

 

(iii) Construction of any Change Requests;

(iv) Tenant’s request for materials, finishes or installations requiring unusually long lead times, provided that Landlord has advised Tenant of such long lead time items within 3 business days of Tenant’s selection of such long lead time items and Tenant continued to require such long lead time items;

(v) Tenant’s delay in reviewing, revising or approving plans and specifications beyond the periods set forth herein;

(vi) Tenant’s delay in providing information critical to the normal progression of the Project. Tenant shall provide such information as soon as reasonably possible, but in no event longer than one week after receipt of any request for such information from Landlord;

(vii) Tenant’s delay in making payments to Landlord for Excess TI Costs (as defined in Section 5(d) below); or

(viii) Any other act or omission by Tenant or any Tenant Party (as defined in the Lease), or persons employed by any of such persons.

If Delivery is delayed for any of the foregoing reasons, then Landlord shall cause the TI Architect to certify the date on which the Tenant Improvements would have been Substantially Completed but for such Tenant Delay and such certified date shall be the date of Delivery.

4. Changes . Any changes requested by Tenant to the Tenant Improvements after the delivery and approval by Landlord of the Space Plan shall be requested and instituted in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4 and shall be subject to the written approval of Landlord and the TI Architect, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

(a) Tenant’s Request For Changes . If Tenant shall request changes to the Tenant Improvements as shown on the approved TI Construction Drawings (“ Changes ”), Tenant shall request such Changes by notifying Landlord in writing in substantially the same form as the AIA standard change order form (a “ Change Request ”), which Change Request shall detail the nature and extent of any such Change. Such Change Request must be signed by Tenant’s Representative. Landlord shall, before proceeding with any Change, use commercially reasonable efforts to respond to Tenant as soon as is reasonably possible with an estimate of: (i) the time it will take, and (ii) the architectural and engineering fees and costs that will be incurred, to analyze such Change Request (which costs shall be paid from the TI Fund to the extent actually incurred, whether or not such change is implemented). Landlord shall thereafter submit to Tenant in writing, within 5 business days of receipt of the Change Request (or such longer period of time as is reasonably required depending on the extent of the Change Request), an analysis of the additional cost or savings involved, including, without limitation, architectural and engineering costs and the period of time, if any, that the Change will extend the date on which Landlord’s Work will be Substantially Complete. Any such delay in the completion of Landlord’s Work caused by a Change, including any suspension of Landlord’s Work while any such Change is being evaluated and/or designed, shall be Tenant Delay.

(b) Implementation of Changes . If Tenant: (i) approves in writing the cost or savings and the estimated extension in the time for completion of Landlord’s Work, if any, and (ii) deposits with Landlord any Excess TI Costs required in connection with such Change, Landlord shall cause the approved Change to be instituted. Notwithstanding any approval or disapproval by Tenant of any estimate of the delay caused by such proposed Change, the TI Architect’s determination of the amount of Tenant Delay in connection with such Change shall be final and binding on Landlord and Tenant.

 

LOGO


Work Letter – Landlord Build 400 E. Jamie Court/Global Blood Therapeutics - Page  5

 

5. Costs .

(a) Budget For Tenant Improvements . A preliminary detailed breakdown by trade of the costs incurred or that will be incurred in connection with the design and construction of the Tenant Improvements is set forth on Schedule 3 attached hereto (the “ Budget ”). The Budget is based upon the TI Construction Drawings approved by Tenant and shall include a payment to Landlord of administrative rent (“ Administrative Rent ”) equal to 1.5% of the TI Costs, which Administrative Rent shall include, without limitation, all out-of-pocket costs, expenses and fees incurred by or on behalf of Landlord arising from, out of, or in connection with monitoring the construction of the Tenant Improvements and Changes, and shall be payable out of the TI Fund.

Landlord shall provide Tenant with a final Budget promptly following approval of the TI Construction Drawings by Landlord and Tenant. The Budget shall be subject to Tenant’s review and approval which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed by Tenant. Tenant shall have the right to approve any use of the contingency in the Budget by Landlord; provided, however, that, Tenant’s approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and the contingency shall not be available for use by Tenant for any Changes until all unforeseen conditions, changes to resulting from governmental agencies and the like have first been paid for out of the contingency.

(b) TI Allowance . Landlord shall provide to Tenant a tenant improvement allowance (collectively, the “ TI Allowance ”) for the design and construction of the Tenant Improvements under this Work Letter (as defined below) as follows:

1. a “ Tenant Improvement Allowance ” in the maximum amount of $525,712.50; and

2. an “ Additional Tenant Improvement Allowance ” in the maximum amount of $280,380.00, which shall, to the extent used result in adjustments to the Base Rent as set forth in Section 4(b) of the Lease.

In addition to the TI Allowance, so long as Tenant is not in Default under the Lease and MyoKardia approves, in it sole and absolute discretion, in writing of such election, Tenant may elect, upon written notice to Landlord, to use any unused portion of the TI Allowance (as defined in Work Letter attached to the MyoKardia Lease as Exhibit C )(“ Unused MyoKardia Allowance ”) for the construction of Tenant Improvements in the Premises pursuant to this Work Letter. Alternatively, if Tenant does not use the entire TI Allowance under this Work Letter (“ Unused Global Allowance ”) for construction of Landlord’s Work hereunder, Tenant may allow MyoKardia to use any Unused Global Allowance for the cost of construction of tenant improvements in MyoKardia’s premises; provided, however, that any portion of the Unused Global Allowance used by MyoKardia shall be disbursed in accordance with the work letter attached to the MyoKardia Lease and any portion of the Additional Tenant Improvement Allowance used by MyoKardia shall result in adjustment to Base Rent under the Lease as provided in Section 5(b)(2) above.

The TI Allowance shall be disbursed in accordance with this Work Letter. Tenant shall have no right to the use or benefit (including any reduction to or payment of Base Rent) of any portion of the Tenant Improvements Allowance or the Unused MyoKardia Allowance not required for the construction of (i) the Tenant Improvements described in the TI Construction Drawings approved pursuant to Section 2(d) or (ii) any Changes pursuant to Section 4 .

Tenant shall have no right to the use or benefit (including any reduction to or payment of Base Rent) of any portion of the Additional Tenant Improvements Allowance not required for the construction of (a) the Tenant Improvements described in the TI Construction Drawings approved pursuant to Section 2(d) , (b) any Changes pursuant to Section 4 , or (c) Alterations pursuant to Section 12 of the Lease, including without limitation, additional conference rooms, installation of a vivarium and breakroom. The Additional Tenant Improvements Allowance may be disbursed in multiple phases. Tenant shall have no right to any portion of the Additional Tenant Improvements Allowance that is not disbursed before the date that is 12 months after the Commencement Date of the Lease.

 

LOGO


Work Letter – Landlord Build 400 E. Jamie Court/Global Blood Therapeutics - Page  6

 

(c) Costs Includable in TI Fund . The TI Fund shall be used solely for the payment of design, permits and construction costs in connection with the construction of the Tenant Improvements, including, without limitation, the cost of electrical power and other utilities used in connection with the construction of the Tenant Improvements, the cost of preparing the Space Plan and the TI Construction Drawings, all costs set forth in the Budget, including Landlord’s Administrative Rent, Landlord’s out-of-pocket expenses, costs resulting from Tenant Delays and the cost of Changes and for tenant improvements in the MyoKardia Premises as provided in Section 5(b) above (collectively, “ TI Costs ”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the TI Fund shall not be used to purchase any furniture, personal property or other non-Building system materials or equipment, including, but not limited to, Tenant’s voice or data cabling, non-ducted biological safety cabinets and other scientific equipment not incorporated into the Tenant Improvements

(d) Excess TI Costs . If at any time the remaining TI Costs under the Budget approved by Landlord and Tenant exceed the remaining unexpended TI Allowance, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord, as a condition precedent to Landlord’s obligation to complete the Tenant Improvements, 50% of the then current TI Cost in excess of the remaining TI Allowance (“ Excess TI Costs ”). In addition, to costs approved under the Budget, Excess TI Costs shall include any costs resulting from Changes requested by Tenant and Tenant Delays. Tenant shall be required to pay the remaining balance of the Excess TI Costs to Landlord within 30 days after completion of the Tenant Improvements and Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of the final accounting for the same. If Tenant fails to deposit any Excess TI Costs with Landlord, Landlord shall have all of the rights and remedies set forth in the Lease for nonpayment of Rent (including, but not limited to, the right to interest at the Default Rate and the right to assess a late charge). For purposes of any litigation instituted with regard to such amounts, those amounts will be deemed Rent under the Lease. The TI Allowance and Excess TI Costs are herein referred to as the “ TI Fund .” Funds deposited by Tenant shall be the first disbursed to pay TI Costs. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Section 5(d) , Tenant shall be fully and solely liable for TI Costs and the cost of Minor Variations in excess of the TI Allowance caused by Tenant’s Changes. If upon Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements and the payment of all sums due in connection therewith there remains any undisbursed portion of the TI Fund, Tenant shall be entitled to such undisbursed TI Fund solely to the extent of any Excess TI Costs deposit Tenant has actually made with Landlord.

6. Tenant Access .

(a) Tenant’s Access Rights . Landlord hereby agrees to permit Tenant access, at Tenant’s sole risk and expense, to the Building (i) 20 days prior to the Commencement Date to perform any work (“ Tenant’s Work ”) required by Tenant other than Landlord’s Work, provided that such Tenant’s Work is coordinated with the TI Architect and the general contractor, and complies with the Lease and all other reasonable restrictions and conditions Landlord may impose, and (ii) prior to the completion of Landlord’s Work, to inspect and observe work in process; all such access shall be during normal business hours or at such other times as are reasonably designated by Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have no right to enter onto the Premises or the Project unless and until Tenant shall deliver to Landlord evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord demonstrating that any insurance reasonably required by Landlord in connection with such pre-commencement access (including, but not limited to, any insurance that Landlord may require pursuant to the Lease) is in full force and effect. Any entry by Tenant shall comply with all established safety practices of Landlord’s contractor and Landlord until completion of Landlord’s Work and acceptance thereof by Tenant.

(b) No Interference . Neither Tenant nor any Tenant Party (as defined in the Lease) shall interfere with the performance of Landlord’s Work, nor with any inspections or issuance of final approvals by applicable Governmental Authorities, and upon any such interference, Landlord shall have the right to exclude Tenant and any Tenant Party from the Premises and the Project until Substantial Completion of Landlord’s Work.

 

LOGO


Work Letter – Landlord Build 400 E. Jamie Court/Global Blood Therapeutics - Page  7

 

(c) No Acceptance of Premises . The fact that Tenant may, with Landlord’s consent, enter into the Project prior to the date Landlord’s Work is Substantially Complete for the purpose of performing Tenant’s Work shall not be deemed an acceptance by Tenant of possession of the Premises, but in such event Tenant shall defend with counsel reasonably acceptable by Landlord, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any loss of or damage to Tenant’s property, completed work, fixtures, equipment, materials or merchandise, and from liability for death of, or injury to, any person, caused by the act or omission of Tenant or any Tenant Party.

7. Miscellaneous .

(a) Consents . Whenever consent or approval of either party is required under this Work Letter, that party shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay such consent or approval, unless expressly set forth herein to the contrary.

(b) Modification . No modification, waiver or amendment of this Work Letter or of any of its conditions or provisions shall be binding upon Landlord or Tenant unless in writing signed by Landlord and Tenant.

 

LOGO


Work Letter – Landlord Build 400 E. Jamie Court/Global Blood Therapeutics - Page  8

 

Schedule 1

Space Plan

 

LOGO

 

LOGO


Work Letter – Landlord Build 400 E. Jamie Court/Global Blood Therapeutics - Page  9

 

Schedule 2

Scope of Work

(All references to Space Plan refer to the Space Plan dated 6/15/12 by CAC Architects attached as Schedule 1 to the Work Letter)

Misc. Metal

 

    Chain link fencing and gates prepped for padlocks at Warehouse 180.

 

    Cylinder tank racks: in Cylinder Storage Area (outside of NMR Room only).

Finish Carpentry

 

    Doors and hardware

 

    Glass and glazing

Ceiling

 

    Acoustical Ceiling Grid and Tile

 

    Lab ceiling grid and lab tile.

 

    Drywall ceiling at new Glasswash/Autoclave room

Flooring & Finishes

 

    Carpet in private, open office and conference room areas.

 

    Vinyl compostion tile (VCT) in new laboratory rooms.

 

    Welded sheet vinyl at Glasswash/Autoclave room, Tissue Culture labs 178A/178B, & Fermentation lab 173.

 

    Misc. Specialties

 

    Relocate existing electric projection screen in Board Room 151 with drywall coved ceilings.

Cold Room

 

    Overall dimensions approximately 8’-6”W x 11’-0”L x 9’-0”H with 4” thick insulated panels and a 36”W x 78”H door with (1) 14”x14” observation window.

 

    Temperature will be provided at 4 degrees C +/- 2 degrees C with Honeywell DR4300 series temperature recorder & electronic temperature sensor.

 

    Contacts for remote monitoring.

 

    One (1) 1-1/2 HP, R404A air cooled condensing unit with matching air defrost evaporator coil.

 

    Installed over VCT flooring.

Equipment

 

    Shared glasswasher and autoclave.

Lab Casework (per marked-up Hanson Lab submittal dated 6-13-12)

 

    Fixed Lab Benches – Epoxy Resin Work Surfaces with Drop-in Sinks (all moveable tables and cabinets to be provided by Tenant).

 

    Sink at Glasswash/Autoclave room to be a single compartment stainless steel sink.

 

    Fume Hoods – 16 Total (per marked-up Hanson Lab submittal dated 6-13-12):

 

    (5) used 8 foot and 36 inches deep with used base cabinets (mixture of flammable, acid, vacuum pump and drawer cabinets).

 

    (2) used 8 foot and 36 inches deep with new base cabinets (flammable, acid, vacuum pump).

 

    (9) new 8 foot and 36 inches with flammable, acid, & vacuum pump cabinets.

 

    All fume hoods to have ICW, cup sink, and piped for (2) future utilities.

 

    Lab sinks to have one (1) hot and cold water mixing faucet.

 

LOGO


Work Letter – Landlord Build 400 E. Jamie Court/Global Blood Therapeutics - Page  10

 

Plumbing

 

    Building plumbing and process piping

 

    Valves for process piping connections at equipment.

 

    Hook up of ice machine at Glasswash Room and provide 5 micron filter on water supply to ice machine.

 

    Special Systems

 

    Vacuum System - start-up and check-out of existing system. Vacuum distributed to fume hoods and biosafety cabinets in Biology Labs 178A & 178B.

 

    RO/DI System – start-up, check-out, & sanitization of existing system. Distribution to the Glasswash, Autoclave, and Glasswash sink only.

 

    Nitrogen manifold provided in Cylinder Storage area with distribution to all fume hoods.

 

    CO2 manifold at Chemistry Lab 193 with tank racks and distribution to incubators in Tissue Culture Labs 178A & 178B only.

 

    Includes brazed copper piping connections on specialty gases (see alternate #26 for N2 distribution with compression connections).

Fire Protection

 

    Fire Sprinkler System.

Mechanical

 

    HVAC

 

    Controls

 

    Test and Balance

 

    Commissioning

 

    Oxygen sensors at Cylinder Storage area and NMR room.

 

    Snorkel exhaust per equipment plan sent from CAC Architects on 6.25.12:

 

    Blastgate and ceiling service panel at (5) locations.

 

    Blastgate at ceiling tile to four (4) locations.

 

    Exhaust connections to (2) vented storage cabinets in Warehouse 180.

Electrical

 

    Power

 

    Lighting

 

    Telephone and data rough-in

 

    Fire Alarm

 

Exclusions:

 

    Existing wall patching and touch-up at non-construction areas.

 

    Cold room specs to be delivered to tenant for approval. Features exclude redundant cooling system, humidity control, insulated floor panels, ramp, refrigerant detection system, temperature mapping, validation and seismic engineering.

 

    Reagent shelving to any existing or new casework.

 

    Mobile casework, tables, and equipment shown dashed on Space Plan (tables, mobile casework, cabinets, appliances, etc.).

 

    All office furniture including cubicles, conference room furniture, shelving, file cabinets, millwork, private office furniture, markerboards, trash receptacles.

 

    Window film or interior blinds.

 

    Repair and replacement of damaged parts of existing vacuum pump and RO/DI systems located in room 190. Start-up and check-out only is included.

 

    RO/DI to fume hoods and new lab sinks at Lab 193 on gridline 5 (Alternate #43) and at Tissue Culture lab 178B.

 

    CDA system and distribution.

 

    Specialty gases not shown on space plan are assumed to be point of use by tenant.

 

   

Emergency Shower/Eyewash combo stations.

 

LOGO


Work Letter – Landlord Build 400 E. Jamie Court/Global Blood Therapeutics - Page  11

 

    Nitrogen generator system.

 

    Ceiling service panels and snorkel exhaust not noted above.

 

    Utility distribution below ceiling. Whips from ceiling service panels or ceiling utilities to equipment (plumbing piping/hoses, snorkel exhaust, power cords, data, etc.).

 

    HEPA filters and magnahelic gauges at labs.

 

    Chemical storage cabinet venting and grounding.

 

    Additional power to existing server room for portable air conditioner (Movin Cool unit).

 

    Security and Card Readers work including cabling, devices, etc. including relocation and electrical rough-in for relocated card readers.

 

    All data cabling, equipment, devices, and service including modifications to the existing server rack layout.

 

    All AV work including projectors, projection screens, and support structure for installation of tenant equipment and related cabling.

 

    All pending alternates.

 

LOGO


Work Letter – Landlord Build 400 E. Jamie Court/Global Blood Therapeutics - Page  12

 

Schedule 3

Preliminary Budget

 

LOGO

 

LOGO


Work Letter – Landlord Build 400 E. Jamie Court/Global Blood Therapeutics - Page  13

 

 

LOGO

 

LOGO


Work Letter – Landlord Build 400 E. Jamie Court/Global Blood Therapeutics - Page  14

 

 

LOGO

 

LOGO


Work Letter – Landlord Build 400 E. Jamie Court/Global Blood Therapeutics - Page  15

 

 

LOGO

 

LOGO


400 E. Jamie Court/Global Blood Therapeutics - Page  1

 

 

EXHIBIT D TO LEASE

ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF COMMENCEMENT DATE

This ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF COMMENCEMENT DATE is made this             day of             ,             , between ARE-EAST JAMIE COURT, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”), and is attached to and made a part of the Lease dated             ,             (the “ Lease ”), by and between Landlord and Tenant. Any initially capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Lease.

Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree, for all purposes of the Lease, that the Commencement Date of the Base Term of the Lease is             ,             , the Subsequent Premises Commencement Date is             ,             , and the termination date of the Base Term of the Lease shall be midnight on             ,             . In case of a conflict between the terms of the Lease and the terms of this Acknowledgment of Commencement Date, this Acknowledgment of Commencement Date shall control for all purposes.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF COMMENCEMENT DATE to be effective on the date first above written.

 

TENANT:

GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:

 

Its:

 

 

LANDLORD:
ARE-EAST JAMIE COURT, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
By: ALEXANDRIA REAL ESTATE EQUITIES, L.P.,

a Delaware limited partnership,

managing member

 

By: ARE-QRS CORP.,

a Maryland corporation,

general partner

 

By:

 

Its:

 

 

LOGO


Rules and Regulations 400 E. Jamie Court/Global Blood Therapeutics - Page 1

 

 

EXHIBIT E TO LEASE

Rules and Regulations

1. The sidewalk, entries, and driveways of the Project shall not be obstructed by Tenant, or any Tenant Party, or used by them for any purpose other than ingress and egress to and from the Premises.

2. Tenant shall not place any objects, including antennas, outdoor furniture, etc., in the parking areas, landscaped areas or other areas outside of its Premises, or on the roof of the Project.

3. Except for animals assisting the disabled, no animals shall be allowed in the offices, halls, or corridors in the Project.

4. Tenant shall not disturb the occupants of the Project or adjoining buildings by the use of any radio or musical instrument or by the making of loud or improper noises.

5. If Tenant desires telegraphic, telephonic or other electric connections in the Premises, Landlord or its agent will direct the electrician as to where and how the wires may be introduced; and, without such direction, no boring or cutting of wires will be permitted. Any such installation or connection shall be made at Tenant’s expense.

6. Tenant shall not install or operate any steam or gas engine or boiler, or other mechanical apparatus in the Premises, except as specifically approved in the Lease. The use of oil, gas or inflammable liquids for heating, lighting or any other purpose is expressly prohibited. Explosives or other articles deemed extra hazardous shall not be brought into the Project.

7. Parking any type of recreational vehicles is specifically prohibited on or about the Project. Except for the overnight parking of operative vehicles, no vehicle of any type shall be stored in the parking areas at any time. In the event that a vehicle is disabled, it shall be removed within 48 hours. There shall be no “For Sale” or other advertising signs on or about any parked vehicle. All vehicles shall be parked in the designated parking areas in conformity with all signs and other markings. All parking will be open parking, and no reserved parking, numbering or lettering of individual spaces will be permitted except as specified by Landlord.

8. Tenant shall maintain the Premises free from rodents, insects and other pests.

9. Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Project any person who, in the judgment of Landlord, is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs or who shall in any manner do any act in violation of the Rules and Regulations of the Project.

10. Tenant shall not cause any unnecessary labor by reason of Tenant’s carelessness or indifference in the preservation of good order and cleanliness. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for any loss of property on the Premises, however occurring, or for any damage done to the effects of Tenant by the janitors or any other employee or person.

11. Tenant shall give Landlord prompt notice of any defects in the water, lawn sprinkler, sewage, gas pipes, electrical lights and fixtures, heating apparatus, or any other service equipment affecting the Premises.

12. Tenant shall not permit storage outside the Premises, including without limitation, outside storage of trucks and other vehicles, or dumping of waste or refuse or permit any harmful materials to be placed in any drainage system or sanitary system in or about the Premises.

 

LOGO


Rules and Regulations 400 E. Jamie Court/Global Blood Therapeutics - Page  2

 

13. All moveable trash receptacles provided by the trash disposal firm for the Premises must be kept in the trash enclosure areas, if any, provided for that purpose.

14. No auction, public or private, will be permitted on the Premises or the Project.

15. No awnings shall be placed over the windows in the Premises except with the prior written consent of Landlord.

16. The Premises shall not be used for lodging, sleeping or cooking or for any immoral or illegal purposes or for any purpose other than that specified in the Lease. No gaming devices shall be operated in the Premises.

17. Tenant shall ascertain from Landlord the maximum amount of electrical current which can safely be used in the Premises, taking into account the capacity of the electrical wiring in the Project and the Premises and the needs of other tenants, and shall not use more than such safe capacity. Landlord’s consent to the installation of electric equipment shall not relieve Tenant from the obligation not to use more electricity than such safe capacity.

18. Tenant assumes full responsibility for protecting the Premises from theft, robbery and pilferage.

19. Tenant shall not install or operate on the Premises any machinery or mechanical devices of a nature not directly related to Tenant’s ordinary use of the Premises and shall keep all such machinery free of vibration, noise and air waves which may be transmitted beyond the Premises.

 

LOGO


  400 E. Jamie Court/Global Blood Therapeutics - Page  1

 

EXHIBIT F TO LEASE

TENANT’S PERSONAL PROPERTY

 

QTY

  

GBT Owned Equipment and Furniture

           
2    HPLC    Agilent      1200 series
2    Single Quad MS    Agilent      6100
   HPLC    Agilent      1200 series
   TOF MS    Agilent      6200
   HPLC    Agilent      1200 series
   Triple Quad MS    Agilent      6400
   Plate Wash Dispense    Biotek      EL406
   Plate Reader    BMG      NANOSTAR
   Lyophilizer    Virtis      FM25
   Analytical Balance    Ainsworth     
   Stop Flow    Applied Photophysics      RX2000
   TT/ Ultra Centrifuge    Sorval      MTX 150
   TT/Refrigerated Centrifuge    Sorval      Stratos
   Ultra Centrifuge    Beckman      Optima L90K
2    Table top centrifuge (tissue culture)    Beckman Coulter      Optima Max-XP
   Centrifuge    Beckman      X12
   qPCR    ABI      Viia7
2    Hemox Analyzer    TCS      Hemox
   Orbital Shaker    VWR      Mini Shaker 15
   Oven    VWR      Convection Oven
   FACS    BD      Calibur
2    Biosafety Cabinet    BSC      Labconco
2    Incubator CO2 (stackable)    Thermo Fisher      3110
2    -20 Freezer    Thermo Forma     
2    Deli Fridge (chromatograph glass doors 3-5°)    VWR     
2    -80°C Freezer    Fisher     
2    4° fridge    VWR     
   Water Purification System (POU)    Sartorius Stedim      Arium Pro UV
4    Roto vap    Fisher      Buchi R210
   Cell Analyzer    Beckman Coulter      Vicell XR
   Microscope    Nikon      Eclipsets100
   Copier    Canon      C2020
   Mobile Casework    Hanson     
   Office Furniture    Young     
   Servers / Raid    HP     
   Network Hardware    PAN, Cisco     
   Video Conference    LifeSize     
   Computers / Printers / Phones        
   UPS    Toshiba      1600XP

 

LOGO

Exhibit 10.6

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION OF LEASE

(400 East Jamie Court)

T HIS ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION OF LEASE (“ AGREEMENT ”) is dated, for reference purposes only, as of October 22, 2014, and is entered into by and between by Myokardia, Inc ., a Delaware corporation (“ Assignor ”) and Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. , a Delaware corporation (“ Assignee ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings given to them in the Lease (as defined below).

W I T N E S S E T H :

W HEREAS , Assignor, as Tenant, and ARE-East Jamie Court, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), entered into that certain Lease Agreement dated as of June 29, 2012, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease dated as of June 25, 2013 (collectively, the “ Lease ”), pursuant to which Assignor leases 12,040 square feet of space (the “ Premises ”) located in the building commonly referred to as 400 East Jamie Court, South San Francisco, California (the “ Building ”).

W HEREAS , Assignee wishes to assign all its right, title and interest as Tenant under the Lease to Assignee, and Assignee wishes to assume all of Tenant’s obligations under the Lease.

N OW , T HEREFORE , for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Assignment; Effective Date . The parties acknowledge that, pursuant to Section 22(b) of the Lease, Landlord’s consent to the assignment of the Lease to Assignee is not required, but Landlord has the right to approve the form of this Agreement. Effective as of the later of (i) the date Landlord consents in writing to the form of this Agreement, and (ii) the date that Assignor notifies Assignee in writing that Assignor has completed any decontamination of the Premises as required by the Surrender Plan and vacated the Premises, provided that Assignor has previously given Assignee at least thirty (30) days prior written notice of such estimated date of surrender (the “ Effective Date ”) (which the parties currently anticipate will be approximately February 1, 2015), the Assignor hereby assigns, transfers and delivers to the Assignee all of its right, title and interest as Tenant under the Lease ; provided that Assignor hereby reserves the right of access to the Premises, upon twenty-four hour notice to Assignee, as reasonably required to facilitate Assignor’s obtaining the appropriate closure letter from the applicable governmental authorities (“ Closure Letter ”) which is the final step in Assignor’s completion of the Surrender Plan in accordance with the provisions of Section 28 of the Lease (the “ Surrender Plan ”).

 

2.

Acceptance and Assumption; Completion of Surrender Plan . Assignee hereby (a) accepts and acquires from the Assignor the assignment set forth in Section 1 above, effective as of the Effective Date and (b) assumes and covenants and agrees to faithfully pay, perform and discharge all obligations of Tenant under the Lease, effective as of the Effective Date, except that Assignee does not assume any obligation with respect to the performance of Assignor’s Surrender Plan required by Section 28 of the Lease. Assignor

 

1.


  shall complete any decontamination of the Premises as required by the Surrender Plan prior delivering possession of the Premises to Assignee. Assignor expressly agrees to perform its obligations to obtain the Closure Letter as quickly as commercially reasonable following the Effective Date, in accordance with the provisions of Section 28 of the Lease. Exhibit A attached hereto shows the location of the portion of the Premises in which radiation was used (the “ Bench ”). Assignee hereby agrees not to use the Bench until Assignor has notified Assignee that the Closure Letter has been obtained and the Surrender Plan is complete.

 

3. Security Deposit . Within two (2) business days of receiving a copy of Landlord’s consent to the form of this Agreement, Assignee shall deliver to Landlord a letter of credit in the amount of $60,200.00 to Landlord in the form required under the Lease.

 

4. Assignor Representations . Assignor hereby represents and warrants to Assignee as follows (which representations and warranties shall be true and accurate as of the Effective Date):

(i) The Lease, which is attached hereto as Exhibit B, sets forth the complete understanding and agreement of Landlord and Assignor regarding the Premises;

(ii) The Lease has not been cancelled, terminated, modified, amended, altered or extended;

(iii) All rents due and payable under the Lease are current and there are no arrearages;

(iv) There are no defaults by Assignor; and, to the best of Assignor’s knowledge, there are no defaults by Landlord under the Lease, and no event has occurred and no condition exists which, with the giving of notice or passage of time, would constitute a default under the Lease by Landlord or Assignor; and

(v) Assignor has not paid any rent more than thirty (30) days in advance of its due date.

 

5. Assignee Indemnity . Assignee agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Assignor from and against any and all loss, cost, damage, or expense (including court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising from or relating to the failure of Assignee to have fully performed all of its obligations as Tenant from and after the Effective Date, including, without limitation, all charges which may become due pursuant to the provisions of the Lease, as rental or otherwise, from and after the Effective Date, excluding, however, any remaining obligations regarding the Surrender Plan and the Closure Letter to be performed by Assignor.

 

6. Assignor Indemnity . Assignor agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Assignee from and against any and all loss, cost, damage, or expense (including court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising from or relating to the failure of Assignor to have fully performed all of its obligations as Tenant prior to the Effective Date, including, without limitation, all charges which may have become due pursuant to the provisions of the Lease, as rental or otherwise, prior to the Effective Date, as well as any remaining obligations regarding the Surrender Plan and the Closure Letter.

 

2.


7. Further Instruments . The Assignee and the Assignor hereby agree that they will, from time to time, execute and deliver such further instruments as may be reasonably required to implement and effectuate the assignment and assumption pursuant to this Agreement.

 

8. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with, and governed in all respects by, the internal laws of the State of California (without giving effect to principles of conflicts of laws).

 

9. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Electronically transmitted signatures will be treated as if they were originals.

I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the Assignor and the Assignee have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered as of the date first written above.

ASSIGNOR:

Myokardia, Inc. , a Delaware corporation

 

By:

/s/ T. Gianakakos

Print Name:

T. Gianakakos

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

ASSIGNEE:

Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. , a Delaware corporation

 

By:

/s/ Ted W. Love

Print Name:

Ted W. Love, M.D.

Title:

President

 

3.


E XHIBIT A

 

LOGO

 

4.

Exhibit 10.7

LEASE AGREEMENT

THIS LEASE AGREEMENT (this “ Lease ”) is made this 29th day of June, 2012, between ARE-EAST JAMIE COURT, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and MYOKARDIA, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

 

Address: 400 East Jamie Court, South San Francisco, California
Premises: That portion of the first floor of the Project, containing approximately 12,040 rentable square feet, as determined by Landlord, as shown on Exhibit A .
Project: The real property on which the building (the “ Building ”) in which the Premises are located, together with all improvements thereon and appurtenances thereto as described on Exhibit B .
Base Rent: $2.50 per rentable square foot of the Premises per month

Rentable Area of Premises: 12,040 sq. ft.

Rentable Area of Building: 88,284 sq. ft.

Building’s Share of Project: 54.14%

Rentable Area of Project: 163,072 sq. ft.

Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for the Building: 13.64%

Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for the Project: 7.38%

Security Deposit: $60,200

Rent Adjustment Percentage: 3%

 

Target Commencement Date: The date that is 16 weeks from the execution and delivery of this Lease by Tenant to Landlord for execution, along with the first month’s Base Rent and the Security Deposit.
Base Term: Beginning on the Commencement Date and ending 66 months from the first day of the first full month of the Term (as defined in Section 2 ) hereof.
Permitted Use: Research and development laboratory, related office and other related uses consistent with the character of the Project and otherwise in compliance with the provisions of Section 7 hereof.

 

Address for Rent Payment: Landlord’s Notice Address:
P.O. Box 975383 385 E. Colorado Boulevard, Suite 299
Dallas, TX 75397-5383 Pasadena, CA 91101
Attention: Corporate Secretary

Tenant’s Notice Address:

400 E. Jamie Court, Suite 102

South San Francisco, California 94080

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

 

LOGO


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory 400 E. Jamie Court/Myokardia - Page 2

 

The following Exhibits and Addenda are attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference:

 

x EXHIBIT A - PREMISES DESCRIPTION x EXHIBIT B - DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT
x EXHIBIT C - WORK LETTER x EXHIBIT D - COMMENCEMENT DATE
x EXHIBIT E - RULES AND REGULATIONS x EXHIBIT F - TENANT’S PERSONAL PROPERTY
x EXHIBIT G - SHARED AREA

1. Lease of Premises . Upon and subject to all of the terms and conditions hereof, Landlord hereby leases the Premises to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases the Premises from Landlord. The portions of the Project which are for the non-exclusive use of tenants of the Project are collectively referred to herein as the “ Common Areas .” Landlord reserves the right to modify Common Areas, provided that such modifications do not materially adversely affect Tenant’s use of the Premises for the Permitted Use.

2. Delivery; Acceptance of Premises; Commencement Date . Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to deliver the Premises to Tenant on or before the Target Commencement Date, with Landlord’s Work Substantially Completed (“ Delivery ” or “ Deliver ”). If Landlord fails to timely Deliver the Premises, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage resulting therefrom, and this Lease shall not be void or voidable except as provided herein. If Landlord does not Deliver the Premises within 60 days of the Target Commencement Date for any reason other than delays due to Force Majeure or Tenant Delays, this Lease may be terminated by Landlord or Tenant by written notice to the other (except that Landlord shall have no right to terminate this Lease other than in the event of Force Majeure or Tenant Delays), and if so terminated by either: (a) the Security Deposit, or any balance thereof (i.e., after deducting therefrom all amounts to which Landlord is entitled under the provisions of this Lease) and any Rent paid prior to the date of such termination (except any Rent paid for any time period that Tenant occupied the Premises and conducted its business therein) shall be returned to Tenant, and (b) neither Landlord nor Tenant shall have any further rights, duties or obligations under this Lease, except with respect to provisions which expressly survive termination of this Lease. As used herein, the terms “ Landlord’s Work ,” “ Tenant Delays ” and “ Substantially Completed ” shall have the meanings set forth for such terms in the Work Letter. If neither Landlord nor Tenant elects to void this Lease within 5 business days of the lapse of such 60 day period, such right to void this Lease shall be waived and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect.

The “ Commencement Date ” shall be the earliest of: (i) the date Landlord Delivers the Premises to Tenant; (ii) the date Landlord could have Delivered the Premises but for Tenant Delays; and (iii) the date Tenant conducts any business in the Premises or any part thereof. Upon request of Landlord, Tenant shall execute and deliver a written acknowledgment of the Commencement Date, and the expiration date of the Term when such are established in the form of the “Acknowledgement of Commencement Date” attached to this Lease as Exhibit D ; provided , however , Tenant’s failure to execute and deliver such acknowledgment shall not affect Landlord’s rights hereunder. The “ Term ” of this Lease shall be the Base Term, as defined above on the first page of this Lease.

Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ GBT ”), an affiliate of Tenant, is the tenant under that certain Lease Agreement between Landlord and GBT dated as of even date herewith (“ GBT Lease ”), pursuant to which Landlord leases to GBT and GBT leases from Landlord the balance of the first floor of the Building, as described in the GBT Lease (“ GBT Premises ”). Tenant acknowledges that GBT may have access to the Premises during the Term and Tenant may have access the GBT Premises during the Term. Tenant further acknowledges and agrees that, except for what may be constructed as part of the Tenant Improvements, Landlord has no obligation to construct any improvements to separate the Premises from the GBT Premises. Tenant shall not enter onto the GBT Premises without express permission from GBT and shall not take any action or fail to take any action which would interfere with GBT’s use of the GBT Premises. Landlord shall have no liability for any Claims suffered by Tenant in connection with any entry by GBT into the Premises. If the GBT Lease is terminated at any time during the Term of this Lease, (i) Landlord agrees that Tenant shall have the right along with any new tenant(s) in the GBT Premises to use the Shared Area shown on Exhibit G ,

 

LOGO


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory 400 E. Jamie Court/Myokardia - Page 3

 

(ii) Tenant and the new tenant(s) shall cooperate and agree on schedule for such use and if the parties cannot agree upon a schedule, Landlord shall have the right to determine an equitable schedule, and (iii) Tenant shall, promptly upon Landlord’s request, enter into an amendment to this Lease to equitably increase the rentable square footage of the Premises and Tenant’s Share attributable to the Shared Area.

Except as set forth in the Work Letter, if applicable: (i) Tenant shall accept the Premises in their condition as of the Commencement Date, subject to all applicable Legal Requirements (as defined in Section 7 hereof); (ii) Landlord shall have no obligation for any defects in the Premises; and (iii) Tenant’s taking possession of the Premises shall be conclusive evidence that Tenant accepts the Premises and that the Premises were in good condition at the time possession was taken. Any occupancy of the Premises by Tenant before the Commencement Date shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Lease, excluding the obligation to pay Base Rent and Operating Expenses.

Tenant agrees and acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty with respect to the condition of all or any portion of the Premises or the Project, and/or the suitability of the Premises or the Project for the conduct of Tenant’s business, and Tenant waives any implied warranty that the Premises or the Project are suitable for the Permitted Use. This Lease constitutes the complete agreement of Landlord and Tenant with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all prior representations, inducements, promises, agreements, understandings and negotiations which are not contained herein.

3. Rent .

(a) Base Rent . The first month’s Base Rent and the Security Deposit shall be due and payable on delivery of an executed copy of this Lease to Landlord. Tenant shall pay to Landlord in advance, without demand, abatement, deduction or set-off, monthly installments of Base Rent on or before the first day of each calendar month during the Term hereof, in lawful money of the United States of America, at the office of Landlord for payment of Rent set forth above, or to such other person or at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing. Payments of Base Rent for any fractional calendar month shall be prorated. The obligation of Tenant to pay Base Rent and other sums to Landlord and the obligations of Landlord under this Lease are independent obligations. Tenant shall have no right at any time to abate, reduce, or set-off any Rent (as defined in Section 5 ) due hereunder except for any abatement as may be expressly provided in this Lease.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, for the period commencing on the Commencement Date through the last day of the 6 th month of the Term, Tenant shall be required to pay Base Rent only with respect to only 6,020 rentable square feet of the Premises. Tenant shall commence paying Base Rent with respect to the entire Premises on the first day of the 7 th month of the Term.

(b) Additional Rent . In addition to Base Rent, Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord as additional rent (“ Additional Rent ”): (i) Tenant’s Share of “Operating Expenses” (as defined in Section 5 ), and (ii) any and all other amounts Tenant assumes or agrees to pay under the provisions of this Lease, including, without limitation, any and all other sums that may become due by reason of any default of Tenant or failure to comply with the agreements, terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be performed by Tenant, after any applicable notice and cure period.

4. Base Rent Adjustments .

(a) Annual Adjustments . Base Rent shall be increased on each annual anniversary of the first day of the first full month during the Term of this Lease (each an “ Adjustment Date ”) by multiplying the Base Rent payable immediately before such Adjustment Date by the Rent Adjustment Percentage and adding the resulting amount to the Base Rent payable immediately before such Adjustment Date. Base Rent, as so adjusted, shall thereafter be due as provided herein. Base Rent adjustments for any fractional calendar month shall be prorated.

 

LOGO


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory 400 E. Jamie Court/Myokardia - Page 4

 

(b) Additional TI Allowance . In addition to the Tenant Improvement Allowance (as defined in the Work Letter), Landlord shall, subject to the terms of the Work Letter, make available to Tenant the Additional Tenant Improvements Allowance (as defined in the Work Letter) for the construction of the Tenant Improvements. Commencing on the later of (i) the Commencement Date and (ii) the first day of the month following the month in which any portion of the Additional Tenant Improvements Allowance has been disbursed, and continuing thereafter, as adjusted as additional disbursements of the Additional Tenant Improvement Allowance occur, on the first day of each month of the Base Term, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount necessary to fully amortize the amount of the Additional Tenant Improvements Allowance actually funded by Landlord, if any, in equal monthly payments with interest at a rate of 8% per annum over the Base Term (“ TI Rent ”).

5. Operating Expense Payments . Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a written estimate of Operating Expenses for each calendar year during the Term (the “ Annual Estimate ”), which may be revised by Landlord from time to time during such calendar year. Commencing on the Commencement Date and continuing on the first day of each month thereafter during the Term, Tenant shall pay Landlord an amount equal to 1/12th of Tenant’s Share of the Annual Estimate. Payments for any fractional calendar month shall be prorated.

The term “ Operating Expenses ” means all costs and expenses of any kind or description whatsoever incurred or accrued each calendar year by Landlord with respect to the Building (including the Building’s share of all costs and expenses of any kind or description incurred or accrued by Landlord with respect to the Project which are not specific to the Building or any other building located in the Project) (including, without duplication, Taxes (as defined in Section 9 ), capital repairs and improvements amortized over the useful life of such capital items as reasonably determined by Landlord taking into account relevant factors, and the costs of Landlord’s third party property manager or, if there is no third party property manager, administration rent in the amount of 3.0% of Base Rent), excluding only:

(a) the original construction costs of the Project and renovation prior to the date of the Lease and costs of correcting defects in such original construction or renovation;

(b) capital expenditures for expansion of the Project;

(c) interest, principal payments of Mortgage (as defined in Section 27 ) debts of Landlord, financing costs and amortization of funds borrowed by Landlord, whether secured or unsecured and all payments of base rent (but not taxes or operating expenses) under any ground lease or other underlying lease of all or any portion of the Project;

(d) depreciation of the Project (except for capital improvements, the cost of which are includable in Operating Expenses);

(e) advertising, legal and space planning expenses and leasing commissions and other costs and expenses incurred in procuring and leasing space to tenants for the Project, including any leasing office maintained in the Project, free rent and construction allowances for tenants;

(f) legal and other expenses incurred in the negotiation or enforcement of leases;

(g) completing, fixturing, improving, renovating, painting, redecorating or other work, which Landlord pays for or performs for other tenants within their premises, and costs of correcting defects in such work;

(h) costs to be reimbursed by other tenants of the Project or Taxes to be paid directly by Tenant or other tenants of the Project, whether or not actually paid;

 

LOGO


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory 400 E. Jamie Court/Myokardia - Page 5

 

(i) salaries, wages, benefits and other compensation paid to officers and employees of Landlord who are not assigned in whole or in part to the operation, management, maintenance or repair of the Project;

(j) general organizational, administrative and overhead costs relating to maintaining Landlord‘s existence, either as a corporation, partnership, or other entity, including general corporate, legal and accounting expenses;

(k) costs (including attorneys’ fees and costs of settlement, judgments and payments in lieu thereof) incurred in connection with disputes with tenants, other occupants, or prospective tenants, and costs and expenses, including legal fees, incurred in connection with negotiations or disputes with employees, consultants, management agents, leasing agents, purchasers or mortgagees of the Building;

(l) costs incurred by Landlord due to the violation by Landlord, its employees, agents or contractors or any tenant of the terms and conditions of any lease of space in the Project or any Legal Requirement (as defined in Section 7 );

(m) penalties, fines or interest incurred as a result of Landlord‘s inability or failure to make payment of Taxes and/or to file any tax or informational returns when due, or from Landlord«‘s failure to make any payment of Taxes required to be made by Landlord hereunder before delinquency;

(n) overhead and profit increment paid to Landlord or to subsidiaries or affiliates of Landlord for goods and/or services in or to the Project to the extent the same exceeds the costs of such goods and/or services rendered by unaffiliated third parties on a competitive basis;

(o) costs of Landlord’s charitable or political contributions, or of fine art maintained at the Project;

(p) costs in connection with services (including electricity), items or other benefits of a type which are not standard for the Project and which are not available to Tenant without specific charges therefor, but which are provided to another tenant or occupant of the Project, whether or not such other tenant or occupant is specifically charged therefor by Landlord;

(q) costs incurred in the sale or refinancing of the Project;

(r) net income taxes of Landlord or the owner of any interest in the Project, franchise, capital stock, gift, estate or inheritance taxes or any federal, state or local documentary taxes imposed against the Project or any portion thereof or interest therein;

(s) any expenses otherwise includable within Operating Expenses to the extent actually reimbursed by persons other than tenants of the Project under leases for space in the Project; and

(t) costs incurred in connection with the clean-up, response action or remediation of Hazardous Materials on the Project or in the Premises that Tenant demonstrates to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction were present on the Project or in the Premises prior to the date of this Lease, except to the extent Tenant and/or any of the Tenant Parties have exacerbated or contributed to such contamination.

Within 90 days after the end of each calendar year (or such longer period as may be reasonably required), Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a statement (an “ Annual Statement ”) showing in reasonable detail: (a) the total and Tenant’s Share of actual Operating Expenses for the previous calendar year, and (b) the total of Tenant’s payments in respect of Operating Expenses for such year. If Tenant’s Share of actual Operating Expenses for such year exceeds Tenant’s payments of Operating Expenses for such year, the excess shall be due and payable by Tenant as Rent within 30 days after delivery of such Annual Statement to Tenant. If Tenant’s payments of Operating Expenses for such year exceed Tenant’s Share

 

LOGO


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory 400 E. Jamie Court/Myokardia - Page 6

 

of actual Operating Expenses for such year Landlord shall pay the excess to Tenant within 30 days after delivery of such Annual Statement, except that after the expiration, or earlier termination of the Term or if Tenant is delinquent in its obligation to pay Rent, Landlord shall pay the excess to Tenant after deducting all other amounts due Landlord.

The Annual Statement shall be final and binding upon Tenant unless Tenant, within 90 days after Tenant’s receipt thereof, shall contest any item therein by giving written notice to Landlord, specifying each item contested and the reason therefor. If, during such 90 day period, Tenant reasonably and in good faith questions or contests the accuracy of Landlord’s statement of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses, Landlord will provide Tenant with access to Landlord’s books and records relating to the operation of the Project and such information as Landlord reasonably determines to be responsive to Tenant’s questions (the “ Expense Information ”). If after Tenant’s review of such Expense Information, Landlord and Tenant cannot agree upon the amount of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses, then Tenant shall have the right to have an independent public accounting firm selected by Tenant, working pursuant to a fee arrangement other than a contingent fee (at Tenant’s sole cost and expense) and approved by Landlord (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), audit and/or review the Expense Information for the year in question (the “ Independent Review ”). The results of any such Independent Review shall be binding on Landlord and Tenant. If the Independent Review shows that the payments actually made by Tenant with respect to Operating Expenses for the calendar year in question exceeded Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for such calendar year, Landlord shall at Landlord’s option either (i) credit the excess amount to the next succeeding installments of estimated Operating Expenses or (ii) pay the excess to Tenant within 30 days after delivery of such statement, except that after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease or if Tenant is delinquent in its obligation to pay Rent, Landlord shall pay the excess to Tenant after deducting all other amounts due Landlord. If the Independent Review shows that Tenant’s payments with respect to Operating Expenses for such calendar year were less than Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for the calendar year, Tenant shall pay the deficiency to Landlord within 30 days after delivery of such statement. If the Independent Review shows that Tenant has overpaid with respect to Operating Expenses by more than 5% then Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for all costs incurred by Tenant for the Independent Review.

Operating Expenses for the calendar years in which Tenant’s obligation to share therein begins and ends shall be prorated. Notwithstanding anything set forth herein to the contrary, if the Building is not at least 95% occupied on average during any year of the Term, Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for such year shall be computed as though the Building had been 95% occupied on average during such year.

Tenant’s Share ” shall be the percentage set forth on the first page of this Lease as Tenant’s Share as reasonably adjusted by Landlord for changes in the physical size of the Premises or the Project occurring thereafter. Landlord may equitably increase Tenant’s Share for any item of expense or cost reimbursable by Tenant that relates to a repair, replacement, or service that benefits only the Premises or only a portion of the Project that includes the Premises or that varies with occupancy or use. Base Rent, Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses and all other amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder are collectively referred to herein as “ Rent .”

6. Security Deposit . Tenant shall deposit with Landlord, upon delivery of an executed copy of this Lease to Landlord, a security deposit (the “ Security Deposit ”) for the performance of all of Tenant’s obligations hereunder in the amount set forth on page 1 of this Lease, which Security Deposit shall be in the form of an unconditional and irrevocable letter of credit (the “ Letter of Credit ”): (i) in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, (ii) naming Landlord as beneficiary, (iii) expressly allowing Landlord to draw upon it at any time from time to time by delivering to the issuer notice that Landlord is entitled to draw thereunder, (iv) issued by an FDIC-insured financial institution satisfactory to Landlord, and (v) redeemable by presentation of a sight draft (which may be presented by delivery by overnight courier) at the financial institution’s offices in the United States. If Tenant does not provide Landlord with a substitute Letter of Credit complying with all of the requirements hereof at least 10 days before the stated expiration date of any then current Letter of Credit, Landlord shall have the right to draw the full amount of the current Letter of Credit and hold the funds drawn in cash without obligation for

 

LOGO


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory 400 E. Jamie Court/Myokardia - Page 7

 

interest thereon as the Security Deposit. The Security Deposit shall be held by Landlord as security for the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. The Security Deposit is not an advance rental deposit or a measure of Landlord’s damages in case of Tenant’s default. Upon each occurrence of a Default (as defined in Section 20 ), Landlord may use all or any part of the Security Deposit to pay delinquent payments due under this Lease, future rent damages under California Civil Code Section 1951.2, and the cost of any damage, injury, expense or liability caused by such Default, without prejudice to any other remedy provided herein or provided by law. Landlord’s right to use the Security Deposit under this Section 6 includes the right to use the Security Deposit to pay future rent damages following the termination of this Lease pursuant to Section 21(c) below. Upon any use of all or any portion of the Security Deposit, Tenant shall pay Landlord on demand the amount that will restore the Security Deposit to the amount set forth on Page 1 of this Lease. Tenant hereby waives the provisions of any law, now or hereafter in force, including, without limitation, California Civil Code Section 1950.7, which provide that Landlord may claim from a security deposit only those sums reasonably necessary to remedy defaults in the payment of Rent, to repair damage caused by Tenant or to clean the Premises, it being agreed that Landlord may, in addition, claim those sums reasonably necessary to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage, foreseeable or unforeseeable, caused by the act or omission of Tenant or any officer, employee, agent or invitee of Tenant. Upon bankruptcy or other debtor-creditor proceedings against Tenant, the Security Deposit shall be deemed to be applied first to the payment of Rent and other charges due Landlord for periods prior to the filing of such proceedings. Upon any such use of all or any portion of the Security Deposit, Tenant shall, within 5 days after demand from Landlord, restore the Security Deposit to its original amount. If Tenant shall fully perform every provision of this Lease to be performed by Tenant, the Security Deposit, or any balance thereof (i.e., after deducting therefrom all amounts to which Landlord is entitled under the provisions of this Lease), shall be returned to Tenant (or, at Landlord’s option, to the last assignee of Tenant’s interest hereunder) within 60 days after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

If Landlord transfers its interest in the Project or this Lease, Landlord shall either (a) transfer any Security Deposit then held by Landlord to a person or entity assuming Landlord’s obligations under this Section 6 , or (b) return to Tenant any Security Deposit then held by Landlord and remaining after the deductions permitted herein. Upon such transfer to such transferee or the return of the Security Deposit to Tenant, Landlord shall have no further obligation with respect to the Security Deposit, and Tenant’s right to the return of the Security Deposit shall apply solely against Landlord’s transferee. The Security Deposit is not an advance rental deposit or a measure of Landlord’s damages in case of Tenant’s default. Landlord’s obligation respecting the Security Deposit is that of a debtor, not a trustee, and no interest shall accrue thereon.

7. Use . The Premises shall be used solely for the Permitted Use set forth in the basic lease provisions on page 1 of this Lease, and in compliance with all laws, orders, judgments, ordinances, regulations, codes, directives, permits, licenses, covenants and restrictions now or hereafter applicable to the Premises, and to the use and occupancy thereof, including, without limitation, the Americans With Disabilities Act, 42 U.S.C. § 12101, et seq. (together with the regulations promulgated pursuant thereto, “ ADA ”) (collectively, “ Legal Requirements ” and each, a “ Legal Requirement ”). Tenant shall, upon 5 days’ written notice from Landlord, discontinue any use of the Premises which is declared by any Governmental Authority (as defined in Section 9 ) having jurisdiction to be a violation of a Legal Requirement. Tenant will not use or permit the Premises to be used for any purpose or in any manner that would void Tenant’s or Landlord’s insurance, increase the insurance risk, or cause the disallowance of any sprinkler or other credits. Tenant shall not permit any part of the Premises to be used as a “place of public accommodation”, as defined in the ADA or any similar legal requirement. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord promptly upon demand for any additional premium charged for any such insurance policy by reason of Tenant’s failure to comply with the provisions of this Section or otherwise caused by Tenant’s use and/or occupancy of the Premises. Tenant will use the Premises in a careful, safe and proper manner and will not commit or permit waste, overload the floor or structure of the Premises, subject the Premises to use that would damage the Premises or obstruct or interfere with the rights of Landlord or other tenants or occupants of the Project, including conducting or giving notice of any auction, liquidation, or going out of business sale on the Premises, or using or allowing the Premises to be used for any unlawful purpose. Tenant shall cause any equipment or machinery to be installed in the Premises

 

LOGO


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory 400 E. Jamie Court/Myokardia - Page 8

 

so as to reasonably prevent sounds or vibrations from the Premises from extending into Common Areas, or other space in the Project. Tenant shall not place any machinery or equipment weighing 500 pounds or more in or upon the Premises or transport or move such items through the Common Areas of the Project or in the Project elevators without the prior written consent of Landlord. Except as may be provided under the Work Letter, Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, use the Premises in any manner which will require ventilation, air exchange, heating, gas, steam, electricity or water beyond the existing capacity of the Project as proportionately allocated to the Premises based upon Tenant’s Share as usually furnished for the Permitted Use.

Subject to Landlord’s performance of its obligations in the Work Letter, Tenant, at its sole expense, shall make any alterations or modifications to the interior or the exterior of the Premises or the Project that are required by Legal Requirements (including, without limitation, compliance of the Premises with the ADA) related to Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises. Subject to Landlord’s performance of its obligations in the Work Letter, Tenant shall be responsible for any and all demands, claims, liabilities, losses, costs, expenses, actions, causes of action, damages or judgments, and all reasonable expenses incurred in investigating or resisting the same (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, charges and disbursements and costs of suit) (collectively, “ Claims ”) arising out of or in connection with Legal Requirements related to Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, and Tenant shall indemnify, defend, hold and save Landlord harmless from and against any and all such Claims.

8. Holding Over . If Tenant remains in possession of the Premises after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term without the express written consent of Landlord, (A) Tenant shall become a tenant at sufferance upon the terms of this Lease except that the monthly rental shall be equal to 150% of the Rent in effect during the last 30 days of the Term, and (B) Tenant shall be responsible for all damages suffered by Landlord resulting from or occasioned by Tenant’s holding over, including consequential damages. Acceptance by Landlord of Rent after the expiration of the Term or earlier termination of this Lease shall not result in a renewal or reinstatement of this Lease.

9. Taxes . Landlord shall pay, as part of Operating Expenses, all taxes, levies, fees, assessments and governmental charges of any kind, existing as of the Commencement Date or thereafter enacted (collectively referred to as “ Taxes ”), imposed by any federal, state, regional, municipal, local or other governmental authority or agency, including, without limitation, quasi-public agencies (collectively, “ Governmental Authority ”) during the Term, including, without limitation, all Taxes: (i) imposed on or measured by or based, in whole or in part, on rent payable to (or gross receipts received by) Landlord under this Lease and/or from the rental by Landlord of the Project or any portion thereof, or (ii) based on the square footage, assessed value or other measure or evaluation of any kind of the Premises or the Project, or (iii) assessed or imposed by or on the operation or maintenance of any portion of the Premises or the Project, including parking, or (iv) assessed or imposed by, or at the direction of, or resulting from Legal Requirements, or interpretations thereof, promulgated by any Governmental Authority, or (v) imposed as a license or other fee, charge, tax, or assessment on Landlord’s business or occupation of leasing space in the Project. Landlord may contest by appropriate legal proceedings the amount, validity, or application of any Taxes or liens securing Taxes. Taxes shall not include any net income taxes imposed on Landlord except to the extent such net income taxes are in substitution for any Taxes payable hereunder, nor shall Taxes include franchise, conveyance or excise taxes. If any such Tax is levied or assessed directly against Tenant, then Tenant shall be responsible for and shall pay the same at such times and in such manner as the taxing authority shall require. Tenant shall pay, prior to delinquency, any and all Taxes levied or assessed against any personal property or trade fixtures placed by Tenant in the Premises, whether levied or assessed against Landlord or Tenant. If any Taxes on Tenant’s personal property or trade fixtures are levied against Landlord or Landlord’s property, or if the assessed valuation of the Project is increased by a value attributable to improvements in or alterations to the Premises, whether owned by Landlord or Tenant and whether or not affixed to the real property so as to become a part thereof, higher than the base valuation on which Landlord from time-to-time allocates Taxes to all tenants in the Project, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to pay such Taxes. Landlord’s determination of any excess assessed valuation shall be binding and conclusive, absent manifest error. The amount of any such payment by Landlord shall constitute Additional Rent due from Tenant to Landlord immediately upon demand. If Landlord shall receive any abatement or refund of

 

LOGO


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory 400 E. Jamie Court/Myokardia - Page 9

 

Taxes and such abatement or refund is for a time period for which Tenant has made payments during the Term, then out of any balance remaining after deducting Landlord’s expenses incurred in obtaining such refund or abatement, Landlord shall, at Landlord’s option, either (i) credit the excess amount determined by Landlord to be attributable to the Premises to the next succeeding installments of estimated Taxes or (ii) pay the excess amount determined by Landlord to be attributable to the Premises to Tenant within 30 days after delivery of the Annual Statement, except that after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease or if Tenant is delinquent in its obligation to pay Rent, Landlord shall pay such excess amount determined by Landlord to be attributable to the Premises to Tenant after deducting all other amounts due Landlord. Nothing contained in this Lease shall obligate Landlord to seek a refund or abatement of Taxes.

10. Parking . Subject to all matters of record, Force Majeure, a Taking (as defined in Section 19 below) and the exercise by Landlord of its rights hereunder, Tenant shall have the right, in common with other tenants of the Project pro rata in accordance with the rentable area of the Premises and the rentable areas of the Project occupied by such other tenants, to park in those areas designated for non-reserved parking, subject in each case to Landlord’s rules and regulations, at no additional cost to Tenant. Landlord may allocate parking spaces among Tenant and other tenants in the Project pro rata as described above if Landlord determines that such parking facilities are becoming crowded. Landlord shall not be responsible for enforcing Tenant’s parking rights against any third parties, including other tenants of the Project.

Tenant acknowledge that there is a Preliminary Transportation Demand Management Plan, as may be amended (“ TDM ”) setting forth certain requirements relating to parking and transportation demand management which are binding on tenants in the Project and agrees to comply with the requirements of the TDM. Tenant acknowledges that Operating Expenses shall include expenses and assessments related to the TDM.

11. Utilities, Services . Landlord shall provide, subject to the terms of this Section 11 , water, electricity, heat, air conditioning, light, power, sewer, and other utilities (including gas and fire sprinklers to the extent the Project is plumbed for such services), refuse and trash collection and janitorial services (collectively, “ Utilities ”). Landlord shall pay, as Operating Expenses or subject to Tenant’s reimbursement obligation, for all Utilities used on the Premises, all maintenance charges for Utilities, and any storm sewer charges or other similar charges for Utilities imposed by any Governmental Authority or Utility provider, and any taxes, penalties, surcharges or similar charges thereon. Landlord shall not cause any Utilities to the Premises which are not currently separately metered to be separately metered. Tenant shall pay directly to the Utility provider, prior to delinquency, any separately metered Utilities and services which may be furnished to Tenant or the Premises during the Term. Tenant shall pay, as part of Operating Expenses, its share of all charges for jointly metered Utilities based upon consumption, as reasonably determined by Landlord. No interruption or failure of Utilities, from any cause whatsoever other than Landlord’s willful misconduct, shall result in eviction or constructive eviction of Tenant, termination of this Lease or the abatement of Rent. Tenant agrees to limit use of water and sewer with respect to Common Areas to normal restroom use.

Landlord’s sole obligation for either providing emergency generators or providing emergency back-up power to Tenant shall be: (i) to provide emergency generators with not less than the capacity of the emergency generators located in the Building as of the Commencement Date, and (ii) to contract with a third party to maintain the emergency generators as per the manufacturer’s standard maintenance guidelines. Landlord shall have no obligation to provide Tenant with operational emergency generators or back-up power or to supervise, oversee or confirm that the third party maintaining the emergency generators is maintaining the generators as per the manufacturer’s standard guidelines or otherwise. During any period of replacement, repair or maintenance of the emergency generators when the emergency generators are not operational, including any delays thereto due to the inability to obtain parts or replacement equipment, Landlord shall have no obligation to provide Tenant with an alternative back-up generator or generators or alternative sources of back-up power. Tenant expressly acknowledges and agrees that Landlord does not guaranty that such emergency generators will be operational at all times or that emergency power will be available to the Premises when needed.

 

LOGO


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory 400 E. Jamie Court/Myokardia - Page 10

 

12. Alterations and Tenant’s Property . Any alterations, additions, or improvements made to the Premises by or on behalf of Tenant, including additional locks or bolts of any kind or nature upon any doors or windows in the Premises, but excluding installation, removal or realignment of furniture systems (other than removal of furniture systems owned or paid for by Landlord) not involving any modifications to the structure or connections (other then by ordinary plugs or jacks) to Building Systems (as defined in Section 13 ) (“ Alterations ”) shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written consent, which may be given or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion if any such Alteration affects the structure or Building Systems and shall not be otherwise unreasonably withheld. If Landlord approves any Alterations, Landlord may impose such conditions on Tenant in connection with the commencement, performance and completion of such Alterations as Landlord may deem appropriate in Landlord’s reasonable discretion. Any request for approval shall be in writing, delivered not less than 15 business days in advance of any proposed construction, and accompanied by plans, specifications, bid proposals, work contracts and such other information concerning the nature and cost of the Alterations as may be reasonably requested by Landlord, including the identities and mailing addresses of all persons performing work or supplying materials. Landlord’s right to review plans and specifications and to monitor construction shall be solely for its own benefit, and Landlord shall have no duty to ensure that such plans and specifications or construction comply with applicable Legal Requirements. Tenant shall cause, at its sole cost and expense, all Alterations to comply with insurance requirements and with Legal Requirements and shall implement at its sole cost and expense any alteration or modification required by Legal Requirements as a result of any Alterations. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, within 10 days after demand, Landlord’s out-of-pocket expenses for plan review, coordination, scheduling and supervision in connection with any Alterations. Before Tenant begins any Alteration, Landlord may post on and about the Premises notices of non-responsibility pursuant to applicable law. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for, and indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from, any expense incurred by Landlord by reason of faulty work done by Tenant or its contractors, delays caused by such work, or inadequate cleanup.

Tenant shall furnish security or make other arrangements satisfactory to Landlord to assure payment for the completion of all Alterations work free and clear of liens, and shall provide (and cause each contractor or subcontractor to provide) certificates of insurance for workers’ compensation and other coverage in amounts and from an insurance company satisfactory to Landlord protecting Landlord against liability for personal injury or property damage during construction. Upon completion of any Alterations, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord: (i) sworn statements setting forth the names of all contractors and subcontractors who did the work and final lien waivers from all such contractors and subcontractors; and (ii) “as built” plans for any such Alteration.

Except for Removable Installations (as hereinafter defined), all Installations (as hereinafter defined) shall be and shall remain the property of Landlord during the Term and following the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, shall not be removed by Tenant at any time during the Term, and shall remain upon and be surrendered with the Premises as a part thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord may, at the time its approval of any such Installation is requested, notify Tenant that Landlord requires that Tenant remove such Installation upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, in which event Tenant shall remove such Installation in accordance with the immediately succeeding sentence. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Tenant shall remove (i) all wires, cables or similar equipment which Tenant has installed in the Premises or in the risers or plenums of the Building, (ii) any Installations for which Landlord has given Tenant notice of removal in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence, and (iii) all of Tenant’s Property (as hereinafter defined), and Tenant shall restore and repair any damage caused by or occasioned as a result of such removal, including, without limitation, capping off all such connections behind the walls of the Premises and repairing any holes. During any restoration period beyond the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Tenant shall pay Rent to Landlord as provided herein as if said space were otherwise occupied by Tenant. If Landlord is requested by Tenant or any lender, lessor or other person or entity claiming an interest in any of Tenant’s Property to waive any lien Landlord may have against any of Tenant’s Property, and Landlord consents to such waiver, then Landlord shall be entitled to be paid as administrative rent a fee of $1,000 per occurrence for its time and effort in preparing and negotiating such a waiver of lien.

 

LOGO


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory 400 E. Jamie Court/Myokardia - Page 11

 

For purposes of this Lease, (x) “ Removable Installations ” means any items listed on Exhibit F attached hereto and any items agreed by Landlord in writing to be included on Exhibit F in the future, (y) “ Tenant’s Property ” means Removable Installations and, other than Installations, any personal property or equipment of Tenant that may be removed without material damage to the Premises, and (z) “ Installations ” means all property of any kind paid for by Landlord, all Alterations, all fixtures, and all partitions, hardware, built-in machinery, built-in casework and cabinets and other similar additions, equipment, property and improvements built into the Premises so as to become an integral part of the Premises, including, without limitation, fume hoods which penetrate the roof or plenum area, built-in cold rooms, built-in warm rooms, walk-in cold rooms, walk-in warm rooms, deionized water systems, glass washing equipment, autoclaves, chillers, built-in plumbing, electrical and mechanical equipment and systems, and any power generator and transfer switch.

13. Landlord’s Repairs . Landlord, as an Operating Expense, shall maintain all of the structural, exterior, parking and other Common Areas of the Project, including HVAC, plumbing, fire sprinklers, elevators and all other building systems serving the Premises and other portions of the Project (“ Building Systems ”), in good repair, reasonable wear and tear and uninsured losses and damages caused by Tenant, or by any of Tenant’s agents, servants, employees, invitees and contractors (collectively, “ Tenant Parties ”) excluded. Losses and damages caused by Tenant or any Tenant Party shall be repaired by Landlord, to the extent not covered by insurance, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Landlord reserves the right to stop Building Systems services when necessary (i) by reason of accident or emergency, or (ii) for planned repairs, alterations or improvements, which are, in the judgment of Landlord, desirable or necessary to be made, until said repairs, alterations or improvements shall have been completed. Landlord shall have no responsibility or liability for failure to supply Building Systems services during any such period of interruption; provided , however , that Landlord shall, except in case of emergency, make a commercially reasonable effort to give Tenant at least 2 business days advance notice of any planned stoppage of Building Systems services for routine maintenance, repairs, alterations or improvements. Tenant shall promptly give Landlord written notice of any repair required by Landlord pursuant to this Section, after which Landlord shall make a commercially reasonable effort to effect such repair. Landlord shall not be liable for any failure to make any repairs or to perform any maintenance unless such failure shall persist for an unreasonable time after Tenant’s written notice of the need for such repairs or maintenance. Tenant waives its rights under any state or local law to terminate this Lease or to make such repairs at Landlord’s expense and agrees that the parties’ respective rights with respect to such matters shall be solely as set forth herein. Repairs required as the result of fire, earthquake, flood, vandalism, war, or similar cause of damage or destruction shall be controlled by Section 18 .

14. Tenant’s Repairs . Subject to Section 13 hereof, Tenant, at its expense, shall repair, replace and maintain in good condition, reasonable wear and tear and damage by fire or other casualty excepted, all portions of the Premises, including, without limitation, entries, doors, ceilings, interior windows, interior walls, and the interior side of demising walls. Such repair and replacement may include capital expenditures and repairs whose benefit may extend beyond the Term. Should Tenant fail to make any such repair or replacement or fail to maintain the Premises, Landlord shall give Tenant notice of such failure. If Tenant fails to commence cure of such failure within 10 days of Landlord’s notice, and thereafter diligently prosecute such cure to completion, Landlord may perform such work and shall be reimbursed by Tenant within 10 days after demand therefor; provided, however, that if such failure by Tenant creates or could create an emergency, Landlord may immediately commence cure of such failure and shall thereafter be entitled to recover the costs of such cure from Tenant. Subject to Sections 17 and 18 , Tenant shall bear the full uninsured cost of any repair or replacement to any part of the Project that results from damage caused by Tenant or any Tenant Party and any repair that benefits only the Premises.

15. Mechanic’s Liens . Tenant shall discharge, by bond or otherwise, any mechanic’s lien filed against the Premises or against the Project for work performed or work claimed to have been performed for, materials furnished or claimed to have been furnished to, or obligations incurred or claimed to have been incurred by Tenant within 10 days after Tenant receives notice of the filing thereof, at Tenant’s sole cost and shall otherwise keep the Premises and the Project free from any liens arising out of work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by Tenant. Should Tenant fail to discharge

 

LOGO


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory 400 E. Jamie Court/Myokardia - Page 12

 

any lien described herein, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to pay such claim or post a bond or otherwise provide security to eliminate the lien as a claim against title to the Project and the cost thereof shall be immediately due from Tenant as Additional Rent. If Tenant shall lease or finance the acquisition of office equipment, furnishings, or other personal property of a removable nature utilized by Tenant in the operation of Tenant’s business, Tenant warrants that any Uniform Commercial Code Financing Statement filed as a matter of public record by any lessor or creditor of Tenant will upon its face or by exhibit thereto indicate that such Financing Statement is applicable only to removable personal property of Tenant located within the Premises. In no event shall the address of the Project be furnished on the statement without qualifying language as to applicability of the lien only to removable personal property, located in an identified suite held by Tenant.

16. Indemnification . Tenant hereby indemnifies and agrees to defend, save and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all Claims for injury or death to persons or damage to property (i) occurring within the Premises and arising directly or indirectly out of use or occupancy of the Premises, except to the extent caused by the willful misconduct or negligence of Landlord, (ii) occurring outside of the Premises and arising directly or indirectly out of an act or omission of Tenant, or (iii) arising directly or indirectly out of or a breach or default by Tenant in the performance of any of its obligations hereunder. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for, and Tenant assumes all risk of damage to, personal property (including, without limitation, loss of records kept within the Premises or any part of the Project). Tenant further waives any and all Claims for injury to Tenant’s business or loss of income relating to any such damage or destruction of personal property (including, without limitation, any loss of records). Landlord shall not be liable for any damages arising from any act, omission or neglect of any tenant in the Project or of any other third party.

17. Insurance . Landlord shall maintain all risk property and, if applicable, sprinkler damage insurance covering the full replacement cost of the Project or such lesser coverage amount as Landlord may elect provided such coverage amount is not less than 90% of such full replacement cost. Landlord shall further procure and maintain commercial general liability insurance with a single loss limit of not less than $2,000,000 for bodily injury and property damage with respect to the Project. Landlord may, but is not obligated to, maintain such other insurance and additional coverages as it may deem necessary, including, but not limited to, flood, environmental hazard and earthquake, loss or failure of building equipment, errors and omissions, rental loss during the period of repair or rebuilding, workers’ compensation insurance and fidelity bonds for employees employed to perform services and insurance for any improvements installed by Tenant or which are in addition to the standard improvements customarily furnished by Landlord without regard to whether or not such are made a part of the Project. All such insurance shall be included as part of the Operating Expenses. The Project may be included in a blanket policy (in which case the cost of such insurance allocable to the Project will be determined by Landlord based upon the insurer’s cost calculations). Tenant shall also reimburse Landlord for any increased premiums or additional insurance which Landlord reasonably deems necessary as a result of Tenant’s use of the Premises.

Tenant shall, within 30 days after the date of this Lease, provide Landlord with insurance certificate(s) evidencing that Tenant is maintaining the insurance which Tenant is required to maintain under this Lease. Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall maintain during the Term: all risk property insurance with business interruption and extra expense coverage, covering the full replacement cost of all property and improvements installed or placed in the Premises by Tenant at Tenant’s expense; workers’ compensation insurance with no less than the minimum limits required by law; employer’s liability insurance with such limits as required by law; and commercial general liability insurance, with a minimum limit of not less than $2,000,000 per occurrence for bodily injury and property damage with respect to the Premises. The commercial general liability insurance policy shall name Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc., and Landlord, its officers, directors, employees, managers, agents, invitees and contractors (collectively, “ Landlord Parties ”), as additional insureds; insure on an occurrence and not a claims-made basis; be issued by insurance companies which have a rating of not less than policyholder rating of A and financial category rating of at least Class X in “Best’s Insurance Guide”; shall not be cancelable for nonpayment of premium unless 30 days prior written notice shall have been given to Landlord from the insurer; contain a hostile fire endorsement and a contractual liability endorsement; and provide primary

 

LOGO


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory 400 E. Jamie Court/Myokardia - Page 13

 

coverage to Landlord (any policy issued to Landlord providing duplicate or similar coverage shall be deemed excess over Tenant’s policies). Copies of such policies (if requested by Landlord), or certificates of insurance showing the limits of coverage required hereunder and showing Landlord as an additional insured, along with reasonable evidence of the payment of premiums for the applicable period, shall be delivered to Landlord by Tenant upon commencement of the Term and upon each renewal of said insurance. Tenant’s policy may be a “blanket policy” with an aggregate per location endorsement which specifically provides that the amount of insurance shall not be prejudiced by other losses covered by the policy. Tenant shall, at least 5 days prior to the expiration of such policies, furnish Landlord with renewal certificates.

In each instance where insurance is to name Landlord as an additional insured, Tenant shall upon written request of Landlord also designate and furnish certificates so evidencing Landlord as additional insured to: (i) any lender of Landlord holding a security interest in the Project or any portion thereof, (ii) the landlord under any lease wherein Landlord is tenant of the real property on which the Project is located, if the interest of Landlord is or shall become that of a tenant under a ground or other underlying lease rather than that of a fee owner, and/or (iii) any management company retained by Landlord to manage the Project.

The property insurance obtained by Landlord and Tenant shall include a waiver of subrogation by the insurers and all rights based upon an assignment from its insured, against Landlord or Tenant, and their respective officers, directors, employees, managers, agents, invitees and contractors (“ Related Parties ”), in connection with any loss or damage thereby insured against. Neither party nor its respective Related Parties shall be liable to the other for loss or damage caused by any risk insured against under property insurance required to be maintained hereunder, and each party waives any claims against the other party, and its respective Related Parties, for such loss or damage. The failure of a party to insure its property shall not void this waiver. Landlord and its respective Related Parties shall not be liable for, and Tenant hereby waives all claims against such parties for, business interruption and losses occasioned thereby sustained by Tenant or any person claiming through Tenant resulting from any accident or occurrence in or upon the Premises or the Project from any cause whatsoever. If the foregoing waivers shall contravene any law with respect to exculpatory agreements, the liability of Landlord or Tenant shall be deemed not released but shall be secondary to the other’s insurer.

Landlord may require insurance policy limits to be raised to conform with requirements of Landlord’s lender and/or to bring coverage limits to levels then being generally required of new tenants within the Project; provided, however, that the increased amount of coverage is consistent with coverage amounts then being required by institutional owners of similar projects with tenants occupying similar size premises in the geographical area in which the Project is located.

18. Restoration . If, at any time during the Term, the Project or the Premises are damaged or destroyed by a fire or other insured casualty, Landlord shall notify Tenant within 60 days after discovery of such damage as to the amount of time Landlord reasonably estimates it will take to restore the Project or the Premises, as applicable (the “ Restoration Period ”). If the Restoration Period is estimated to exceed 12 months (the “ Maximum Restoration Period ”), Landlord may, in such notice, elect to terminate this Lease as of the date that is 75 days after the date of discovery of such damage or destruction; provided, however , that notwithstanding Landlord’s election to restore, Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord delivered within 5 business days of receipt of a notice from Landlord estimating a Restoration Period for the Premises longer than the Maximum Restoration Period. Unless either Landlord or Tenant so elects to terminate this Lease, Landlord shall, subject to receipt of sufficient insurance proceeds (with any deductible not in excess of commercially reasonable amounts to be treated as a current Operating Expense (and the determination of whether a deductible amount is commercially reasonable shall be determined with reference to the deductible amounts then being maintained by other institutional owners of comparable projects), promptly restore the Premises (excluding the improvements installed by Tenant or by Landlord and paid for by Tenant), subject to delays arising from the collection of insurance proceeds, from Force Majeure events or as needed to obtain any license, clearance or other authorization of any kind required to enter into and restore the Premises issued by any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the use, storage, handling, treatment,

 

LOGO


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory 400 E. Jamie Court/Myokardia - Page 14

 

generation, release, disposal, removal or remediation of Hazardous Materials (as defined in Section 30 ) in, on or about the Premises (collectively referred to herein as “ Hazardous Materials Clearances ”); provided , however , that if repair or restoration of the Premises is not substantially complete as of the end of the Maximum Restoration Period or, if longer, the Restoration Period, Landlord may, in its sole and absolute discretion, elect not to proceed with such repair and restoration, or Tenant may by written notice to Landlord delivered within 5 business days of the expiration of the Maximum Restoration Period or, if longer, the Restoration Period, elect to terminate this Lease, in which event Landlord shall be relieved of its obligation to make such repairs or restoration and this Lease shall terminate as of the date that is 75 days after the later of: (i) discovery of such damage or destruction, or (ii) the date all required Hazardous Materials Clearances are obtained, but Landlord shall retain any Rent paid and the right to any Rent payable by Tenant prior to such election by Landlord or Tenant.

Tenant, at its expense, shall promptly perform, subject to delays arising from the collection of insurance proceeds, from Force Majeure (as defined in Section 34 ) events or to obtain Hazardous Material Clearances, all repairs or restoration not required to be done by Landlord and shall promptly re-enter the Premises and commence doing business in accordance with this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, either Landlord or Tenant may terminate this Lease upon written notice to the other if the Premises are damaged during the last year of the Term and Landlord reasonably estimates that it will take more than 2 months to repair such damage; provided, however, that such notice is delivered within 10 business days after the date that Landlord provides Tenant with written notice of the estimated Restoration Period. Landlord shall also have the right to terminate this Lease if insurance proceeds are not available for such restoration. Rent shall be abated from the date all required Hazardous Material Clearances are obtained until the Premises are repaired and restored, in the proportion which the area of the Premises, if any, which is not usable by Tenant bears to the total area of the Premises, unless Landlord provides Tenant with other space during the period of repair that is suitable for the temporary conduct of Tenant’s business. Such abatement shall be the sole remedy of Tenant, and except as provided in this Section 18 , Tenant waives any right to terminate the Lease by reason of damage or casualty loss.

The provisions of this Lease, including this Section 18 , constitute an express agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to any and all damage to, or destruction of, all or any part of the Premises, or any other portion of the Project, and any statute or regulation which is now or may hereafter be in effect shall have no application to this Lease or any damage or destruction to all or any part of the Premises or any other portion of the Project, the parties hereto expressly agreeing that this Section 18 sets forth their entire understanding and agreement with respect to such matters.

19. Condemnation . If the whole or any material part of the Premises or the Project is taken for any public or quasi-public use under governmental law, ordinance, or regulation, or by right of eminent domain, or by private purchase in lieu thereof (a “ Taking ” or “ Taken ”), and the Taking would in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, materially interfere with or impair Landlord’s ownership or operation of the Project or would in the reasonable judgment of Landlord and Tenant prevent or materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises (as resolved, if the parties are unable to agree, by arbitration by a single arbitrator with the qualifications and experience appropriate to resolve the matter and appointed pursuant to and acting in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association), then either party shall have the right to terminate this Lease by written notice to other party within 30 days after the Taking in which case this Lease shall terminate 30 days thereafter unless either party elects, in writing during such 30 day period following the other party’s election to terminate, to require arbitration of the matter in which case if this Lease is being terminated based on the arbitrator’s decision, it shall terminate 30 days after the arbitrator’s decision, and Rent shall be apportioned as of date of termination. If part of the Premises shall be Taken, and this Lease is not terminated as provided above, Landlord shall promptly restore the Premises and the Project as nearly as is commercially reasonable under the circumstances to their condition prior to such partial Taking and the rentable square footage of the Building, the rentable square footage of the Premises, Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses and the Rent payable hereunder during the unexpired Term shall be reduced to such extent as may be fair and reasonable under the circumstances. Upon any such Taking, Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire price or award from any such Taking without any payment to Tenant, and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord Tenant’s

 

LOGO


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory 400 E. Jamie Court/Myokardia - Page 15

 

interest, if any, in such award. Tenant shall have the right, to the extent that same shall not diminish Landlord’s award, to make a separate claim against the condemning authority (but not Landlord) for such compensation as may be separately awarded or recoverable by Tenant for moving expenses and damage to Tenant’s trade fixtures, if a separate award for such items is made to Tenant. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights it might otherwise have pursuant to any provision of state law to terminate this Lease upon a partial Taking of the Premises or the Project.

20. Events of Default . Each of the following events shall be a default (“ Default ”) by Tenant under this Lease:

(a) Payment Defaults . Tenant shall fail to pay any installment of Rent or any other payment hereunder when due; provided , however , that Landlord will give Tenant notice and an opportunity to cure any failure to pay Rent within 3 business days of any such notice not more than once in any 12 month period and Tenant agrees that such notice shall be in lieu of and not in addition to, or shall be deemed to be, any notice required by law; provided , further , however , that no such notice or opportunity to cure shall be required for any failure by Tenant to pay the first month’s Base Rent and deliver the Security Deposit to Landlord at such time as required pursuant to Section 3(a) above.

(b) Insurance . Any insurance required to be maintained by Tenant pursuant to this Lease shall be canceled or terminated or shall expire or shall be reduced or materially changed, or Landlord shall receive a notice of nonrenewal of any such insurance and Tenant shall fail to obtain replacement insurance at least 20 days before the expiration of the current coverage.

(c) Abandonment . Tenant shall abandon the Premises.

(d) Improper Transfer . Tenant shall assign, sublease or otherwise transfer or attempt to transfer all or any portion of Tenant’s interest in this Lease or the Premises except as expressly permitted herein, or Tenant’s interest in this Lease shall be attached, executed upon, or otherwise judicially seized and such action is not released within 90 days of the action.

(e) Liens . Tenant shall fail to discharge or otherwise obtain the release of any lien placed upon the Premises in violation of this Lease within 10 days after any such lien is filed against the Premises.

(f) Insolvency Events . Tenant or any guarantor or surety of Tenant’s obligations hereunder shall: (A) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (B) commence any case, proceeding or other action seeking to have an order for relief entered on its behalf as a debtor or to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, liquidation, dissolution or composition of it or its debts or seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or of any substantial part of its property (collectively a “ Proceeding for Relief ”); (C) become the subject of any Proceeding for Relief which is not dismissed within 90 days of its filing or entry; or (D) die or suffer a legal disability (if Tenant, guarantor, or surety is an individual) or be dissolved or otherwise fail to maintain its legal existence (if Tenant, guarantor or surety is a corporation, partnership or other entity).

(g) Estoppel Certificate or Subordination Agreement . Tenant fails to execute any document required from Tenant under Sections 23 or 27 within 5 days after a second notice requesting such document.

(h) Other Defaults . Tenant shall fail to comply with any provision of this Lease other than those specifically referred to in this Section 20 , and, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, such failure shall continue for a period of 10 days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant.

 

LOGO


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory 400 E. Jamie Court/Myokardia - Page 16

 

Any notice given under Section 20(h) hereof shall: (i) specify the alleged default, (ii) demand that Tenant cure such default, (iii) be in lieu of, and not in addition to, or shall be deemed to be, any notice required under any provision of applicable law, and (iv) not be deemed a forfeiture or a termination of this Lease unless Landlord elects otherwise in such notice; provided that if the nature of Tenant’s default pursuant to Section 20(i) is such that it cannot be cured by the payment of money and reasonably requires more than 30 days to cure, then Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default if Tenant commences such cure within said 30 day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes the same to completion; provided , however , that such cure shall be completed no later than 90 days from the date of Landlord’s notice.

21. Landlord’s Remedies .

(a) Payment By Landlord; Interest . Upon and during the continuance of a Default by Tenant hereunder, Landlord may, without waiving or releasing any obligation of Tenant hereunder, make such payment or perform such act. All sums so paid or incurred by Landlord, together with interest thereon, from the date such sums were paid or incurred, at the annual rate equal to 12% per annum or the highest rate permitted by law (the “ Default Rate ”), whichever is less, shall be payable to Landlord on demand as Additional Rent. Nothing herein shall be construed to create or impose a duty on Landlord to mitigate any damages resulting from Tenant’s Default hereunder.

(b) Late Payment Rent . Late payment by Tenant to Landlord of Rent and other sums due will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult and impracticable to ascertain. Such costs include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges and late charges which may be imposed on Landlord under any Mortgage covering the Premises. Therefore, if any installment of Rent due from Tenant is not received by Landlord within 5 days after the date such payment is due, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an additional sum equal to 6% of the overdue Rent as a late charge. The parties agree that this late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Landlord will incur by reason of late payment by Tenant. In addition to the late charge, Rent not paid when due shall bear interest at the Default Rate from the 5th day after the date due until paid.

(c) Remedies . Upon the occurrence of a Default, Landlord, at its option, without further notice or demand to Tenant, shall have in addition to all other rights and remedies provided in this Lease, at law or in equity, the option to pursue any one or more of the following remedies, each and all of which shall be cumulative and nonexclusive, without any notice or demand whatsoever.

(i) Terminate this Lease, or at Landlord’s option, Tenant’s right to possession only, in which event Tenant shall immediately surrender the Premises to Landlord, and if Tenant fails to do so, Landlord may, without prejudice to any other remedy which it may have for possession or arrearages in rent, enter upon and take possession of the Premises and expel or remove Tenant and any other person who may be occupying the Premises or any part thereof, without being liable for prosecution or any claim or damages therefor;

(ii) Upon any termination of this Lease, whether pursuant to the foregoing Section 21(c)(i) or otherwise, Landlord may recover from Tenant the following:

(A) The worth at the time of award of any unpaid rent which has been earned at the time of such termination; plus

(B) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

(C) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

 

LOGO


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory 400 E. Jamie Court/Myokardia - Page 17

 

(D) Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, specifically including, but not limited to, brokerage commissions and advertising expenses incurred, expenses of remodeling the Premises or any portion thereof for a new tenant, whether for the same or a different use, and any special concessions made to obtain a new tenant; and

(E) At Landlord’s election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by applicable law.

The term “ rent ” as used in this Section 21 shall be deemed to be and to mean all sums of every nature required to be paid by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease, whether to Landlord or to others. As used in Sections 21(c)(ii)(A) and (B) , above, the “ worth at the time of award ” shall be computed by allowing interest at the Default Rate. As used in Section 21(c)(ii)(C) above, the “ worth at the time of award ” shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus 1%.

(iii) Landlord may continue this Lease in effect after Tenant’s Default and recover rent as it becomes due (Landlord and Tenant hereby agreeing that Tenant has the right to sublet or assign hereunder, subject only to reasonable limitations). Accordingly, if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease following a Default by Tenant, Landlord may, from time to time, without terminating this Lease, enforce all of its rights and remedies hereunder, including the right to recover all Rent as it becomes due.

(iv) Whether or not Landlord elects to terminate this Lease following a Default by Tenant, Landlord shall have the right to terminate any and all subleases, licenses, concessions or other consensual arrangements for possession entered into by Tenant and affecting the Premises or may, in Landlord’s sole discretion, succeed to Tenant’s interest in such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements. Upon Landlord’s election to succeed to Tenant’s interest in any such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements, Tenant shall, as of the date of notice by Landlord of such election, have no further right to or interest in the rent or other consideration receivable thereunder.

(v) Independent of the exercise of any other remedy of Landlord hereunder or under applicable law, Landlord may conduct an environmental test of the Premises as generally described in Section 30(d) hereof, at Tenant’s expense.

(d) Effect of Exercise . Exercise by Landlord of any remedies hereunder or otherwise available shall not be deemed to be an acceptance of surrender of the Premises and/or a termination of this Lease by Landlord, it being understood that such surrender and/or termination can be effected only by the express written agreement of Landlord and Tenant. Any law, usage, or custom to the contrary notwithstanding, Landlord shall have the right at all times to enforce the provisions of this Lease in strict accordance with the terms hereof; and the failure of Landlord at any time to enforce its rights under this Lease strictly in accordance with same shall not be construed as having created a custom in any way or manner contrary to the specific terms, provisions, and covenants of this Lease or as having modified the same and shall not be deemed a waiver of Landlord’s right to enforce one or more of its rights in connection with any subsequent default. A receipt by Landlord of Rent or other payment with knowledge of the breach of any covenant hereof shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach, and no waiver by Landlord of any provision of this Lease shall be deemed to have been made unless expressed in writing and signed by Landlord. To the greatest extent permitted by law, Tenant waives the service of notice of Landlord’s intention to re-enter, re-take or otherwise obtain possession of the Premises as provided in any statute, or to institute legal proceedings to that end, and also waives all right of redemption in case Tenant shall be dispossessed by a judgment or by warrant of any court or judge. Any reletting of the Premises or any portion thereof shall be on such terms and conditions as Landlord in its sole discretion

 

LOGO


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory 400 E. Jamie Court/Myokardia - Page 18

 

may determine. Landlord shall not be liable for, nor shall Tenant’s obligations hereunder be diminished because of, Landlord’s failure to relet the Premises or collect rent due in respect of such reletting or otherwise to mitigate any damages arising by reason of Tenant’s Default.

22. Assignment and Subletting .

(a) General Prohibition . Without Landlord’s prior written consent subject to and on the conditions described in this Section 22 , Tenant shall not, directly or indirectly, voluntarily or by operation of law, assign this Lease or sublease the Premises or any part thereof or mortgage, pledge, or hypothecate its leasehold interest or grant any concession or license within the Premises, and any attempt to do any of the foregoing shall be void and of no effect. If Tenant is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company, the shares or other ownership interests thereof which are not actively traded upon a stock exchange or in the over-the-counter market, a transfer or series of transfers whereby 25% or more of the issued and outstanding shares or other ownership interests of such corporation are, or voting control is, transferred (but excepting transfers upon deaths of individual owners) from a person or persons or entity or entities which were owners thereof at time of execution of this Lease to persons or entities who were not owners of shares or other ownership interests of the corporation, partnership or limited liability company at time of execution of this Lease, shall be deemed an assignment of this Lease requiring the consent of Landlord as provided in this Section 22 . Notwithstanding the foregoing, any public offering of shares or other ownership interest in Tenant or any private equity financing by one or more investors who regularly invest in private biotechnology companies, for which Tenant has given Landlord prior written notice, shall not be deemed an assignment. Such prior written notice shall be treated by Landlord as confidential information subject to Section 41(c) below.

(b) Permitted Transfers . If Tenant desires to assign, sublease, hypothecate or otherwise transfer this Lease or sublet the Premises, then at least 15 business days, but not more than 45 business days, before the date Tenant desires the assignment or sublease to be effective (the “ Assignment Date ”), Tenant shall give Landlord a notice (the “ Assignment Notice ”) containing such information about the proposed assignee or sublessee, including the proposed use of the Premises and any Hazardous Materials proposed to be used, stored handled, treated, generated in or released or disposed of from the Premises, the Assignment Date, any relationship between Tenant and the proposed assignee or sublessee, and all material terms and conditions of the proposed assignment or sublease, including a copy of any proposed assignment or sublease in its final form, and such other information as Landlord may deem reasonably necessary or appropriate to its consideration whether to grant its consent. Landlord may, by giving written notice to Tenant within 15 business days after receipt of the Assignment Notice: (i) grant such consent, or (ii) refuse such consent, in its reasonable discretion. Among other reasons, it shall be reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent in any of these instances: (1) the proposed assignee or subtenant is a governmental agency; (2) in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, the use of the Premises by the proposed assignee or subtenant would entail any alterations that would lessen the value of the leasehold improvements in the Premises, or would require increased services by Landlord; (3) in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, the proposed assignee or subtenant is engaged in areas of scientific research or other business concerns that are controversial such that they may (i) attract or cause negative publicity for or about the Building or the Project, (ii) negatively affect the reputation of the Building, the Project or Landlord, or (iii) attract protestors to the Building or the Project; (4) in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, the proposed assignee or subtenant lacks the creditworthiness to support the financial obligations it will incur under the proposed assignment or sublease; (5) in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, the character, reputation, or business of the proposed assignee or subtenant is inconsistent with the desired tenant-mix or the quality of other tenancies in the Project or is inconsistent with the type and quality of the nature of the Building; (6) Landlord has received from any prior landlord to the proposed assignee or subtenant a negative report concerning such prior landlord’s experience with the proposed assignee or subtenant; (7) Landlord has experienced previous defaults by or is in litigation with the proposed assignee or subtenant; (8) the use of the Premises by the proposed assignee or subtenant will violate any applicable Legal Requirement; (9) the proposed assignee or subtenant, or any entity that, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the proposed assignee or subtenant, is then an occupant of the Project if at the relevant time Landlord has comparable space available for lease; (10) the proposed assignee or subtenant is an entity with whom Landlord is

 

LOGO


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory 400 E. Jamie Court/Myokardia - Page 19

 

negotiating to lease space in the Project if at the relevant time Landlord has comparable space available for lease; or (11) the assignment or sublease is prohibited by Landlord’s lender. No failure of Landlord to respond to any Assignment Notice shall be deemed to be Landlord’s consent to the proposed assignment, sublease or other transfer. Landlord shall, however, use reasonable efforts to timely respond to all Assignment Notices. Tenant shall pay to Landlord a fee equal to One Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($1,500) in connection with its consideration of any Assignment Notice and/or its preparation or review of any consent documents. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord’s consent to an assignment of this Lease or a subletting of any portion of the Premises to GBT or any entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with Tenant (a “ Control Permitted Assignment ”) shall not be required, provided that Landlord shall have the right to approve the form of any such sublease or assignment. In addition, Tenant shall have the right to assign this Lease, upon 30 days prior written notice to Landlord, unless prohibited by applicable law in which case such notice shall be provided as soon as reasonably possible after the effective date of the assignment), but without obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent, to a corporation or other entity which is a successor-in-interest to Tenant, by way of merger, consolidation or corporate reorganization, or by the purchase of all or substantially all of the assets or the ownership interests of Tenant provided that (i) such merger or consolidation, or such acquisition or assumption, as the case may be, is for a good business purpose and not principally for the purpose of transferring the Lease, and (ii) the net worth (as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“ GAAP ”)) of the assignee is not less than the greater of the net worth (as determined in accordance with GAAP) of Tenant as of (A) the Commencement Date, or (B) as of the date of Tenant’s most current quarterly or annual financial statements, and (iii) such assignee shall agree in writing to assume all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease arising after the effective date of the assignment (a “ Corporate Permitted Assignment ”). Control Permitted Assignments and Corporate Permitted Assignments are hereinafter referred to as “ Permitted Assignments .”

(c) Additional Conditions . As a condition to any such assignment or subletting, whether or not Landlord’s consent is required, Landlord may require:

(i) that any assignee or subtenant agree, in writing at the time of such assignment or subletting, that if Landlord gives such party notice that Tenant is in Default under this Lease, such party shall thereafter make all payments otherwise due Tenant directly to Landlord, which payments will be received by Landlord without any liability except to credit such payment against those due under the Lease, and any such third party shall agree to attorn to Landlord or its successors and assigns should this Lease be terminated for any reason; provided , however , in no event shall Landlord or its successors or assigns be obligated to accept such attornment; and

(ii) A list of Hazardous Materials, certified by the proposed assignee or sublessee to be true and correct, which the proposed assignee or sublessee intends to use, store, handle, treat, generate in or release or dispose of from the Premises, together with copies of all documents relating to such use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release or disposal of Hazardous Materials by the proposed assignee or subtenant in the Premises or on the Project, prior to the proposed assignment or subletting, including, without limitation: permits; approvals; reports and correspondence; storage and management plans; plans relating to the installation of any storage tanks to be installed in or under the Project (provided, said installation of tanks shall only be permitted after Landlord has given its written consent to do so, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion); and all closure plans or any other documents required by any and all federal, state and local Governmental Authorities for any storage tanks installed in, on or under the Project for the closure of any such tanks. Neither Tenant nor any such proposed assignee or subtenant is required, however, to provide Landlord with any portion(s) of the such documents containing information of a proprietary nature which, in and of themselves, do not contain a reference to any Hazardous Materials or hazardous activities.

(d) No Release of Tenant, Sharing of Excess Rents . Notwithstanding any assignment or subletting, Tenant and any guarantor or surety of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease shall at all times remain fully and primarily responsible and liable for the payment of Rent and for compliance with all of Tenant’s other obligations under this Lease. If the Rent due and payable by a sublessee or assignee (or

 

LOGO


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory 400 E. Jamie Court/Myokardia - Page 20

 

a combination of the rental payable under such sublease or assignment plus any bonus or other consideration therefor or incident thereto in any form) exceeds the sum of the rental payable under this Lease (including any TI Rent), (excluding however, any Rent payable under this Section) and actual and reasonable brokerage fees, legal costs and any designs or construction fees directly related to and required pursuant to the terms of any such sublease or any reasonable services fees payable by subtenant to Tenant for the costs to Tenant to provide typical office services such as coffee machines, telephones and fax machines (“ Excess Rent ”), then Tenant shall be bound and obligated to pay Landlord as Additional Rent hereunder 50% of such Excess Rent within 10 days following receipt thereof by Tenant. If Tenant shall sublet the Premises or any part thereof, Tenant hereby immediately and irrevocably assigns to Landlord, as security for Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, all rent from any such subletting, and Landlord as assignee and as attorney-in-fact for Tenant, or a receiver for Tenant appointed on Landlord’s application, may collect such rent and apply it toward Tenant’s obligations under this Lease; except that, until the occurrence of a Default, Tenant shall have the right to collect such rent.

(e) No Waiver . The consent by Landlord to an assignment or subletting shall not relieve Tenant or any assignees of this Lease or any sublessees of the Premises from obtaining the consent of Landlord to any further assignment or subletting nor shall it release Tenant or any assignee or sublessee of Tenant from full and primary liability under the Lease. The acceptance of Rent hereunder, or the acceptance of performance of any other term, covenant, or condition thereof, from any other person or entity shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any of the provisions of this Lease or a consent to any subletting, assignment or other transfer of the Premises.

(f) Prior Conduct of Proposed Transferee . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 22 , if (i) the proposed assignee or sublessee of Tenant has been required by any prior landlord, lender or Governmental Authority to take remedial action in connection with Hazardous Materials contaminating a property, where the contamination resulted from such party’s action or use of the property in question, (ii) the proposed assignee or sublessee is subject to an enforcement order issued by any Governmental Authority in connection with the use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release or disposal of Hazardous Materials (including, without limitation, any order related to the failure to make a required reporting to any Governmental Authority), or (iii) because of the existence of a pre-existing environmental condition in the vicinity of or underlying the Project, the risk that Landlord would be targeted as a responsible party in connection with the remediation of such pre-existing environmental condition would be materially increased or exacerbated by the proposed use of Hazardous Materials by such proposed assignee or sublessee, Landlord shall have the absolute right to refuse to consent to any assignment or subletting to any such party.

23. Estoppel Certificate . Tenant shall, within 10 business days of written notice from Landlord, execute, acknowledge and deliver an estoppel certificate on any form reasonably requested by a proposed lender or purchaser.

24. Quiet Enjoyment . So long as Tenant is not in Default under this Lease, Tenant shall, subject to the terms of this Lease, at all times during the Term, have peaceful and quiet enjoyment of the Premises against any person claiming by, through or under Landlord.

25. Prorations . All prorations required or permitted to be made hereunder shall be made on the basis of a 360 day year and 30 day months.

26. Rules and Regulations . Tenant shall, at all times during the Term and any extension thereof, comply with all reasonable rules and regulations at any time or from time to time established by Landlord covering use of the Premises and the Project. The current rules and regulations are attached hereto as Exhibit E . If there is any conflict between said rules and regulations and other provisions of this Lease, the terms and provisions of this Lease shall control. Landlord shall not have any liability or obligation for the breach of any rules or regulations by other tenants in the Project and shall not enforce such rules and regulations in a discriminatory manner.

 

LOGO


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory 400 E. Jamie Court/Myokardia - Page 21

 

27. Subordination . This Lease and Tenant’s interest and rights hereunder are hereby made and shall be subject and subordinate at all times to the lien of any Mortgage now existing or hereafter created on or against the Project or the Premises, and all amendments, restatements, renewals, modifications, consolidations, refinancing, assignments and extensions thereof, without the necessity of any further instrument or act on the part of Tenant; provided , however that so long as there is no Default hereunder, Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises shall not be disturbed by the Holder of any such Mortgage. Tenant agrees, at the election of the Holder of any such Mortgage, to attorn to any such Holder. Tenant agrees upon 10 days after demand to execute, acknowledge and deliver such instruments, confirming such subordination, and such instruments of attornment as shall be requested by any such Holder, provided any such instruments contain appropriate non-disturbance provisions assuring Tenant’s quiet enjoyment of the Premises as set forth in Section 24 hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any such Holder may at any time subordinate its Mortgage to this Lease, without Tenant’s consent, by notice in writing to Tenant, and thereupon this Lease shall be deemed prior to such Mortgage without regard to their respective dates of execution, delivery or recording and in that event such Holder shall have the same rights with respect to this Lease as though this Lease had been executed prior to the execution, delivery and recording of such Mortgage and had been assigned to such Holder. The term “ Mortgage ” whenever used in this Lease shall be deemed to include deeds of trust, security assignments and any other encumbrances, and any reference to the “ Holder ” of a Mortgage shall be deemed to include the beneficiary under a deed of trust. As of the date of this Lease, there is no existing Mortgage encumbering the Project. Upon written request from Tenant, Landlord shall use commercially reasonably efforts to obtain for execution by Tenant a commercially reasonable form of non-disturbance and attornment agreement executed by the Holder of any future Mortgage with a lien on the Project which provides, among other things, that so long as Tenant is not in Default of its obligations under this Lease, foreclosure or other enforcement of such Mortgage shall not terminate this Lease and the successor to Landlord’s interest in the Project shall recognize this Lease and Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises.

28. Surrender . Upon the expiration of the Term or earlier termination of Tenant’s right of possession, Tenant shall surrender the Premises to Landlord in the same condition as received, subject to any Alterations or Installations permitted by Landlord to remain in the Premises, free of Hazardous Materials brought upon, kept, used, stored, handled, treated, generated in, or released or disposed of from, the Premises by any person other than a Landlord Party (collectively, “ Tenant HazMat Operations ”) and released of all Hazardous Materials Clearances, broom clean, ordinary wear and tear and casualty loss and condemnation covered by Sections 18 and 19 excepted. At least 3 months prior to the surrender of the Premises, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a narrative description of the actions proposed (or required by any Governmental Authority) to be taken by Tenant in order to surrender the Premises (including any Installations permitted by Landlord to remain in the Premises) at the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, free from any residual impact from the Tenant HazMat Operations and otherwise released for unrestricted use and occupancy (the “ Surrender Plan ”). Such Surrender Plan shall be accompanied by a current listing of (i) all Hazardous Materials licenses and permits held by or on behalf of any Tenant Party with respect to the Premises, and (ii) all Hazardous Materials used, stored, handled, treated, generated, released or disposed of from the Premises, and shall be subject to the review and approval of Landlord’s environmental consultant. In connection with the review and approval of the Surrender Plan, upon the request of Landlord, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord or its consultant such additional non-proprietary information concerning Tenant HazMat Operations as Landlord shall request. On or before such surrender, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord evidence that the approved Surrender Plan shall have been satisfactorily completed and Landlord shall have the right, subject to reimbursement at Tenant’s expense as set forth below, to cause Landlord’s environmental consultant to inspect the Premises and perform such additional procedures as may be deemed reasonably necessary to confirm that the Premises are, as of the effective date of such surrender or early termination of the Lease, free from any residual impact from Tenant HazMat Operations. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, as Additional Rent, for the actual out-of pocket expense incurred by Landlord for Landlord’s environmental consultant to review and approve the Surrender Plan and to visit the Premises and verify satisfactory completion of the same, which cost shall not exceed $1,500. Landlord shall have the unrestricted right to deliver such Surrender Plan and any report by Landlord’s environmental consultant with respect to the surrender of the Premises to third parties.

 

LOGO


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory 400 E. Jamie Court/Myokardia - Page 22

 

If Tenant shall fail to prepare or submit a Surrender Plan approved by Landlord, or if Tenant shall fail to complete the approved Surrender Plan, or if such Surrender Plan, whether or not approved by Landlord, shall fail to adequately address any residual effect of Tenant HazMat Operations in, on or about the Premises, Landlord shall have the right to take such actions as Landlord may deem reasonable or appropriate to assure that the Premises and the Project are surrendered free from any residual impact from Tenant HazMat Operations, the cost of which actions shall be reimbursed by Tenant as Additional Rent, without regard to the limitation set forth in the first paragraph of this Section 28 .

Tenant shall immediately return to Landlord all keys and/or access cards to parking, the Project, restrooms or all or any portion of the Premises furnished to or otherwise procured by Tenant. If any such access card or key is lost, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, at Landlord’s election, either the cost of replacing such lost access card or key or the cost of reprogramming the access security system in which such access card was used or changing the lock or locks opened by such lost key. Any Tenant’s Property, Alterations and property not so removed by Tenant as permitted or required herein shall be deemed abandoned and may be stored, removed, and disposed of by Landlord at Tenant’s expense, and Tenant waives all claims against Landlord for any damages resulting from Landlord’s retention and/or disposition of such property. All obligations of Tenant hereunder not fully performed as of the termination of the Term, including the obligations of Tenant under Section 30 hereof, shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, including, without limitation, indemnity obligations, payment obligations with respect to Rent and obligations concerning the condition and repair of the Premises.

29. Waiver of Jury Trial . TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, TENANT AND LANDLORD WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OR TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE, BETWEEN LANDLORD AND TENANT ARISING OUT OF THIS LEASE OR ANY OTHER INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT, OR AGREEMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED HERETO.

30. Environmental Requirements .

(a) Prohibition/Compliance/Indemnity . Tenant shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Materials (as hereinafter defined) to be brought upon, kept, used, stored, handled, treated, generated in or about, or released or disposed of from, the Premises or the Project in violation of applicable Environmental Requirements (as hereinafter defined) by Tenant or any Tenant Party. If Tenant breaches the obligation stated in the preceding sentence, or if the presence of Hazardous Materials in the Premises during the Term or any holding over results in contamination of the Premises, the Project or any adjacent property or if contamination of the Premises, the Project or any adjacent property by Hazardous Materials brought into, kept, used, stored, handled, treated, generated in or about, or released or disposed of from, the Premises by anyone other than Landlord and Landlord’s employees, agents and contractors otherwise occurs during the Term or any holding over, Tenant hereby indemnifies and shall defend and hold Landlord, its officers, directors, employees, agents and contractors harmless from any and all actions (including, without limitation, remedial or enforcement actions of any kind, administrative or judicial proceedings, and orders or judgments arising out of or resulting therefrom), costs, claims, damages (including, without limitation, punitive damages and damages based upon diminution in value of the Premises or the Project, or the loss of, or restriction on, use of the Premises or any portion of the Project), expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’, consultants’ and experts’ fees, court costs and amounts paid in settlement of any claims or actions), fines, forfeitures or other civil, administrative or criminal penalties, injunctive or other relief (whether or not based upon personal injury, property damage, or contamination of, or adverse effects upon, the environment, water tables or natural resources), liabilities or losses (collectively, “ Environmental Claims ”) which arise during or after the Term as a result of contamination for which Tenant is responsible under this Section 30(a) . This indemnification of Landlord by Tenant includes, without limitation, costs incurred in connection with any investigation of site conditions or any cleanup, treatment, remedial, removal, or restoration work required by any federal, state or local Governmental Authority because of Hazardous Materials present in the air, soil or ground water above, on, or under the Premises. Without limiting the foregoing, if the presence of any Hazardous Materials on the Premises, the Building, the Project or any adjacent property caused or permitted by

 

LOGO


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory 400 E. Jamie Court/Myokardia - Page 23

 

Tenant or any Tenant Party results in any contamination of the Premises, the Building, the Project or any adjacent property, Tenant shall promptly take all actions at its sole expense and in accordance with applicable Environmental Requirements as are necessary to return the Premises, the Building, the Project or any adjacent property to the condition existing prior to the time of such contamination, provided that Landlord’s approval of such action shall first be obtained, which approval shall not unreasonably be withheld so long as such actions would not potentially have any material adverse long-term or short-term effect on the Premises, the Building or the Project. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 30(a) , Tenant shall not be responsible for the clean up or remediation of, and the indemnification and hold harmless obligation set forth in this paragraph shall not apply to contamination on the Project or in the Premises that Tenant can demonstrate to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction was present on the Project or in the Premises prior to the date of this Lease or the presence of any Hazardous Materials in the Premises which Tenant can prove to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction migrated from outside of the Premises into the Premises , except in any case to the extent Tenant and/or any of the Tenant Parties have exacerbated or contributed to such contamination, and provided that it is understood that Tenant shall have the burden of proof with respect to whether such contamination was present on the Project or in the Premises prior to the date of this Lease or migrated from outside the Premises to the Premises through the air, soil or water.

(b) Business . Landlord acknowledges that it is not the intent of this Section 30 to prohibit Tenant from using the Premises for the Permitted Use. Tenant may operate its business according to prudent industry practices so long as the use or presence of Hazardous Materials is strictly and properly monitored according to all then applicable Environmental Requirements. As a material inducement to Landlord to allow Tenant to use Hazardous Materials in connection with its business, Tenant agrees to deliver to Landlord prior to the Commencement Date a list identifying each type of Hazardous Materials to be brought upon, kept, used, stored, handled, treated, generated on, or released or disposed of from, the Premises and setting forth any and all governmental approvals or permits required in connection with the presence, use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release or disposal of such Hazardous Materials on or from the Premises (“ Hazardous Materials List ”). Tenant shall deliver to Landlord an updated Hazardous Materials List at least once a year and shall also deliver an updated list before any new Hazardous Material is brought onto, kept, used, stored, handled, treated, generated on, or released or disposed of from, the Premises. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord true and correct copies of the following documents (the “ Haz Mat Documents ”) relating to the use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release or disposal of Hazardous Materials prior to the Commencement Date, or if unavailable at that time, concurrent with the receipt from or submission to a Governmental Authority: permits; approvals; reports and correspondence; storage and management plans, notice of violations of any Legal Requirements; plans relating to the installation of any storage tanks to be installed in or under the Project (provided, said installation of tanks shall only be permitted after Landlord has given Tenant its written consent to do so, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion); all closure plans or any other documents required by any and all federal, state and local Governmental Authorities for any storage tanks installed in, on or under the Project for the closure of any such tanks; and a Surrender Plan (to the extent surrender in accordance with Section 28 cannot be accomplished in 3 months). Tenant is not required, however, to provide Landlord with any portion(s) of the Haz Mat Documents containing information of a proprietary nature which, in and of themselves, do not contain a reference to any Hazardous Materials or hazardous activities. It is not the intent of this Section to provide Landlord with information which could be detrimental to Tenant’s business should such information become possessed by Tenant’s competitors.

(c) Tenant Representation and Warranty . Tenant hereby represents and warrants to Landlord that (i) neither Tenant nor any of its legal predecessors has been required by any prior landlord, lender or Governmental Authority at any time to take remedial action in connection with Hazardous Materials contaminating a property which contamination was permitted by Tenant of such predecessor or resulted from Tenant’s or such predecessor’s action or use of the property in question, and (ii) Tenant is not subject to any enforcement order issued by any Governmental Authority in connection with the use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release or disposal of Hazardous Materials (including, without limitation, any order related to the failure to make a required reporting to any Governmental Authority). If Landlord determines that this representation and warranty was not true as of the date of this lease, Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion.

 

LOGO


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory 400 E. Jamie Court/Myokardia - Page 24

 

(d) Testing . Landlord shall have access to, and a right to perform inspections and tests of, the Premises to determine Tenant’s compliance with Environmental Requirements, its obligations under this Section 30 , or the environmental condition of the Premises or the Project. In connection with such testing, upon the request of Landlord, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord or its consultant such non-proprietary information concerning the use of Hazardous Materials in or about the Premises by Tenant or any Tenant Party. Access to the Premises shall be granted to Landlord upon Landlord’s prior notice to Tenant and at such times so as to minimize, so far as may be reasonable under the circumstances, any disturbance to Tenant’s operations. Such inspections and tests shall be conducted at Landlord’s expense, unless such inspections or tests reveal that Tenant has not complied with any Environmental Requirement, in which case Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the reasonable cost of such inspection and tests. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, promptly and satisfactorily remediate any environmental conditions for which Tenant is responsible pursuant to this Section 30 and that are identified by such testing in accordance with all Environmental Requirements. Landlord’s receipt of or satisfaction with any environmental assessment in no way waives any rights that Landlord may have against Tenant.

(e) Control Areas . Tenant shall be allowed to utilize up to its pro rata share of the Hazardous Materials inventory within any control area or zone (located within the Premises), as designated by the applicable building code, for chemical use or storage. As used in the preceding sentence, Tenant’s pro rata share of any control areas or zones located within the Premises shall be determined based on the rentable square footage that Tenant leases within the applicable control area or zone. For purposes of example only, if a control area or zone contains 10,000 rentable square feet and 2,000 rentable square feet of a tenant’s premises are located within such control area or zone (while such premises as a whole contains 5,000 rentable square feet), the applicable tenant’s pro rata share of such control area would be 20%.

(f) Underground Tanks . Tenant shall have no right to place underground or other storage tanks on the Premises or the Project; provided however, Tenant shall have the right to use nitrogen tanks in the Premises in compliance all applicable Environmental Requirements and the provisions of this Lease.

(g) Tenant’s Obligations . Tenant’s obligations under this Section 30 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease. During any period of time after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease required by Tenant or Landlord to complete the removal from the Premises of any Hazardous Materials for which Tenant is responsible under this Lease (including, without limitation, the release and termination of any licenses or permits restricting the use of the Premises and the completion of the approved Surrender Plan), Tenant shall continue to pay the full Rent in accordance with this Lease for any portion of the Premises not relet by Landlord, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, as a result of the presence of Hazardous Materials for which Tenant is responsible under this Lease, which Rent shall be prorated daily.

(h) Definitions . As used herein, the term “ Environmental Requirements ” means all applicable present and future statutes, regulations, ordinances, rules, codes, judgments, orders or other similar enactments of any Governmental Authority regulating or relating to health, safety, or environmental conditions on, under, or about the Premises or the Project, or the environment, including without limitation, the following: the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act; the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act; and all state and local counterparts thereto, and any regulations or policies promulgated or issued thereunder. As used herein, the term “Hazardous Materials ” means and includes any substance, material, waste, pollutant, or contaminant listed or defined as hazardous or toxic, or regulated by reason of its impact or potential impact on humans, animals and/or the environment under any Environmental Requirements, asbestos and petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof, natural gas liquids, liquefied natural gas, or synthetic gas usable for fuel (or mixtures

 

LOGO


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory 400 E. Jamie Court/Myokardia - Page 25

 

of natural gas and such synthetic gas). As defined in Environmental Requirements, Tenant is and shall be deemed to be the “ operator ” of Tenant’s “ facility ” and the “ owner ” of all Hazardous Materials brought on the Premises by Tenant or any Tenant Party, and the wastes, by-products, or residues generated, resulting, or produced therefrom.

31. Tenant’s Remedies/Limitation of Liability . Landlord shall not be in default hereunder unless Landlord fails to perform any of its obligations hereunder within 30 days after written notice from Tenant specifying such failure (unless such performance will, due to the nature of the obligation, require a period of time in excess of 30 days, then after such period of time as is reasonably necessary); provided , however , that if the nature of Landlord’s obligation arises from an emergency condition and Tenant provides notice to Landlord (which may be telephonic if followed by written notice on the same day describing the emergency condition in reasonable detail, including without limitation the emergency nature of the condition and specifying in all capital letters and boldface type that the condition is an emergency and response is required by Landlord pursuant to the Lease), then Landlord shall respond within a reasonable period after receipt of such notice of the emergency condition. Upon any default by Landlord, Tenant shall give notice by registered or certified mail to any Holder of a Mortgage covering the Premises and to any landlord of any lease of property in or on which the Premises are located and Tenant shall offer such Holder and/or landlord a reasonable opportunity to cure the default, including time to obtain possession of the Project by power of sale or a judicial action if such should prove necessary to effect a cure; provided Landlord shall have furnished to Tenant in writing the names and addresses of all such persons who are to receive such notices. All obligations of Landlord hereunder shall be construed as covenants, not conditions; and, except as may be otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, Tenant may not terminate this Lease for breach of Landlord’s obligations hereunder.

All obligations of Landlord under this Lease will be binding upon Landlord only during the period of its ownership of the Premises and not thereafter. The term “ Landlord ” in this Lease shall mean only the owner for the time being of the Premises. Upon the transfer by such owner of its interest in the Premises, such owner shall thereupon be released and discharged from all obligations of Landlord thereafter accruing, but such obligations shall be binding during the Term upon each new owner for the duration of such owner’s ownership.

32. Inspection and Access . Landlord and its agents, representatives, and contractors may enter the Premises at any reasonable time to inspect the Premises and to make such repairs as may be required or permitted pursuant to this Lease and for any other business purpose. Landlord and Landlord’s representatives may enter the Premises during business hours on not less than 48 hours advance written notice (except in the case of emergencies in which case no such notice shall be required and such entry may be at any time) for the purpose of effecting any such repairs, inspecting the Premises, showing the Premises to prospective purchasers and, during the last year of the Term, to prospective tenants. Landlord may erect a suitable sign on the Premises stating the Premises are available to let or that the Project is available for sale. Landlord may grant easements, make public dedications, designate Common Areas and create restrictions on or about the Premises, provided that no such easement, dedication, designation or restriction materially, adversely affects Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises for the Permitted Use. At Landlord’s request, Tenant shall execute such instruments as may be necessary for such easements, dedications or restrictions. Tenant shall at all times, except in the case of emergencies, have the right to escort Landlord or its agents, representatives, contractors or guests while the same are in the Premises, provided such escort does not materially and adversely affect Landlord’s access rights hereunder.

33. Security . Tenant acknowledges and agrees that security devices and services, if any, while intended to deter crime may not in given instances prevent theft or other criminal acts and that Landlord is not providing any security services with respect to the Premises. Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for, and Tenant waives any claim against Landlord with respect to, any loss by theft or any other damage suffered or incurred by Tenant in connection with any unauthorized entry into the Premises or any other breach of security with respect to the Premises. Tenant shall be solely responsible for the personal safety of Tenant’s officers, employees, agents, contractors, guests and invitees while any such person is in, on or about the Premises and/or the Project. Tenant shall at Tenant’s cost obtain insurance coverage to the extent Tenant desires protection against such criminal acts.

 

LOGO


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory 400 E. Jamie Court/Myokardia - Page 26

 

34. Force Majeure. Landlord shall not be responsible or liable for delays in the performance of its obligations hereunder when caused by, related to, or arising out of acts of God, sinkholes or subsidence, strikes, lockouts, or other labor disputes, embargoes, quarantines, weather, national, regional, or local disasters, calamities, or catastrophes, inability to obtain labor or materials (or reasonable substitutes therefor) at reasonable costs or failure of, or inability to obtain, utilities necessary for performance, governmental restrictions, orders, limitations, regulations, or controls, national emergencies, delay in issuance or revocation of permits, enemy or hostile governmental action, terrorism, insurrection, riots, civil disturbance or commotion, fire or other casualty, and other causes or events beyond the reasonable control of Landlord (“ Force Majeure ”).

35. Brokers . Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants that it has not dealt with any broker, agent or other person (collectively, “ Broker ”) in connection with this transaction and that no Broker brought about this transaction, other than Cornish & Carey Commercial, NKF, Jones Lang LaSalle and CTBT Commercial. Landlord and Tenant each hereby agree to indemnify and hold the other harmless from and against any claims by any Broker, other than the broker, if any named in this Section 35 , claiming a commission or other form of compensation by virtue of having dealt with Tenant or Landlord, as applicable, with regard to this leasing transaction.

36. Limitation on Landlord’s Liability . NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING SET FORTH HEREIN OR IN ANY OTHER AGREEMENT BETWEEN LANDLORD AND TENANT TO THE CONTRARY: (A) LANDLORD SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO TENANT OR ANY OTHER PERSON FOR (AND TENANT AND EACH SUCH OTHER PERSON ASSUME ALL RISK OF) LOSS, DAMAGE OR INJURY, WHETHER ACTUAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL TO: TENANT’S PERSONAL PROPERTY OF EVERY KIND AND DESCRIPTION, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION TRADE FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT, INVENTORY, SCIENTIFIC RESEARCH, SCIENTIFIC EXPERIMENTS, LABORATORY ANIMALS, PRODUCT, SPECIMENS, SAMPLES, AND/OR SCIENTIFIC, BUSINESS, ACCOUNTING AND OTHER RECORDS OF EVERY KIND AND DESCRIPTION KEPT AT THE PREMISES AND ANY AND ALL INCOME DERIVED OR DERIVABLE THEREFROM; (B) THERE SHALL BE NO PERSONAL RECOURSE TO LANDLORD FOR ANY ACT OR OCCURRENCE IN, ON OR ABOUT THE PREMISES OR ARISING IN ANY WAY UNDER THIS LEASE OR ANY OTHER AGREEMENT BETWEEN LANDLORD AND TENANT WITH RESPECT TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF AND ANY LIABILITY OF LANDLORD HEREUNDER SHALL BE STRICTLY LIMITED SOLELY TO LANDLORD’S INTEREST IN THE PROJECT OR ANY PROCEEDS FROM SALE OR CONDEMNATION THEREOF AND ANY INSURANCE PROCEEDS PAYABLE IN RESPECT OF LANDLORD’S INTEREST IN THE PROJECT OR IN CONNECTION WITH ANY SUCH LOSS; AND (C) IN NO EVENT SHALL ANY PERSONAL LIABILITY BE ASSERTED AGAINST LANDLORD IN CONNECTION WITH THIS LEASE NOR SHALL ANY RECOURSE BE HAD TO ANY OTHER PROPERTY OR ASSETS OF LANDLORD OR ANY OF LANDLORD’S OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR CONTRACTORS. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL LANDLORD OR ANY OF LANDLORD’S OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR CONTRACTORS BE LIABLE FOR INJURY TO TENANT’S BUSINESS OR FOR ANY LOSS OF INCOME OR PROFIT THEREFROM.

37. Severability . If any clause or provision of this Lease is illegal, invalid or unenforceable under present or future laws, then and in that event, it is the intention of the parties hereto that the remainder of this Lease shall not be affected thereby. It is also the intention of the parties to this Lease that in lieu of each clause or provision of this Lease that is illegal, invalid or unenforceable, there be added, as a part of this Lease, a clause or provision as similar in effect to such illegal, invalid or unenforceable clause or provision as shall be legal, valid and enforceable.

38. Signs; Exterior Appearance . Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which may be granted or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion: (i) attach any awnings, exterior lights, decorations, balloons, flags, pennants, banners, painting or other projection to any outside wall of

 

LOGO


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory 400 E. Jamie Court/Myokardia - Page 27

 

the Project, (ii) use any curtains, blinds, shades or screens other than Landlord’s standard window coverings, (iii) coat or otherwise sunscreen the interior or exterior of any windows, (iv) place any bottles, parcels, or other articles on the window sills, (v) place any equipment, furniture or other items of personal property on any exterior balcony, or (vi) paint, affix or exhibit on any part of the Premises or the Project any signs, notices, window or door lettering, placards, decorations, or advertising media of any type which can be viewed from the exterior of the Premises. Interior signs on doors and the directory tablet shall be inscribed, painted or affixed for Tenant by Landlord at the sole cost and expense of Tenant, and shall be of a size, color and type acceptable to Landlord. Nothing may be placed on the exterior of corridor walls or corridor doors other than Landlord’s standard lettering. The directory tablet shall be provided exclusively for the display of the name and location of tenants.

39. Expansion Rights .

(a) In the Project . Subject to the provisions of this Section 39 , each time during the Base Term that Landlord intends to agree to a written proposal (the “ Pending Deal ”) to lease the Expansion Space (as hereinafter defined) to a third party (other than Stem Centrx, LLC and GBT), Landlord shall deliver to Tenant written notice (the “ Pending Deal Notice ”) of the existence of such Pending Deal. For purposes of this Section 39(a) , “ Expansion Space ” shall mean the entire second floor of that certain building in the Project located at 450 East Jamie Court, South San Francisco, California, which is not occupied by a tenant or which is occupied by a then existing tenant whose lease is expiring within 6 months or less and such tenant does not wish to renew (whether or not such tenant has a right to renew) its occupancy of such space. Tenant shall be entitled to exercise its right under this Section 39(a) only with respect to the entire Expansion Space described in such Pending Deal Notice. Within 10 days after Tenant’s receipt of the Pending Deal Notice, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord written notice (the “ Acceptance Notice ”) if Tenant elects to lease the Expansion Space. Tenant’s right to receive the Pending Deal Notice and election to lease or not lease the Expansion Space pursuant to this Section 39(a) is hereinafter referred to as the “ Right of Third Refusal .” If Tenant elects to lease the space described in the Pending Deal Notice by delivering the Acceptance Notice within the required 10 day period, Tenant shall be deemed to agree to lease the Expansion Space on the same general terms and conditions as this Lease except that the terms of this Lease shall be modified to reflect the terms of the Pending Deal Notice for the rental of the Expansion Space; provided, that if the term of the Lease with respect to the Expansion Space would expire after the Base Term of the Lease with respect to the original Premises, the Base Term of the Lease with respect to the original Premises shall be extended so as to be co-terminous with the term of the Lease with respect to the Expansion Space. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in no event shall the TI Allowance or Landlord’s Work apply to the Expansion Space. If Tenant fails to deliver a Acceptance Notice to Landlord within the required 5 day period, Tenant shall be deemed to have waived its rights under this Section 39(a) to lease the Expansion Space identified in the Pending Deal Notice, and Landlord shall have the right to lease such Expansion Space to the party subject to the Pending Deal Notice (or an affiliate of such party) on substantially the terms and conditions contained in the Pending Deal Notice.

(b) In the Building . Subject to the provisions of this Section 39 , if the GBT Lease terminates during the Base Term and this Lease remains in full force and effect, the first time during the Base Term that Landlord intends to agree to a written proposal (the “ GBT Space Pending Deal ”) to lease the Available Space (as hereinafter defined) to a third party, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant written notice (the “ GBT Space Pending Deal Notice ”) of the existence of such GBT Space Pending Deal. For purposes of this Section 39(b) , “ Available Space ” shall mean the GBT Premises, which is not occupied by a tenant or which is occupied by a then existing tenant whose lease is expiring within 6 months or less and such tenant does not wish to renew (whether or not such tenant has a right to renew) its occupancy of such space. Tenant shall be entitled to exercise its right under this Section 39(b) only with respect to the entire Available Space described in such GBT Space Pending Deal Notice. Within 10 days after Tenant’s receipt of the GBT Space Pending Deal Notice, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord written notice (the “ GBT Space Acceptance Notice ”) if Tenant elects to lease the Available Space. Tenant’s right to receive the GBT Space Pending Deal Notice and election to lease or not lease the Available Space pursuant to this Section 39(b) is hereinafter referred to as the “ Right of First Refusal .” If Tenant elects to lease the space described in the GBT Space Pending Deal Notice by delivering the GBT Space

 

LOGO


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory 400 E. Jamie Court/Myokardia - Page 28

 

Acceptance Notice within the required 10 day period, Tenant shall be deemed to agree to lease the Available Space on the same general terms and conditions as this Lease except that the terms of this Lease shall be modified to reflect the terms of the GBT Space Pending Deal Notice for the rental of the Available Space; provided, that if the term of the Lease with respect to the Available Space would expire after the Base Term of the Lease with respect to the original Premises, the Base Term of the Lease with respect to the original Premises shall be extended so as to be co-terminous with the term of the Lease with respect to the Available Space. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in no event shall the TI Allowance or Landlord’s Work apply to the Available Space. If Tenant fails to deliver a GBT Space Acceptance Notice to Landlord within the required 10 day period, Tenant’s rights under this Section 39(b) shall terminate in their entirety and this Section 39(b) shall be of no further force or effect.

(c) Amended Lease . If: (i) Tenant fails to timely deliver a Acceptance Notice or GBT Space Acceptance Notice, as applicable, or (ii) after the expiration of a period of 10 days after Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of a lease amendment or lease agreement for Tenant’s lease of the Expansion Space or the Available Space, as applicable, no lease amendment or lease agreement for the Expansion Space or Applicable Space, as applicable, acceptable to both parties each in their sole and absolute discretion, has been executed, Tenant shall be deemed to have waived its right to lease such Expansion Space or Applicable Space, as applicable.

(d) Exceptions . Notwithstanding the above, the Right of Third Refusal and Right of First Refusal shall, at Landlord’s option, not be in effect and may not be exercised by Tenant:

(i) during any period of time that Tenant is in Default under any provision of the Lease; or

(ii) if Tenant has been in Default under any provision of the Lease 3 or more times, whether or not the Defaults are cured, during the 12 month period prior to the date on which Tenant seeks to exercise the Right of Third Refusal or Right of First Refusal, as applicable.

(e) Termination . The Right of Third Refusal and Right of First Refusal shall, at Landlord’s option, terminate and be of no further force or effect even after Tenant’s due and timely exercise of the Right of Third Refusal or Right of First Refusal, as applicable, if, after such exercise, but prior to the commencement date of the lease of the Expansion Space or Available Space, as applicable, (i) Tenant fails to timely cure any default by Tenant under the Lease; or (ii) Tenant has Defaulted 3 or more times during the period from the date of the exercise of the Right of Third Refusal or Right of First Refusal, as applicable, to the date of the commencement of the lease of the Expansion Space or Available Space, as applicable, whether or not such Defaults are cured.

(f) Subordinate . Tenant’s rights in connection with the Right of Third Refusal are and shall be subject to and subordinate to any expansion or extension rights granted in the Project to Stem Centrx, LLC and GBT

(g) Rights Personal . The Right of Third Refusal and Right First Refusal are personal to Tenant and are not assignable without Landlord’s consent, which may be granted or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion separate and apart from any consent by Landlord to an assignment of Tenant’s interest in the Lease, except that they may be assigned in connection with any Permitted Assignment of this Lease.

(h) No Extensions . The period of time within which the Right of Third Refusal and Right of First Refusal may be exercised shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Tenant’s inability to exercise the Right of Third Refusal or Right of First Refusal.

40. Intentionally Omitted .

 

LOGO


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory 400 E. Jamie Court/Myokardia - Page 29

 

41. Miscellaneous .

(a) Notices . All notices or other communications between the parties shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given upon delivery or refusal to accept delivery by the addressee thereof if delivered in person, or upon actual receipt if delivered by reputable overnight guaranty courier, addressed and sent to the parties at their addresses set forth above. Landlord and Tenant may from time to time by written notice to the other designate another address for receipt of future notices.

(b) Joint and Several Liability . If and when included within the term “Tenant,” as used in this instrument, there is more than one person or entity, each shall be jointly and severally liable for the obligations of Tenant.

(c) Financial Information . Tenant shall furnish Landlord with true and complete copies of (i) Tenant’s most recent audited annual financial statements within 60 days of the end of each of Tenant’s fiscal years during the Term, (ii) Tenant’s most recent unaudited quarterly financial statements within 45 days of the end of each of Tenant’s first three fiscal quarters of each of Tenant’s fiscal years during the Term, (iii) at Landlord’s request from time to time but not more than once in any 12 month period, updated business plans, including cash flow projections and/or pro forma balance sheets and income statements, all of which shall be treated by Landlord as confidential information belonging to Tenant, (iv) corporate brochures and/or profiles prepared by Tenant for prospective investors, and (v) any other financial information or summaries that Tenant typically provides to its lenders or shareholders. So long as Tenant is a “public company” and its financial information is publicly available, then the foregoing delivery requirements of this Section 41(c) shall not apply.

(d) Recordation . Neither this Lease nor a memorandum of lease shall be filed by or on behalf of Tenant in any public record. Landlord may prepare and file, and upon request by Landlord Tenant will execute, a memorandum of lease. Nothing contained herein is intended to preclude Tenant from providing a copy of this Lease (and any side letters or amendments thereto) to the Securities and Exchange Commission if Tenant is required to do so to comply with Legal Requirements applicable to public companies.

(e) Interpretation . The normal rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation of this Lease or any exhibits or amendments hereto. Words of any gender used in this Lease shall be held and construed to include any other gender, and words in the singular number shall be held to include the plural, unless the context otherwise requires. The captions inserted in this Lease are for convenience only and in no way define, limit or otherwise describe the scope or intent of this Lease, or any provision hereof, or in any way affect the interpretation of this Lease.

(f) Not Binding Until Executed . The submission by Landlord to Tenant of this Lease shall have no binding force or effect, shall not constitute an option for the leasing of the Premises, nor confer any right or impose any obligations upon either party until execution of this Lease by both parties.

(g) Limitations on Interest . It is expressly the intent of Landlord and Tenant at all times to comply with applicable law governing the maximum rate or amount of any interest payable on or in connection with this Lease. If applicable law is ever judicially interpreted so as to render usurious any interest called for under this Lease, or contracted for, charged, taken, reserved, or received with respect to this Lease, then it is Landlord’s and Tenant’s express intent that all excess amounts theretofore collected by Landlord be credited on the applicable obligation (or, if the obligation has been or would thereby be paid in full, refunded to Tenant), and the provisions of this Lease immediately shall be deemed reformed and the amounts thereafter collectible hereunder reduced, without the necessity of the execution of any new document, so as to comply with the applicable law, but so as to permit the recovery of the fullest amount otherwise called for hereunder.

 

LOGO


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory 400 E. Jamie Court/Myokardia - Page 30

 

(h) Choice of Law . Construction and interpretation of this Lease shall be governed by the internal laws of the state in which the Premises are located, excluding any principles of conflicts of laws.

(i) Time . Time is of the essence as to the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

(j) OFAC . Tenant, and all beneficial owners of Tenant, are currently (a) in compliance with and shall at all times during the Term of this Lease remain in compliance with the regulations of the Office of Foreign Assets Control (“ OFAC ”) of the U.S. Department of Treasury and any statute, executive order, or regulation relating thereto (collectively, the “ OFAC Rules ”), (b) not listed on, and shall not during the term of this Lease be listed on, the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List maintained by OFAC and/or on any other similar list maintained by OFAC or other governmental authority pursuant to any authorizing statute, executive order, or regulation, and (c) not a person or entity with whom a U.S. person is prohibited from conducting business under the OFAC Rules.

(k) Incorporation by Reference . All exhibits and addenda attached hereto are hereby incorporated into this Lease and made a part hereof. If there is any conflict between such exhibits or addenda and the terms of this Lease, such exhibits or addenda shall control.

(l) Entire Agreement . This Lease, including the exhibits attached hereto, constitutes the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings, letters of intent, negotiations and discussions, whether oral or written, of the parties, and there are no warranties, representations or other agreements, express or implied, made to either party by the other party in connection with the subject matter hereof except as specifically set forth herein.

(m) No Accord and Satisfaction . No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the monthly installment of Base Rent or any Additional Rent will be other than on account of the earliest stipulated Base Rent and Additional Rent, nor will any endorsement or statement on any check or letter accompanying a check for payment of any Base Rent or Additional Rent be an accord and satisfaction. Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such Rent or to pursue any other remedy provided in this Lease.

(n) Hazardous Activities . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, Landlord, for itself and its employees, agents and contractors, reserves the right to refuse to perform any repairs or services in any portion of the Premises which, pursuant to Tenant’s routine safety guidelines, practices or custom or prudent industry practices, require any form of protective clothing or equipment other than safety glasses. In any such case, Tenant shall contract with parties who are acceptable to Landlord, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, for all such repairs and services, and Landlord shall, to the extent required, equitably adjust Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses in respect of such repairs or services to reflect that Landlord is not providing such repairs or services to Tenant.

[Signatures on next page]

 

LOGO


400 E. Jamie Court/Myokardia - Page S-1

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Lease as of the day and year first above written.

 

TENANT:

MYOKARDIA, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

/s/ Charles Homcy
By: 

Charles Homcy

Its:

Chief Executive Officer

LANDLORD:
ARE-EAST JAMIE COURT, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
By: 

ALEXANDRIA REAL ESTATE EQUITIES, L.P.,

a Delaware limited partnership,

managing member

By:

ARE-QRS CORP.,

a Maryland corporation,

general partner

/s/ Eric S. Johnson
By:

Eric S. Johnson

Its: Vice President
Real Estate Legal Affairs

 

LOGO


400 E. Jamie Court/Myokardia - Page 1

 

EXHIBIT A TO LEASE

DESCRIPTION OF PREMISES

 

LOGO

 

LOGO


400 E. Jamie Court/Myokardia - Page 1

 

EXHIBIT B TO LEASE

DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT

All that certain real property in the City of South San Francisco, County of San Mateo, State of California, more particularly described as follows:

LEGAL DESCRIPTION

PARCEL 2, AS DESIGNATED ON THE MAP ENTITLED “PARCEL MAP, BEING A RESUBDIVISION OF PARCEL 5, AS SAID PARCEL IS DELINEATED AND SO DESIGNATED UPON THAT CERTAIN PARCEL MAP RECORDED IN BOOK 47 OF PARCEL MAPS AT PAGES 4 & 5, SAN MATEO CO. RECORDS, SOUTH SAN FRANCISCO, SAN MATEO CO., CALIFORNIA”, WHICH MAP WAS FILED IN THE OFFICE OF THE RECORDER OF THE COUNTY OF SAN MATEO, STATE OF CALIFORNIA, ON OCTOBER 23, 1981, IN BOOK 51 OF MAPS AT PAGES 96 AND 97.

EXCEPTING THEREFROM, WATER RIGHTS AS LIE BENEATH THE SURFACE OF THE EARTH, WITH NO RIGHT OF SURFACE ENTRY, AS CONTAINED IN THAT QUITCLAIM DEED FROM ARTHUR S. HASKINS, JR., TO CALIFORNIA WATER SERVICE COMPANY, A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION, DATED OCTOBER 2, 1981, AND RECORDED OCTOBER 30, 1981, UNDER INSTRUMENT NO. 2299-AT, RECORDS OF SAN MATEO COUNTY.

 

ASSESSOR’S PARCEL NO. 015-102-120 JOINT PLANT NO. 015-010-102-25A

METES AND BOUNDS DESCRIPTION

PARCEL 2, AS DESIGNATED ON THE MAP ENTITLED “PARCEL MAP, BEING A RESUBDIVISION OF PARCEL 5, AS SAID PARCEL IS DELINEATED AND SO DESIGNATED UPON THAT CERTAIN PARCEL MAP RECORDED IN BOOK 47 OF PARCEL MAPS AT PAGES 4 & 5, SAN MATEO CO. RECORDS, SOUTH SAN FRANCISCO, SAN MATEO CO., CALIFORNIA”, WHICH MAP WAS FILED IN THE OFFICE OF THE RECORDER OF THE COUNTY OF SAN MATEO, STATE OF CALIFORNIA, ON OCTOBER 23, 1981, IN BOOK 51 OF MAPS AT PAGES 96 AND 97.

BEGINNING AT THE SOUTHWEST CORNER OF PARCEL 2, THENCE ALONG THE WESTERLY LINE OF SAID PARCEL 2, NORTH, 115.08 FEET; THENCE WEST, 20.78 FEET; THENCE NORTH, 201.65 FEET; THENCE EASTERLY ALONG THE ARC OF A NON-TANGENT CURVE TO THE RIGHT, THE RADIUS POINT OF WHICH BEARS SOUTH 43°50’30” EAST, 30.00 FEET THROUGH A CENTRAL ANGLE OF 47°00’48”, AN ARC DISTANCE OF 24.62 FEET; THENCE SOUTH 86°49’42” EAST, 874.36 FEET; THENCE SOUTH 275.50 FEET; THENCE SOUTH 89°55’25” WEST, 874.68 FEET; TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING, CONTAINING 6.13 ACRES, MORE OR LESS.

 

LOGO


Work Letter – Landlord Build 400 E. Jamie Court/Myokardia - Page 1

 

EXHIBIT C TO LEASE

WORK LETTER

THIS WORK LETTER dated June     , 2012 (this “ Work Letter ”) is made and entered into by and between ARE-EAST JAMIE COURT, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and MYOKARDIA, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”), and is attached to and made a part of the Lease Agreement dated June     , 2012 (the “ Lease ”), by and between Landlord and Tenant. Any initially capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Lease.

1. General Requirements .

(a) Tenant’s Authorized Representative . Tenant designates Arthur Brunelle ( brunelle@ajbconsultants.com ) (“ Tenant’s Representative ”) as the only person authorized to act for Tenant pursuant to this Work Letter. Landlord shall not be obligated to respond to or act upon any request, approval, inquiry or other communication (“ Communication ”) from or on behalf of Tenant in connection with this Work Letter unless such Communication is in writing from Tenant’s Representative. Tenant may change Tenant’s Representative at any time upon not less than 5 business days advance written notice to Landlord. Neither Tenant nor Tenant’s Representative shall be authorized to direct Landlord’s contractors in the performance of Landlord’s Work (as hereinafter defined).

(b) Landlord’s Authorized Representative . Landlord designates Todd Miller and Rob Kain (either such individual acting alone, “ Landlord’s Representative ”) as the only persons authorized to act for Landlord pursuant to this Work Letter. Tenant shall not be obligated to respond to or act upon any request, approval, inquiry or other Communication from or on behalf of Landlord in connection with this Work Letter unless such Communication is in writing from Landlord’s Representative. Landlord may change either Landlord’s Representative at any time upon not less than 5 business days advance written notice to Tenant. Landlord’s Representative shall be the sole persons authorized to direct Landlord’s contractors in the performance of Landlord’s Work.

(c) Architects, Consultants and Contractors . Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that: (i) the general contractor and any subcontractors for the Tenant Improvements shall be selected and retained by Landlord, subject to Tenant’s approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and (ii) CAC Architects shall be the architect retained by Landlord to prepare the plans and specifications for the Tenant Improvements (the “ TI Architect ”).

2. Tenant Improvements .

(a) Tenant Improvements Defined . As used herein, “ Tenant Improvements ” shall mean all improvements to the Premises of a fixed and permanent nature as shown on the TI Construction Drawings, as defined in Section 2(c) below. Other than Landlord’s Work (as defined in Section 3(a) below, Landlord shall not have any obligation whatsoever with respect to the finishing of the Premises for Tenant’s use and occupancy.

(b) Tenant’s Space Plans . Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that the plan prepared by the TI Architect attached to this Work Letter as Schedule 1 and the scope of work attached to this Work Letter as Schedule 2 (collectively, the “ Space Plan ”) and the preliminary budget attached to this Work Letter as Schedule 3 have been approved by both Landlord and Tenant. Landlord and Tenant further acknowledge and agree that any changes to the Space Plan requested by Tenant which increase the cost of the Tenant Improvements shall be included as part of the TI Costs. Tenant shall be solely responsible for all costs incurred by Landlord to alter the Building (or Landlord’s plans for the Building) as a result of any changes which Tenant requests after the date hereof but only if such costs cause the overall cost related to the Tenant Improvements to exceed the TI Allowance.

 

LOGO


Work Letter – Landlord Build 400 E. Jamie Court/Myokardia - Page 2

 

(c) Working Drawings . Landlord shall cause the TI Architect to prepare and deliver to Tenant for review and comment construction plans, specifications and drawings for the Tenant Improvements (“ TI Construction Drawings ”), which TI Construction Drawings shall be prepared substantially in accordance with the TI Design Drawings. Tenant shall be solely responsible for ensuring that the TI Construction Drawings reflect Tenant’s requirements for the Tenant Improvements. Tenant shall deliver its written comments on the TI Construction Drawings to Landlord not later than 10 business days after Tenant’s receipt of the same (but each day after the 5 th business day of such 10 business day period that Tenant fails to deliver it written comments to Landlord shall delay the Target Commencement Date on a day-for-day basis). Landlord and the TI Architect shall consider all such comments in good faith and shall, within 10 business days after receipt, notify Tenant how Landlord proposes to respond to such comments. Any disputes in connection with such comments shall be resolved in accordance with Section 2(d) hereof. Landlord and Tenant further acknowledge and agree that any changes to the TI Construction Drawings requested by Tenant which increase the cost of the Tenant Improvements shall be included as part of the TI Costs. Once approved by Tenant, subject to the provisions of Section 4 below, Landlord shall not materially modify the TI Construction Drawings except as may be reasonably required in connection with the issuance of the TI Permit (as defined in Section 3(b) below). Landlord shall notify Tenant of any such material modifications as may be reasonably required in connection with the issuance of the TI Permit prior to the issuance of the final TI Permit.

(d) Approval and Completion . It is hereby acknowledged by Landlord and Tenant that the TI Construction Drawings must be completed and approved not later than 15 business days after the mutual execution and delivery of the Lease by the parties in order for the Landlord’s Work to be Substantially Complete by the Target Commencement Date (as defined in the Lease). Upon any dispute regarding the design of the Tenant Improvements, which is not settled within 10 business days after notice of such dispute is delivered by one party to the other, Tenant may make the final decision regarding the design of the Tenant Improvements, provided (i) Tenant acts reasonably and such final decision is either consistent with or a compromise between Landlord’s and Tenant’s positions with respect to such dispute, (ii) that all costs and expenses resulting from any such decision by Tenant shall be payable out of the TI Fund (as defined in Section 5(d) below), and (iii) Tenant’s decision will not affect the base Building, structural components of the Building or any Building systems. Any changes to the TI Construction Drawings following Landlord’s and Tenant’s approval of same requested by Tenant shall be processed as provided in Section 4 hereof.

3. Performance of Landlord’s Work .

(a) Definition of Landlord’s Work . As used herein, “ Landlord’s Work ” shall mean the work of constructing the Tenant Improvements.

(b) Commencement and Permitting . Landlord shall commence construction of the Tenant Improvements upon obtaining a building permit (the “ TI Permit ”) authorizing the construction of the Tenant Improvements consistent with the TI Construction Drawings approved by Tenant. The cost of obtaining the TI Permit shall be payable from the TI Fund. Tenant shall assist Landlord in obtaining the TI Permit. If any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the construction of Landlord’s Work or any portion thereof shall impose terms or conditions upon the construction thereof that: (i) are inconsistent with Landlord’s obligations hereunder, (ii) increase the cost of constructing Landlord’s Work, or (iii) will materially delay the construction of Landlord’s Work, Landlord and Tenant shall reasonably and in good faith seek means by which to mitigate or eliminate any such adverse terms and conditions.

(c) Completion of Landlord’s Work . On or before the Target Commencement Date (subject to Tenant Delays and Force Majeure delays), Landlord shall substantially complete or cause to be substantially completed Landlord’s Work in a good and workmanlike manner, in accordance with the TI Permit subject, in each case, only to Minor Variations and normal “punch list” items of a non-material nature that do not interfere with the use of the Premises (“ Substantial Completion ” or “ Substantially Complete ”). Upon Substantial Completion of Landlord’s Work, Landlord shall require the TI Architect and the general contractor to execute and deliver, for the benefit of Tenant and Landlord, a Certificate of

 

LOGO


Work Letter – Landlord Build 400 E. Jamie Court/Myokardia - Page 3

 

Substantial Completion in the form of the American Institute of Architects (“ AIA ”) document G704. If required by applicable Legal Requirements, a certificate of occupancy (which may include a temporary or conditional certificate of occupancy or the equivalent) for the Tenant Improvements or permission to occupy issued by the appropriate municipal official shall be required for Substantial Completion; provided, however, that no delay on the part of the applicable Governmental Authority or municipal official in the issuance of such certificate of occupancy or permission to occupy, which delay arises from or relates to work by Tenant or its contractors, shall operate to delay Substantial Completion, and any such delay that arises from or relates to work by Tenant or its contractors shall be deemed to be a “Tenant Delay” under Section 3(f) below. For purposes of this Work Letter, “ Minor Variations ” shall mean any modifications reasonably required: (i) to comply with all applicable Legal Requirements and/or to obtain or to comply with any required permit (including the TI Permit); (ii) to comply with any request by Tenant for modifications to Landlord’s Work; (iii) to comport with good design, engineering, and construction practices that are not material; or (iv) to make reasonable adjustments for field deviations or conditions encountered during the construction of Landlord’s Work.

(d) Selection of Materials . Where more than one type of material or structure is indicated on the TI Construction Drawings approved by Landlord and Tenant, the option will be selected at Landlord’s sole and absolute subjective discretion. As to all building materials and equipment that Landlord is obligated to supply under this Work Letter, unless the manufacturer is specified in the approved TI Construction Drawings, Landlord shall select the manufacturer thereof in its sole and absolute subjective discretion.

(e) Delivery of the Premises . When Landlord’s Work is Substantially Complete, subject to the remaining terms and provisions of this Section 3(e) , Tenant shall accept the Premises. Tenant’s taking possession and acceptance of the Premises shall not constitute a waiver of: (i) any warranty with respect to workmanship (including installation of equipment) or material (exclusive of equipment provided directly by manufacturers), (ii) any non-compliance of Landlord’s Work with applicable Legal Requirements, or (iii) any claim that Landlord’s Work was not completed substantially in accordance with the TI Construction Drawings (subject to Minor Variations and such other changes as are permitted hereunder) (collectively, a “ Construction Defect ”). Tenant shall have one year after Substantial Completion within which to notify Landlord of any such Construction Defect discovered by Tenant, and Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to remedy or cause the responsible contractor to remedy any such Construction Defect within 30 days thereafter; provided, however, that Landlord shall not be in default under the Lease if the applicable contractor, despite Landlord’s reasonable efforts, fails to remedy such Construction Defect within such 30-day period, in which case Landlord shall continue to use reasonable efforts to remedy or cause such contractor to remedy such Construction Defect.

Tenant shall be entitled to receive the benefit of all construction warranties and manufacturer’s equipment warranties relating to equipment installed in the Premises. If requested by Tenant, Landlord shall attempt to obtain extended warranties from manufacturers and suppliers of such equipment, but the cost of any such extended warranties shall be borne solely out of the TI Fund. Landlord shall promptly undertake and complete, or cause to be completed, all punch list items in a manner that does not materially adversely affect Tenant’s use of the Premises for the Permitted Use.

(f) Commencement Date Delay . Except as otherwise provided in the Lease, Delivery of the Premises shall occur when Landlord’s Work has been Substantially Completed, except to the extent that completion of Landlord’s Work shall have been actually delayed by any one or more of the following causes (“ Tenant Delay ”):

(i) Tenant’s Representative was not available to give or receive any Communication or to take any other action required to be taken by Tenant hereunder for more than 2 business days after written notice (which may be by e-mail) from Landlord;

(ii) Tenant’s request for Change Requests (as defined in Section 4(a) below) whether or not any such Change Requests are actually performed;

 

LOGO


Work Letter – Landlord Build 400 E. Jamie Court/Myokardia - Page 4

 

(iii) Construction of any Change Requests;

(iv) Tenant’s request for materials, finishes or installations requiring unusually long lead times, provided that Landlord has advised Tenant of such long lead time items within 3 business days of Tenant’s selection of such long lead time items and Tenant continued to require such long lead time items;

(v) Tenant’s delay in reviewing, revising or approving plans and specifications beyond the periods set forth herein;

(vi) Tenant’s delay in providing information critical to the normal progression of the Project. Tenant shall provide such information as soon as reasonably possible, but in no event longer than one week after receipt of any request for such information from Landlord;

(vii) Tenant’s delay in making payments to Landlord for Excess TI Costs (as defined in Section 5(d) below); or

(viii) Any other act or omission by Tenant or any Tenant Party (as defined in the Lease), or persons employed by any of such persons.

If Delivery is delayed for any of the foregoing reasons, then Landlord shall cause the TI Architect to certify the date on which the Tenant Improvements would have been Substantially Completed but for such Tenant Delay and such certified date shall be the date of Delivery.

4. Changes . Any changes requested by Tenant to the Tenant Improvements after the delivery and approval by Landlord of the Space Plan shall be requested and instituted in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4 and shall be subject to the written approval of Landlord and the TI Architect, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

(a) Tenant’s Request For Changes . If Tenant shall request changes to the Tenant Improvements as shown on the approved TI Construction Drawings (“ Changes ”), Tenant shall request such Changes by notifying Landlord in writing in substantially the same form as the AIA standard change order form (a “ Change Request ”), which Change Request shall detail the nature and extent of any such Change. Such Change Request must be signed by Tenant’s Representative. Landlord shall, before proceeding with any Change, use commercially reasonable efforts to respond to Tenant as soon as is reasonably possible with an estimate of: (i) the time it will take, and (ii) the architectural and engineering fees and costs that will be incurred, to analyze such Change Request (which costs shall be paid from the TI Fund to the extent actually incurred, whether or not such change is implemented). Landlord shall thereafter submit to Tenant in writing, within 5 business days of receipt of the Change Request (or such longer period of time as is reasonably required depending on the extent of the Change Request), an analysis of the additional cost or savings involved, including, without limitation, architectural and engineering costs and the period of time, if any, that the Change will extend the date on which Landlord’s Work will be Substantially Complete. Any such delay in the completion of Landlord’s Work caused by a Change, including any suspension of Landlord’s Work while any such Change is being evaluated and/or designed, shall be Tenant Delay.

(b) Implementation of Changes . If Tenant: (i) approves in writing the cost or savings and the estimated extension in the time for completion of Landlord’s Work, if any, and (ii) deposits with Landlord any Excess TI Costs required in connection with such Change, Landlord shall cause the approved Change to be instituted. Notwithstanding any approval or disapproval by Tenant of any estimate of the delay caused by such proposed Change, the TI Architect’s determination of the amount of Tenant Delay in connection with such Change shall be final and binding on Landlord and Tenant.

 

LOGO


Work Letter – Landlord Build 400 E. Jamie Court/Myokardia - Page 5

 

5. Costs .

(a) Budget For Tenant Improvements . A preliminary detailed breakdown by trade of the costs incurred or that will be incurred in connection with the design and construction of the Tenant Improvements is set forth on Schedule 3 attached hereto (the “ Budget ”). The Budget is based upon the TI Construction Drawings approved by Tenant and shall include a payment to Landlord of administrative rent (“ Administrative Rent ”) equal to 1.5% of the TI Costs, which Administrative Rent shall include, without limitation, all out-of-pocket costs, expenses and fees incurred by or on behalf of Landlord arising from, out of, or in connection with monitoring the construction of the Tenant Improvements and Changes, and shall be payable out of the TI Fund.

Landlord shall provide Tenant with a final Budget promptly following approval of the TI Construction Drawings by Landlord and Tenant. The Budget shall be subject to Tenant’s review and approval which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed by Tenant. Tenant shall have the right to approve any use of the contingency in the Budget by Landlord; provided, however, that, Tenant’s approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and the contingency shall not be available for use by Tenant for any Changes until all unforeseen conditions, changes to resulting from governmental agencies and the like have first been paid for out of the contingency.

(b) TI Allowance . Landlord shall provide to Tenant a tenant improvement allowance (collectively, the “ TI Allowance ”) for the design and construction of the Tenant Improvements under this Work Letter (as defined below) as follows:

1. a “ Tenant Improvement Allowance ” in the maximum amount of $525,712.50; and

2. an “ Additional Tenant Improvement Allowance ” in the maximum amount of $280,380.00, which shall, to the extent used result in adjustments to the Base Rent as set forth in Section 4(b) of the Lease.

In addition to the TI Allowance, so long as Tenant is not in Default under the Lease and GBT approves, in it sole and absolute discretion, in writing of such election, Tenant may elect, upon written notice to Landlord, to use any unused portion of the TI Allowance (as defined in Work Letter attached to the GBT Lease as Exhibit C ) (“ Unused GBT Allowance ”) for the construction of Tenant Improvements in the Premises pursuant to this Work Letter. Alternatively, if Tenant does not use the entire TI Allowance under this Work Letter (“ Unused Global Allowance ”) for construction of Landlord’s Work hereunder, Tenant may allow GBT to use any Unused Global Allowance for the cost of construction of tenant improvements in GBT’s premises; provided, however, that any portion of the Unused Global Allowance used by GBT shall be disbursed in accordance with the work letter attached to the GBT Lease and any portion of the Additional Tenant Improvement Allowance used by GBT shall result in adjustment to Base Rent under the Lease as provided in Section 5(b)(2) above.

The TI Allowance shall be disbursed in accordance with this Work Letter. Tenant shall have no right to the use or benefit (including any reduction to or payment of Base Rent) of any portion of the Tenant Improvements Allowance or the Unused GBT Allowance not required for the construction of (i) the Tenant Improvements described in the TI Construction Drawings approved pursuant to Section 2(d) or (ii) any Changes pursuant to Section 4 .

Tenant shall have no right to the use or benefit (including any reduction to or payment of Base Rent) of any portion of the Additional Tenant Improvements Allowance not required for the construction of (a) the Tenant Improvements described in the TI Construction Drawings approved pursuant to Section 2(d) , (b) any Changes pursuant to Section 4 , or (c) Alterations pursuant to Section 12 of the Lease, including without limitation, additional conference rooms, installation of a vivarium and breakroom. The Additional Tenant Improvements Allowance may be disbursed in multiple phases. Tenant shall have no right to any portion of the Additional Tenant Improvements Allowance that is not disbursed before the date that is 12 months after the Commencement Date of the Lease.

 

LOGO


Work Letter – Landlord Build 400 E. Jamie Court/Myokardia - Page 6

 

(c) Costs Includable in TI Fund . The TI Fund shall be used solely for the payment of design, permits and construction costs in connection with the construction of the Tenant Improvements, including, without limitation, the cost of electrical power and other utilities used in connection with the construction of the Tenant Improvements, the cost of preparing the Space Plan and the TI Construction Drawings, all costs set forth in the Budget, including Landlord’s Administrative Rent, Landlord’s out-of-pocket expenses, costs resulting from Tenant Delays and the cost of Changes and for tenant improvements in the GBT Premises as provided in Section 5(b) above (collectively, “ TI Costs ”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the TI Fund shall not be used to purchase any furniture, personal property or other non-Building system materials or equipment, including, but not limited to, Tenant’s voice or data cabling, non-ducted biological safety cabinets and other scientific equipment not incorporated into the Tenant Improvements

(d) Excess TI Costs . If at any time the remaining TI Costs under the Budget approved by Landlord and Tenant exceed the remaining unexpended TI Allowance, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord, as a condition precedent to Landlord’s obligation to complete the Tenant Improvements, 50% of the then current TI Cost in excess of the remaining TI Allowance (“ Excess TI Costs ”). In addition, to costs approved under the Budget, Excess TI Costs shall include any costs resulting from Changes requested by Tenant and Tenant Delays. Tenant shall be required to pay the remaining balance of the Excess TI Costs to Landlord within 30 days after completion of the Tenant Improvements and Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of the final accounting for the same. If Tenant fails to deposit any Excess TI Costs with Landlord, Landlord shall have all of the rights and remedies set forth in the Lease for nonpayment of Rent (including, but not limited to, the right to interest at the Default Rate and the right to assess a late charge). For purposes of any litigation instituted with regard to such amounts, those amounts will be deemed Rent under the Lease. The TI Allowance and Excess TI Costs are herein referred to as the “ TI Fund .” Funds deposited by Tenant shall be the first disbursed to pay TI Costs. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Section 5(d) , Tenant shall be fully and solely liable for TI Costs and the cost of Minor Variations in excess of the TI Allowance caused by Tenant’s Changes. If upon Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements and the payment of all sums due in connection therewith there remains any undisbursed portion of the TI Fund, Tenant shall be entitled to such undisbursed TI Fund solely to the extent of any Excess TI Costs deposit Tenant has actually made with Landlord.

6. Tenant Access .

(a) Tenant’s Access Rights . Landlord hereby agrees to permit Tenant access, at Tenant’s sole risk and expense, to the Building (i) 20 days prior to the Commencement Date to perform any work (“ Tenant’s Work ”) required by Tenant other than Landlord’s Work, provided that such Tenant’s Work is coordinated with the TI Architect and the general contractor, and complies with the Lease and all other reasonable restrictions and conditions Landlord may impose, and (ii) prior to the completion of Landlord’s Work, to inspect and observe work in process; all such access shall be during normal business hours or at such other times as are reasonably designated by Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have no right to enter onto the Premises or the Project unless and until Tenant shall deliver to Landlord evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord demonstrating that any insurance reasonably required by Landlord in connection with such pre-commencement access (including, but not limited to, any insurance that Landlord may require pursuant to the Lease) is in full force and effect. Any entry by Tenant shall comply with all established safety practices of Landlord’s contractor and Landlord until completion of Landlord’s Work and acceptance thereof by Tenant.

(b) No Interference . Neither Tenant nor any Tenant Party (as defined in the Lease) shall interfere with the performance of Landlord’s Work, nor with any inspections or issuance of final approvals by applicable Governmental Authorities, and upon any such interference, Landlord shall have the right to exclude Tenant and any Tenant Party from the Premises and the Project until Substantial Completion of Landlord’s Work.

 

LOGO


Work Letter – Landlord Build 400 E. Jamie Court/Myokardia - Page 7

 

(c) No Acceptance of Premises . The fact that Tenant may, with Landlord’s consent, enter into the Project prior to the date Landlord’s Work is Substantially Complete for the purpose of performing Tenant’s Work shall not be deemed an acceptance by Tenant of possession of the Premises, but in such event Tenant shall defend with counsel reasonably acceptable by Landlord, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any loss of or damage to Tenant’s property, completed work, fixtures, equipment, materials or merchandise, and from liability for death of, or injury to, any person, caused by the act or omission of Tenant or any Tenant Party.

7. Miscellaneous .

(a) Consents . Whenever consent or approval of either party is required under this Work Letter, that party shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay such consent or approval, unless expressly set forth herein to the contrary.

(b) Modification . No modification, waiver or amendment of this Work Letter or of any of its conditions or provisions shall be binding upon Landlord or Tenant unless in writing signed by Landlord and Tenant.

 

LOGO


Work Letter – Landlord Build 400 E. Jamie Court/Myokardia - Page 8

 

Schedule 1

Space Plan

 

LOGO

 

 

LOGO


Work Letter – Landlord Build 400 E. Jamie Court/Myokardia - Page 9

 

Schedule 2

Scope of Work

(All references to Space Plan refer to the Space Plan dated 6/15/12 by CAC Architects attached as Schedule 1 to the Work Letter)

Misc. Metal

 

    Chain link fencing and gates prepped for padlocks at Warehouse 180.

 

    Cylinder tank racks: in Cylinder Storage Area (outside of NMR Room only).

Finish Carpentry

 

    Doors and hardware

 

    Glass and glazing

Ceiling

 

    Acoustical Ceiling Grid and Tile

 

    Drywall ceiling at new Glasswash/Autoclave room

Flooring & Finishes

 

    Carpet in private, open office and conference room areas.

 

    Vinyl compostion tile (VCT) in new laboratory rooms.

 

    Welded sheet vinyl at Glasswash/Autoclave room, Tissue Culture labs 178A/178B, & Fermentation lab 173.

 

    Misc. Specialties

 

    Relocate existing electric projection screen in Board Room 151

Cold Room

 

    Overall dimensions approximately 8’-6”W x 11’-0”L x 9’-0”H with 4” thick insulated panels and a 36”W x 78”H door with (1) 14”x14” observation window.

 

    Temperature will be provided at 4 degrees C +/- 2 degrees C with Honeywell DR4300 series temperature recorder & electronic temperature sensor.

 

    Contacts for remote monitoring.

 

    One (1) 1-1/2 HP, R404A air cooled condensing unit with matching air defrost evaporator coil.

 

    Installed over VCT flooring.

Equipment

 

    Shared glasswasher and autoclave.

Lab Casework

 

    Fixed Lab Benches – Epoxy Resin Work Surfaces with Drop-in Sinks (all moveable tables and cabinets to be provided by Tenant).

 

    Sink at Glasswash/Autoclave room to be a single compartment stainless steel sink.

 

    Fume Hoods – 16 Total:

 

    (5) used 8 foot and 36 inches deep with used base cabinets (mixture of flammable, acid, vacuum pump and drawer cabinets).

 

    (2) used 8 foot and 36 inches deep with new base cabinets (flammable, acid, vacuum pump).

 

    (9) new 8 foot and 36 inches with flammable, acid, & vacuum pump cabinets.

 

    All fume hoods to have ICW, cup sink, and piped for (2) future utilities.

 

    Lab sinks to have one (1) hot and cold water mixing faucet.

Plumbing

 

    Building plumbing and process piping

 

LOGO


Work Letter – Landlord Build 400 E. Jamie Court/Myokardia - Page 10

 

    Valves for process piping connections at equipment.

 

    Hook up of ice machine at Glasswash Room and provide 5 micron filter on water supply to ice machine.

 

    Special Systems

 

    Vacuum System - start-up and check-out of existing system. Vacuum distributed to fume hoods and biosafety cabinets in Biology Labs 178A & 178B.

 

    RO/DI System – start-up and check-out of existing system. Distribution to the Glasswash, Autoclave, and Glasswash sink only.

 

    Nitrogen manifold provided in Cylinder Storage area with distribution to all fume hoods and (3) outlets in Biology Lab 179A/179B.

 

    CO2 manifold at Chemistry Lab 193 with tank racks and distribution to incubators in Tissue Culture Labs 178A & 178B.

 

    Includes brazed copper piping connections on specialty gases.

Fire Protection

 

    Fire Sprinkler System per code.

Mechanical

 

    HVAC

 

    Controls

 

    Test and Balance

 

    Commissioning

 

    Oxygen sensors at Cylinder Storage area and NMR room.

 

    Exhaust to (2) vented storage cabinets in Warehouse 180.

Electrical

 

    Power

 

    Lighting

 

    Telephone and data rough-in

 

    Fire Alarm

Exclusions:

 

    Existing wall patching and touch-up at non-construction areas.

 

    Cold room specs to be delivered to tenant for approval. Features exclude redundant cooling system, humidity control, insulated floor panels, ramp, refrigerant detection system, temperature mapping, validation and seismic engineering.

 

    Reagent shelving to any existing or new casework.

 

    Mobile casework, tables, and equipment shown dashed on Space Plan (tables, cabinets, appliances, etc.).

 

    All office furniture including cubicles, conference room furniture, shelving, file cabinets, millwork, private office furniture, markerboards, trash receptacles.

 

    Window film or interior blinds.

 

    Repair and replacement of damaged parts of existing vacuum pump and RO/DI systems located in room 190. Start-up and testing is included only.

 

    RO/DI to fume hoods and new lab sinks at Lab 193 on gridline 5 and at Tissue Culture lab 178B.

 

    House vacuum to Tissue Culture Labs.

 

    CDA system and distribution.

 

    Specialty gases not shown on space plan are assumed to be point of use by tenant.

 

    Emergency Shower/Eyewash combo stations. Alternate has been provided to change out existing shower only stations to combination units.

 

    Nitrogen generator system.

 

    Ceiling service panels and snorkel exhaust.

 

LOGO


Work Letter – Landlord Build 400 E. Jamie Court/Myokardia - Page 11

 

    Whips from ceiling service panels to equipment (plumbing piping/hoses, snorkel exhaust, power cords, etc.).

 

    HEPA filters and magnahelic gauges at labs.

 

    Chemical storage cabinet venting and grounding.

 

    Security and Card Readers work including cabling, devices, etc. including relocation and electrical rough-in for relocated card readers.

 

    All data cabling, equipment, devices, and service including modifications to the existing server rack layout.

 

    All AV work including projectors, projection screens, and support structure for installation of tenant equipment and related cabling.

 

    All pending alternates.

 

LOGO


Work Letter – Landlord Build 400 E. Jamie Court/Myokardia - Page 12

 

Schedule 3

Preliminary Budget

 

LOGO

 

 

LOGO


Work Letter – Landlord Build 400 E. Jamie Court/Myokardia - Page 13

 

 

LOGO

 

 

LOGO


Work Letter – Landlord Build 400 E. Jamie Court/Myokardia - Page 14

 

 

LOGO

 

 

LOGO


Work Letter – Landlord Build 400 E. Jamie Court/Myokardia - Page 15

 

 

LOGO

 

 

LOGO


400 E. Jamie Court/Myokardia - Page 1

 

EXHIBIT D TO LEASE

ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF COMMENCEMENT DATE

This ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF COMMENCEMENT DATE is made this     day of                     ,             , between ARE-EAST JAMIE COURT, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and MYOKARDIA, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”), and is attached to and made a part of the Lease dated                     ,             (the “ Lease ”), by and between Landlord and Tenant. Any initially capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Lease.

Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree, for all purposes of the Lease, that the Commencement Date of the Base Term of the Lease is                     ,             , the Subsequent Premises Commencement Date is                     ,             , and the termination date of the Base Term of the Lease shall be midnight on                     ,             . In case of a conflict between the terms of the Lease and the terms of this Acknowledgment of Commencement Date, this Acknowledgment of Commencement Date shall control for all purposes.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF COMMENCEMENT DATE to be effective on the date first above written.

 

TENANT:

MYOKARDIA, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:

 

Its:

 

LANDLORD:

ARE-EAST JAMIE COURT, LLC ,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:

ALEXANDRIA REAL ESTATE EQUITIES, L.P.,

a Delaware limited partnership,managing member

By:

ARE-QRS CORP.,

a Maryland corporation,

general partner

By:

 

Its:

 

 

 

LOGO


Rules and Regulations 400 E. Jamie Court/Myokardia - Page 1

 

EXHIBIT E TO LEASE

Rules and Regulations

1. The sidewalk, entries, and driveways of the Project shall not be obstructed by Tenant, or any Tenant Party, or used by them for any purpose other than ingress and egress to and from the Premises.

2. Tenant shall not place any objects, including antennas, outdoor furniture, etc., in the parking areas, landscaped areas or other areas outside of its Premises, or on the roof of the Project.

3. Except for animals assisting the disabled, no animals shall be allowed in the offices, halls, or corridors in the Project.

4. Tenant shall not disturb the occupants of the Project or adjoining buildings by the use of any radio or musical instrument or by the making of loud or improper noises.

5. If Tenant desires telegraphic, telephonic or other electric connections in the Premises, Landlord or its agent will direct the electrician as to where and how the wires may be introduced; and, without such direction, no boring or cutting of wires will be permitted. Any such installation or connection shall be made at Tenant’s expense.

6. Tenant shall not install or operate any steam or gas engine or boiler, or other mechanical apparatus in the Premises, except as specifically approved in the Lease. The use of oil, gas or inflammable liquids for heating, lighting or any other purpose is expressly prohibited. Explosives or other articles deemed extra hazardous shall not be brought into the Project.

7. Parking any type of recreational vehicles is specifically prohibited on or about the Project. Except for the overnight parking of operative vehicles, no vehicle of any type shall be stored in the parking areas at any time. In the event that a vehicle is disabled, it shall be removed within 48 hours. There shall be no “For Sale” or other advertising signs on or about any parked vehicle. All vehicles shall be parked in the designated parking areas in conformity with all signs and other markings. All parking will be open parking, and no reserved parking, numbering or lettering of individual spaces will be permitted except as specified by Landlord.

8. Tenant shall maintain the Premises free from rodents, insects and other pests.

9. Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Project any person who, in the judgment of Landlord, is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs or who shall in any manner do any act in violation of the Rules and Regulations of the Project.

10. Tenant shall not cause any unnecessary labor by reason of Tenant’s carelessness or indifference in the preservation of good order and cleanliness. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for any loss of property on the Premises, however occurring, or for any damage done to the effects of Tenant by the janitors or any other employee or person.

11. Tenant shall give Landlord prompt notice of any defects in the water, lawn sprinkler, sewage, gas pipes, electrical lights and fixtures, heating apparatus, or any other service equipment affecting the Premises.

12. Tenant shall not permit storage outside the Premises, including without limitation, outside storage of trucks and other vehicles, or dumping of waste or refuse or permit any harmful materials to be placed in any drainage system or sanitary system in or about the Premises.

 

LOGO


Rules and Regulations 400 E. Jamie Court/Myokardia - Page 2

 

13. All moveable trash receptacles provided by the trash disposal firm for the Premises must be kept in the trash enclosure areas, if any, provided for that purpose.

14. No auction, public or private, will be permitted on the Premises or the Project.

15. No awnings shall be placed over the windows in the Premises except with the prior written consent of Landlord.

16. The Premises shall not be used for lodging, sleeping or cooking or for any immoral or illegal purposes or for any purpose other than that specified in the Lease. No gaming devices shall be operated in the Premises.

17. Tenant shall ascertain from Landlord the maximum amount of electrical current which can safely be used in the Premises, taking into account the capacity of the electrical wiring in the Project and the Premises and the needs of other tenants, and shall not use more than such safe capacity. Landlord’s consent to the installation of electric equipment shall not relieve Tenant from the obligation not to use more electricity than such safe capacity.

18. Tenant assumes full responsibility for protecting the Premises from theft, robbery and pilferage.

19. Tenant shall not install or operate on the Premises any machinery or mechanical devices of a nature not directly related to Tenant’s ordinary use of the Premises and shall keep all such machinery free of vibration, noise and air waves which may be transmitted beyond the Premises.

 

LOGO


  400 E. Jamie Court/Myokardia - Page 1

 

EXHIBIT F TO LEASE

TENANT’S PERSONAL PROPERTY

 

ITEM

  

MANUFACTURER

  

MODEL NUMBER

Ultra Centrifuge    Beckman Coulter    Optima L90K
Centrifuge       X12
Table top centrifuge    Beckman Coulter    Optima Max-XP
Table top centrifuge (tissue culture)    Beckman Coulter    Optima Max-XP
Prep ultracentrifuge    Beckman Coulter    Optima L90K
Tabletop ultra + rotors    Beckman Coulter    Optima Max-XP
Microfuge (refrigerated)    Eppendorf    5417R
Microfuge    Eppendorf    5417d
Double stack refrigerated incubartor/shakers (large)    Innova    26R
-80°C Freezer    Fisher   
-80°C Freezer      
Biosafety Cabinet    BSC    Labconco
Biosafety Cabinet    BSC    Labconco
Incubator CO2 (stackable)    Thermo Fisher    3110
Incubator CO2 (stackable)    Thermo Fisher    3110
Incubator    Thermo    4.5Cu Ft
Microscope    Nikon    Eclipsets100
Analytical Balance    Mettler Toledo    MS204
Analytical Balance Top Load    Mettler Toledo    MS37
-20 Freezer    Thermo Forma   
-20 Freezer    Thermo Forma   
Deli Fridge (chromatograph glass doors 3-5°)    VWR   
Protein Purification Instrument    GE    AKT #10
Protein Purification Instrument    GE    AKT #10
Multimode Plate Reader    Envision    2104-0010
Spectra Max    Molecular Devices    M5e
Spectra Max    Molecular Devices    M5e
4° fridge    VWR   
4° fridge    VWR   
Microwave Oven      
Cryofreezer    Taylor Wharton    K-series
Water Purification System    Sartorius Stedim    Arium Pro UV
Microfluidizer    Microfluidics    M-110L
Upright fluorescence microscope    Nikon    80TI
Inverted fluorescence microscope    Nikon    TE2000
Cell Analyzer    Beckman Coulter    Vicell XR
Electrophoresis Bioanalyzer    Agilent Technologies    2100
PCR System    Applied Biosystems    ViiA7
Stopped-flow instrument (Hi-Tech SF-61DX2)    TgK    61DX2
384 well workstation    Biomek   

 

 

LOGO


400 E. Jamie Court/Myokardia - Page 2

 

AKTA Prime FPLC GE
AKTA Prime FPLC GE
IBlot (Western Blot Transfer) Invitrogen
Gel/WB Imager Invitrogen
Water Bath VWR B1500A MTH
Ice machine Scotsman
HPLC Agilent 1200 series
LCMS AB SCIEX API 12000
N2 Generator
Oven Fisher 255G
Vac Oven Napco 5831
Roto vap Fisher Buchi R210
Roto vap Fisher Buchi R210
Roto vap Fisher Buchi R210
Roto vap Fisher Buchi R210
Vac Pump Fisher Maxima Dry In Hood
Vac Pump Fisher Maxima Dry In Hood
Vac Pump Fisher Maxima Dry In Hood
Vac Pump Fisher Maxima Dry In Hood
Explosion Proof -20 Isotemp 13-=986-149
Vented storage Cabinets
Vented storage Cabinets
Lyophilzer Virtis FM25
Agilent HPLC 1100
Analytical Balance Mettler Toledo
Aria LX2 HPLC Thremo Need Cut sheet
Mass Spec Two Outlets Applied Biosystem API 4000
Shaker VWR 5000
4 0 fridge VWR

Notwithstanding the inclusion of any item(s) on the above list, Tenant shall have no right to remove such item(s) if all or any portion of the cost of such item(s) was paid for out of the TI Allowance.

 

LOGO


400 E. Jamie Court/Myokardia - Page 1

 

EXHIBIT G TO LEASE

SHARED AREA

 

LOGO

 

 

LOGO

Exhibit 10.9

 

LOGO

December 22, 2014

Willie L. Brown, Jr.

 

  Re: Board of Directors of Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc.

Dear Willie:

Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. (the “ Company ”) is pleased to confirm its offer to you to serve as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”). Your appointment as a director will become effective on January 1, 2015 (the “ Start Date ”).

You will be entitled to be paid an annual cash retainer of $25,000 during your service on the Board, which will be payable quarterly in arrears and pro-rated for any partial year served. In addition, the Company will request that the Board approve the grant to you of a stock option (or at your request a restricted stock grant on the same terms as the Option) to purchase 75,000 shares of common stock of the Company. The shares of common stock underlying the Initial Option will vest over a four-year period from the Start Date in equal quarterly installments, with a one-year cliff for the first 25% of the shares, subject to certain requirements, including your continued provision of services to the Company on each such vesting date. In all respects, the Options will be governed by the Company’s 2012 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the “ Plan ”) and a Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement to be entered into between you and the Company pursuant to the Plan.

It is understood that you will serve at the pleasure of the Company and that either you or the Company may terminate your directorship at any time and for any reason without prior notice and without additional compensation to you. The Company will reimburse you for reasonable and necessary travel expenses incurred by you in furtherance of the Company’s business pursuant to Company policy. You will be solely responsible for payment of all governmental charges and taxes arising from your service to the Company as a director.

In making this offer, the Company understands, and in accepting it you represent that you are not under any obligation to any employer or any person, firm, or corporation which would prevent, limit, or impair in any way the performance by you of your duties as a director of the Company.

This agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the Delaware General Corporation Law as to all matters within the scope thereof, and as to all other matters in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

 

 

400 East Jamie Court • Suite 101 • South San Francisco, CA 94080 • t (650) 741-770 f (650) 741-7701

www.globalbloodtx.com


Please indicate your acceptance of this offer to serve as a director of the Company by signing and dating the enclosed copy of this letter and returning it to the Company. We look forward to your joining the Board.

 

Very truly yours.

/s/    Ted W. Love        

Ted W. Love, M.D.
Chief Executive Officer

 

Accepted and Agreed:

/s/ Willie L. Brown, Jr.

Willie L. Brown, Jr.

 

Date:

Exhibit 10.10

 

LOGO

March 24, 2015

Deval Patrick

 

  Re: Board of Directors of Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc.

Dear Deval:

Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. (the “ Company ”) is pleased to confirm its offer to you to serve as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”). Your appointment as a director will become effective on April 8, 2015 (the “ Start Date ”).

You will be entitled to be paid an annual cash retainer of $25,000 during your service on the Board, which will be payable quarterly in arrears and pro-rated for any partial year served. In addition, the Company will request that the Board approve the grant to you of a stock option (or at your request a restricted stock grant on the same terms as the Option) to purchase 75,000 shares of common stock of the Company. The shares of common stock underlying the Initial Option will vest over a four-year period from the Start Date in equal quarterly installments, with a one-year cliff for the first 25% of the shares, subject to certain requirements, including your continued provision of services to the Company on each such vesting date. In all respects, the Options will be governed by the Company’s 2012 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the “ Plan ”) and a Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement to be entered into between you and the Company pursuant to the Plan.

It is understood that you will serve at the pleasure of the Company and that either you or the Company may terminate your directorship at any time and for any reason without prior notice and without additional compensation to you. The Company will reimburse you for reasonable and necessary travel expenses incurred by you in furtherance of the Company’s business pursuant to Company policy. You will be solely responsible for payment of all governmental charges and taxes arising from your service to the Company as a director.

In making this offer, the Company understands, and in accepting it you represent that you are not under any obligation to any employer or any person, firm, or corporation which would prevent, limit, or impair in any way the performance by you of your duties as a director of the Company.

This agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the Delaware General Corporation Law as to all matters within the scope thereof, and as to all other matters in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

 

 

400 East Jamie Court • Suite 101 • South San Francisco, CA 94080 • t (650) 741-770 f (650) 741-7701

www.globalbloodtx.com


Please indicate your acceptance of this offer to serve as a director of the Company by signing and dating the enclosed copy of this letter and returning it to the Company. We look forward to your joining the Board.

 

Very truly yours.

/s/    Ted W. Love        

Ted W. Love, M.D.
Chief Executive Officer

 

Accepted and Agreed:

/s/ Deval Patrick

Deval Patrick

3/25/2015

Date:

Exhibit 10.11

 

LOGO

March 24, 2015

Mark L. Perry

 

  Re: Board of Directors of Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc.

Dear Mark:

Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. (the “ Company ”) is pleased to confirm its offer to you to serve as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”). Your appointment as a director will become effective on April 8, 2015 (the “ Start Date ”).

You will be entitled to be paid an annual cash retainer of $25,000 during your service on the Board, which will be payable quarterly in arrears and pro-rated for any partial year served. In addition, the Company will request that the Board approve the grant to you of a stock option (or at your request a restricted stock grant on the same terms as the Option) to purchase 75,000 shares of common stock of the Company. The shares of common stock underlying the Initial Option will vest over a four-year period from the Start Date in equal quarterly installments, with a one-year cliff for the first 25% of the shares, subject to certain requirements, including your continued provision of services to the Company on each such vesting date. In all respects, the Options will be governed by the Company’s 2012 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the “ Plan ”) and a Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement to be entered into between you and the Company pursuant to the Plan.

It is understood that you will serve at the pleasure of the Company and that either you or the Company may terminate your directorship at any time and for any reason without prior notice and without additional compensation to you. The Company will reimburse you for reasonable and necessary travel expenses incurred by you in furtherance of the Company’s business pursuant to Company policy. You will be solely responsible for payment of all governmental charges and taxes arising from your service to the Company as a director.

In making this offer, the Company understands, and in accepting it you represent that you are not under any obligation to any employer or any person, firm, or corporation which would prevent, limit, or impair in any way the performance by you of your duties as a director of the Company.

This agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the Delaware General Corporation Law as to all matters within the scope thereof, and as to all other matters in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

 

 

400 East Jamie Court • Suite 101 • South San Francisco, CA 94080 • t (650) 741-770 f (650) 741-7701

www.globalbloodtx.com


Please indicate your acceptance of this offer to serve as a director of the Company by signing and dating the enclosed copy of this letter and returning it to the Company. We look forward to your joining the Board.

 

Very truly yours.

/s/    Ted W. Love        

Ted W. Love, M.D.
Chief Executive Officer

 

Accepted and Agreed:

/s/ Mark L. Perry

Mark L. Perry

3/31/2015

Date:

EXHIBIT 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors

Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc.:

We consent to the use of our report included herein and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.

/s/ KPMG LLP

San Francisco, California

July 8, 2015